ScottsMiracle-Gro oznámila detaily Investor Day na úterý 4. srpna 2026 na Newyorské burze cenných papírů (NYSE). Firma představí růstovou strategii SMG 2.0, alokaci kapitálu a dlouhodobé finanční cíle. Akce začne v 9:00 ET.
July 30, 2026 06:50 ET | Source: Scotts Miracle-Gro Company (The)
MARYSVILLE, Ohio, July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) --
The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company (NYSE: SMG), the leading marketer of branded consumer lawn and garden products in North America, today announced details for its Investor Day on Tuesday, August 4, 2026, at the New York Stock Exchange. Investors and media can view the event via live stream.
The speakers, each of whom will provide formal presentations followed by a Q&A session, include:
Nate Baxter, president and CEOMark Scheiwer, EVP, chief financial officer and chief accounting officerNick Miaritis, EVP, chief brand officerJohn Sass, SVP & general manager, North AmericaJosh Meihls, SVP, chief growth officerDr. Paula Powell, SVP, research & developmentDavid Huskisson, SVP, operations & technologySadie Oldham, VP & general manager, Gardens Among the themes and topics to be addressed:
SMG 2.0 growth strategy: Multi-year, in-depth look at portfolio optimization, channel expansion, category growth and operational efficiencies.Disciplined capital allocation: Strategic approach to balance sheet management, including leverage reduction, SG&A investments, capital expenditures, tuck-in M&A and shareholder friendly actions.Longer-term growth algorithm: Plans for dependable net sales growth and consistent profitability expansion, including key financial targets. Investor Day will be held at the New York Stock Exchange on August 4, 2026, beginning at 9 a.m. ET. For those interested in viewing online, the live webcast can be accessed through Vimeo. For those unable to participate during the live webcast, a replay will be available on the Investor Relations website.
About ScottsMiracle-Gro
With approximately $3.3 billion in sales, the Company is the leading marketer of branded consumer lawn and garden products in North America. The Company’s brands are among the most recognized in the industry. The Company’s Scotts®, Miracle-Gro®, Ortho® and Tomcat® brands are market-leading in their categories. For additional information, visit us at www.scottsmiraclegro.com
For investor inquiries:
Brad Chelton
Vice President
Treasury, Tax and Investor Relations [email protected]
(937) 309-2503
For media inquiries:
Tom Matthews
Chief Communications Officer [email protected]
(937) 844-3864
Air Products zvýšil celoroční odhad upraveného EPS na 13,39 až 13,49 USD po tom, co ve 3Q vykázal upravený EPS 3,47 USD. Zároveň oznámil projektové odchody za zhruba 2,9 miliardy USD před zdaněním.
GAAP results, including loss per share# of $6.47 and operating loss of $2.1 billion, driven by charges for business and asset actions announced June 30, 2026 Adjusted earnings per share ("EPS")* of $3.47, exceeding top-end of guidance, and adjusted operating income* of $810 million Guidance
Raising fiscal 2026 full-year adjusted EPS guidance* to $13.39 to $13.49; fiscal 2026 fourth quarter adjusted EPS guidance* of $3.55 to $3.65 Now expect fiscal year 2026 capital expenditures* of approximately $3.5 billion News and Highlights
Electronics growth: Announced long-term agreement for Air Products San Fu to build, own and operate four large state-of-the-art air separation units, bulk gas supply systems and new underground pipeline systems supporting a semiconductor manufacturer's expansion in Taiwan Optimizing project portfolio: Announced decision to not proceed with Louisiana Clean Energy Complex and discontinue zero-carbon liquid hydrogen facility in Arizona (Casa Grande) and other smaller-scale clean energy distribution projects Signed NEOM Green Hydrogen Project agreement: Finalized marketing and distribution agreement with Yara for renewable ammonia from the NEOM Green Hydrogen Project in Saudi Arabia Fiscal 2026 Third Quarter Consolidated Results (comparison versus prior year)
, /PRNewswire/ -- Air Products (NYSE:APD) today reported third quarter fiscal 2026 GAAP results, including operating loss of $2.1 billion and loss per share# of $6.47, each down over 300 percent, and GAAP operating margin of negative 66.3 percent, compared to 26.2 percent in the prior year. Fiscal 2026 results include charges of approximately $2.9 billion pre-tax ($2.2 billion after-tax, or $9.92 per share) associated with project exit decisions announced on June 30, 2026. The non-GAAP financial measures discussed below exclude these charges, as well as other items, as described in the "Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section of this release.
On a non-GAAP basis, third quarter adjusted operating income* of $810 million increased nine percent on higher on-site volumes, favorable currency, and higher pricing, partially offset by higher costs. Adjusted operating margin* of 25.6 percent improved 110 basis points. Adjusted EPS* of $3.47 increased 12 percent and also benefited from higher equity affiliates' income.
Third quarter sales of $3.2 billion increased five percent on three percent higher volumes, one percent higher pricing, and one percent favorable currency.
Chief Executive Officer Eduardo Menezes said, "Despite macroeconomic volatility, Air Products delivered 12 percent growth in adjusted EPS and high single-digit adjusted operating income improvement this quarter through continued discipline in our underlying business. Having taken additional decisions to further optimize our large project portfolio, we have a clear pathway to reduce capital expenditures and drive continued profitable growth through high-quality, traditional industrial gas projects. We are also pleased to have finalized our marketing and distribution agreement with Yara, creating the first fully integrated value chain for renewable ammonia by enabling product from the world's first large-scale green ammonia plant to be sold and delivered through Yara's existing global supply chain."
#
Per share amounts are calculated and presented on a diluted basis from continuing operations attributable to Air Products.
*
Certain results in this release include references to non-GAAP financial measures on a consolidated, continuing operations basis. Additional information regarding these measures and reconciliations of GAAP to non-GAAP historical results can be found below. Management is unable to reconcile, without unreasonable efforts, the Company's forecasted range of adjusted EPS or capital expenditures to a comparable GAAP range or amount because management is not able to predict the timing or occurrence of events or transactions that management believes are not representative of the Company's underlying business performance or the timing or occurrence of future investment activity, which are necessary to calculate forward-looking adjusted EPS from continuing operations and capital expenditures, respectively. Refer to the "Capital Expenditures" and "Adjusted EPS Outlook" sections below for additional information.
Fiscal 2026 Third Quarter Results by Business Segment
Americas sales of $1.3 billion increased five percent from the prior year as seven percent higher volumes were partially offset by two percent lower energy cost pass-through. Operating income of $395 million increased six percent, driven by volume growth from HyCO facilities and a new on-site asset, and favorable pricing. These benefits were partially offset by higher costs, primarily reflecting fixed-cost inflation, increased product distribution and dislocation costs, and project development costs, net of lower depreciation expense. Operating margin of 29.9 percent increased 20 basis points, including an approximate 50-basis-point favorable impact from energy cost pass-through. Asia sales of $886 million increased nine percent from the prior year on six percent higher volumes, two percent favorable currency, and one percent higher energy cost pass-through. Volume growth was driven by higher on-site volumes, including new assets, as well as improved helium volumes. Operating income of $256 million increased 18 percent and operating margin of 28.9 percent improved 210 basis points, primarily due to higher volumes and lower depreciation due to certain gasification assets being classified as held for sale, partially offset by higher costs driven by incentive compensation. Europe sales of $816 million increased six percent from the prior year on three percent higher energy cost pass-through, three percent favorable currency, and two percent higher pricing, partially offset by two percent lower volumes. Operating income of $231 million increased two percent, driven by higher pricing, net of higher power costs, favorable currency, and favorable business mix attributable to higher-margin on-site volumes. These benefits were partially offset by higher costs, including fixed-cost inflation. Operating margin of 28.3 percent decreased 90 basis points, which included an approximate 50-basis-point headwind from energy cost pass-through. Middle East and India equity affiliates' income of $101 million increased 18 percent from the prior year, primarily from affiliates in Saudi Arabia. Corporate and other sales of $103 million decreased 28 percent from the prior year. Operating loss of $80 million improved three percent on productivity and favorable foreign exchange impacts, partially offset by lower sale of equipment activity. Outlook
Air Products is raising its full-year fiscal 2026 adjusted EPS guidance* to a range of $13.39 to $13.49. For the fiscal 2026 fourth quarter, Air Products' adjusted EPS guidance* is $3.55 to $3.65. Air Products remains cautious given macroeconomic uncertainty but expects to see benefits from new asset contributions, pricing actions, and progress on productivity initiatives.
Air Products now expects capital expenditures* to be approximately $3.5 billion for full-year fiscal 2026.
Earnings Teleconference
Access the fiscal 2026 third quarter earnings teleconference scheduled for 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time on July 30, 2026 by calling 646-769-9200 and entering passcode 7872000 or by accessing the Event Details page on Air Products' Investor Relations website.
About Air Products
Air Products (NYSE: APD) is a world-leading industrial gases company in operation for over 85 years focused on serving energy, environmental, and emerging markets and generating a cleaner future. The Company supplies essential industrial gases, related equipment and applications expertise to customers in dozens of industries, including refining, chemicals, metals, electronics, manufacturing, medical and food. As the leading global hydrogen supplier, Air Products develops, engineers, builds, owns and operates some of the world's largest hydrogen projects. Through its sale of equipment businesses, the Company also provides turbomachinery, membrane systems and cryogenic containers globally.
Air Products had fiscal 2025 sales of $12.0 billion from operations in approximately 50 countries. For more information, visit airproducts.com or follow us on LinkedIn, X, Facebook or Instagram.
This release contains "forward-looking statements" within the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements about earnings and capital expenditure guidance, business outlook, investment opportunities and potential transactions that are subject to ongoing negotiations and their expected impact and timing. Forward-looking statements are based on management's expectations and assumptions as of the date of this release and are not guarantees of future performance. While forward-looking statements are made in good faith and based on assumptions, expectations and projections that management believes are reasonable based on currently available information, actual performance and financial results may differ materially from projections and estimates expressed in the forward-looking statements because of many factors, including, without limitation: changes in global or regional economic conditions, inflation, and supply and demand dynamics in the market segments we serve, including demand for technologies and projects to limit the impact of global climate change; changes in the financial markets may affect the availability and terms on which we may obtain financing; the ability to execute agreements with customers and implement price increases to offset cost increases; disruptions to our supply chain and related distribution delays and cost increases; risks associated with having extensive international operations, including political risks, risks associated with unanticipated government actions and risks of investing in developing markets; project delays, scope changes, cost escalations, contract terminations, customer cancellations, or postponement of projects and sales; our ability to safely develop, operate, and manage costs of large-scale and technically complex projects; the future financial and operating performance of major customers, joint ventures, and equity affiliates; our ability to safely and effectively develop, implement, and operate new technologies and to market products produced utilizing new technologies; our ability to execute the projects in our backlog and refresh our pipeline of new projects; tariffs, economic sanctions and regulatory activities in jurisdictions in which we, our affiliates and joint ventures, and our customers and other counterparties operate; the impact of environmental, tax, safety, or other legislation, as well as regulations and other public policy initiatives affecting our business and the business of our affiliates and related compliance requirements, including legislation, regulations, or policies intended to address global climate change; changes in tax rates and other changes in tax law; safety incidents relating to our operations; the timing, impact, and other uncertainties relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint venture activities, and other commercial transactions, as well as our ability to integrate acquisitions and separate divested businesses, respectively; risks relating to cybersecurity incidents, including risks from the interruption, failure or compromise of our information systems or those of our business partners or service providers; catastrophic events, such as natural disasters and extreme weather events, pandemics and other public health crises, acts of war, including Russia's invasion of Ukraine, the conflict with Iran and other new and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, or terrorism; the impact on our business and customers of price fluctuations in oil and natural gas and disruptions in markets and the economy due to oil and natural gas price volatility; costs and outcomes of legal or regulatory proceedings and investigations; asset impairments due to economic conditions or specific events; significant fluctuations in inflation, interest rates, and foreign currency exchange rates from those currently anticipated; damage to facilities, pipelines or delivery systems, including those we are constructing or that we own or operate for third parties; availability and cost of electric power, natural gas, and other raw materials; the commencement and success of any productivity and operational improvement programs; and other risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 and subsequent filings we have made with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we disclaim any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in assumptions, beliefs, or expectations or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances upon which any such forward-looking statements are based.
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
30 June
30 June
(Millions of U.S. Dollars, except for share and per share data)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Sales
$3,161.0
$3,022.7
$9,435.3
$8,870.4
Cost of sales
2,125.0
2,040.1
6,416.9
6,110.5
Selling and administrative expense
219.1
222.6
675.0
687.0
Research and development expense
21.5
24.1
63.5
69.0
Business and asset actions
2,907.4
24.1
2,929.4
2,952.0
Shareholder activism-related costs
—
25.0
—
86.3
Gain on sale of business
—
67.3
—
67.3
Other income (expense), net
14.9
36.5
39.6
73.3
Operating Income (Loss)
(2,097.1)
790.6
(609.9)
(893.8)
Equity affiliates' income
205.2
167.6
556.8
463.7
Interest expense
49.4
61.4
153.4
146.2
Other non-operating income (expense), net
3.6
(6.0)
3.1
14.3
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Taxes
(1,937.7)
890.8
(203.4)
(562.0)
Income tax expense (benefit)
(515.4)
159.6
(197.3)
(205.5)
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations
(1,422.3)
731.2
(6.1)
(356.5)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
—
(8.0)
—
(8.0)
Net Income (Loss)
(1,422.3)
723.2
(6.1)
(364.5)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
18.5
9.4
46.1
34.9
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Air Products
($1,440.8)
$713.8
($52.2)
($399.4)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Air Products
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
($1,440.8)
$721.8
($52.2)
($391.4)
Net loss from discontinued operations
—
(8.0)
—
(8.0)
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Air Products
($1,440.8)
$713.8
($52.2)
($399.4)
Per Share Data(A) (U.S. Dollars per share)
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
($6.47)
$3.24
($0.23)
($1.76)
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations
—
(0.04)
—
(0.04)
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to Air Products
($6.47)
$3.20
($0.23)
($1.79)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
($6.47)
$3.24
($0.23)
($1.76)
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations
—
(0.04)
—
(0.04)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Air Products
($6.47)
$3.20
($0.23)
($1.79)
Weighted Average Common Shares (in millions)
Basic
222.8
222.8
222.8
222.7
Diluted
222.8
222.9
222.8
222.7
(A) Earnings (loss) per share is calculated independently for each component and may not sum to total earnings (loss) per share
due to rounding.
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
30 June
30 September
(Millions of U.S. Dollars)
2026
2025
Assets
Current Assets
Cash and cash items
$980.5
$1,856.0
Trade receivables, net
1,881.5
1,901.2
Inventories
751.6
776.5
Prepaid expenses
155.1
174.9
Assets held for sale
475.5
427.7
Other receivables and current assets
719.3
689.5
Total Current Assets
$4,963.5
$5,825.8
Investment in net assets of and advances to equity affiliates
5,577.4
5,366.1
Plant and equipment, at cost
43,120.4
42,754.8
Less: accumulated depreciation
18,125.3
17,417.0
Plant and equipment, net
$24,995.1
$25,337.8
Goodwill, net
957.4
963.9
Intangible assets, net
278.4
293.5
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
790.6
944.0
Noncurrent lease receivables
283.0
307.1
Financing receivables
946.4
1,000.0
Other noncurrent assets
1,653.8
1,021.3
Total Noncurrent Assets
$35,482.1
$35,233.7
Total Assets
$40,445.6
$41,059.5
Liabilities and Equity
Current Liabilities
Payables and accrued liabilities
$3,529.6
$3,237.7
Accrued income taxes
98.0
179.4
Short-term borrowings
126.7
34.7
Current portion of long-term debt
769.5
716.3
Liabilities held for sale
51.5
50.5
Total Current Liabilities
$4,575.3
$4,218.6
Long-term debt
16,585.1
16,769.9
Long-term debt – related party
186.2
177.5
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
489.8
616.0
Other noncurrent liabilities
1,374.4
1,348.1
Deferred income taxes
638.4
579.6
Total Noncurrent Liabilities
$19,273.9
$19,491.1
Total Liabilities
$23,849.2
$23,709.7
Air Products Shareholders' Equity
13,883.8
15,024.9
Noncontrolling Interests
2,712.6
2,324.9
Total Equity
$16,596.4
$17,349.8
Total Liabilities and Equity
$40,445.6
$41,059.5
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
30 June
(Millions of U.S. Dollars)
2026
2025
Operating Activities
Net loss
($6.1)
($364.5)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of continuing operations
46.1
34.9
Net loss attributable to Air Products
($52.2)
($399.4)
Net loss from discontinued operations
—
8.0
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Air Products
(52.2)
(391.4)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
$1,131.1
$1,151.4
Deferred income taxes
(511.7)
(497.2)
Tax reform repatriation
—
(34.9)
Gain on sale of business
—
(67.3)
Business and asset actions
2,929.4
2,952.0
Undistributed earnings of equity method investments
(83.8)
(137.8)
Gain on sale of assets and investments
(4.7)
(46.9)
Share-based compensation
38.7
65.7
Noncurrent lease receivables
36.4
40.1
Other adjustments
37.2
31.4
Working capital changes that provided (used) cash, excluding effects of acquisitions:
Trade receivables
(12.4)
(91.4)
Inventories
19.9
(35.6)
Other receivables
(72.3)
(102.8)
Payables and accrued liabilities
(202.6)
(215.1)
Other working capital
56.6
(624.6)
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
$3,309.6
$1,995.6
Investing Activities
Additions to plant and equipment, including long-term deposits
($3,354.5)
($5,504.9)
Acquisitions, less cash acquired
—
(59.9)
Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates
(108.8)
(365.4)
Investments in financing receivables
—
(53.8)
Proceeds from sale of assets and investments
132.8
185.4
Purchases of short-term investments
—
(117.6)
Proceeds from short-term investments
—
122.5
Proceeds from other investing activities
19.0
112.7
Cash Used for Investing Activities
($3,311.5)
($5,681.0)
Financing Activities
Long-term debt proceeds
$644.0
$3,978.2
Payments on long-term debt
(662.8)
(380.1)
Net increase in commercial paper and short-term borrowings
77.0
214.7
Dividends paid to shareholders
(1,200.0)
(1,185.7)
Investments by noncontrolling interests
301.5
485.9
Other financing activities
(36.1)
(78.7)
Cash (Used for) Provided by Financing Activities
($876.4)
$3,034.3
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
2.8
(4.3)
Decrease in cash and cash items
($875.5)
($655.4)
Cash and cash items – Beginning of Year
1,856.0
2,979.7
Cash and Cash Items – End of Period
$980.5
$2,324.3
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds
$388.8
$856.1
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
(Millions of U.S. Dollars)
Americas
Asia
Europe
Middle East
and India
Corporate
and other
Total
Three Months Ended 30 June 2026
Sales
$1,321.4
$886.0
$815.7
$34.8
$103.1
$3,161.0
Operating income (loss)(A)
395.4
256.4
230.7
8.0
(80.2)
810.3
Depreciation and amortization
181.4
117.2
72.2
5.8
8.8
385.4
Equity affiliates' income
56.2
12.9
32.6
101.1
2.4
205.2
Three Months Ended 30 June 2025
Sales
$1,261.0
$810.0
$770.5
$38.3
$142.9
$3,022.7
Operating income (loss)(A)
374.1
216.8
225.2
8.1
(83.1)
741.1
Depreciation and amortization
192.4
126.7
64.9
6.8
10.2
401.0
Equity affiliates' income
37.8
9.5
29.7
86.0
4.6
167.6
Nine Months Ended 30 June 2026
Sales
$4,047.0
$2,550.1
$2,386.7
$94.3
$357.2
$9,435.3
Operating income (loss)(A)
1,173.1
728.7
665.8
18.4
(266.5)
2,319.5
Depreciation and amortization
525.0
346.7
214.5
18.0
26.9
1,131.1
Equity affiliates' income (loss)
163.7
38.4
87.9
264.8
2.0
556.8
Nine Months Ended 30 June 2025
Sales
$3,835.8
$2,401.2
$2,195.1
$103.9
$334.4
$8,870.4
Operating income (loss)(A)
1,128.0
624.6
607.2
4.6
(318.5)
2,045.9
Depreciation and amortization
544.2
381.4
176.2
19.7
29.9
1,151.4
Equity affiliates' income(B)
104.1
30.3
75.6
249.2
11.3
470.5
Total Assets
30 June 2026
$10,408.3
$6,869.5
$7,170.2
$11,887.2
$4,110.4
$40,445.6
30 September 2025
12,058.7
6,712.2
6,916.8
10,919.4
4,452.4
41,059.5
(A)
Operating income (loss) for our reportable segments does not include gains or losses that management does not consider to be indicative of underlying business performance, such as charges related to business and asset actions. Refer below for a reconciliation of total segment operating income to consolidated results.
(B)
Segment equity affiliates' income for the nine months ended 30 June 2025 excludes a $6.8 impairment charge related to a joint venture in China, which was recorded as part of our business and asset actions during the second quarter of fiscal year 2025. As a result, total segment equity affiliates' income does not reconcile to equity affiliates' income for the total company as reported on the consolidated income statement for the nine months ended 30 June 2025.
Reconciliation of Total Segment Operating Income to Consolidated Results
The table below reconciles total segment operating income to income (loss) before taxes as reflected on our consolidated income statements:
Three Months Ended
Nine Months Ended
30 June
30 June
(Millions of U.S. Dollars)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Total Segment Operating Income
$810.3
$741.1
$2,319.5
$2,045.9
Business and asset actions
(2,907.4)
(24.1)
(2,929.4)
(2,952.0)
Shareholder activism-related costs
—
(25.0)
—
(86.3)
Gain on sale of business
—
67.3
—
67.3
Gain on sale of other assets(A)
—
31.3
—
31.3
Consolidated Operating Income (Loss)
($2,097.1)
$790.6
($609.9)
($893.8)
Equity affiliates' income
205.2
167.6
556.8
463.7
Interest expense
49.4
61.4
153.4
146.2
Other non-operating income (expense), net
3.6
(6.0)
3.1
14.3
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Taxes
($1,937.7)
$890.8
($203.4)
($562.0)
(A)
Reflected on the consolidated income statements within "Other income (expense), net.
RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(Millions of U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated, except for per share data)
We present certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") because they exclude items that management does not consider to be representative of our underlying business operations. We provide these adjusted non-GAAP financial measures to allow investors, potential investors, securities analysts, and others to evaluate our business in the same manner as management. When viewed together with our GAAP results, we believe these non-GAAP financial measures offer a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our financial performance and support analysis of our results on a more consistent basis.
Readers are cautioned that non‑GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the corresponding GAAP measures. Our definitions and calculations of non‑GAAP financial measures may differ from those used by other companies, which may limit comparability.
Non-GAAP Performance Measures
Management uses non-GAAP performance measures, including adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margin, and adjusted earnings per share ("EPS"), to assess our performance because these measures exclude items that management does not consider to be representative of our underlying business operations. In addition, adjusted operating income and adjusted EPS are important components of our incentive compensation plans. We also use adjusted operating margin to assess operational efficiency, cost discipline, and overall profitability.
Our non‑GAAP performance measures are adjusted to exclude gains or losses that management believes are not associated with the ongoing operations of our business. These adjustments, which are described below for the periods presented, are not reflected in the results of our reportable segments. Although these items are often difficult to predict, readers should be aware that similar gains or losses may occur in future periods. The related tax effects reflect the expected current and deferred income tax impacts of our non-GAAP adjustments, which are primarily driven by the statutory tax rates of the applicable jurisdictions and the taxability of the underlying adjustments in those jurisdictions.
We reconcile each non‑GAAP performance measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure in the table below, followed by descriptions of each non-GAAP adjustment. Margins are calculated by dividing the applicable line item by consolidated sales for the relevant period. In addition to our non-GAAP performance measures, we also present components used in calculating adjusted EPS to illustrate the per share effect of our non‑GAAP adjustments. All per share amounts are calculated on a diluted basis from continuing operations attributable to Air Products. Because margins and per share amounts are calculated independently, the individual components may not sum to the related totals due to rounding.
Q3 2026 vs. Q3 2025
Operating
Income/Loss
Operating
Margin
Equity
Affiliates'
Income
Other Non-
Operating
Inc/Exp,
Net
Income Tax
Expense/Benefit
Net Income/Loss
Attributable to
Air Products
Earnings/
Loss per
Share (A)
Q3 2026 GAAP Measures
($2,097.1)
(66.3 %)
$205.2
$3.6
($515.4)
($1,440.8)
($6.47)
Q3 2025 GAAP Measures
790.6
26.2 %
167.6
(6.0)
159.6
721.8
3.24
$ GAAP Change
($2,887.7)
($9.71)
%/bp GAAP Change
(365 %)
(9,250 bp)
(300 %)
Q3 2026 GAAP Measures
($2,097.1)
(66.3 %)
$205.2
$3.6
($515.4)
($1,440.8)
($6.47)
Business and asset actions
2,907.4
92.0 %
—
—
695.4
2,212.0
9.92
Non-service pension cost, net
—
— %
—
3.2
0.8
2.4
0.01
Q3 2026 Adjusted Measures
$810.3
25.6 %
$205.2
$6.8
$180.8
$773.6
$3.47
Q3 2025 GAAP Measures
$790.6
26.2 %
$167.6
($6.0)
$159.6
$721.8
$3.24
Business and asset actions
24.1
0.8 %
—
—
8.7
15.4
0.07
Shareholder activism-related costs
25.0
0.8 %
—
—
6.2
18.8
0.08
Gain on sale of business
(67.3)
(2.2 %)
—
—
(15.4)
(51.9)
(0.23)
Gain on sale of other assets(B)
(31.3)
(1.0 %)
—
—
(7.5)
(23.8)
(0.11)
Loss on de-designation of cash flow hedges(C)
—
— %
—
0.3
0.1
0.1
—
Non-service pension cost, net
—
— %
—
10.9
2.8
8.1
0.04
Q3 2025 Adjusted Measures
$741.1
24.5 %
$167.6
$5.2
$154.5
$688.5
$3.09
$ Adjusted Change
$69.2
$0.38
%/bp Adjusted Change
9 %
110 bp
12 %
(A)
Calculated and presented on a diluted basis from continuing operations attributable to Air Products. Because we reported a loss from operations in fiscal year 2026, GAAP loss per share is calculated using the basic weighted average share value of 222.8 million, which does not consider outstanding share-based awards due to their anti-dilutive effect. Adjusted earnings per share is calculated using a diluted weighted average share value of 222.9 million.
(B)
Reflected on the consolidated income statements within "Other income (expense), net."
(C)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $0.1.
Non-GAAP Adjustments
Business and Asset Actions
During the quarter ended 30 June 2026, the Company recognized project exit charges of approximately $2.9 billion pre-tax ($2.2 billion after-tax, or $9.92 per share) associated with actions announced on 30 June 2026, including the exit of a clean energy complex under construction in Louisiana and a green hydrogen production facility under construction in Casa Grande, Arizona, as well as certain other smaller-scale clean energy distribution projects. In the prior-year quarter, the Company recognized $24.1 of project exit charges pre-tax ($15.4 after-tax, or $0.07 per share), primarily reflecting revisions to cost estimates associated with project exit actions approved in the second quarter of fiscal year 2025.
Shareholder Activism-Related Costs
We recorded shareholder activism-related costs in fiscal year 2025 in connection with a proxy contest that concluded in January 2025 following certification of the election of directors at the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Costs recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 2025 were $25.0 pre-tax ($18.8 after-tax, or $0.08 per share), primarily related to the reimbursement of proxy-related expenses incurred by Mantle Ridge LP and its affiliated entities.
Gain on Sale of Business
In April 2025, we completed the sale of our 100% ownership interest in a consolidated subsidiary in Singapore for cash proceeds of $104.3. We recognized a gain of $67.3 pre-tax ($51.9 after-tax, or $0.23 per share) as a result of the transaction during the third quarter of fiscal year 2025.
Gain on Sale of Other Assets
In June 2025, we sold a regional office in Hersham, England, for cash proceeds of $37.7. We recognized a gain on sale of $31.3 pre-tax ($23.8 after-tax, or $0.11 per share) during the third quarter of fiscal year 2025 that is presented within "Other income (expense), net" on our consolidated income statements.
Loss on De-designation of Cash Flow Hedges
In fiscal year 2024, we discontinued cash flow hedge accounting for certain interest rate swaps due to changes in the anticipated drawdown timeline for hedged borrowings related to the NEOM Green Hydrogen Project. These swaps are held by NEOM Green Hydrogen Company, a consolidated joint venture accounted for under the variable interest model, in which Air Products holds a one-third ownership interest. As a result of the de-designation, unrealized gains and losses related to the affected swaps were recorded in "Other non-operating income (expense), net" on our consolidated income statements. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2025, we recorded an unrealized loss of $0.3 pre-tax ($0.1 attributable to Air Products after tax), with $0.1 attributable to our noncontrolling partners.
We re-designated the affected swaps as cash flow hedges when the outstanding borrowings under the available project financing became commensurate with the swaps' notional values. As of 1 January 2026, all swaps were re-designated as cash flow hedges.
Loss From Discontinued Operations
Our non-GAAP financial measures are presented on a continuing operations basis, which excludes a pre-tax loss from discontinued operations of $10.6 ($8.0 after tax, or $0.04 per share) recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 2025 primarily to increase retained environmental remediation obligations associated with businesses sold in 2008.
Non-Service Related Pension Items
Non-service related pension items resulted in net non-operating costs of $3.2 ($2.4 after tax, or $0.01 per share) in the third quarter of fiscal year 2026 compared to $10.9 ($8.1 after tax, or $0.04 per share) in the third quarter of fiscal year 2025. Non-service related components are recurring, non-operating items that include interest cost, expected returns on plan assets, prior service cost amortization, actuarial loss amortization, as well as special termination benefits, curtailments, and settlements. The net impact of non-service related components is reflected within "Other non-operating income (expense), net" on our consolidated income statements. Adjusting for the impact of non-service pension components provides management and users of our financial statements with a more accurate representation of our underlying business performance because these components are driven by factors that are unrelated to our operations, such as volatility in equity and debt markets. Further, non-service related components are not indicative of our defined benefit plans' future contribution needs due to the funded status of the plans.
Capital Expenditures (Non-GAAP)
Capital expenditures is a non-GAAP financial measure that management uses to evaluate our deployment of capital and assess alignment with our strategic priorities. Our calculation of this measure begins as the sum of cash paid for additions to plant and equipment, including long-term deposits, acquisitions (less cash acquired), investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates, and investment in financing receivables, each of which are reported on our consolidated statements of cash flows.
We then adjust this amount to exclude spending for additions to plant and equipment by our consolidated joint venture, NEOM Green Hydrogen Company ("NGHC"), to the extent such spending is funded by sources other than Air Products' cash. These other funding sources include NGHC's project financing, which is non‑recourse to Air Products, as well as equity contributions from the other joint venture partners. Management believes this adjustment provides a more useful view of the capital we deploy to support the ongoing growth of our business.
The most directly comparable GAAP measure to our non‑GAAP capital expenditures is "Cash used for investing activities," as reported on our consolidated statements of cash flows. The reconciliation of cash used for investing activities to our reported capital expenditures is provided below:
Nine Months Ended
30 June
2026
2025
Cash used for investing activities
$3,311.5
$5,681.0
Proceeds from sale of assets and investments
132.8
185.4
Purchases of short-term investments
—
(117.6)
Proceeds from short-term investments
—
122.5
Proceeds from other investing activities
19.0
112.7
NGHC expenditures not funded by Air Products' equity(A)
(817.1)
(1,981.2)
Capital expenditures
$2,646.2
$4,002.8
(A)
Reflects the portion of "Additions to plant and equipment, including long-term deposits" that is associated with NGHC, less our approximate cash investment in the joint venture. Substantially all the funding we provide to NGHC is limited for use by the joint venture for its capital expenditures.
The table below outlines the cash flow components included in our definition of capital expenditures:
Nine Months Ended
30 June
2026
2025
Additions to plant and equipment, including long-term deposits
$3,354.5
$5,504.9
Acquisitions, less cash acquired
—
59.9
Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates
108.8
365.4
Investments in financing receivables
—
53.8
NGHC expenditures not funded by Air Products' equity(A)
(817.1)
(1,981.2)
Capital expenditures
$2,646.2
$4,002.8
(A)
Reflects the portion of "Additions to plant and equipment, including long-term deposits" that is associated with NGHC, less our approximate cash investment in the joint venture. Substantially all the funding we provide to NGHC is limited for use by the joint venture for its capital expenditures.
Outlook for Investing Activities
It is not possible, without unreasonable efforts, to reconcile our forecasted capital expenditures to future cash used for investing activities because management is unable to identify the timing or occurrence of our future investment activity, which is driven by our assessment of competing opportunities at the time we enter into transactions. These decisions, either individually or in the aggregate, could have a significant effect on our cash used for investing activities. Accordingly, management is unable to fully reconcile, without unreasonable efforts, our forecasted capital expenditures to future cash used for investing activities.
We expect capital expenditures of approximately $3.5 billion for fiscal year 2026.
Adjusted EPS Outlook (Non-GAAP)
The adjusted EPS guidance below is provided on a diluted basis from continuing operations attributable to Air Products and is compared to historical adjusted EPS. These adjusted measures exclude the impact of certain items that we believe are not representative of our underlying business performance, such as the non-service components of net periodic benefit/cost for our defined benefit pension plans, the incurrence of costs for business, asset, and cost reduction actions and impairment charges, or the recognition of gains or losses on certain disclosed items. The per share impact for each non-GAAP adjustment is calculated independently and may not sum to total adjusted EPS due to rounding.
It is not possible, without unreasonable efforts, to predict the timing or occurrence of these or similar future events or the potential for other events or transactions that may impact future GAAP EPS. Furthermore, it is not possible to identify the potential significance of these events in advance; however, any of these events, if they were to occur, could have a significant effect on our future GAAP EPS. Accordingly, management is unable to fully reconcile, without unreasonable efforts, our forecasted range of adjusted EPS to a comparable GAAP range.
Diluted EPS
Q4
Full Year
2025 Earnings (Loss) Per Share
$0.02
($1.74)
Business and asset actions
3.33
13.68
Shareholder activism-related costs
—
0.32
Gain on sale of business
—
(0.23)
Gain on sale of other assets
—
(0.11)
Gain on de-designation of cash flow hedges
—
(0.03)
Non-service pension cost, net
0.04
0.15
Tax reform adjustment related to deemed foreign dividends
A. O. Smith ve 2. čtvrtletí vykázala výnosy 1,0 miliardy USD, čistý zisk 125 milionů USD a EPS 0,91 USD. Firma zároveň snížila celoroční výhled růstu tržeb na 2 % až 3 %.
Second Quarter 2026 Highlights
(Comparisons are year-over-year ("YoY"), unless otherwise noted)
Sales of $1 billion; net earnings of $125 million and diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $0.91; adjusted earnings of $142 million1 and adjusted EPS of $1.031 North America segment sales of $820.5 million increased 5% driven by the Leonard Valve acquisition, 21% boiler sales growth and carryover pricing actions, partially offset by lower residential water heater volumes Rest of World segment sales of $194.9 million decreased 19%, reflecting continued weakness in China's consumer appliance market Year-to-date operating cash flow increased 42% to $254 million and free cash flow increased 67% to $233 million 2026 full year share repurchase target increased to $300 million 2026 full year sales EPS guidance updated to: Sales growth of between 2% and 3% Diluted EPS of between $3.60 and $3.75 Adjusted EPS of between $3.70 and $3.85 1
Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS exclude the impact of restructuring and impairment expenses associated with targeted restructuring actions taken in the North America water treatment business.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Global water technology company A. O. Smith Corporation ("the Company") (NYSE: AOS) today announced its second quarter 2026 results.
Key Financial Metrics
Second Quarter
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
% Change YoY
Net sales
$ 1,004.3
$ 1,011.3
-1 %
Net earnings
$ 124.9
$ 152.2
-18 %
Adjusted earnings
$ 142.02
$ 152.2
-7 %
Diluted earnings per share
$ 0.91
$ 1.07
-15 %
Adjusted earnings per share
$ 1.032
$ 1.07
-4 %
2
Excludes North America water treatment pre-tax restructuring and impairment expenses of $22.6 million. See accompanying GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations
"Our team continued to execute well in the second quarter, demonstrating the resilience of the A. O. Smith team and our business model," said Steve Shafer, chairman and chief executive officer. "While North America continued to face softer residential water heater demand, we are pleased with the progress we are making in our market share, as well as the strong growth in our boiler business. Operational excellence and delivering for our customers remained key priorities throughout the quarter. In China, we managed through a significantly weaker market environment and continue our strategic assessment of the business. We remain committed to disciplined execution and investing in opportunities that will strengthen our competitive position and drive long-term value creation."
Segment-level Performance
North America
Second quarter sales increased 5% to $820.5 million, driven by higher boiler volumes, the benefits of carryover pricing and a $16 million sales contribution from Leonard Valve, acquired in January 2026, partially offset by lower residential water heater volumes. Excluding Leonard Valve, organic sales increased 3%.
Segment earnings were $177.2 million, and segment margin was 21.6% in the second quarter of 2026 compared to second quarter of 2025 segment earnings of $198.1 million and segment margin of 25.4%. Second quarter 2026 adjusted segment earnings and adjusted segment margin were $199.8 million and 24.4%, respectively, and exclude $22.6 million of restructuring and impairment expenses associated with a restructuring plan designed to improve profitability and accelerate growth through footprint optimization and brand rationalization in our North America water treatment business. Beginning in 2027, annual savings associated with these restructuring actions are projected to be approximately $6 million to $8 million. The year-over-year decrease in segment earnings and segment margin was primarily due to restructuring and impairment expenses. Adjusted segment earnings were slightly higher with a decrease in adjusted segment margin, primarily due to higher steel and other input costs largely offsetting realized pricing in the quarter.
Rest of World
Rest of World sales of $194.9 million decreased 19% compared to the prior year period and included a favorable currency translation impact of $6 million primarily related to sales in China. China sales decreased 28% in local currency due to continued weak consumer demand and a challenging market environment.
Segment earnings were $10.2 million, and segment margin was 5.2% in the second quarter of 2026, compared to segment earnings of $25.3 million and segment margin of 10.5% in the same period of 2025. The lower segment earnings and segment margin compared to the prior year were primarily due to lower China sales volumes which were partially offset by continued cost management.
Balance Sheet, Liquidity and Capital Allocation
As of June 30, 2026, cash balances totaled $181.3 million and debt totaled $637.5 million, resulting in a leverage ratio of 25.7% as measured by total debt-to-total capitalization. The increased leverage ratio compared to 2025 was due to cash borrowed under a new term loan used to acquire Leonard Valve in January 2026.
Cash provided by operations was $253.8 million and free cash flow was $233.3 million in the first half of 2026, up 42% and 67%, respectively, versus the prior year period, primarily driven by working capital management that more than offset lower earnings.
As part of its commitment to return capital to shareholders, the Company deployed $162.4 million to repurchase 2.6 million shares in the first half of 2026. As of June 30, 2026, authority remained to repurchase approximately 3.2 million additional shares. Supported by strong cash flow performance in the first half of the year, the Company increased its full-year 2026 share repurchase target by 50% to $300 million from $200 million.
On July 13, 2026, the Company's board of directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.36 per share for shareholders of record on July 31, payable on August 17. For the full release, click here.
Outlook
2026 Outlook
(in millions, except per share amounts)
2025
2026 Outlook
Actual
Low End
High End
Net sales
$ 3,830
$ 3,900
$ 3,950
Diluted earnings per share
$ 3.85
$ 3.60
$ 3.75
Adjusted earnings per share
$ 3.85
$ 3.703
$ 3.853
3
Excludes North America water treatment pre-tax restructuring and impairment expenses of approximately $20 million, of which $22.6 million was recognized in the second quarter. Anticipated proceeds from the sale of certain assets are expected to occur in late 2026. See accompanying GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations
Due to continued softness in residential water heater industry volumes, the Company narrowed its full-year 2026 sales growth outlook to a range of 2% to 3%, compared to its previous range of 2% to 4%. The Company also narrowed its full-year 2026 adjusted EPS outlook to be between $3.70 and $3.85, from $3.70 to $4.00.
Shafer concluded, "While residential water heater demand remains soft, we are confident in our business fundamentals, competitive position and ability to execute our strategy. Our strong cash flow generation underscores the resilience of our operating model and supports disciplined capital deployment, including our decision to increase the full-year share repurchase target by 50% as we continue returning value to shareholders."
The Company's guidance excludes the potential impacts from future acquisitions, any potential outcomes of the assessment of its China business and the potential impact of the recently announced changes in tariff policy.
A. O. Smith will host a webcasted conference call at 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Daylight Time) today. The call can be heard live on the Company's website click here. An audio replay of the call will be available on the Company's website after the live event. To access the archived audio replay, go to the "Investors" page and select the Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call link.
To provide improved transparency into the operating results of its business, the Company is providing non-GAAP measures. Free cash flow is defined as cash provided by operations less capital expenditures. North America segment organic growth excludes the impact of Leonard Valve. Adjusted earnings, adjusted EPS and adjusted segment earnings exclude the impact of restructuring and impairment charges. Reconciliations from GAAP measures to non-GAAP measures are provided in the financial information included in this news release.
Forward-looking Statements
This release contains statements that the Company believes are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of words such as "may," "will," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "believe," "forecast," "continue," "guidance," "outlook", "confident" or words of similar meaning. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated as of the date of this release. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these expectations include, among other things, the following: further softening in U.S. residential and commercial water heater demand; further weakening in North American residential or commercial construction or instability in the Company's replacement markets; failure to realize the expected benefits of acquisitions or expected synergies; difficulties in predicting results of operations of an acquired business; negative impact to the Company's businesses from international tariffs, including any new or increased tariffs that could also trigger retaliatory responses from other countries, as well as trade disputes and geopolitical differences, including the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East; negative impacts to the Company, particularly the demand for its products, resulting from global inflationary pressures or a potential recession in one or more of the markets in which the Company participates; the Company's ability to continue to obtain commodities, components, parts and accessories on a timely basis through its supply chain and at expected costs, including the recent volatility in fuel and other material prices; inability of the Company to implement or maintain pricing actions; inconsistent recovery of the Chinese economy or a further decline in the growth rate of consumer spending or housing sales in China; the availability, timing or effects of China stimulus programs; uncertain outcomes and costs and other potential impacts of the Company's assessment relating to the Company's China business; the failure to realize the expected benefits of restructuring actions; further weakening in the high-efficiency gas boiler segment in the U.S.; substantial defaults in payment by, material reduction in purchases by or the loss, bankruptcy or insolvency of a major customer; foreign currency fluctuations; failure to realize the expected benefits, timing and extent of regulatory changes; competitive pressures on the Company's businesses, including new technologies and new competitors; the impact of potential information technology or data security breaches; negative impact of changes in government regulations or regulatory requirements; the inability to respond to secular trends toward decarbonization and energy efficiency; and adverse developments in general economic, political and business conditions in key regions of the world. Additional factors are discussed in the Company's filings with Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. Forward-looking statements included in this news release are made only as of the date of this release, and the Company is under no obligation to update these statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributed to the Company, or persons acting on its behalf, are qualified entirely by these cautionary statements.
About A. O. Smith
A. O. Smith Corporation, with headquarters in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, is a global leader applying innovative technology and energy-efficient solutions to products manufactured and marketed worldwide. Listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: AOS), the Company is one of the world's leading manufacturers of residential and commercial water heating equipment and boilers, as well as a manufacturer of water treatment and water management products. For more information, visit www.aosmith.com.
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings
(dollars in millions, except share data)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
$
1,004.3
$
1,011.3
$
1,949.9
$
1,975.2
Cost of products sold
616.5
614.2
1,196.4
1,202.7
Gross profit
387.8
397.1
753.5
772.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses
197.7
191.3
401.6
383.9
Restructuring and impairment expenses
22.6
—
22.6
—
Interest expense
8.1
4.6
15.2
7.5
Other expense (income), net
1.4
(0.4)
1.4
(1.6)
Earnings before provision for income taxes
158.0
201.6
312.7
382.7
Provision for income taxes
33.1
49.4
69.8
93.9
Net earnings
$
124.9
$
152.2
$
242.9
$
288.8
Diluted earnings per share of common stock(1)
$
0.91
$
1.07
$
1.75
$
2.01
Average common shares outstanding (000's omitted)
137,863
142,484
138,511
143,440
(1)
Earnings per share amounts are calculated discretely and, therefore, may not add up to the total due to rounding.
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
(dollars in millions)
(Unaudited)
June 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
181.3
$
174.5
Marketable securities
—
18.7
Receivables
669.8
582.3
Inventories
482.7
479.3
Other current assets
55.5
36.7
Total Current Assets
1,389.3
1,291.5
Net property, plant and equipment
619.0
635.1
Goodwill and other intangibles
1,504.2
1,072.9
Operating lease assets
49.7
46.3
Other assets
82.3
97.0
Total Assets
$
3,644.5
$
3,142.8
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Trade payables
$
525.7
$
504.1
Accrued payroll and benefits
74.0
93.6
Accrued liabilities
160.9
147.5
Product warranties
71.6
75.0
Debt due within one year
39.5
42.3
Total Current Liabilities
871.7
862.5
Long-term debt
598.0
112.7
Pension liabilities
7.4
7.4
Operating lease liabilities
39.2
37.1
Other liabilities
286.3
265.1
Stockholders' equity
1,841.9
1,858.0
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
3,644.5
$
3,142.8
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
Operating Activities
Net earnings
$
242.9
$
288.8
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation & amortization
48.5
41.2
Share based compensation expense
9.3
8.6
Deferred income taxes
25.1
(9.1)
Non cash impairment
12.4
—
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Current assets and liabilities
(97.1)
(159.0)
Noncurrent assets and liabilities
12.7
7.8
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
253.8
178.3
Investing Activities
Capital expenditures
(20.5)
(38.4)
Acquisitions
(470.0)
—
Investment in marketable securities
—
(22.6)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities
18.7
59.2
Cash Used in Investing Activities
(471.8)
(1.8)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from debt
819.0
611.3
Repayments of debt
(333.2)
(503.1)
Common stock repurchases
(162.4)
(251.3)
Net payments from stock option activity
—
(0.5)
Dividends paid
(99.8)
(97.5)
Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
223.6
(241.1)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
1.2
2.9
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
6.8
(61.7)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period
174.5
239.6
Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Period
$
181.3
$
177.9
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Business Segments
(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net sales
North America
$
820.5
$
779.0
$
1,573.9
$
1,527.7
Rest of World
194.9
240.1
395.6
466.8
Inter-segment sales
(11.1)
(7.8)
(19.6)
(19.3)
$
1,004.3
$
1,011.3
$
1,949.9
$
1,975.2
Earnings
North America(1)
$
177.2
$
198.1
$
352.6
$
383.3
Rest of World
10.2
25.3
22.6
45.0
Inter-segment earnings elimination
—
(0.2)
—
(0.2)
187.4
223.2
375.2
428.1
Corporate expense
(21.3)
(17.0)
(47.3)
(37.9)
Interest expense
(8.1)
(4.6)
(15.2)
(7.5)
Earnings before income taxes
158.0
201.6
312.7
382.7
Provision for incomes taxes
33.1
49.4
69.8
93.9
Net earnings
$
124.9
$
152.2
$
242.9
$
288.8
Additional Information
(1) Adjustments: North America
includes restructuring and impairment of:
$
22.6
$
—
$
22.6
$
—
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings Per Share
(dollars in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
The following is a reconciliation of net earnings and diluted earnings per share to adjusted earnings (non-GAAP) and
adjusted earnings per share (non-GAAP):
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net Earnings (GAAP)
$
124.9
$
152.2
$
242.9
$
288.8
Restructuring and impairment expenses, before tax
22.6
—
22.6
—
Tax effect on above items
(5.5)
—
(5.5)
—
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP)
$
142.0
$
152.2
$
260.0
$
288.8
Diluted Earnings Per Share (GAAP)(1)
$
0.91
$
1.07
$
1.75
$
2.01
Restructuring and impairment expenses, per diluted share, before tax
0.16
—
0.16
—
Tax effect on above items per diluted share
(0.04)
—
(0.04)
—
Adjusted Earnings Per Share (non-GAAP)(1)
$
1.03
$
1.07
$
1.87
$
2.01
(1)
Earnings per share amounts are calculated discretely and, therefore, may not add up to the total due to rounding.
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Sales Growth (Decline)
(unaudited)
The following table provides the components of net sales growth (decline):
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
North America
Rest of World
Total
Sales Growth (Decline)
5 %
(19) %
(1) %
Acquisition Impact(1)
2 %
—
1 %
Foreign Exchange Impact
— %
3 %
1 %
Organic Sales Growth (Decline) (non-GAAP)
3 %
(22) %
(3) %
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
North America
Rest of World
Total
Sales Growth (Decline)
3 %
(15) %
(1) %
Acquisition Impact(1)
2 %
—
2 %
Foreign Exchange Impact
— %
3 %
1 %
Organic Sales Growth (Decline) (non-GAAP)
1 %
(18) %
(4) %
(1)
The acquisition effect includes the sales impact of the Leonard Valve acquisition in 2026.
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Adjusted Segment Earnings
(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
The following is a reconciliation of reported earnings before provision for income taxes to total segment earnings (non-GAAP) and
adjusted segment earnings (non-GAAP):
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Earnings Before Provision for Income Taxes (GAAP)
$
158.0
$
201.6
$
312.7
$
382.7
Add: Corporate expense
21.3
17.0
47.3
37.9
Add: Interest expense
8.1
4.6
15.2
7.5
Total Segment Earnings (non-GAAP)
$
187.4
$
223.2
$
375.2
$
428.1
North America(1)
$
177.2
$
198.1
$
352.6
$
383.3
Rest of World
10.2
25.3
22.6
45.0
Inter-segment earnings elimination
—
(0.2)
—
(0.2)
Total Segment Earnings (non-GAAP)
$
187.4
$
223.2
$
375.2
$
428.1
Additional Information
(1)North America Segment Earnings
$
177.2
$
198.1
$
352.6
$
383.3
Restructuring and impairment expenses, before tax
22.6
—
22.6
—
Adjusted North America Segment Earnings (non-GAAP)
$
199.8
$
198.1
$
375.2
$
383.3
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
Free Cash Flow
(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
The following is a reconciliation of reported cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow (non-GAAP):
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
Cash provided by operating activities (GAAP)
$
253.8
$
178.3
Less: Capital expenditures
(20.5)
(38.4)
Free cash flow (non-GAAP)
$
233.3
$
139.9
A. O. SMITH CORPORATION
2026 Adjusted EPS Guidance and 2025 EPS
(unaudited)
The following is a reconciliation of diluted EPS to adjusted EPS (non-GAAP) (all items are net of tax):
2026
Guidance
2025
Diluted EPS (GAAP)
$
3.60-3.75
$
3.85
Restructuring and impairment expenses
0.10
(1)
—
Adjusted EPS (non-GAAP)
$
3.70-3.85
$
3.85
(1)
Includes North America water treatment pre-tax restructuring and impairment expenses of approximately $20.0 million of which $22.6 million was recognized in the second quarter. Anticipated proceeds from the sale of certain assets are expected to occur in late 2026.
NetRise rozšířil Provenance o kontrolu důvěry v balíčky přímo v rámci vývojářského workflow, aby blokoval škodlivé nebo nevyhovující open source závislosti ještě před instalací. Podpora je zatím pro Python (PyPI) a zahrnuje CLI, Visual Studio Code i AI asistenty.
New Package Firewall CLI, VS Code extension, and AI coding assistant plugins enforce package trust before malicious or policy-violating dependencies are installed.
, /PRNewswire/ -- NetRise®, the software supply chain security company that exists to eliminate blind trust in software, today announced enhancements to NetRise Provenance®, bringing package trust enforcement into the developer workflow via Visual Studio Code, the command line, and AI coding assistants. The release enables organizations to detect and block malicious or policy-violating open source packages before they enter software projects.
The release introduces three new enforcement mechanisms that extend Provenance's package trust decisions across developer workflows:
Provenance Package Firewall CLI: Enforces organizational policy at package install time in the command line interface (CLI), blocking malicious or non-compliant packages before they are downloaded. Provenance Extension for Visual Studio Code: Evaluates dependency manifests as developers write them, identifying malicious or non-compliant packages directly in the editor with contextual guidance and one-click remediation. AI Coding Assistant Plugins: Extends Provenance enforcement to AI coding assistants, including Claude Code, Gemini, and Codex, applying the same package trust decisions and policy enforcement to AI-initiated dependency installs. Modern software supply chain attacks, such as the recent LiteLLM and Axios compromises, share similar characteristics: a package or one of its dependencies is compromised. The malicious release stays published and is pulled into every project that requests it, until it is detected. Each compromise was quickly discovered and fixed, with the window of exposure being merely hours.
"The problem is everything that happens while it's still up," said Michael Scott, Co-Founder and CTO of NetRise. "Builds run, releases go out, containers deploy, all automatically. AI tools pull dependencies into projects for people who aren't even developers. By the time an advisory is published and the package is quarantined, the compromised version has already spread."
"Provenance is built for that window. It blocks the package at every point of install - the developer machine, the software and firmware build pipeline, the AI assistant working on a user's behalf. It shifts the approach of CISOs and Product Security leaders into one of proactive defense rather than reactive response. When the next attack makes headlines, they have the confidence that the affected packages never got in."
The new mechanisms move package trust decisions earlier in the software development lifecycle by evaluating dependencies as they are introduced into a project and enforcing the same policy at install time. A shared policy engine ensures the same trust decision is applied in the editor, at the command line, in AI coding assistants, and in continuous integration (CI).
Developers receive immediate feedback while they edit dependency manifests, including plain-language explanations for flagged packages, one-click remediation, and options to record policy exceptions. The Package Firewall enforces those same decisions during package installation.
"The oldest problem in cybersecurity isn't malicious code—it's trusting software before you know where it came from or whether it deserves that trust," said Thomas Pace, Co-founder and CEO of NetRise. "Malicious packages are just the latest example of a much older problem: organizations continue to rely on software and components they haven't truly validated. That model has to end. Software should prove its origin, integrity, and lineage before it ever runs, and when something does slip through, you should immediately understand where it came from and everywhere it exists. With Provenance integrated into the developer workflow and Turbine continuously validating software in production, that becomes the foundation of how software is built and trusted."
The new enforcement capabilities build on Provenance's existing software supply chain intelligence, extending the same package trust decisions from dependency authoring through software delivery. Learn more about NetRise Provenance at netrise.io/products/provenance.
The Provenance Package Firewall CLI, the AI coding assistant plugins, and the Provenance extension for Visual Studio Code are available to Provenance customers, with initial support for the Python (PyPI) ecosystem and additional ecosystems planned.
Resources
Schedule a demo: To see Provenance enforce trust from the editor through the pipeline, request a demo at https://www.netrise.io/demo-request. For more information about NetRise Provenance, visit: https://www.netrise.io/products/provenance. Meet with us at Black Hat USA 2026: Visit Booth #5547 or schedule a private meeting with the NetRise team: https://www.netrise.io/company/events/netrise-black-hat-usa-2026 For more information or to request a demonstration, visit netrise.io or contact [email protected].
About NetRise
NetRise is the software supply chain security company that exists to eliminate blind trust in software forever. By identifying every component in each binary image across firmware, kernels, operating systems, containers, and applications, NetRise exposes the full stack of inherited risk that source-based tools, vendor SBOMs, and questionnaires cannot see. Non-code related risk uncovered includes hidden dependencies, cryptographic artifacts, misconfigurations, secrets, among others. Global enterprises that produce and consume software, including government agencies, rely on NetRise to validate what they ship and what they run. When the software supply chain is compromised by bad actors, NetRise answers the questions, "how far do these compromises extend?" and "where am I exposed?" enabling rapid identification, prioritization, mitigation, and policy updates, reducing material risk to the business. NetRise has entered into an agreement to be acquired by Accenture (NYSE: ACN), which is also taking a majority investment in Dragos. Upon close of the transactions, NetRise will operate under Dragos.
https://www.netrise.io
Roblox Corporation (NYSE:RBLX) will release its second quarter earnings report after the closing bell on Thursday, July 30.
Analysts expect the San Mateo, California-based company to report a quarterly loss of 33 cents per share, versus a loss of 41 cents per share in the year-ago period. The consensus estimate for Roblox’s quarterly revenue is $1.6 billion. It reported $1.44 billion last year, according to Benzinga Pro.
On May 19, Roblox announced a $3 billion repurchase program.
Roblox shares rose 1.3% to close at $50.13 on Wednesday.
Benzinga readers can access the latest analyst ratings on the Analyst Stock Ratings page. Readers can sort by stock ticker, company name, analyst firm, rating change or other variables.
Let’s have a look at how Benzinga’s most-accurate analysts have rated the company in the recent period.
Considering buying RBLX stock? Here’s what analysts think:
Photo via Shutterstock
Market News and Data brought to you by Benzinga APIs
Amundi reduced its position in Corning Incorporated (NYSE:GLW – Free Report) by 15.0% in the 1st quarter, according to its most recent disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The firm owned 3,958,324 shares of the electronics maker’s stock after selling 696,930 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned about 0.46% of Corning worth $538,213,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
A number of other hedge funds have also modified their holdings of GLW. Merit Financial Group LLC grew its holdings in Corning by 16.9% during the fourth quarter. Merit Financial Group LLC now owns 45,001 shares of the electronics maker’s stock worth $3,940,000 after acquiring an additional 6,493 shares during the period. Security National Bank lifted its holdings in Corning by 340.4% in the fourth quarter. Security National Bank now owns 72,523 shares of the electronics maker’s stock valued at $6,350,000 after acquiring an additional 56,056 shares during the period. Principal Financial Group Inc. boosted its position in shares of Corning by 1.2% during the 1st quarter. Principal Financial Group Inc. now owns 893,451 shares of the electronics maker’s stock worth $121,483,000 after purchasing an additional 10,591 shares in the last quarter. Wealthfront Advisers LLC grew its stake in shares of Corning by 36.2% during the 1st quarter. Wealthfront Advisers LLC now owns 92,425 shares of the electronics maker’s stock worth $12,567,000 after purchasing an additional 24,589 shares during the period. Finally, Three Seasons Wealth LLC purchased a new position in shares of Corning in the 4th quarter valued at about $1,750,000. 69.80% of the stock is currently owned by hedge funds and other institutional investors.
Corning Stock Down 1.5% Shares of Corning stock opened at $124.06 on Thursday. Corning Incorporated has a twelve month low of $61.44 and a twelve month high of $271.78. The stock has a market cap of $106.77 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 56.65, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.66 and a beta of 1.09. The company has a current ratio of 1.81, a quick ratio of 1.06 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.59. The company has a fifty day moving average price of $185.16 and a 200 day moving average price of $156.53.
Corning (NYSE:GLW – Get Free Report) last announced its earnings results on Tuesday, July 28th. The electronics maker reported $0.78 earnings per share for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $0.76 by $0.02. The business had revenue of $4.74 billion during the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $4.63 billion. Corning had a net margin of 11.20% and a return on equity of 20.09%. The business’s quarterly revenue was up 17.1% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same period in the prior year, the firm earned $0.60 earnings per share. Corning has set its Q3 2026 guidance at 0.850-0.890 EPS. Equities research analysts forecast that Corning Incorporated will post 3.18 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.
Corning Dividend Announcement The firm also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Tuesday, September 29th. Investors of record on Monday, August 31st will be paid a $0.28 dividend. The ex-dividend date is Monday, August 31st. This represents a $1.12 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 0.9%. Corning’s payout ratio is 53.59%.
Insiders Place Their Bets In other news, SVP Jaymin Amin sold 27,395 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction dated Friday, May 22nd. The shares were sold at an average price of $192.14, for a total value of $5,263,675.30. Following the transaction, the senior vice president directly owned 94,400 shares in the company, valued at approximately $18,138,016. This trade represents a 22.49% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the SEC, which can be accessed through the SEC website. Also, VP John Z. Zhang sold 10,000 shares of Corning stock in a transaction dated Monday, May 11th. The shares were sold at an average price of $198.34, for a total transaction of $1,983,400.00. Following the completion of the sale, the vice president owned 5,138 shares in the company, valued at approximately $1,019,070.92. This represents a 66.06% decrease in their ownership of the stock. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. In the last 90 days, insiders have sold 160,655 shares of company stock valued at $30,692,560. Insiders own 0.25% of the company’s stock.
Key Corning News Here are the key news stories impacting Corning this week:
Positive Sentiment: Corning reported second-quarter revenue of $4.74 billion, up 17% year over year, while core EPS rose 30% to $0.78, exceeding the $0.76 consensus estimate. Corning Q2 results Positive Sentiment: Optical Communications sales increased 32% to $2.07 billion, led by a 65% gain in Enterprise Networks as generative-AI products continued to grow rapidly. Solar sales also climbed 90%, supporting revenue, margins and free cash flow. Corning beats Q2 estimates Positive Sentiment: Management highlighted demand from AI data centers and its Springboard plan, which is intended to accelerate sales and profitability. Corning’s fiber products are benefiting from the shift toward higher-bandwidth data-center networks. GLW AI growth plan Neutral Sentiment: Citigroup maintained a Buy rating but reduced its price target from $240 to $220. JPMorgan lowered its target from $200 to $170 and kept a Neutral rating, indicating analysts still see potential upside but have moderated expectations. Analyst target changes Negative Sentiment: Third-quarter revenue guidance of $4.9 billion to $5.0 billion was viewed as roughly in line with, rather than above, Wall Street’s $5.0 billion expectation. Although EPS guidance of $0.85-$0.89 exceeded the consensus midpoint, investors wanted a stronger outlook after the stock’s prior AI-driven rally. Corning guidance reaction Negative Sentiment: The guidance disappointment triggered a broad selloff in optical and AI infrastructure stocks. Analysts and market commentators also cited valuation concerns and a possible rotation away from recent AI winners, making the earnings beat insufficient to support the share price. Corning AI trade and guidance Wall Street Analyst Weigh In A number of research analysts have issued reports on GLW shares. Bank of America increased their target price on shares of Corning from $223.00 to $243.00 and gave the company a “buy” rating in a report on Monday, July 6th. Zacks Research cut Corning from a “strong-buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a report on Tuesday, May 26th. Weiss Ratings downgraded Corning from a “buy (b-)” rating to a “hold (c+)” rating in a research note on Friday, July 24th. Morgan Stanley cut their price target on Corning from $180.00 to $165.00 and set an “equal weight” rating for the company in a research note on Wednesday. Finally, Citigroup reduced their target price on Corning from $240.00 to $220.00 and set a “buy” rating on the stock in a research note on Wednesday. Nine research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and seven have given a Hold rating to the stock. Based on data from MarketBeat, Corning currently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus price target of $176.38.
Read Our Latest Stock Report on Corning
Corning Company Profile (Free Report)
Corning Incorporated is a global manufacturer specializing in specialty glass, ceramics and related materials and technologies. Headquartered in Corning, New York, the company supplies engineered materials and components used across multiple industries, including consumer electronics, telecommunications, automotive emissions control, pharmaceutical and life sciences, and industrial and scientific applications. Corning emphasizes materials science and precision manufacturing to develop durable, high-performance glass and ceramic products.
Key product lines include specialty display glass used by television and mobile-device manufacturers, cover glass marketed under well-known trade names for smartphones and tablets, and optical fiber and cable and related hardware for telecommunications networks.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Corning Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding GLW? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Corning Incorporated (NYSE:GLW – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Corning Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Corning and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEIQVIA (NYSE:IQV) Given New $285.00 Price Target at JPMorgan Chase & Co.
NEXT HEADLINE »Teradyne (NASDAQ:TER) Given Overweight Rating at Cantor Fitzgerald
Resources Investor Relations Journalists Agencies Client Login Send a Release News Products Contact , /PRNewswire/ -- SiriusXM (NASDAQ: SIRI) today announced its operating and financial results for the second quarter 2026. The full earnings release is available on the Investor Relations section of the company's website at https://investor.siriusxm.com.
About Sirius XM Holdings Inc.
SiriusXM is the leading audio entertainment company in North America, with a portfolio of audio businesses including its flagship subscription entertainment service SiriusXM; the ad-supported and premium music streaming services of Pandora; an expansive podcast network; and a complete ecosystem of advertising solutions through SiriusXM Media and AdsWizz. SiriusXM offers live, on-demand, and human-curated programming across music, talk, news, sports, and podcasts, and the company reaches approximately 255 million monthly listeners across its platforms. With deep automotive manufacturer relationships and unique spectrum assets, SiriusXM is built to reach listeners wherever they are. The company connects fans to the voices, creators, and moments they love - creating communities where listeners engage, participate, and belong. For more about SiriusXM, please go to: www.siriusxm.com.
Source: SiriusXM
Investor contact:
Jennifer DiGrazia
[email protected]
Arete Wealth Advisors LLC trimmed its position in Lam Research Corporation (NASDAQ:LRCX – Free Report) by 43.9% during the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The fund owned 13,174 shares of the semiconductor company’s stock after selling 10,317 shares during the period. Arete Wealth Advisors LLC’s holdings in Lam Research were worth $2,813,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
Several other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of LRCX. Opal Capital LLC lifted its position in shares of Lam Research by 14.3% in the first quarter. Opal Capital LLC now owns 3,392 shares of the semiconductor company’s stock valued at $725,000 after acquiring an additional 425 shares in the last quarter. Amundi lifted its holdings in Lam Research by 23.7% in the 1st quarter. Amundi now owns 10,147,479 shares of the semiconductor company’s stock valued at $2,168,107,000 after purchasing an additional 1,942,862 shares in the last quarter. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC lifted its holdings in Lam Research by 14.3% in the 1st quarter. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC now owns 10,009 shares of the semiconductor company’s stock valued at $2,139,000 after purchasing an additional 1,252 shares in the last quarter. Core Wealth Advisors Inc. acquired a new position in Lam Research during the first quarter worth about $209,000. Finally, Riposte Capital LLC purchased a new stake in Lam Research during the 1st quarter valued at about $11,751,000. 84.61% of the stock is currently owned by hedge funds and other institutional investors.
Analyst Ratings Changes LRCX has been the subject of a number of analyst reports. Weiss Ratings upgraded Lam Research from a “buy (b-)” rating to a “buy (b)” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 23rd. B. Riley Financial raised their target price on Lam Research from $350.00 to $375.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a research note on Tuesday, May 12th. Mizuho lifted their price target on Lam Research from $380.00 to $400.00 and gave the stock an “outperform” rating in a report on Thursday, July 9th. JPMorgan Chase & Co. boosted their price target on shares of Lam Research from $300.00 to $315.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a research report on Thursday, April 23rd. Finally, Wells Fargo & Company reissued an “overweight” rating and issued a $450.00 price objective (up from $365.00) on shares of Lam Research in a report on Monday, June 22nd. One equities research analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, twenty-eight have given a Buy rating and five have assigned a Hold rating to the stock. According to MarketBeat, the company presently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus price target of $364.04.
View Our Latest Report on LRCX
Trending Headlines about Lam Research Here are the key news stories impacting Lam Research this week:
Positive Sentiment: Lam Research earned $1.82 per share, above the $1.69 analyst consensus and up from $1.33 a year earlier. Revenue rose 30% year over year to a record $6.72 billion, slightly exceeding estimates. Lam Research Surpasses Q4 Earnings and Revenue Estimates Positive Sentiment: The company issued substantially stronger-than-expected first-quarter fiscal 2027 guidance, calling for revenue of $7.7 billion to $8.5 billion and EPS of $2.00 to $2.30, versus consensus estimates of $7.0 billion and $1.81, respectively. Lam Research Forecasts Strong Revenue on AI Boom Positive Sentiment: Management cited robust demand for semiconductor manufacturing equipment, particularly from continued artificial-intelligence infrastructure investment and advanced chip production. The outlook suggests AI-related capital spending is supporting near-term orders. Lam Research Posts Record Quarterly Revenue Neutral Sentiment: The results were broadly viewed as a beat-and-raise report, although investors are assessing whether the unusually strong outlook is sustainable given Lam Research’s cyclical semiconductor-equipment business and elevated valuation. Negative Sentiment: LRCX remained under pressure amid a broad semiconductor pullback, tighter Federal Reserve expectations, Middle East tensions and renewed concerns that advances in Chinese lithography could alter China’s demand for foreign chipmaking equipment. These sector and geopolitical risks overshadowed the favorable quarterly figures. Lam Research Is Down After China Lithography Jitters Insider Activity In other news, Director Eric Brandt sold 54,500 shares of the stock in a transaction dated Thursday, June 11th. The shares were sold at an average price of $350.80, for a total transaction of $19,118,600.00. Following the sale, the director owned 199,205 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $69,881,114. This represents a 21.48% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The sale was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which can be accessed through the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, Director Abhijit Y. Talwalkar sold 18,282 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Monday, July 13th. The shares were sold at an average price of $335.00, for a total transaction of $6,124,470.00. Following the completion of the transaction, the director directly owned 87,142 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $29,192,570. The trade was a 17.34% decrease in their position. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Over the last ninety days, insiders sold 98,611 shares of company stock valued at $32,250,190. 0.31% of the stock is currently owned by corporate insiders.
Lam Research Price Performance Lam Research stock opened at $252.35 on Thursday. The company’s 50 day simple moving average is $341.14 and its 200-day simple moving average is $275.79. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.35, a quick ratio of 1.77 and a current ratio of 2.54. Lam Research Corporation has a 1 year low of $90.93 and a 1 year high of $438.50. The company has a market capitalization of $315.58 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 47.61, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.60 and a beta of 1.80.
Lam Research (NASDAQ:LRCX – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, July 29th. The semiconductor company reported $1.82 earnings per share for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $1.69 by $0.13. Lam Research had a net margin of 30.94% and a return on equity of 66.21%. The firm had revenue of $6.72 billion during the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $6.66 billion. During the same quarter last year, the company posted $1.33 EPS. The firm’s quarterly revenue was up 30.0% on a year-over-year basis. Lam Research has set its Q1 2027 guidance at 2.000-2.300 EPS. As a group, equities research analysts expect that Lam Research Corporation will post 5.68 earnings per share for the current year.
Lam Research Dividend Announcement The company also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Wednesday, July 8th. Stockholders of record on Wednesday, June 17th were given a dividend of $0.26 per share. This represents a $1.04 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 0.4%. The ex-dividend date was Wednesday, June 17th. Lam Research’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is currently 19.62%.
Lam Research Company Profile (Free Report)
Lam Research Corporation (NASDAQ: LRCX) is a global supplier of wafer fabrication equipment and services to the semiconductor industry. Founded in 1980 by David K. Lam and headquartered in Fremont, California, the company develops and manufactures systems used in multiple stages of semiconductor device production, including thin film deposition, plasma etch, wafer cleaning and related process modules and automation.
Lam’s product portfolio covers core process technologies employed by logic and memory manufacturers, with equipment designed to support advanced-node patterning, 3D NAND and other emerging device architectures.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Lam Research Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding LRCX? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Lam Research Corporation (NASDAQ:LRCX – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Lam Research Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Lam Research and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEAmundi Has $360.83 Million Stake in The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc $PNC
NEXT HEADLINE »Arete Wealth Advisors LLC Buys 8,931 Shares of U.S. Bancorp $USB
The Cigna Group ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby o 7 % na 71,7 miliardy USD a upravený zisk z operací na akcii na 7,78 USD. Zároveň zvýšila celoroční výhled upraveného zisku z operací na akcii na nejméně 30,45 USD.
Total revenues for the second quarter 2026 increased 7% to $71.7 billion Shareholders' net income for the second quarter 2026 was $1.7 billion, or $6.29 per share Adjusted income from operations1 for the second quarter 2026 was $2.1 billion, or $7.78 per share 2026 outlook2 for adjusted income from operations1,2 increased to at least $30.45 per share2 , /PRNewswire/ -- Global health company The Cigna Group (NYSE: CI) today reported second quarter 2026 results, reflecting solid operational performance across its diversified portfolio of businesses.
"Our purpose is to improve the lives of each and every customer and patient we serve," said Brian C. Evanko, President and Chief Executive Officer of The Cigna Group. "By harnessing technology, data and AI to deliver more personalized experiences, improve access and lower costs, we are creating greater value every day. Our strong second quarter results reflect continued progress against these priorities and demonstrate the effectiveness of our strategy and execution."
Shareholders' net income for second quarter 2026 was $1.7 billion, or $6.29 per share compared to $1.5 billion, or $5.71 per share, for second quarter 2025, primarily reflecting growth in Cigna Healthcare.
The Cigna Group's adjusted income from operations1 for second quarter 2026 was $2.1 billion, or $7.78 per share, compared with $1.9 billion, or $7.20 per share, for second quarter 2025.
A reconciliation of shareholders' net income to adjusted income from operations1 is provided on the following page and on Exhibit 1 of this earnings release.
CONSOLIDATED HIGHLIGHTS
The following table includes highlights of results and reconciliations of total revenues to adjusted revenues3 and shareholders' net income to adjusted income from operations1:
Consolidated Financial Results (unaudited, dollars in millions):
Three Months Ended
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
March 31,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2026
Total Revenues
$ 71,668
$ 67,178
$ 68,494
$ 140,162
Net Investment Results from Equity Method Investments3
(110)
(44)
23
(87)
Adjusted Revenues3
$ 71,558
$ 67,134
$ 68,517
$ 140,075
Consolidated Earnings, net of taxes
Shareholders' Net Income
$ 1,660
$ 1,532
$ 1,654
$ 3,314
Net Investment (Gains)1
(55)
(103)
(233)
(288)
Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets1
296
330
315
611
Special Items1
153
171
322
475
Adjusted Income from Operations1
$ 2,054
$ 1,930
$ 2,058
$ 4,112
Shareholders' Net Income, per share
$ 6.29
$ 5.71
$ 6.26
$ 12.55
Adjusted Income from Operations1, per share
$ 7.78
$ 7.20
$ 7.79
$ 15.58
Total revenues for second quarter 2026 increased 7% relative to second quarter 2025, driven by growth in both Evernorth Health Services and Cigna Healthcare. Adjusted income from operations1 for second quarter 2026 increased 6% relative to second quarter 2025, driven by higher contributions from Cigna Healthcare. The SG&A expense ratio4 and adjusted SG&A expense ratio4 were 4.8% and 4.6% for second quarter 2026, compared to 5.1% and 4.9%, respectively, in second quarter 2025, primarily reflecting operating efficiency. Year to date through July 29, 2026, the company repurchased 0.9 million shares of common stock for approximately $250 million. CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
The following table summarizes The Cigna Group's medical customers and overall customer relationships:
Customer Relationships (in thousands):
As of the Periods Ended
June 30,
March 31,
December 31,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Total Pharmacy Customers
118,243
121,892
121,020
123,603
U.S. Healthcare
16,678
16,355
16,623
16,423
International Health
1,735
1,691
1,711
1,695
Total Medical Customers5
18,413
18,046
18,334
18,118
Behavioral Care
27,621
23,852
27,558
28,269
Dental
18,488
18,446
18,558
18,438
Total Customer Relationships
182,765
182,236
185,470
188,428
Total customer relationships at June 30, 2026 decreased 3% from December 31, 2025 to 182.8 million. Total pharmacy customers at June 30, 2026 decreased 4% from December 31, 2025 to 118.2 million, reflecting expected client transitions and lower membership from health plan clients. Total medical customers5 at June 30, 2026 increased 2% from December 31, 2025 to 18.4 million reflecting growth in Middle and Select markets, partially offset by lower membership in National Accounts. HIGHLIGHTS OF SEGMENT RESULTS
See Exhibit 1 for a reconciliation of adjusted income from operations1 to shareholders' net income.
Evernorth Health Services
This segment includes the Pharmacy Benefit Services and Specialty and Care Services operating segments, which provide independent and coordinated health solutions and capabilities to enable the health care system to work better and help people live healthier lives.
Pharmacy Benefit Services drives high-quality, cost-effective pharmacy care through various services such as drug claim adjudication, retail pharmacy network administration, benefit design consultation, drug utilization review, drug formulary management and access to our home delivery pharmacy. Specialty and Care Services provides specialty drugs for the treatment of complex and rare diseases, specialty distribution of pharmaceuticals and medical supplies, as well as clinical programs to help our clients drive better whole-person health outcomes through care services.
Financial Results (dollars in millions):
Three Months Ended
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
March 31,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2026
Total Adjusted Revenues
Pharmacy Benefit Services
$ 34,496
$ 31,954
$ 33,002
$ 67,498
Specialty and Care Services
$ 26,972
$ 25,871
$ 25,440
$ 52,412
Adjusted Revenues3
$ 61,468
$ 57,825
$ 58,442
$ 119,910
Adjusted Income from Operations, Pre-Tax
Pharmacy Benefit Services
$ 609
$ 833
$ 394
$ 1,003
Specialty and Care Services
$ 1,054
$ 863
$ 1,072
$ 2,126
Adjusted Income from Operations, Pre-Tax1
$ 1,663
$ 1,696
$ 1,466
$ 3,129
Margin, Pre-Tax6
2.7 %
2.9 %
2.5 %
2.6 %
Evernorth Health Services second quarter 2026 adjusted revenues3 increased 6% and adjusted income from operations, pre-tax1, decreased 2%, relative to second quarter 2025. For Pharmacy Benefit Services second quarter 2026 relative to second quarter 2025: Adjusted revenues3 increased 8% primarily due to drug mix. Adjusted income from operations, pre-tax1, decreased 27%, primarily reflecting client-focused initiatives, including large client contract renewals, and customer-focused initiatives, consistent with prior commentary. For Specialty and Care Services second quarter 2026 relative to second quarter 2025: Adjusted revenues3 increased 4% reflecting strong specialty volume growth. Adjusted income from operations, pre-tax1, increased 22% primarily reflecting strong organic growth in specialty businesses, including higher generic and biosimilar adoption which benefits clients and patients by delivering lower costs, and operating efficiencies. Cigna Healthcare
This segment includes the U.S. Healthcare and International Health operating segments, which provide comprehensive medical and coordinated solutions to clients and customers. U.S. Healthcare provides medical plans and other benefits and solutions for insured and self-insured clients as well as individual and family plan customers. International Health provides health care solutions in our international markets, as well as health solutions for globally mobile individuals and employees of multinational organizations. In April 2026, the Company announced its planned exit from the Individual and Family Plans medical business as of January 1, 2027.
Financial Results (dollars in millions):
Three Months Ended
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
March 31,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2026
Adjusted Revenues3,7
$ 11,728
$ 10,754
$ 11,477
$ 23,205
Adjusted Income from Operations, Pre-Tax1
$ 1,276
$ 1,094
$ 1,514
$ 2,790
Margin, Pre-Tax6
10.9 %
10.2 %
13.2 %
12.0 %
Second quarter 2026 adjusted revenues3 increased 9% relative to second quarter 2025, primarily reflecting premium rate increases to cover expected increases in medical costs. Second quarter 2026 adjusted income from operations, pre-tax1, increased 17% relative to second quarter 2025, primarily due to an improved margin within our U.S. Employer business. The Cigna Healthcare MCR4 was 84.5% for second quarter 2026, compared to 83.2% for second quarter 2025, primarily reflecting higher prior year risk adjustment benefits within our Individual and Family Plans business recognized in second quarter 2025. Cigna Healthcare net medical costs payable8 was $5.09 billion at June 30, 2026, $4.78 billion at March 31, 2026, and $4.49 billion at June 30, 2025. The sequential increase reflects typical stop loss seasonality. Favorable prior year reserve development on a gross pre-tax basis was $268 million and $297 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Corporate and Other Operations
Corporate reflects interest expense, amounts not allocated to operating segments and includes intersegment eliminations. Other Operations is comprised of Corporate Owned Life Insurance ("COLI"), the Company's run-off operations and other non-strategic businesses.
Financial Results (dollars in millions):
Three Months Ended
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
March 31,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2026
Adjusted (Loss) from Operations, Pre-Tax1
$ (389)
$ (357)
$ (377)
$ (766)
2026 OUTLOOK2
The Cigna Group's outlook for full year 2026 consolidated adjusted income from operations1,2 is at least $30.45 per share2. Additionally, this outlook includes the impact of expected future share repurchases and anticipated 2026 dividends.
(dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)
2026 Consolidated Metrics
Projection for Full Year Ending
December 31, 2026
Change from
Prior Projection
Adjusted Income from Operations, per share1,2
at least $30.45
+$0.10
Evernorth Adjusted Income from Operations, Pre-Tax1,2
at least $6,900
Cigna Healthcare Adjusted Income from Operations, Pre-Tax1,2
at least $4,550
+$25
Cigna Healthcare Medical Care Ratio2,4
83.7% to 84.7%
The foregoing statements represent the Company's current estimates of The Cigna Group's 2026 consolidated and segment adjusted income from operations1,2 and other key metrics as of the date of this release. Actual results may differ materially depending on a number of factors. Investors are urged to read the Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included in this release. Management does not assume any obligation to update these estimates.
This quarterly earnings release and the Quarterly Financial Supplement are available on The Cigna Group's website in the Investor Relations section (https://investors.thecignagroup.com/overview/default.aspx). Management will be hosting a conference call to review second quarter 2026 results and discuss full year 2026 outlook beginning today at 8:30 a.m. ET. A link to the conference call is available in the Investor Relations section of The Cigna Group's website located at https://investors.thecignagroup.com/events-and-presentations/default.aspx.
The call-in numbers for the conference call are as follows:
Live Call
(888) 566-1889 (Domestic)
(773) 799-3989 (International)
Passcode: 07302026
It is strongly suggested you dial in to the conference call by 8:15 a.m. ET.
About The Cigna Group
The Cigna Group (NYSE: CI) is a global health company committed to creating a better future built on the vitality of every individual and every community. We relentlessly challenge ourselves to partner and innovate solutions for better health. The Cigna Group includes products and services marketed under Evernorth Health Services, Cigna Healthcare, or its subsidiaries. The Cigna Group maintains sales capabilities in more than 30 markets and jurisdictions, and has over 180 million customer relationships around the world. Learn more at thecignagroup.com.
Notes:
1. Adjusted income (loss) from operations is a principal financial measure of profitability used by The Cigna Group's management because it presents the underlying results of operations of the Company's businesses and facilitates analysis of trends in underlying revenue, expenses and shareholders' net income. Adjusted income (loss) from operations is defined as shareholders' net income (or income before income taxes less pre-tax income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for the segment metric) excluding net investment gains/losses, amortization of acquired intangible assets and special items. The Cigna Group's share of certain investment results of its joint ventures reported in the Cigna Healthcare segment using the equity method of accounting are also excluded. Special items are matters that management believes are not representative of the underlying results of normal, recurring operations due to their nature or size. Adjusted income (loss) from operations is measured on an after-tax basis for consolidated results and on a pre-tax basis for segment results. Consolidated adjusted income (loss) from operations is not determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for the most directly comparable GAAP measure, shareholders' net income. See Exhibit 1 for a reconciliation of consolidated adjusted income from operations to shareholders' net income.
2. Management is not able to provide a reconciliation of adjusted income from operations to shareholders' net income, on a forward-looking basis because it is unable to predict, without unreasonable effort, certain components thereof including (i) future net investment results and (ii) future special items. These items are inherently uncertain and depend on various factors, many of which are beyond The Cigna Group's control. As such, any associated estimate and its impact on shareholders' net income and total revenues could vary materially.
The Company's outlook excludes the potential effects of any other business combinations that may occur after the date of this earnings release. The Company's outlook includes the potential effects of expected future share repurchases and anticipated 2026 dividends.
The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including price, general business and market conditions, and alternate uses of capital. The share repurchase program may be effected through open market purchases in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including through Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, or privately negotiated transactions. The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time.
3. Adjusted revenues is used by The Cigna Group's management because it facilitates analysis of trends in underlying revenue. The Company defines adjusted revenues as total revenues excluding the following adjustments: special items and The Cigna Group's share of certain investment results of its joint ventures reported in the Cigna Healthcare segment using the equity method of accounting. Special items are matters that management believes are not representative of the underlying results of normal, recurring operations due to their nature or size. We exclude these items from this measure because management believes they are not indicative of past or future underlying performance of the business. Adjusted revenues is not determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for the most directly comparable GAAP measure, total revenues. See Exhibit 1 for a reconciliation of consolidated adjusted revenues to total revenues.
4. Operating ratios are defined as follows:
The Cigna Healthcare medical care ratio ("MCR") represents medical costs as a percentage of premiums for all Cigna Healthcare risk products provided through guaranteed cost or experience-rated funding arrangements. Changes in percentages may be expressed in basis points ("bps"). SG&A expense ratio on a GAAP basis for the second quarter 2026 represents enterprise selling, general and administrative expenses of $3,470 million as a percentage of total revenue of $71.7 billion at a consolidated level. SG&A expense ratio on a GAAP basis for the second quarter 2025 represents enterprise selling, general and administrative expenses of $3,433 million as a percentage of total revenue of $67.2 billion at a consolidated level. Adjusted SG&A expense ratio for the second quarter 2026 represents enterprise selling, general and administrative expenses of $3,290 million excluding special items of $180 million as a percentage of adjusted revenue at a consolidated level. Adjusted SG&A expense ratio for the second quarter 2025 represents enterprise selling, general and administrative expenses of $3,271 million excluding special items of $162 million as a percentage of adjusted revenue at a consolidated level. 5. Customer relationships are defined as follows:
Total medical customers includes individuals who meet any one of the following criteria: (i) are covered under a medical insurance policy, managed care arrangement, or administrative services agreement issued by Cigna Healthcare; (ii) have access to Cigna Healthcare's provider network for covered services under their medical plan; or (iii) have medical claims that are administered by Cigna Healthcare. 6. Margin, pre-tax, is calculated by dividing adjusted income (loss) from operations, pre-tax by adjusted revenues for each segment.
7. The Cigna Group owns noncontrolling interests in certain operating joint ventures. As such, the adjusted revenues for the Cigna Healthcare segment only include the Company's share of the joint ventures' earnings reported in Fees and Other Revenues using the equity method of accounting under GAAP.
8. Medical costs payable within the Cigna Healthcare segment are presented net of reinsurance and other recoverables. The gross medical costs payable balance was $5.23 billion as of June 30, 2026, $4.92 billion as of March 31, 2026, and $4.64 billion as of June 30, 2025.
This press release, and oral statements made in connection with this release, may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on The Cigna Group's current expectations and projections about future trends, events and uncertainties. These statements are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements may include, among others, statements concerning our projected outlook for 2026 (including adjusted revenues; adjusted income from operations, including on a per share, and segment basis; adjusted SG&A expense ratio; adjusted effective tax rate; cash flow from operations; capital expenditures; shareholder dividends; weighted average shares outstanding; medical care ratio; and total medical customers); future financial or operating performance, including our ability to improve the health and vitality of those we serve; future growth, business strategy and strategic or operational initiatives, including our ability to successfully implement actions across our business to strengthen our platform and build a more sustainable model for healthcare; economic, regulatory or competitive environments; capital deployment plans and amounts available for future deployment; our prospects for growth in the coming years; and other statements regarding The Cigna Group's future beliefs, expectations, plans, intentions, liquidity, cash flows, financial condition or performance. You may identify forward-looking statements by the use of words such as "believe," "expect," "project," "plan," "intend," "anticipate," "estimate," "predict," "potential," "may," "should," "will" or other words or expressions of similar meaning, although not all forward-looking statements contain such terms.
Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, both known and unknown, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to: our ability to manage health care costs and respond to price competition, inflation and other pressures that could compress our margins or result in premiums that are insufficient to cover the cost of services delivered to our customers; our ability to compete effectively, differentiate our products and services from those of our competitors and adapt to changes in an evolving and rapidly changing industry; our ability to develop and effectively implement products and services to improve the accessibility, affordability and transparency of health care; changes in drug pricing or industry pricing benchmarks; our ability to maintain relationships with one or more key pharmaceutical manufacturers or if payments made or discounts provided decline; changes in the pharmacy provider marketplace or pharmacy networks; the potential for actual claims to exceed our estimates related to expected medical claims; our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with health care payors, physicians, hospitals, other health service providers and with producers and consultants; potential liability in connection with managing medical practices and operating pharmacies, onsite clinics and other types of medical facilities; uncertainties surrounding participation in government-sponsored programs and providing services to payors who participate in government-sponsored programs; the substantial level of government regulation over our business and the potential effects of new laws or regulations or changes in existing laws or regulations; compliance with applicable privacy, security and data laws, regulations and standards; the outcome of litigation, regulatory audits and investigations; compliance costs and potential failure of our prevention, detection and control systems; our ability to invest in and properly maintain our information technology and other business systems; our ability to prevent or contain effects of a potential cyberattack or other privacy or data security incident; risks related to our use of artificial intelligence and machine learning; dependence on success of relationships with third parties; risk of significant disruption within our operations or among key suppliers or third parties; political, legal, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks that could affect our multinational operations, including currency exchange rates; risks related to strategic transactions and realization of the expected benefits of such transactions, as well as integration or separation difficulties or underperformance relative to expectations which could lead to an impairment charge; our ability to achieve our strategic and operational initiatives; unfavorable economic and market conditions, the risk of a recession or other economic downturn and resulting impact on employment metrics, stock market or changes in interest rates; risks related to a downgrade in financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries; the impact of our significant indebtedness and the potential for further indebtedness in the future; credit risk related to our reinsurers; as well as more specific risks and uncertainties discussed in our most recent report on Form 10-K and subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K available through the Investor Relations section of www.thecignagroup.com. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made, are not guarantees of future performance or results, and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict or quantify. The Cigna Group undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required by law.
THE CIGNA GROUP
Exhibit 1
COMPARATIVE SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS (unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
Three Months
Ended
June 30,
June 30,
March 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
REVENUES
Pharmacy revenues
$ 57,172
$ 53,649
$ 111,209
$ 102,282
$ 54,037
Premiums
9,859
9,156
19,671
21,892
9,812
Fees and other revenues
4,365
4,137
8,808
8,032
4,443
Net investment income
272
236
474
474
202
Total revenues
71,668
67,178
140,162
132,680
68,494
Net investment results from certain equity method investments
(110)
(44)
(87)
(94)
23
Adjusted revenues (1)
$ 71,558
$ 67,134
$ 140,075
$ 132,586
$ 68,517
Shareholders' net income
$ 1,660
$ 1,532
$ 3,314
$ 2,855
$ 1,654
Pre-tax adjusted income (loss) from operations by segment
Evernorth Health Services
$ 1,663
$ 1,696
$ 3,129
$ 3,130
$ 1,466
Cigna Healthcare
1,276
1,094
2,790
2,381
1,514
Corporate and Other Operations
(389)
(357)
(766)
(768)
(377)
Adjusted income tax expense
(496)
(503)
(1,041)
(973)
(545)
Consolidated after-tax adjusted income from operations
$ 2,054
$ 1,930
$ 4,112
$ 3,770
$ 2,058
Weighted average shares (in thousands)
263,962
268,154
263,990
270,540
264,017
Common shares outstanding (in thousands)
264,154
266,901
264,498
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY at June 30,
$ 42,620
$ 40,214
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY PER SHARE at June 30,
$ 161.35
$ 150.67
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
Three Months
Ended
June 30,
June 30,
March 31,
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Pre-tax
After-tax
Pre-tax
After-tax
Pre-tax
After-tax
Pre-tax
After-tax
Pre-tax
After-tax
SHAREHOLDERS' NET INCOME
Shareholders' net income
$ 1,660
$ 1,532
$ 3,314
$ 2,855
$ 1,654
Adjustments to reconcile to adjusted income from operations
Net investment (gains) (2)
$ (41)
(55)
$ (96)
(103)
$ (276)
(288)
$ (144)
(151)
$ (235)
(233)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
389
296
422
330
779
611
844
666
390
315
Special Items
Strategic optimization program
70
53
129
98
450
343
344
261
380
290
Integration and transaction-related costs
34
26
74
56
69
53
290
220
35
27
Charges (benefits) associated with litigation matters
77
60
—
—
66
52
—
—
(11)
(8)
Deferred tax expenses, net
—
17
—
17
—
33
—
34
—
16
(Gain) on sale of businesses
(6)
(3)
—
—
(6)
(6)
(41)
(115)
—
(3)
Adjusted income from operations (3)
$ 2,054
$ 1,930
$ 4,112
$ 3,770
$ 2,058
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Shareholders' net income
$ 6.29
$ 5.71
$ 12.55
$ 10.55
$ 6.26
Adjustments to reconcile to adjusted income from operations
Net investment (gains) (2)
$ (0.16)
(0.21)
$ (0.36)
(0.38)
$ (1.05)
(1.09)
$ (0.53)
(0.56)
$ (0.89)
(0.88)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
1.48
1.12
1.57
1.23
2.96
2.32
3.12
2.47
1.48
1.19
Special Items
Strategic optimization program
0.27
0.20
0.48
0.37
1.70
1.29
1.27
0.97
1.44
1.10
Integration and transaction-related costs
0.13
0.10
0.28
0.21
0.26
0.20
1.07
0.81
0.13
0.10
Charges (benefits) associated with litigation matters
0.28
0.23
—
—
0.25
0.20
—
—
(0.04)
(0.03)
Deferred tax expenses, net
—
0.06
—
0.06
—
0.13
—
0.13
—
0.06
(Gain) on sale of businesses
(0.02)
(0.01)
—
—
(0.02)
(0.02)
(0.15)
(0.43)
—
(0.01)
Adjusted income from operations (3)
$ 7.78
$ 7.20
$ 15.58
$ 13.94
$ 7.79
(1)
Adjusted revenues is defined as total revenues excluding the following adjustments: special items and The Cigna Group's share of certain investment results of its joint ventures reported in the Cigna Healthcare segment using the equity method of accounting. These items are excluded because they are not indicative of past or future underlying performance of our businesses.
(2)
Includes Net investment gains/losses as presented in our Consolidated Statements of Income, as well as the Company's share of certain investment results of its joint ventures reported in the Cigna Healthcare segment using the equity method of accounting, which are presented within Fees and other revenues in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
(3)
Adjusted income (loss) from operations is defined as shareholders' net income (or income before income taxes less pre-tax income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for the segment metric) excluding the following adjustments: net investment gains/losses, amortization of acquired intangible assets and special items. The Cigna Group's share of certain investment results of its joint ventures reported in the Cigna Healthcare segment using the equity method of accounting are also excluded.
INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACT:
Ralph Giacobbe
860-787-7968
[email protected]
MEDIA CONTACT:
Justine Sessions
860-810-6523
[email protected]
Yum Brands oznámila smíšené čtvrtletní výsledky, ale neposkytla žádné podrobnosti o dopadu nákazy cyklosporou spojené s Taco Bell. Upravený zisk na akcii činil 1,62 USD při tržbách 2,17 miliardy USD.
Yum Brands on Wednesday reported mixed quarterly results but provided no details on how the cyclospora outbreak tied to Taco Bell restaurants is affecting its business.
Since the Food and Drug Administration first linked the parasitic outbreak to iceberg lettuce served by Taco Bell in mid-July, daily traffic to the chain's locations has plunged by double digit percentages, according to Placer.ai data. Yum depends on Taco Bell as a "growth engine" for the company, and the crisis puts that title in jeopardy, at least in the near term.
The results Yum reported are for its second quarter ended June 30, before it was tied to the foodborne illness outbreak. During Yum's earnings conference call, which begins at 8:15 a.m. ET, executives will likely face questions about the related sales downturn at Taco Bell and any effect on its future earnings. The restaurant company does not typically provide an outlook for same-store sales growth or earnings per share for the full year or the next quarter.
Other restaurant chains not implicated in the outbreak have also seen their sales slip. Chipotle Mexican Grill executives said consumers' mistrust of chains serving fresh lettuce weighed on sales in the second half of July.
Here's what Yum reported compared with what Wall Street was expecting, based on a survey of analysts by LSEG:
Earnings per share: $1.62 adjusted vs. $1.58 expectedRevenue: $2.17 billion vs. $2.2 billion expectedYum reported second-quarter net income of $853 million, or $3.08 per share, up from $374 million, or $1.33 per share, a year earlier.
Excluding charges related to its strategic review of Pizza Hut and other items, the restaurant company earned $1.62 per share.
Net revenue climbed 12% to $2.17 billion, lifted by new restaurant openings.
The company's global same-store sales rose 3% in the quarter, roughly in line with StreetAccount estimates of 2.9% growth.
Taco Bell's same-store sales jumped 7% in the quarter. The Mexican-inspired chain has long been the top performer in Yum's portfolio.
KFC reported same-store sales growth of 2%. In China, its largest market, system sales rose 6%, according to Yum.
Pizza Hut's same-store sales slipped 1%. Last month, Yum announced the sale of the long-struggling pizza chain to private equity firm LongRange Capital and Yum China for $2.7 billion.
PBF Energy ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila zisk z provozu na 1 272,1 mil. USD a vyplatí čtvrtletní dividendu 0,275 USD na akcii. Hrubý dluh snížila o více než 1 mld. USD.
Second quarter income from operations of $1,272.1 million (excluding special items, second quarter income from operations of $1,054.0 million) PBF reduced gross debt by over $1 billion in the second quarter Declared quarterly dividend of $0.275 per share PBF received a fifth unallocated installment of $250.0 million related to the Martinez refinery fire Martinez refinery restart completed in May 2026 , /PRNewswire/ -- PBF Energy Inc. (NYSE: PBF) today reported second quarter 2026 income from operations of $1,272.1 million as compared to income from operations of $43.0 million for the second quarter of 2025. Excluding special items, second quarter 2026 income from operations was $1,054.0 million as compared to loss from operations of $110.0 million for the second quarter of 2025.
The company reported second quarter 2026 net income of $915.0 million and net income attributable to PBF Energy Inc. of $906.4 million or $7.54 per share. This compares to net loss of $5.4 million and net loss attributable to PBF Energy Inc. of $5.2 million or $(0.05) per share for the second quarter 2025. Non-cash special items included in the second quarter 2026 results, which increased net income by a net, after-tax benefit of $159.8 million, or $1.32 per share, primarily consisted of gains on insurance recoveries associated with the February 1, 2025 fire at the Martinez refinery (the "Martinez refinery fire"), partially offset by expenses associated with the Martinez refinery fire, costs related to PBF's Refinery Business Improvement initiative ("RBI"), and loss on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of the 6.00% senior unsecured notes due 2028. Adjusted fully-converted net income for the second quarter 2026, excluding special items, was $753.1 million, or $6.22 per share on a fully-exchanged, fully-diluted basis, as described below, compared to adjusted fully-converted net loss, excluding special items, of $118.5 million or $(1.03) per share, for the second quarter 2025.
Matt Lucey, PBF's President and CEO, said, "We are in a cyclical business with a volatile and ever-changing environment. During the second quarter, PBF delivered significant equity value through our net debt reduction of over $1.4 billion. We will continue to apply a rigorous capital allocation process including investing in our refineries to capitalize on market opportunities and strengthening our balance sheet to ensure we are maximizing value for our investors. The underlying fundamentals for refining remain incredibly strong with tight global supply and demand balances. PBF, with its coastal complexity, is ideally positioned to capture these opportunities and generate significant value for our investors."
Mr. Lucey continued, "The Martinez refinery successfully returned to full operations in the second quarter and is once again supplying California with a full slate of much-needed, domestically-produced products. The team at Martinez worked tirelessly, conducting repairs as expeditiously as possible and, more importantly, cemented their tremendous efforts with a safe restart." Mr. Lucey concluded, "Our primary objective, especially in the current environment, is to ensure that we remain focused on safe, reliable and responsible operations."
PBF Energy Inc. Declares Dividend
The company announced today that it will pay a quarterly dividend of $0.275 per share of Class A common stock on August 28, 2026, to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 14, 2026.
Martinez Refinery Update
Following completion of the construction activities, the Martinez refinery returned to full operations in May 2026. Company and refinery management extend their thanks to all of the parties, internal and external, who worked for more than a year to return Martinez to full operations and, once again, to supplying Californian consumers with our full slate of products made in-state.
As previously disclosed, the company expects the fire-related cost of restoring the refinery to full operational status will largely be covered by insurance, subject to the company's deductible and retentions totaling $30 million. Further, beyond the initial 60-day waiting period, the company expects that its business interruption insurance will significantly offset the financial loss resulting from the downtime through the restart of the refinery. This coverage commenced on April 3, 2025. In the second quarter, PBF's insurers paid a fifth, unallocated, installment of insurance proceeds of $250 million, totaling $1.25 billion of unallocated insurance reimbursements received to date, net of deductibles and retentions. The timing and amount of any agreed future payments will be dependent on the quantum of actual, covered expenditures and calculated losses. Working with our insurance group, PBF expects to finalize the claim process in the second half of 2026.
PBF Guidance Update and Outlook
We are committed to running all of our assets in a safe, reliable and environmentally responsible manner, and continuing to progress our RBI program, which is focused on improving reliability and efficiency across our system. In 2025, the RBI program generated in excess of $230 million of run-rate cost improvements and that total is expected to grow to more than $350 million of run-rate cost improvements by year-end 2026. The RBI program is an ongoing, sustained initiative that continues to gain momentum in improving PBF's cost structure and we expect to continue this effort beyond our current goals. Concurrent with the goal of improving system-wide reliability and efficiency, we expect to realize these benefits of the RBI program in our refinery operating expenses and our capital and turnaround programs.
During the second quarter, PBF reduced net debt by over 62% by fully paying down its asset-backed lending facility and refinancing approximately $802 million of senior notes due 2028 using available cash and proceeds from the issuance of $500 million of senior notes due 2034, an aggregate gross debt reduction of over $1 billion. At quarter-end, we had approximately $894 million of cash, $1,749 million of total debt, and $855 million of net debt.
PBF's initial turnaround planning guidance for 2026 included five major turnarounds across our system. We completed the Torrance turnaround in the first quarter, and, after careful evaluation and safety inspections, we elected to move the scheduled Martinez second quarter hydrocracker complex turnaround to the end of the third quarter. Additionally, after further diligent review, we elected to move the planned fourth quarter turnarounds at both Chalmette and Toledo to 2027. During the second quarter, we performed unplanned work at Toledo which afforded us the opportunity to safely extend the run-time for our FCC complex. As a result, we are reducing our 2026 capital expenditure guidance to $825-$875 million for the year, excluding capital related to the Martinez rebuild.
Timing of planned maintenance and throughput ranges provided reflect current expectations and are subject to change based on market conditions and other factors. Current throughput expectations are included in the table below.
Expected throughput ranges (barrels per day)
Third Quarter 2026
Low
High
East Coast
300,000
320,000
Mid-continent
155,000
165,000
Gulf Coast
175,000
185,000
West Coast
270,000
290,000
Total
900,000
960,000
Guidance provided constitutes forward-looking information and is based on current PBF Energy operating plans, company assumptions, and company configuration. Year-to-date actual throughput and quarterly guidance should be used to adjust full-year expectations. All figures and timelines are subject to change based on a variety of factors, including market and macroeconomic factors, as well as company strategic decision-making and overall company performance.
Renewable Diesel
St. Bernard Renewables LLC ("SBR") averaged approximately 15,100 barrels per day of renewable diesel production in the second quarter, reflecting the impact of a catalyst change completed in April 2026. Renewable diesel production for the third quarter is expected to average approximately 18,000 to 20,000 barrels per day.
Adjusted Fully-Converted Results
Adjusted fully-converted results assume the exchange of all PBF Energy Company LLC Series A Units and dilutive securities into shares of PBF Energy Inc. Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, resulting in the elimination of the noncontrolling interest and a corresponding adjustment to the company's tax provision.
Non-GAAP Measures
This earnings release, and the discussion during the management conference call, may include references to Non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) measures including Adjusted Fully-Converted Net Income (Loss), Adjusted Fully-Converted Net Income (Loss) excluding special items, Adjusted Fully-Converted Net Income (Loss) per fully-exchanged, fully-diluted share, Income (Loss) from operations excluding special items, gross refining margin, gross refining margin excluding special items, gross refining margin per barrel of throughput, EBITDA (Earnings before Interest, Income Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization), EBITDA excluding special items, Adjusted EBITDA, net debt, net debt to capitalization ratio and net debt to capitalization ratio excluding special items. PBF believes that Non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about its operating performance and financial results. However, these measures have important limitations as analytical tools and should not be viewed in isolation or considered as alternatives for, or superior to, comparable GAAP financial measures. PBF's Non-GAAP financial measures may also differ from similarly named measures used by other companies.
See the accompanying tables and footnotes in this release for additional information on the Non-GAAP measures used in this release and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
Conference Call Information
PBF Energy's senior management will host a conference call and webcast regarding quarterly results and other business matters on Thursday, July 30, 2026, at 8:30 a.m. ET. The call is being webcast and can be accessed at PBF Energy's website, http://www.pbfenergy.com. The call can also be accessed by dialing (800) 549-8228 or (646) 564-2877. The audio replay will be available approximately two hours after the end of the call and will be available through the company's website.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements in this press release relating to future plans, results, performance, expectations, achievements, and the like are considered "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include the Company's expectations with respect to its plans, objectives, estimates, and intentions with respect to the anticipated insurance recoveries related to the Martinez refinery fire, the amount and the timing of cost savings and operational efficiencies to be achieved through the Company's RBI initiative as well as the Company's future earnings and operations overall, including those of our 50-50 equity method investment in SBR. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which may be beyond the Company's control, that may cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
Factors and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ include but are not limited to the risks disclosed in the Company's filings with the SEC, our ability to operate safely, reliably, sustainably and in an environmentally responsible manner; our ability to successfully diversify our operations; our ability to make acquisitions or investments, including in renewable fuel production, and to realize the benefits from such acquisitions or investments; our ability to close acquisitions or divestitures and the timing thereof; our ability to successfully manage the operations of our 50-50 equity method investment in SBR; our expectations with respect to our capital spending and turnaround projects; risks associated with our obligation to buy Renewable Identification Numbers and related market risks related to the price volatility thereof; the possibility that we might reduce or not pay further dividends in the future; certain developments in the global oil markets and their impact on the global macroeconomic conditions; risks relating to the securities markets generally; the impact of changes in inflation, interest rates and capital costs; tariffs and other trade measures and their effects on trading relationships; global geopolitical and other conflicts and tensions; and the impact of market conditions, unanticipated developments, adverse outcomes with respect to regulatory approvals or matters or litigation, changes in laws or regulations, political developments and other events that are adverse to or restrict refining and marketing operations or could otherwise negatively impact the Company. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements except as may be required by applicable law.
About PBF Energy Inc.
PBF Energy Inc. (NYSE: PBF) is one of the largest independent refiners in North America, operating, through its subsidiaries, oil refineries and related facilities in California, Delaware, Louisiana, New Jersey, and Ohio. Our mission is to operate our facilities in a safe, reliable and environmentally responsible manner, provide employees with a safe and rewarding workplace, become a positive influence in the communities where we do business, and provide superior returns to our investors.
PBF Energy is also a 50% partner in the St. Bernard Renewables joint venture focused on the production of next generation sustainable fuels.
Contacts:
Colin Murray (investors)
[email protected]
Tel: 973.455.7578
Michael C. Karlovich (media)
[email protected]
Tel: 973.455.8994
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited, in millions, except share and per share data)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues
$ 11,678.3
$ 7,475.3
$ 19,582.6
$ 14,541.7
Cost and expenses:
Cost of products and other
9,701.9
6,743.7
16,483.8
13,330.8
Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization expense as reflected below)
670.1
631.7
1,359.0
1,363.5
Depreciation and amortization expense
159.5
157.9
314.5
325.6
Cost of sales
10,531.5
7,533.3
18,157.3
15,019.9
General and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization expense as reflected below)
148.6
80.3
238.2
150.7
Depreciation and amortization expense
3.6
3.6
7.4
7.2
Gain on insurance recoveries, net
(250.0)
(189.0)
(356.5)
(189.0)
Equity (income) loss in investee
(27.5)
4.3
(35.8)
21.3
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
—
(0.2)
0.3
(0.2)
Total cost and expenses
10,406.2
7,432.3
18,010.9
15,009.9
Income (loss) from operations
1,272.1
43.0
1,571.7
(468.2)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense (net of interest income of $8.0, $4.1, $11.5 and $8.6, respectively)
(42.0)
(53.8)
(84.1)
(90.7)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(2.2)
—
(2.2)
—
Other non-service components of net periodic benefit cost
1.3
0.3
2.3
0.6
Income (loss) before income taxes
1,229.2
(10.5)
1,487.7
(558.3)
Income tax expense (benefit)
314.2
(5.1)
372.5
(147.0)
Net income (loss)
915.0
(5.4)
1,115.2
(411.3)
Less: net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
8.6
(0.2)
10.5
(4.3)
Net income (loss) attributable to PBF Energy Inc. stockholders
$ 906.4
$ (5.2)
$ 1,104.7
$ (407.0)
Net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share:
Basic
$ 7.66
$ (0.05)
$ 9.38
$ (3.58)
Diluted
$ 7.54
$ (0.05)
$ 9.22
$ (3.58)
Weighted-average shares outstanding-basic
118,367,104
113,852,406
117,784,098
113,803,619
Weighted-average shares outstanding-diluted
121,066,763
114,715,186
120,603,759
114,666,399
Dividends per common share
$ 0.275
$ 0.275
$ 0.55
$ 0.55
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) and adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) per fully exchanged, fully diluted shares outstanding (Note 1):
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss)
$ 912.9
$ (5.3)
$ 1,112.5
$ (410.2)
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) per fully exchanged, fully diluted share
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF AMOUNTS REPORTED UNDER U.S. GAAP
(Unaudited, in millions, except share and per share data)
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) TO ADJUSTED FULLY-CONVERTED NET INCOME (LOSS) AND ADJUSTED FULLY-CONVERTED NET INCOME (LOSS) EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS (Note 1)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income (loss) attributable to PBF Energy Inc. stockholders
$ 906.4
$ (5.2)
$ 1,104.7
$ (407.0)
Less: Income allocated to participating securities
0.1
—
0.1
—
Income (loss) available to PBF Energy Inc. stockholders - basic
906.3
(5.2)
1,104.6
(407.0)
Add: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
8.8
(0.2)
10.6
(4.3)
Less: Income tax (expense) benefit (Note 3)
(2.2)
0.1
(2.7)
1.1
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss)
$ 912.9
$ (5.3)
$ 1,112.5
$ (410.2)
Special items (Note 4):
Add: LCM inventory adjustment
—
—
(313.0)
—
Add: LCM inventory adjustment - SBR
—
(8.0)
(9.4)
(16.7)
Add: Martinez refinery fire expenses
22.7
30.4
34.2
108.5
Add: Gain on insurance recoveries, net
(250.0)
(189.0)
(356.5)
(189.0)
Add: Costs related to RBI initiative
9.2
13.6
18.6
13.6
Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt
2.2
—
2.2
—
Less: Recomputed income tax on special items (Note 3, 4)
56.1
39.8
162.1
21.7
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) excluding special items
$ 753.1
$ (118.5)
$ 650.7
$ (472.1)
Weighted-average shares outstanding of PBF Energy Inc.
118,367,104
113,852,406
117,784,098
113,803,619
Conversion of PBF LLC Series A Units (Note 5)
860,839
862,780
861,525
862,780
Common stock equivalents (Note 6)
1,838,820
—
1,958,136
—
Fully-converted shares outstanding - diluted
121,066,763
114,715,186
120,603,759
114,666,399
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) per fully exchanged, fully diluted shares outstanding (Note 6)
$ 7.54
$ (0.05)
$ 9.22
$ (3.58)
Adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) excluding special items per fully exchanged, fully diluted shares outstanding (Note 4, 6)
$ 6.22
$ (1.03)
$ 5.40
$ (4.12)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
RECONCILIATION OF INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS TO INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Income (loss) from operations
$ 1,272.1
$ 43.0
$ 1,571.7
$ (468.2)
Special Items (Note 4):
Add: LCM inventory adjustment
—
—
(313.0)
—
Add: LCM inventory adjustment - SBR
—
(8.0)
(9.4)
(16.7)
Add: Martinez refinery fire expenses
22.7
30.4
34.2
108.5
Add: Gain on insurance recoveries, net
(250.0)
(189.0)
(356.5)
(189.0)
Add: Costs related to RBI initiative
9.2
13.6
18.6
13.6
Income (loss) from operations excluding special items
$ 1,054.0
$ (110.0)
$ 945.6
$ (551.8)
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF AMOUNTS REPORTED UNDER U.S. GAAP
EBITDA RECONCILIATIONS (Note 7)
(Unaudited, in millions)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) TO EBITDA AND EBITDA EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income (loss)
$ 915.0
$ (5.4)
$ 1,115.2
$ (411.3)
Add: Depreciation and amortization expense
163.1
161.5
321.9
332.8
Add: Interest expense, net
42.0
53.8
84.1
90.7
Add: Income tax expense (benefit)
314.2
(5.1)
372.5
(147.0)
EBITDA
$ 1,434.3
$ 204.8
$ 1,893.7
$ (134.8)
Special Items (Note 4):
Add: LCM inventory adjustment
—
—
(313.0)
—
Add: LCM inventory adjustment - SBR
—
(8.0)
(9.4)
(16.7)
Add: Martinez refinery fire expenses
22.7
30.4
34.2
108.5
Add: Gain on insurance recoveries, net
(250.0)
(189.0)
(356.5)
(189.0)
Add: Costs related to RBI initiative
9.2
13.6
18.6
13.6
Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt
2.2
—
2.2
—
EBITDA excluding special items
$ 1,218.4
$ 51.8
$ 1,269.8
$ (218.4)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
RECONCILIATION OF EBITDA TO ADJUSTED EBITDA
2026
2025
2026
2025
EBITDA
$ 1,434.3
$ 204.8
$ 1,893.7
$ (134.8)
Add: Stock-based compensation
9.0
10.0
17.4
21.4
Add: Interest, depreciation, and amortization expense - SBR
12.5
7.7
21.4
24.3
Special Items (Note 4):
Add: LCM inventory adjustment
—
—
(313.0)
—
Add: LCM inventory adjustment - SBR
—
(8.0)
(9.4)
(16.7)
Add: Martinez refinery fire expenses
22.7
30.4
34.2
108.5
Add: Gain on insurance recoveries, net
(250.0)
(189.0)
(356.5)
(189.0)
Add: Costs related to RBI initiative
9.2
13.6
18.6
13.6
Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt
2.2
—
2.2
—
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 1,239.9
$ 69.5
$ 1,308.6
$ (172.7)
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
(Unaudited, in millions)
June 30,
December 31,
Balance Sheet Data:
2026
2025
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 894.1
$ 527.9
Inventories
2,893.9
2,563.1
Total assets
14,718.7
13,019.9
Total debt
1,749.1
2,148.3
Total equity
6,545.4
5,449.9
Total equity excluding special items (Note 4, 14)
$ 4,777.2
$ 4,143.5
Total debt to capitalization ratio (Note 14)
21 %
28 %
Total debt to capitalization ratio, excluding special items (Note 14)
27 %
34 %
Net debt to capitalization ratio (Note 14)
12 %
23 %
Net debt to capitalization ratio, excluding special items (Note 14)
15 %
28 %
SUMMARIZED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW DATA
(Unaudited, in millions)
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
$ 1,265.1
$ (470.3)
Cash flows used in investing activities
(506.1)
(371.3)
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities
(392.8)
896.2
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
366.2
54.6
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
527.9
536.1
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 894.1
$ 590.7
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Note 8)
(Unaudited, in millions)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
Refining
Logistics
Corporate
Eliminations
Consolidated
Total
Revenues
$ 11,676.3
$ 94.9
$ —
$ (92.9)
$ 11,678.3
Cost of products and other
9,786.9
3.3
—
(88.3)
9,701.9
Operating expenses (income)
646.0
28.7
—
(4.6)
670.1
Depreciation and amortization expense
151.2
8.3
3.6
—
163.1
Other segment (income) expenses, net (a)
(250.0)
1.6
119.5
—
(128.9)
Income (loss) from operations
1,342.2
53.0
(123.1)
—
1,272.1
Interest (income) expense, net
(13.2)
(0.3)
55.5
—
42.0
Capital expenditures (b)
184.0
2.0
2.5
—
188.5
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
Refining
Logistics
Corporate
Eliminations
Consolidated
Total
Revenues
$ 7,465.6
$ 98.0
$ —
$ (88.3)
$ 7,475.3
Cost of products and other
6,825.4
2.2
—
(83.9)
6,743.7
Operating expenses (income)
607.5
28.6
—
(4.4)
631.7
Depreciation and amortization expense
148.8
9.1
3.6
—
161.5
Other segment (income) expenses, net (a)
(189.0)
1.8
82.6
—
(104.6)
Income (loss) from operations
72.8
56.3
(86.1)
—
43.0
Interest (income) expense, net
(4.8)
(0.6)
59.2
—
53.8
Capital expenditures (b)
144.5
8.2
2.0
—
154.7
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
Refining
Logistics
Corporate
Eliminations
Consolidated
Total
Revenues
$ 19,576.1
$ 188.1
$ —
$ (181.6)
$ 19,582.6
Cost of products and other
16,649.8
6.5
—
(172.5)
16,483.8
Operating expenses (income)
1,307.2
60.9
—
(9.1)
1,359.0
Depreciation and amortization expense
297.9
16.6
7.4
—
321.9
Other segment (income) expenses, net (a)
(356.2)
3.4
199.0
—
(153.8)
Income (loss) from operations
1,677.5
100.6
(206.4)
—
1,571.7
Interest (income) expense, net
(29.6)
(0.5)
114.2
—
84.1
Capital expenditures (b)
500.1
3.6
4.9
—
508.6
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
Refining
Logistics
Corporate
Eliminations
Consolidated
Total
Revenues
$ 14,522.7
$ 192.5
$ —
$ (173.5)
$ 14,541.7
Cost of products and other
13,490.8
4.8
—
(164.8)
13,330.8
Operating expenses (income)
1,313.8
58.4
—
(8.7)
1,363.5
Depreciation and amortization expense
307.4
18.2
7.2
—
332.8
Other segment (income) expenses, net (a)
(189.0)
3.4
168.4
—
(17.2)
Income (loss) from operations
(400.4)
107.7
(175.5)
—
(468.2)
Interest (income) expense, net
(9.3)
(0.8)
100.8
—
90.7
Capital expenditures (b)
360.1
10.6
2.3
—
373.0
Balance at June 30, 2026
Refining
Logistics
Corporate
Eliminations
Consolidated
Total
Total assets (c)
$ 13,138.6
$ 660.5
$ 959.0
$ (39.4)
$ 14,718.7
Balance at December 31, 2025
Refining
Logistics
Corporate
Eliminations
Consolidated
Total
Total assets (c)
$ 11,469.1
$ 683.4
$ 906.3
$ (38.9)
$ 13,019.9
(a) Other segment (income) expenses, net include General and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization expenses), Gain on insurance recoveries, net, Equity (income) loss in investee, and (Gain) loss on sale of assets.
(b) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company's refining segment Capital expenditures exclude $55.8 million and $245.2 million, respectively, of costs associated with the rebuild of units damaged by the Martinez refinery fire that were reimbursed by insurance proceeds. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company's refining segment Capital expenditures exclude $132.0 million of costs associated with the rebuild of units damaged by the Martinez refinery fire that were reimbursed by insurance proceeds.
(c) As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, Corporate assets include the Company's Equity method investment in SBR of $859.6 million and $826.3 million, respectively.
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
MARKET INDICATORS AND KEY OPERATING INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
Market Indicators (dollars per barrel) (Note 9)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Dated Brent crude oil
$ 104.86
$ 67.70
$ 93.28
$ 71.64
West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil
$ 93.11
$ 63.81
$ 83.00
$ 67.60
Light Louisiana Sweet (LLS) crude oil
$ 95.64
$ 66.12
$ 85.57
$ 70.22
Alaska North Slope (ANS) crude oil
$ 103.05
$ 68.82
$ 90.40
$ 72.30
Crack Spreads:
Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1
$ 43.48
$ 22.24
$ 35.05
$ 19.58
WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1
$ 44.62
$ 21.16
$ 32.11
$ 17.47
LLS (Gulf Coast) 2-1-1
$ 48.66
$ 20.26
$ 39.39
$ 18.77
ANS (West Coast-LA) 4-3-1
$ 53.28
$ 28.85
$ 45.03
$ 26.00
ANS (West Coast-SF) 3-2-1
$ 58.27
$ 36.07
$ 49.67
$ 30.85
Crude Oil Differentials:
Dated Brent (foreign) less WTI
$ 11.75
$ 3.90
$ 10.27
$ 4.04
Dated Brent less Maya (heavy, sour)
$ 16.08
$ 9.22
$ 15.12
$ 9.86
Dated Brent less WTS (sour)
$ 13.04
$ 4.03
$ 11.64
$ 3.95
Dated Brent less ASCI (sour)
$ 10.98
$ 3.19
$ 9.07
$ 3.26
WTI less WCS (heavy, sour)
$ 20.25
$ 10.65
$ 18.03
$ 11.86
WTI less Bakken (light, sweet)
$ 0.32
$ 0.65
$ 1.15
$ 1.19
WTI less Syncrude (light, sweet)
$ (2.83)
$ (0.93)
$ (0.66)
$ 0.83
WTI less LLS (light, sweet)
$ (2.53)
$ (2.31)
$ (2.56)
$ (2.61)
WTI less ANS (light, sweet)
$ (9.93)
$ (5.01)
$ (7.40)
$ (4.69)
Effective RIN basket price
$ 13.78
$ 6.14
$ 11.30
$ 5.45
Natural gas (dollars per MMBTU)
$ 2.94
$ 3.51
$ 3.20
$ 3.69
Key Operating Information
Production (barrels per day ("bpd") in thousands)
893.5
845.8
867.5
789.5
Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (bpd in thousands)
887.3
839.1
865.9
785.1
Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)
80.7
76.4
156.7
142.1
Consolidated gross margin per barrel of throughput
$ 14.20
$ (0.76)
$ 9.10
$ (3.37)
Gross refining margin, excluding special items, per barrel of throughput (Note 4, Note 10)
$ 23.40
$ 8.38
$ 16.67
$ 7.26
Refining operating expense, per barrel of throughput (Note 11)
$ 8.00
$ 7.96
$ 8.34
$ 9.25
Crude and feedstocks (% of total throughput) (Note 13)
Heavy
31 %
25 %
28 %
27 %
Medium
29 %
35 %
33 %
35 %
Light
24 %
26 %
23 %
24 %
Other feedstocks and blends
16 %
14 %
16 %
14 %
Total throughput
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
Yield (% of total throughput)
Gasoline and gasoline blendstocks
42 %
44 %
43 %
46 %
Distillates and distillate blendstocks
36 %
34 %
35 %
35 %
Lubes
1 %
1 %
1 %
1 %
Chemicals
1 %
2 %
1 %
1 %
Other
21 %
20 %
20 %
18 %
Total yield
101 %
101 %
100 %
101 %
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATING INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Supplemental Operating Information - East Coast Refining System (Delaware City and Paulsboro)
Production (bpd in thousands)
308.1
296.8
305.4
277.7
Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (bpd in thousands)
309.1
299.8
306.8
281.1
Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)
28.2
27.3
55.5
50.9
Gross margin per barrel of throughput
$ 13.57
$ 0.46
$ 11.26
$ (1.68)
Gross refining margin, excluding special items, per barrel of throughput (Note 4, Note 10)
$ 20.80
$ 7.37
$ 16.30
$ 6.67
Refining operating expense, per barrel of throughput (Note 11, 12)
$ 5.61
$ 5.34
$ 6.14
$ 6.51
Crude and feedstocks (% of total throughput) (Note 13):
Heavy
23 %
21 %
19 %
24 %
Medium
39 %
45 %
44 %
42 %
Light
20 %
20 %
18 %
17 %
Other feedstocks and blends
18 %
14 %
19 %
17 %
Total throughput
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
Yield (% of total throughput):
Gasoline and gasoline blendstocks
35 %
37 %
36 %
38 %
Distillates and distillate blendstocks
39 %
37 %
38 %
38 %
Lubes
2 %
2 %
2 %
2 %
Chemicals
2 %
2 %
2 %
2 %
Other
22 %
21 %
22 %
19 %
Total yield
100 %
99 %
100 %
99 %
Supplemental Operating Information - Mid-Continent (Toledo)
Production (bpd in thousands)
132.1
165.6
138.6
152.4
Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (bpd in thousands)
130.9
162.2
137.4
149.9
Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)
11.9
14.8
24.9
27.1
Gross margin per barrel of throughput
$ 11.33
$ 2.74
$ 12.71
$ 0.36
Gross refining margin, excluding special items, per barrel of throughput (Note 4, Note 10)
$ 20.13
$ 10.14
$ 13.46
$ 8.60
Refining operating expense, per barrel of throughput (Note 11, 12)
$ 7.27
$ 5.60
$ 7.38
$ 6.29
Crude and feedstocks (% of total throughput) (Note 13):
Medium
38 %
31 %
39 %
35 %
Light
60 %
67 %
58 %
62 %
Other feedstocks and blends
2 %
2 %
3 %
3 %
Total throughput
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
Yield (% of total throughput):
Gasoline and gasoline blendstocks
42 %
51 %
47 %
53 %
Distillates and distillate blendstocks
42 %
37 %
42 %
38 %
Chemicals
3 %
4 %
3 %
3 %
Other
14 %
10 %
9 %
8 %
Total yield
101 %
102 %
101 %
102 %
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATING INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Supplemental Operating Information - Gulf Coast (Chalmette)
Production (bpd in thousands)
179.0
177.5
183.2
168.2
Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (bpd in thousands)
177.4
173.6
181.2
165.8
Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)
16.1
15.8
32.8
30.0
Gross margin per barrel of throughput
$ 12.15
$ 0.48
$ 8.01
$ (0.86)
Gross refining margin, excluding special items, per barrel of throughput (Note 4, Note 10)
$ 20.06
$ 7.35
$ 15.64
$ 6.39
Refining operating expense, per barrel of throughput (Note 11, 12)
$ 6.59
$ 5.57
$ 6.10
$ 5.85
Crude and feedstocks (% of total throughput) (Note 13):
Heavy
23 %
9 %
20 %
10 %
Medium
27 %
46 %
33 %
44 %
Light
36 %
25 %
30 %
28 %
Other feedstocks and blends
14 %
20 %
17 %
18 %
Total throughput
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
Yield (% of total throughput):
Gasoline and gasoline blendstocks
43 %
46 %
44 %
48 %
Distillates and distillate blendstocks
35 %
34 %
34 %
32 %
Chemicals
1 %
1 %
1 %
1 %
Other
22 %
21 %
22 %
20 %
Total yield
101 %
102 %
101 %
101 %
Supplemental Operating Information - West Coast (Torrance and Martinez)
Production (bpd in thousands)
274.3
205.9
240.3
191.2
Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (bpd in thousands)
269.9
203.5
240.5
188.3
Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)
24.5
18.5
43.5
34.1
Gross margin per barrel of throughput
$ 15.89
$ (9.54)
$ 3.23
$ (14.32)
Gross refining margin, excluding special items, per barrel of throughput (Note 4, Note 10)
$ 30.16
$ 9.35
$ 19.77
$ 7.84
Refining operating expense, per barrel of throughput (Note 11, 12)
$ 11.58
$ 15.73
$ 12.85
$ 18.67
Crude and feedstocks (% of total throughput) (Note 13):
Heavy
61 %
66 %
61 %
66 %
Medium
13 %
12 %
16 %
17 %
Light
3 %
4 %
2 %
2 %
Other feedstocks and blends
23 %
18 %
21 %
15 %
Total throughput
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
Yield (% of total throughput):
Gasoline and gasoline blendstocks
51 %
45 %
48 %
51 %
Distillates and distillate blendstocks
30 %
30 %
27 %
30 %
Other
21 %
26 %
25 %
21 %
Total yield
102 %
101 %
100 %
102 %
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF AMOUNTS REPORTED UNDER U.S. GAAP
GROSS REFINING MARGIN / GROSS REFINING MARGIN PER BARREL OF THROUGHPUT (Note 10)
(Unaudited, in millions, except per barrel amounts)
Three Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
RECONCILIATION OF CONSOLIDATED GROSS MARGIN TO GROSS REFINING MARGIN AND GROSS REFINING MARGIN EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS
$
per barrel
of
throughput
$
per barrel
of
throughput
Calculation of consolidated gross margin:
Revenues
$ 11,678.3
$ 144.63
$ 7,475.3
$ 97.90
Less: Cost of sales
10,531.5
130.43
7,533.3
98.66
Consolidated gross margin
$ 1,146.8
$ 14.20
$ (58.0)
$ (0.76)
Reconciliation of consolidated gross margin to gross refining margin:
Consolidated gross margin
$ 1,146.8
$ 14.20
$ (58.0)
$ (0.76)
Add: Logistics operating expense
28.7
0.36
28.6
0.37
Add: Logistics depreciation expense
8.3
0.10
9.1
0.12
Less: Logistics gross margin
(91.6)
(1.13)
(95.9)
(1.26)
Add: Refining operating expense
646.0
8.00
607.5
7.96
Add: Refining depreciation expense
151.2
1.87
148.8
1.95
Gross refining margin
$ 1,889.4
$ 23.40
$ 640.1
$ 8.38
Gross refining margin excluding special items
$ 1,889.4
$ 23.40
$ 640.1
$ 8.38
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
RECONCILIATION OF CONSOLIDATED GROSS MARGIN TO GROSS REFINING MARGIN AND GROSS REFINING MARGIN EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS
$
per barrel
of
throughput
$
per barrel
of
throughput
Calculation of consolidated gross margin:
Revenues
$ 19,582.6
$ 124.95
$ 14,541.7
$ 102.34
Less: Cost of sales
18,157.3
115.85
15,019.9
105.71
Consolidated gross margin
$ 1,425.3
$ 9.10
$ (478.2)
$ (3.37)
Reconciliation of consolidated gross margin to gross refining margin:
Consolidated gross margin
$ 1,425.3
$ 9.10
$ (478.2)
$ (3.37)
Add: Logistics operating expense
60.9
0.39
58.4
0.41
Add: Logistics depreciation expense
16.6
0.11
18.2
0.13
Less: Logistics gross margin
(181.6)
(1.17)
(187.8)
(1.32)
Add: Refining operating expense
1,307.2
8.34
1,313.8
9.25
Add: Refining depreciation expense
297.9
1.90
307.4
2.16
Gross refining margin
$ 2,926.3
$ 18.67
$ 1,031.8
$ 7.26
Special Items (Note 4):
Add: LCM inventory adjustment
(313.0)
(2.00)
—
—
Gross refining margin excluding special items
$ 2,613.3
$ 16.67
$ 1,031.8
$ 7.26
See Footnotes to Earnings Release Tables
PBF ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
FOOTNOTES TO EARNINGS RELEASE TABLES
(1) Adjusted fully-converted information is presented in this table as management believes that these Non-GAAP measures, when presented in conjunction with comparable GAAP measures, are useful to investors to compare our results across the periods presented and facilitate an understanding of our operating results. We also use these measures to evaluate our operating performance. These measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. The differences between adjusted fully-converted and GAAP results are explained in footnotes 2 through 6.
(2) Represents the elimination of the noncontrolling interest associated with the ownership by the members of PBF Energy Company LLC ("PBF LLC") other than PBF Energy Inc. ("PBF Energy"), as if such members had fully exchanged their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock.
(3) Represents an adjustment to reflect PBF Energy's estimated annualized statutory corporate tax rate of approximately 26.0% for both the 2026 and 2025 periods, applied to net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest for all periods presented. The adjustment assumes the full exchange of existing PBF LLC Series A Units as described in footnote 2.
(4) The Non-GAAP measures presented include adjusted fully-converted net income (loss) excluding special items, income (loss) from operations excluding special items, EBITDA excluding special items, and gross refining margin excluding special items. Special items for the periods presented relate to LCM inventory adjustment, our share of the SBR LCM inventory adjustment, expenses associated with the Martinez refinery fire, gain on insurance recoveries, costs related to RBI initiative, and loss on extinguishment of debt, all as discussed further below. Additionally, the cumulative effects of all current and prior period special items on equity are shown in footnote 14.
Although we believe that Non-GAAP financial measures excluding the impact of special items provide useful supplemental information to investors regarding the results and performance of our business and allow for useful period-over-period comparisons, such Non-GAAP measures should only be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Special Items:
LCM inventory adjustment - LCM is a GAAP requirement for inventory valuation that mandates inventory to be stated at the lower of cost or market. Our inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market with cost determined using the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") inventory valuation methodology, under which the most recently incurred costs are charged to cost of sales and inventories are valued at base layer acquisition costs. Market price is determined based on an assessment of the current estimated replacement cost and net realizable selling price of the inventory. When the market price of our inventory declines substantially, cost values of inventory may exceed market values. In such instances, we record an adjustment to write down the value of inventory to market value in accordance with GAAP. In subsequent periods, the value of inventory is reassessed and an LCM inventory adjustment is recorded to reflect the net change in the LCM inventory reserve between periods. The net impact of these LCM inventory adjustments is included in the Refining segment's income from operations, but excluded from the operating results presented, as applicable, to ensure comparability between periods.
PBF Energy LCM inventory adjustment - During the six months ended June 30, 2026, we reversed the $313.0 million LCM inventory reserve recorded at December 31, 2025. This reversal increased income from operations and net income by $313.0 million and $231.6 million, respectively, and resulted in no LCM inventory reserve at June 30, 2026. There were no such adjustments in any of the other periods presented.
SBR LCM inventory adjustment - During the six months ended June 30, 2026, SBR reversed the $18.8 million LCM inventory reserve recorded at December 31, 2025. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, SBR recorded adjustments to value its inventory to the LCM which increased its income from operations by $15.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively. Our Equity loss in investee reflects our 50% share of these adjustments. Accordingly, for the six months ended June 30, 2026, the reversal increased our income from operations and net income by $9.4 million and $7.0 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, these LCM adjustments increased our income from operations by $8.0 million and $16.7 million, respectively ($5.9 million and $12.4 million, respectively, net of tax). There were no such adjustments during the three months ended June 30, 2026.
Martinez refinery fire expenses - During the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded operating expenses associated with the Martinez refinery fire that decreased income from operations by $22.7 million and $34.2 million, respectively ($16.8 million and $25.3 million, respectively, net of tax). During the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded operating expenses associated with the Martinez refinery fire that decreased income from operations by $30.4 million and $108.5 million, respectively ($22.5 million and $80.3 million, respectively, net of tax).
Gain on insurance recoveries, net - During the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded gains on insurance recoveries associated with the Martinez refinery fire that increased income from operations by $250.0 million and $356.5 million, respectively ($185.0 million and $263.8 million, respectively, net of tax). During both the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded a gain on insurance recoveries associated with the Martinez refinery fire that increased income from operations and net income by $189.0 million and $139.9 million, respectively.
Costs related to RBI initiative - During the second quarter of 2025, we launched our RBI initiative as part of our ongoing strategic efforts to extract incremental value across our business. As a result, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded expenses related to the execution of this initiative that decreased income from operations by $9.2 million and $18.6 million, respectively ($6.8 million and $13.8 million, respectively, net of tax). For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded expenses related to the execution of this initiative that decreased income from operations and net income by $13.6 million and $10.1 million, respectively. These charges are included within General and administrative expenses.
Loss on extinguishment of debt - During both the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of our 2028 6.00% Senior Notes, which decreased income before income taxes and net income by $2.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively. There were no such adjustments in any of the other periods presented.
Recomputed income tax on special items - The income tax impact on these special items is calculated using the tax rates shown in (3) above.
(5) Represents an adjustment to weighted-average diluted shares outstanding to assume the full exchange of existing PBF LLC Series A Units as described in footnote 2.
(6) Represents weighted-average diluted shares outstanding assuming the conversion of all common stock equivalents, including options and warrants for PBF LLC Series A Units and performance share units and options for shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock as calculated under the treasury stock method (to the extent the impact of such exchange would not be anti-dilutive) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Common stock equivalents exclude the effects of performance share units, options, and warrants to purchase 876,069 shares of PBF Energy Class A common stock and PBF LLC Series A Units because they are anti-dilutive for the six months ended June 30, 2026 (compared with 7,023,756 and 6,834,426 shares for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, respectively). For periods showing a net loss, all common stock equivalents and unvested restricted stock are considered anti-dilutive.
(7) Earnings before Interest, Income Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before adjustments for items such as stock-based compensation expense, our share of SBR interest, depreciation, and amortization expense, LCM inventory adjustment, our share of the SBR LCM inventory adjustment, expenses associated with the Martinez refinery fire, gain on insurance recoveries, costs related to RBI initiative, loss on extinguishment of debt, and certain other non-cash items. We use these Non-GAAP financial measures as a supplement to our GAAP results in order to provide additional metrics on factors and trends affecting our business. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures of operating performance that are not defined by GAAP and should not be considered substitutes for net income as determined in accordance with GAAP. In addition, because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not calculated in the same manner by all companies, they are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have their limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
For the periods ending June 30, 2026, our share of SBR interest, depreciation, and amortization expense, recorded within Equity loss in investee in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, is treated as an adjustment to EBITDA. Prior-period amounts in the table above has been conformed to the 2026 presentation.
(8) We operate in two reportable segments: Refining and Logistics. Our operations that are not included in the Refining and Logistics segments are included in Corporate. As of June 30, 2026, the Refining segment includes the operations of our oil refineries and related facilities in Delaware City, Delaware, Paulsboro, New Jersey, Toledo, Ohio, Chalmette, Louisiana, Torrance, California and Martinez, California. The Logistics segment includes the operations of PBF Logistics LP ("PBFX"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of PBF Energy and PBF LLC, which owns or leases, operates, develops, and acquires crude oil and refined petroleum products terminals, pipelines, storage facilities and similar logistics assets. PBFX's assets primarily consist of rail and truck terminals and unloading racks, storage facilities and pipelines, a substantial portion of which were acquired from or contributed by PBF LLC and are located at, or nearby, our refineries. PBFX provides various rail, truck and marine terminaling services, pipeline transportation services and storage services to PBF Holding and/or its subsidiaries and third party customers through fee-based commercial agreements.
PBFX currently does not generate significant third party revenue and intersegment related-party revenues are eliminated in consolidation. From a PBF Energy perspective, our chief operating decision maker evaluates the Logistics segment as a whole without regard to any of PBFX's individual operating segments.
(9) Our market indicators table summarizes certain market indicators relating to our operating results as reported by Platts, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies.
(10) Gross refining margin and gross refining margin per barrel of throughput are Non-GAAP measures because they exclude refining operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and gross margin of the Logistics segment. Gross refining margin per barrel is gross refining margin, divided by total crude and feedstocks throughput. We believe they are important measures of operating performance and provide useful information to investors because gross refining margin per barrel is a helpful metric comparison to the industry refining margin benchmarks shown in the Market Indicators Tables, as such benchmarks do not include a charge for refinery operating expenses and depreciation. Other companies in our industry may not calculate gross refining margin and gross refining margin per barrel in the same manner. Gross refining margin and gross refining margin per barrel of throughput have their limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
(11) Represents refining operating expenses, including corporate-owned logistics assets, excluding depreciation and amortization, divided by total crude oil and feedstocks throughput.
(12) Refining operating expenses per barrel at the regional level exclude the impact of nonpermanent loss adjusted excess insurance premium costs.
(13) We define heavy crude oil as crude oil with American Petroleum Institute ("API") gravity less than 24 degrees. We define medium crude oil as crude oil with API gravity between 24 and 35 degrees. We define light crude oil as crude oil with API gravity higher than 35 degrees.
(14) The total debt to capitalization ratio is calculated by dividing total debt by the sum of total debt and total equity. This ratio is a measurement that management believes is useful to investors in analyzing our leverage. Net debt and the net debt to capitalization ratio are Non-GAAP measures and should not be considered an alternative to any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Net debt is calculated by subtracting cash and cash equivalents from total debt. We believe these measurements are also useful to investors since we have the ability to and may decide to use a portion of our cash and cash equivalents to retire or pay down our debt. Additionally, we have also presented the total debt to capitalization and net debt to capitalization ratios excluding the cumulative effects of special items on equity.
June 30,
December 31,
2026
2025
(in millions)
Total debt
$ 1,749.1
$ 2,148.3
Total equity
6,545.4
5,449.9
Total capitalization
$ 8,294.5
$ 7,598.2
Total debt
$ 1,749.1
$ 2,148.3
Total equity excluding special items
4,777.2
4,143.5
Total capitalization excluding special items
$ 6,526.3
$ 6,291.8
Total equity
$ 6,545.4
$ 5,449.9
Special Items (Note 4)
Add: LCM inventory adjustment
(313.0)
—
Add: LCM inventory adjustment - SBR
(9.4)
—
Add: Martinez refinery fire expenses
34.2
—
Add: Gain on insurance recoveries, net
(356.5)
—
Add: Costs related to RBI initiative
18.6
—
Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt
2.2
—
Add: Cumulative historical equity adjustments (a)
(1,753.3)
(1,753.3)
Less: Recomputed income tax on special items
609.0
446.9
Net impact of special items
(1,768.2)
(1,306.4)
Total equity excluding special items
$ 4,777.2
$ 4,143.5
Total debt
$ 1,749.1
$ 2,148.3
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
894.1
527.9
Net debt
$ 855.0
$ 1,620.4
Total debt to capitalization ratio
21 %
28 %
Total debt to capitalization ratio, excluding special items
27 %
34 %
Net debt to capitalization ratio
12 %
23 %
Net debt to capitalization ratio, excluding special items
15 %
28 %
(a) All prior year special items are reflected on an aggregate basis within "Cumulative historical equity adjustments" before recomputed income tax effect. Refer to the Company's 2025 Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Notes to Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations) for a listing of special items included in cumulative historical equity adjustments prior to 2026.
Check Point uvedl AI Network Firewall, který přidává ochranu AI přímo do stávajících firewallů bez nutnosti nové infrastruktury. Cílí na viditelnost a kontrolu nad používáním AI zaměstnanci, aplikacemi i agenty.
With the new AI Network Firewall, Check Point is the first to deliver AI security from the physical firewall organizations already run — extending the AI Defense Plane across their network providing security teams visibility and control over AI use by employees, applications, and agents, with no new infrastructure
, /PRNewswire/ -- Check Point® Software Technologies Ltd. (NASDAQ: CHKP), a pioneer and global leader of cyber security solutions, today announced the Check Point AI Network Firewall, delivered as part of Check Point firewall software release R82.20. AI has introduced a new class of network traffic — prompts, autonomous agent actions, and sensitive business context — that traditional firewalls were never designed to see or secure. The AI Network Firewall closes that gap from the Check Point firewall organizations already run, delivered through Check Point's AI Defense Plane with no new infrastructure and no rearchitecting.
"AI is transforming the enterprise network, and with the AI Network Firewall, we are transforming the firewall to secure it," said Nataly Kremer, Chief Product Officer at Check Point. "The network is where every prompt, model call, and agent interaction already converges, yet traditional firewalls were never built to see or govern that activity. By bringing AI security into the firewall organizations already run, we give security teams the visibility and control to enable AI adoption safely, in real time."
The exposure is already universal. Check Point Research's AI Security Report 2026 found that between 87% and 93% of organizations experience at least one high-risk generative-AI interaction every month and the share of prompts carrying sensitive corporate, personal, or regulated data doubled in a year to one in every 25 interactions. Organizations are adopting AI faster than they can govern it, and the activity that needs governing is already moving across the network.
"Organizations are challenged to deploy dedicated AI security solutions, which are additive to their existing security architecture – contributing to the sprawl of dis-jointed, siloed security tools and agents," said Pete Finalle, Research Manager, Trusted Access and Network Security at IDC. "While rare, the native integration of AI security across existing enforcement points, provides improvements to visibility, telemetry effectiveness, security posture, and management simplicity."
Turning existing firewalls into immediate AI protection
Unlike alternatives that require a separate virtual firewall deployed alongside existing infrastructure, Check Point delivers this protection directly from the physical or virtual firewalls customers already operate and scales across branches, data centers, cloud, and multi-cloud environments. For Check Point firewall customers, the AI Network Firewall turns existing firewall investments into immediate AI protection across three domains:
Employee AI use: Discover AI apps, agents, and tools in use — both shadow and sanctioned — gain visibility into how AI is being used and prompt use-cases and intents, govern access to safe and sanctioned tools, and stop sensitive data from leaving the network based on the prompt's use case. Check Point Research found organizations now run an average of ten AI applications per month, many outside any formal process AI Tools (MCP): Discover Model Context Protocol (MCP) communication, gain full visibility into servers and used tools, and enforce policies to control access across every interaction. Check Point Research found security weaknesses in 40% of 10,000 MCP servers reviewed AI Application and LLM: Prevent prompt injection and adversarial inputs, blocking malicious prompts before they reach the LLM. This happens inline, with no application changes required. Check Point Research identified 15,300 indirect-injection payloads planted in public web pages, roughly 70% of them hidden in parts of the page no human ever sees Part of the AI Defense Plane: one architecture across the enterprise
The AI Network Firewall becomes part of Check Point's AI Defense Plane, a unified control plane for discovering, governing, and protecting AI across the network, endpoints, cloud, applications, and APIs. Together, the AI Defense Plane delivers:
Discovery, governance, and protection for AI across web, desktop, coding assistants, and AI agents Local AI agent discovery and control SaaS AI agent discovery and control Runtime protection and governance for AI applications Risk detection and guardrails to protect homegrown and deployed AI Additional enforcement points across the AI Defense Plane span standalone API for self-managed applications, endpoint for employees, containerized firewall for AI data centers, and WAF - giving organizations consistent AI security across public and private clouds, branch offices, remote users, and data centers.
Unified, agentic management across a hybrid, multi-vendor environment
Following the recent announcement of its agentic network security orchestration platform, Check Point is also extending central policy management to Check Point SASE and SD-WAN, with dynamic, always-accurate zero-trust policy enforcement across IT, OT, and micro-segmentation tools including Illumio and others:
One console manages on-premises firewalls, cloud firewalls, AWS native firewalls, SD-WAN, and SASE with consistent policy and a unified audit trail across every environment SD-WAN connectivity and security policy are managed together, ending the operational split that forces teams to juggle separate tools Open-platform integrations keep firewall rules current as the environment changes, without manual reconciliation "Policy alone will not solve shadow AI. Employees will continue using AI tools to move faster, often before security teams know those tools are present," said Chris Konrad, Vice President, Global Cyber at WWT. "Organizations need to understand which AI applications, agents, and MCP servers are interacting with their environment, and they must have the means to intercept or block unauthorized traffic. Integrating both AI visibility and active enforcement into the enterprise firewall is a practical approach because it builds on infrastructure organizations already operate and trust. That gives teams a control point to govern usage and reduce risk without slowing innovation."
Check Point AI Network Firewall is available now. Learn more here.
Follow Check Point on LinkedIn, X, Facebook, YouTube and our Corporate Blog
About Check Point Software Technologies Ltd.
Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. (www.checkpoint.com) is a global cyber security leader protecting more than 100,000 organizations worldwide. Its mission is to secure enterprises' AI transformation. With a prevention-first approach and an open ecosystem architecture, Check Point helps organizations block advanced threats, prioritize exposures, and automate security operations across complex digital environments. The unified architecture simplifies protection across hybrid networks, multi-cloud environments, digital workspaces, and AI systems. Structured around four strategic pillars, Hybrid Mesh Network Security, Workspace Security, Exposure Management, and AI Security, Check Point delivers consistent protection and visibility across multivendor environments, enabling organizations to reduce risk, improve efficiency, and accelerate innovation without increasing complexity.
Legal Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, statements related to our expectations regarding our products and solutions, our expectations regarding future growth, the expansion of Check Point's industry leadership, the enhancement of shareholder value and the delivery of an industry-leading cyber security platform to customers worldwide. Our expectations and beliefs regarding these matters may not materialize, and actual results or events in the future are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those projected. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are also subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those more fully described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2026. The forward-looking statements in this press release are based on information available to Check Point as of the date hereof, and Check Point disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by law.
Check Point Software ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby na 674 milionů USD a upravený zisk na akcii na 2,55 USD. Tržby z bezpečnostních předplatných vzrostly meziročně o 12 % na 333 milionů USD.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Check Point® Software Technologies Ltd. (NASDAQ: CHKP), today announced its financial results for the quarter ended June 30th, 2026.
Second Quarter 2026 Financial Highlights:
Total Revenues: $674 million, a 1 percent increase year over year Security Subscriptions Revenues: $333 million, a 12 percent increase year over year Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO)*: $2.6 billion, a 7 percent increase year over year. GAAP Operating Income: $185 million, representing 27 percent of total revenues Non-GAAP Operating Income: $260 million, representing 39 percent of total revenues GAAP EPS: $1.87, a 2 percent increase year over year Non-GAAP EPS: $2.55, an 8 percent increase year over year Cash Flow from Operations: $170 million, representing 25 percent of total revenues Adjusted Free Cash Flow**: $161 million, representing 24 percent of total revenues "We delivered second quarter results in line with our expectations while strengthening our foundation for sustainable growth," said Nadav Zafrir, Chief Executive Officer of Check Point Software. "Our go-to-market execution is improving, and we are significantly expanding sales capacity to capture a growing market opportunity. With the industry's first Network AI Firewall and our AI Defense plane, we are giving enterprises the visibility, control, and protection they need to adopt AI safely across users, applications, and agents, while defending against a new generation of AI-driven threats. This reinforces our mission to secure our customers AI transformation."
Financial Highlights Commentary:
Cash Balances, Marketable Securities & Short-Term Deposits: $4,203 million as of June 30, 2026, compared to $2,913 million as of June 30, 2025. The increase in cash is primarily a result of the $1.8 billion proceeds from our $2 billion convertible senior notes offering net of issuance costs and net of purchased capped calls.
Cash Flow: Cash flow from operations in the second quarter of 2026 was $170 million, which included $14 million in benefit related to our currency hedging transactions, while acquisition-related costs were insignificant. This compares to $262 million in the second quarter of 2025, which included $50 million in benefit related to our currency hedging transactions, while acquisition-related costs were $6 million.
Share Repurchase Program: During the second quarter of 2026, the company re-purchased approximately 2.5 million shares at a total cost of approximately $325 million. On May 11, 2026, the company announced that the board of directors authorized a $2 billion expansion of the company's on-going share repurchase program.
R&D Grants: During the second quarter of 2026, the company recognized a $28 million reduction in research and development expenses under Israel's new R&D tax incentive program. The new Israeli law enacted on March 30, 2026, as part of the 2026 budget, provides tax incentives for research and development activities carried out in Israel. Eligible Israeli companies within multinational groups can receive tax credits for qualifying R&D expenses, which may be used to offset corporate taxes or minimum top-up tax, and unused credits may be converted into cash grants after a defined period.
For information regarding the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this release, as well as a reconciliation of such non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, please see "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information" and "Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Information."
* Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO) is a measure that represents the total value of non-cancellable contracted products and/or services that are yet to be recognized as Revenue as of June 30, 2026.
** Adjusted Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as Net Cash provided by operating activities, less purchases of property, equipment, Capitalization costs, and other assets, net of Acquisition related costs.
Conference Call and Webcast Information:
Check Point will host a conference call with the investment community on July 30, 2026, at 8:30 AM ET/5:30 AM PT. To listen to the live video cast or replay, please visit the website: www.checkpoint.com/ir.
Third Quarter Investor Conference Participation Schedule:
KBCM Technology Leadership Forum
August 10-11, 2026, Park City, UT – Fireside & 1x1's Oppenheimer 29th Annual Virtual Technology, Internet & Communications Conference
August 13, 2026 – Virtual 1x1's NASDAQ 6th Annual Asia Virtual Conference
August 17, 2026 – Virtual 1x1's Deutsche Bank 2026 Technology Conference
August 26 - 27, 2026, Dana Point, CA – 1x1's Goldman Sachs 2026 Communicopia + Technology Conference
September 8-9, 2026, San Francisco, CA – Fireside Chat &1x1's Wolfe Research TMT Conference
September 10, 2026, San Francisco, CA – 1x1's Piper Sandler 2026 Growth Frontiers Conference
September 14-16, 2026, Nashville, TN – 1x1's Members of Check Point's management team are expected to present at these conferences and discuss the latest company strategies and initiatives. Check Point's conference presentations are expected to be available via webcast on the company's web site. To hear these presentations and access the most updated information please visit the company's web site at www.checkpoint.com/ir. The schedule is subject to change.
About Check Point Software Technologies Ltd.
Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. (www.checkpoint.com) is a global cyber security leader protecting more than 100,000 organizations worldwide. Its mission is to secure enterprises' AI transformation. With a prevention-first approach and an open ecosystem architecture, Check Point helps organizations block advanced threats, prioritize exposures, and automate security operations across complex digital environments. The unified architecture simplifies protection across hybrid networks, multi-cloud environments, digital workspaces, and AI systems. Structured around four strategic pillars, Hybrid Mesh Network Security, Workspace Security, Exposure Management, and AI Security, Check Point delivers consistent protection and visibility across multivendor environments, enabling organizations to reduce risk, improve efficiency, and accelerate innovation without increasing complexity.
Legal Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, expectations regarding our products and solutions and customer demands, our ability to capture growth opportunities and drive sustainable growth in the future, and our participation in investor conferences and other events during the third quarter of 2026. Our expectations and beliefs regarding these matters may not materialize, and actual results or events in the future are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those projected. These risks include our ability to continue to develop platform capabilities and solutions; customer acceptance and purchase of our existing solutions and new solutions; the market for IT security continuing to develop; competition from other products and services; and general market, political, economic, and business conditions, including acts of terrorism or war. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are also subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those more fully described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2026. The forward-looking statements in this press release are based on information available to Check Point as of the date hereof, and Check Point disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by law.
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information
In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, Check Point uses non-GAAP measures of operating income, net income, earnings per diluted share and adjusted free cash flow, which are adjustments from results based on GAAP to exclude, as applicable, stock-based compensation expenses, amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses, amortization of debt discount and the related tax affects. Check Point's management believes the non-GAAP financial information provided in this release is useful to investors' understanding and assessment of Check Point's ongoing core operations and prospects for the future. Historically, Check Point has also publicly presented these supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to assist the investment community to see the company "through the eyes of management," and thereby enhance understanding of its operating performance. The presentation of this non-GAAP financial information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for results prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this press release to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included with the financial statements contained in this press release. Management uses both GAAP and non-GAAP information in evaluating and operating business internally and as such has determined that it is important to provide this information to investors.
CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues:
Products and licenses
$ 113.4
$ 131.9
$ 224.2
$ 246.0
Security subscriptions
332.6
297.9
655.8
588.5
Total revenues from products and security
subscriptions
446.0
429.8
880.0
834.5
Software updates, maintenance and services
227.6
235.4
462.0
468.5
Total revenues
673.6
665.2
1,342.0
1,303.0
Operating expenses:
Cost of products and licenses
27.8
26.2
55.2
49.2
Cost of security subscriptions
24.4
23.0
48.3
44.4
Total cost of products and security subscriptions
52.2
49.2
103.5
93.6
Cost of Software updates and
Maintenance
36.9
34.2
72.8
66.3
Amortization of technology
10.4
7.8
20.9
15.4
Total cost of revenues
99.5
91.2
197.2
175.3
Research and development, net (*)
112.0
112.8
221.9
214.9
Selling and marketing
239.0
227.8
481.6
453.2
General and administrative
38.0
29.8
71.1
60.5
Total operating expenses
488.5
461.6
971.8
903.9
Operating income
185.1
203.6
370.2
399.1
Financial income, net
41.5
28.5
82.3
55.8
Income before taxes on income
226.6
232.1
452.5
454.9
Taxes on income
32.8
29.3
67.1
61.2
Net income
$ 193.8
$ 202.8
$ 385.4
$ 393.7
Basic earnings per share
$ 1.88
$ 1.89
$ 3.71
$ 3.66
Number of shares used in computing basic earnings
per share
102.9
107.1
103.8
107.5
Diluted earnings per share
$ 1.87
$ 1.84
$ 3.68
$ 3.55
Number of shares used in computing diluted
earnings per share
103.5
110.4
104.8
110.9
(*) R&D expenses for the six and three months ended June 30, 2026 include reductions of $55 million and $28 million respectively, related to grants expected to be received under the Israeli Law for Encouragement and Incentivization of Research and Development, following the ratification of the law during the period.
CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
SELECTED FINANCIAL METRICS
(Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues
$ 673.6
$ 665.2
$ 1,342.0
$ 1,303.0
Non-GAAP operating income
259.7
271.1
524.3
529.7
Non-GAAP net income
263.5
261.4
528.8
507.6
Diluted Non-GAAP Earnings per share
$ 2.55
$ 2.37
$ 5.05
$ 4.58
Number of shares used in computing diluted
Non-GAAP earnings per share
103.5
110.4
104.8
110.9
CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
GAAP operating income
$ 185.1
$ 203.6
$ 370.2
$ 399.1
Stock-based compensation (1)
55.9
45.9
115.7
87.1
Amortization of intangible assets and
acquisition related expenses (2)(*)
18.7
21.6
38.4
43.5
Non-GAAP operating income
$ 259.7
$ 271.1
$ 524.3
$ 529.7
GAAP net income
$ 193.8
$ 202.8
$ 385.4
$ 393.7
Stock-based compensation (1)
55.9
45.9
115.7
87.1
Amortization of intangible assets and
acquisition related expenses (2)(*)
18.7
21.6
38.4
43.5
Amortization of debt discount (3)
1.4
-
2.8
-
Taxes on the above items (4)
(6.3)
(8.9)
(13.5)
(16.7)
Non-GAAP net income
$ 263.5
$ 261.4
$ 528.8
$ 507.6
Diluted GAAP earnings per share
$ 1.87
$ 1.84
3.68
$ 3.55
Stock-based compensation (1)
0.54
0.41
1.10
0.78
Amortization of intangible assets and
acquisition related expenses (2)
0.18
0.20
0.37
0.40
Amortization of debt discount (3)
0.02
-
0.03
-
Taxes on the above items (4)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.13)
(0.15)
Diluted Non-GAAP earnings per share
$ 2.55
$ 2.37
$ 5.05
$ 4.58
Number of shares used in computing diluted
Non-GAAP earnings per share
103.5
110.4
104.8
110.9
(1) Stock-based compensation:
Cost of products and licenses
$ 0.1
$ 0.1
$ 0.2
$ 0.2
Cost of software updates and maintenance
3.4
3.2
7.4
5.3
Research and development
19.7
17.9
43.2
32.6
Selling and marketing
21.4
17.5
43.6
32.1
General and administrative
11.3
7.2
21.3
16.9
55.9
45.9
115.7
87.1
(2) Amortization of intangible assets and
acquisition related expenses (*):
Amortization of technology-cost of revenues
10.4
7.8
20.9
15.4
Research and development
5.1
1.1
10.9
2.6
Selling and marketing
3.2
12.7
6.6
25.5
18.7
21.6
38.4
43.5
(3) Amortization of debt discount
1.4
-
2.8
-
(4) Taxes on the above items
(6.3)
(8.9)
(13.5)
(16.7)
Total, net
$ 69.7
$ 58.6
$ 143.4
$ 113.9
(*) While amortization of acquired intangible assets is excluded from the measures, the revenue of the acquired companies is reflected in the measures, and the acquired assets contribute to revenue generation.
CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES TO ADJUSTED FREE CASH FLOW
(Unaudited, in millions)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 169.6
$ 262.1
$ 616.7
$ 683.2
Less:
Purchases of property and equipment
(7.1)
(6.1)
(16.5)
(13.5)
Capitalization of internal-use software
(1.8)
-
(3.6)
-
Free cash flow
$ 160.7
$ 256.0
$ 596.6
$ 669.7
Add:
Acquisition-related costs
-
6.2
21.4
6.2
Adjusted free cash flow
$ 160.7
$ 262.2
$ 618.0
$ 675.9
Free cash flow margin
23.9 %
38.5 %
44.5 %
51.4 %
Adjusted free cash flow margin
23.9 %
39.4 %
46.0 %
51.9 %
CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
(In millions)
ASSETS
June 30,
December 31,
2026
(Unaudited)
2025
(Audited)
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 596.3
$ 1,800.0
Marketable securities and short-term deposits
1,683.2
1,214.9
Trade receivables, net
491.3
769.1
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
159.6
180.0
Total current assets
2,930.4
3,964.0
Long-term assets:
Marketable securities
1,923.9
1,326.8
Property and equipment, net
86.0
82.9
Deferred tax asset, net
74.5
68.3
Operating lease right of use assets
202.1
48.4
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
2,197.6
2,118.5
Lease prepayment
-
159.9
Other assets
97.6
37.6
Total long-term assets
4,581.7
3,842.4
Total assets
$ 7,512.1
$ 7,806.4
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Deferred revenues
$ 1,397.5
$ 1,530.1
Trade payables and other accrued liabilities
355.1
406.6
Total current liabilities
1,752.6
1,936.7
Long-term liabilities:
Convertible senior notes, net
1,974.9
1,972.1
Long-term deferred revenues
627.7
650.3
Income tax accrual
390.0
329.7
Other long-term liabilities
29.8
35.5
Total long-term liabilities
3,022.4
2,987.6
Total liabilities
4,775.0
4,924.3
Shareholders' equity:
Share capital
0.8
0.8
Additional paid-in capital
3,435.5
3,331.6
Treasury shares at cost
(16,159.7)
(15,555.8)
Accumulated other comprehensive gain
4.4
34.8
Retained earnings
15,456.1
15,070.7
Total shareholders' equity
2,737.1
2,882.1
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 7,512.1
$ 7,806.4
Total cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities and short-term deposits
$ 4,203.4
$ 4,341.7
CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW DATA
(Unaudited, in millions)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income
$ 193.8
$ 202.8
$ 385.4
$ 393.7
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation of property and equipment
6.9
5.7
13.5
10.9
Amortization of intangible assets
12.4
19.6
25.3
38.8
Stock-based compensation
55.9
45.9
115.7
87.1
Realized loss (gain) on marketable securities
-
-
(0.1)
0.1
Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables, net
(79.6)
(75.0)
222.4
254.4
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues, trade payables and
other accrued liabilities
(20.0)
66.7
(147.9)
(75.4)
Amortization of debt discount
1.4
-
2.8
-
Deferred income taxes, net
(1.2)
(3.6)
(0.4)
(26.4)
Net cash provided by operating activities
169.6
262.1
616.7
683.2
Cash flow from investing activities:
Payment in conjunction with acquisitions, net of acquired cash
(2.2)
(83.7)
(94.4)
(83.7)
Investment in property and equipment
(7.1)
(6.1)
(16.5)
(13.5)
Capitalization of internal-use software
(1.8)
-
(3.6)
-
Net cash used in investing activities
(11.1)
(89.8)
(114.5)
(97.2)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of shares upon exercise of options
11.2
138.7
45.6
184.7
Purchase of treasury shares
(324.9)
(325.0)
(649.9)
(650.0)
Payments related to shares withheld for taxes
(12.1)
(12.8)
(13.0)
(14.3)
Net cash used in financing activities
(325.8)
(199.1)
(617.3)
(479.6)
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net
)9.0(
8.2
(23.2)
23.2
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities and short-term deposits
(176.3)
(18.6)
(138.3)
129.6
Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and short-
term deposits at the beginning of the period
4,379.7
2,932.0
4,341.7
2,783.8
Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and
short-term deposits at the end of the period
LONG BEACH, Calif., July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Rocket Lab Corporation (Nasdaq: RKLB), a global leader in launch services and space systems, today announced that a multi-launch deal has been signed with Institute for Q-shu Pioneers of Space, Inc (“iQPS”) for three new dedicated launches on Electron.
This contract is the third multi-launch booking on Electron by iQPS announced in less than a year – bringing the total number of launches booked to 18 and further solidifying Electron’s position as the world’s most sought-after small-lift launch vehicle.
These three new dedicated launches for iQPS are scheduled to take place from Rocket Lab Launch Complex 1 from late 2027. Each mission will deploy a single QPS-SAR satellite to a 575km low Earth orbit that will continue the build out of iQPS’ Earth-imaging constellation using synthetic aperture radar: a technology that enables images to be created from radio wave measurements and allows data to be collected during any time of day and under any weather conditions.
Rocket Lab’s own satellite separation system called the Motorized Lightband has also been purchased for all iQPS missions, streamlining the company’s access to space with reduced scheduling risk.
Placing satellites within a constellation already on orbit is exactly the challenge Electron was created to solve. As iQPS’ primary launch provider, Electron has deployed seven QPS-SAR satellites to space with 100% mission success since 2023, each time with the reliability and precision that satellite operators have come to expect from Electron. This latest deal provides iQPS with the security of regular launch slots for their constellation as demand for Electron launches reaches record heights.
Rocket Lab Images and Videos: www.flickr.com/photos/rocketlab/
About Rocket Lab
Rocket Lab (Nasdaq: RKLB) is an end-to-end space company delivering rockets, satellites, and spacecraft components for commercial, government, and defense missions. Driven by its industry-leading small-lift rockets Electron and HASTE and its upcoming reusable Neutron medium-lift rocket, Rocket Lab delivers reliable and responsive launch for the world’s most important missions from constellation deployment to missile defense. Rocket Lab’s satellites and components have powered more than 1,700 missions in Earth orbit, as well as deep-space exploration of the Moon, Mars, and beyond. Learn more at www.rocketlabcorp.com.
Forward Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements contained in this press release other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, statements regarding our launch and space systems operations, launch schedule and window, safe and repeatable access to space, Neutron development, operational expansion and business strategy are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “strategy,” “future,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “target,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, though not all forward-looking statements use these words or expressions. These statements are neither promises nor guarantees, but involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including but not limited to the factors, risks and uncertainties included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, as such factors may be updated from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and the Investor Relations section of our website at www.rocketlabcorp.com, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements made in this press release. Any such forward-looking statements represent management’s estimates as of the date of this press release. While we may elect to update such forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we disclaim any obligation to do so, even if subsequent events cause our views to change.
Scorpio Tankers za 2. čtvrtletí vykázala čistý zisk 387,5 mil. USD a vyplatí čtvrtletní dividendu ve výši 0,45 USD na akcii. Za pololetí dosáhla čistého zisku 603,8 mil. USD.
MONACO, July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: STNG) ("Scorpio Tankers" or the "Company") today reported its results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026. The Company also announced that its board of directors (the "Board of Directors") has declared a quarterly cash dividend on its common shares of $0.45 per share.
Results for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025
For the three months ended June 30, 2026, the Company had net income of $387.5 million, or $8.47 basic and $7.37 diluted earnings per share.
For the three months ended June 30, 2026, the Company had adjusted net income (see Non-IFRS Measures section below) of $243.7 million, or $5.33 basic and $4.68 diluted earnings per share, which excludes from net income (i) a $154.1 million, or $3.37 per basic and $2.88 per diluted share, gain on sales of vessels, (ii) a $20.2 million, or $0.44 per basic and $0.38 per diluted share, write-off of deferred financing fees and debt extinguishment costs (which includes $12.8 million for the make-whole premium on the redemption of the Company’s Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2030), (iii) $13.8 million, or $0.30 per basic and $0.26 per diluted share, fair value gain on financial liabilities measured at fair value, and (iv) $4.0 million, or $0.09 per basic and $0.07 per diluted share, of transaction costs related to the second quarter issuances of the Convertible Notes (described below).
For the three months ended June 30, 2025, the Company had net income of $73.5 million, or $1.59 basic and $1.53 diluted earnings per share.
For the three months ended June 30, 2025, the Company had adjusted net income (see Non-IFRS Measures section below) of $67.8 million, or $1.47 basic and $1.41 diluted earnings per share, which excludes from net income (i) a $7.5 million, or $0.16 per basic and diluted share, fair value gain on financial assets measured at fair value, and (ii) a $1.8 million, or $0.04 per basic and diluted share, loss on the extinguishment of debt and write-offs of deferred financing fees.
Results for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025
For the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company had net income of $603.8 million, or $13.00 basic and $11.76 diluted earnings per share.
For the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company had adjusted net income (see Non-IFRS Measures section below) of $394.6 million, or $8.49 basic and $7.73 diluted earnings per share, which excludes from net income (i) a $220.1 million, or $4.74 per basic and $4.24 per diluted share, gain on sales of vessels, (ii) a $20.7 million, or $0.45 per basic and $0.40 per diluted share, write-off of deferred financing fees and debt extinguishment costs (which includes $12.8 million for the make-whole premium on the redemption of the Company’s Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2030), (iii) $13.8 million, or $0.30 per basic and $0.27 per diluted share, fair value gain on financial liabilities measured at fair value, and (iv) $4.0 million, or $0.09 per basic and $0.08 per diluted share, of transaction costs related to the second quarter issuances of the Convertible Notes (described below).
For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company had net income of $131.7 million, or $2.85 basic and $2.74 diluted earnings per share.
For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company had adjusted net income (see Non-IFRS Measures section below) of $116.8 million, or $2.53 basic and $2.43 diluted earnings per share, which excludes from net income (i) a $17.0 million, or $0.37 per basic and $0.35 per diluted share, fair value gain on financial assets measured at fair value, and (ii) a $2.1 million, or $0.05 per basic and $0.04 per diluted share, loss on the extinguishment of debt and write-offs of deferred financing fees.
Declaration of Dividend
On July 29, 2026, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.45 per common share, with a payment date of August 31, 2026 to all shareholders of record as of August 17, 2026 (the record date). As of July 28, 2026, there were 50,081,352 common shares of the Company issued and outstanding.
Summary of Second Quarter 2026 and Other Recent Significant Events
Below is a summary of the average daily Time Charter Equivalent ("TCE") revenue (see Non-IFRS Measures section below) and duration of contracted voyages and time charters for the Company's vessels (both in the pools and outside of the pools) thus far in the third quarter of 2026 as of the date hereof (See footnotes to "Other operating data" table below for the definition of daily TCE revenue): Pool and Spot Market Time Charters Out of
the Pool Bareboat Charter Out
of the Pool Average
Daily
TCE
RevenueExpected
Revenue
Days (1)% of Days Average
Daily
TCE
RevenueExpected
Revenue
Days (1) Average
Daily
RevenueExpected
Revenue
Days (1)% of DaysLR2$65,0001,28234% $30,300922 $———%MR$29,0003,09246% 28,00095 $12,98691100%Handymax$20,8001,18338% 23,00091 $———% (1) Expected Revenue Days are the total number of calendar days in the quarter for each vessel, less the total number of estimated off-hire days during the period associated with repairs or drydockings. Consequently, Expected Revenue Days represent the total number of days the vessel is expected to be available to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when a vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in Expected Revenue days. The Company uses Expected Revenue days to show changes in net vessel revenues between periods.
Below is a summary of the average daily TCE revenue earned by the Company's vessels during the second quarter of 2026: Average Daily TCE Revenue Vessel classPool / SpotTime ChartersDaily Bareboat Charter RateLR2$77,749$30,408$—MR$52,027$26,938$12,986Handymax$49,210$22,868$— In July 2026, the Company signed a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) to purchase two scrubber-fitted LR2 newbuilding product tankers for $72.8 million per vessel. The vessels are to be constructed by Jiangsu Hantong Ship Heavy Industry Co., Ltd. in China and deliveries are expected in the second and third quarters of 2029.In July 2026, the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which it will acquire a minority ownership interest (less than 15%) in a joint venture which has entered into shipbuilding contracts to construct eight scrubber fitted Very Large Crude Carriers (“VLCCs”) with deliveries scheduled between the third quarter of 2029 and the second quarter of 2030. The equity portion of the investment is scheduled to be paid when installment payments become payable pursuant to the shipbuilding contracts.In June 2026, the Company entered into agreements to purchase two scrubber-fitted MR newbuilding product tankers for $46.33 million per vessel. The vessels are expected to be constructed at Jiangsu Yangzi-Mitsui Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. in China and deliveries are expected in the first quarter of 2030. Aside from a 10% initial deposit, the remaining payments are not due until 2028 or later. These agreements were previously announced as a letter of intent in May 2026.The Company recently reached agreements to time charter-out three 2015 built MR product tankers consisting of STI Notting Hill and STI Westminster, each for three years at a rate of $25,000 per day, and STI Bronx for three years at a rate of $23,900 per day. The time charters for STI Notting Hill and STI Westminster are expected to commence between September 1 and December 31, 2026, at the Company's discretion and STI Bronx is expected to commence in the fourth quarter of 2026.During the second quarter of 2026, the charterer of STI Guide exercised its additional option to extend the term of the time charter-out agreement for an additional year at $33,000 per day commencing July 2026.During the second quarter of 2026, the Company issued $605.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2031 (the "Convertible Notes"). The Convertible Notes bear interest at a coupon rate of 1.75% and have an initial conversion rate of 9.9615 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount (equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $100.39 per share). The Convertible Notes were issued in two separate transactions of aggregate principal amounts of $375.0 million and $230.0 million in April and May 2026, respectively. The issuance in May 2026 was executed at a price of 110.25 to par for $253.6 million in gross proceeds and resulting in a combined yield to maturity on both issuances of below one percent. The Convertible Notes are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2031, unless earlier converted, repurchased, or redeemed. Upon conversion, the Company has the option to settle the Convertible Notes in cash, shares of its common stock, or a combination of cash and shares.During the second quarter of 2026, the Company repurchased 1,994,236 shares of its common stock at an average price of $77.72 per share as part of the April and May issuances of the Convertible Notes.In July 2026, the Company redeemed its outstanding 7.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2030 (the "Nordic Bonds"). The Notes had an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $200 million and were redeemed at a make-whole price of 106.4 to par plus accrued but unpaid interest.During the second quarter of 2026, the Company made unscheduled debt prepayments of $389.1 million in aggregate on certain of its secured credit facilities. This amount represents the aggregate debt outstanding under the 2023 $225.0 Million Revolving Credit Facility, the 2023 $49.1 Million Credit Facility, the 2023 $117.4 Million Credit Facility, the 2023 $1.0 Billion Credit Facility, and the 2023 $94.0 Million Credit Facility, all of which were scheduled to mature in 2028.In June 2026, the Company received a commitment from Standard Chartered Bank and DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale for a credit facility of up to $90 million (the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility is expected to be used to finance a portion of the purchase price of four scrubber-fitted MR newbuilding product tankers, which are currently under construction at Jingjiang Nanyang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. in China with expected deliveries in the second half of 2026 and 2027. The Credit Facility has a final maturity of seven years from the delivery date of each vessel and bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 1.20% per annum.In July 2026, the Company closed on the sales of four LR2 product tankers for $285.8 million in aggregate and one MR for $35.0 million. These sales consisted of two 2014 built LR2 product tankers, STI Broadway and STI Condotti, two 2015 LR2 product tankers, STI Winnie and STI Lauren, and the 2015 built MR product tanker, STI Brooklyn.During the second quarter of 2026, the Company closed on the sales of 10 vessels including three 2014 built MR product tankers, STI Opera, STI Aqua and STI Regina, for $105.0 million, three 2015 built MR product tankers, STI Osceola, STI Seneca and STI Black Hawk, for $105.0 million, three 2014 built LR2 product tankers, STI Park, STI Sloane and STI Madison, for $195.0 million, and one 2015 built LR2 product tanker, STI Solidarity, for $60.0 million. Securities Repurchase Program
In April 2026, the Company repurchased 1,344,809 shares of its common stock, concurrently with the closing of the initial $375.0 million principal amount of Convertible Notes in privately negotiated transactions at $74.36 per share.
On May 4, 2026, the Board of Directors replenished and increased the 2023 Securities Repurchase Program to purchase up to an aggregate of $500.0 million of the Company’s securities, which currently include its common stock and Convertible Notes. This resets the program which had been previously replenished on July 29, 2024.
On May 7, 2026, the Company repurchased 649,427 shares of its common stock, concurrently with the closing of the issuance of $230.0 million principal amount of Convertible Notes in privately negotiated transactions at $84.69 per share.
As of July 30, 2026, $445.0 million remains available under the Company's 2023 Securities Repurchase Program.
Diluted Weighted Number of Shares
The computation of earnings per share is determined by taking into consideration the potentially dilutive shares arising from (i) the Company’s equity incentive plan, and (ii) the Company's Convertible Notes. Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of earnings per share to the extent they are anti-dilutive.
The impact of the Convertible Notes on earnings or loss per share is computed using the if-converted method. Under this method, the Company first includes the potentially dilutive impact of restricted shares issued under the Company's equity incentive plan, and then assumes that its Convertible Notes, which were issued during the second quarter of 2026, were converted into common shares during each period. The if-converted method also assumes that the interest and non-cash amortization expense associated with these notes of $7.0 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 were not incurred. Conversion is not assumed if the results of this calculation are anti-dilutive.
For the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company’s basic weighted average number of shares outstanding were 45,730,028 and 46,457,406, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company’s diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding were 53,539,590 and 51,928,585, respectively, which included the potentially dilutive impact of restricted shares issued under the Company’s equity incentive plan and shares arising from the Company's Convertible Notes if converted.
Diluted earnings per share for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 were calculated under the if-converted method.
Conference Call
Title: Scorpio Tankers Inc. Second Quarter 2026 Conference Call
Date: Thursday, July 30, 2026
Time: 8:00 AM Eastern Daylight Time and 2:00 PM Central European Summer Time
The conference call will be available over the internet, through the Scorpio Tankers Inc. website www.scorpiotankers.com and the webcast link:
https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/36r967xe
Participants for the live webcast should register on the website approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the webcast.
The conference will also be available telephonically:
US/CANADA Dial-In Number: 1-800-715-9871
International Dial-In Number: +1-646-307-1963
Please ask to join the Scorpio Tankers Inc. call.
Participants should dial into the call 10 minutes before the scheduled time.
Current Liquidity
As of July 28, 2026, the Company had $2.0 billion in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $483.2 million of undrawn revolver capacity under the 2025 $500.0 Million Revolving Credit Facility.
Debt
Set forth below is a summary of the principal balances of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness as of the stated dates:
In thousands of U.S. DollarsOutstanding
Principal as of
March 31,
2026Outstanding
Principal as of
June 30, 2026Outstanding
Principal as of
July 28, 202612023 $225.0 Million Revolving Credit Facility (1) 73,370 — —22023 $49.1 Million Credit Facility (2) 27,164 — —32023 $117.4 Million Credit Facility (2) 40,860 — —42023 $1.0 Billion Credit Facility (3) 193,418 — —52023 $94.0 Million Credit Facility (3) 54,244 — —62026 $50.0 Million Credit Facility (4) — 50,000 50,0007Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2030 (5) 200,000 200,000 —8Convertible Notes Due 2031 (6) — 605,000 605,00092025 $500.0 Million Revolving Credit Facility — — — Gross debt outstanding 589,056 855,000 655,000 Cash and cash equivalents 984,321 1,838,782 1,962,251 Net cash$395,265$983,782$1,307,251 (1) In April 2026, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of $21.3 million on the 2023 $225.0 Million Revolving Credit Facility related to STI Aqua, STI Regina, and STI Opera in advance of the sales of these vessels. In June 2026, the Company repaid the remaining outstanding balance and terminated the facility.
(2) In May 2026, the Company repaid the remaining outstanding balance and terminated the facility.
(3) In June 2026, the Company repaid the remaining outstanding balance and terminated the facility.
(4) During the second quarter of 2026, the Company executed its previously announced 2026 $50.0 Million Credit Facility with Bank of America. This facility was drawn in full and two 2015 built LR2 product tankers, STI Rose and STI Alexis, were placed as collateral. The credit facility has a final maturity of seven years from the drawdown date of each vessel and bears interest at SOFR plus a margin of 1.20% per annum.
(5) In June 2026, the Company issued a redemption notice to redeem its Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2030. The notes were redeemed in July 2026 at a make-whole price of 106.4 to par ($212.8 million) plus accrued but unpaid interest. The make-whole premium of $12.8 million was recorded as a debt extinguishment cost during the second quarter of 2026.
(6) In the second quarter of 2026, the Company issued $605.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes were issued in two separate transactions of aggregate principal amounts $375.0 million and $230.0 million in April and May 2026, respectively. The issuance in May 2026 was executed at a price of 110.25 to par for $253.6 million in gross proceeds and resulted in a combined yield to maturity on both issuances of below one percent. The Convertible Notes are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2031, unless earlier converted, repurchased, or redeemed.
Prior to January 15, 2031, the Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the holders only under certain circumstances and during certain periods. On or after January 15, 2031, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time at their election until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. Upon conversion, the Convertible Notes may be settled at the Company’s election, in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of common stock. The initial conversion rate for each $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes is 9.9615 shares of common stock, equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $100.39 per share. The conversion rate and conversion price will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events.
The Convertible Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part (subject to certain limitations), for cash at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after April 20, 2029 and on or before the 41st scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price for a specified period of time and certain other conditions are satisfied. In addition, the Company has the right to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Convertible Notes if certain changes in tax law occur and certain other conditions are satisfied. Except as described in the two immediately preceding sentences, the Convertible Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to the maturity date. The redemption price will be equal to the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.
Set forth below are the estimated expected future principal repayments on the Company's outstanding indebtedness, which includes principal amounts due under the Company's secured credit facilities, Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2030 and Convertible Notes (which also include actual scheduled payments made from July 1, 2026 through July 28, 2026):
In millions of U.S. dollars Repayments/maturities
of
unsecured debtVessel
financings - scheduled
repayments, in
addition to
maturities in
2029 and
thereafterTotal as of
June 30, 2026July 1, 2026 to July 28, 2026 (1) $200.0$—$200.0Remaining Q3 2026 — — —Q4 2026 — — —Q1 2027 — — —Q2 2027 — — —Q3 2027 — — —Q4 2027 — — —2028 — 8.7 8.72029 and thereafter 605.0 41.3 646.3 $805.0$50.0$855.0 (1) Reflects the redemption of the Company's Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2030 in July 2026.
Newbuilding Vessels and Joint Venture
As of July 28, 2026, the Company had commitments or signed letters of intent to construct (i) six scrubber-fitted LR2 product tankers, two with deliveries expected in the third quarter of 2027, one with delivery expected in the second quarter of 2029, two with deliveries expected in the third quarter of 2029, and one with delivery expected in the fourth quarter of 2029, (ii) six scrubber-fitted MR product tankers with one delivery expected in the third quarter of 2026, one delivery expected in the first quarter of 2027, two deliveries expected in the second quarter of 2027, and two deliveries expected in the first quarter of 2030 and (iii) two scrubber-fitted VLCCs with deliveries expected in the third and fourth quarters of 2028. Additionally, the Company is committed to fund its portion of the minority equity investment in a joint venture consisting of eight VLCCs under construction, which is scheduled to be funded as installment payments become due under the various shipbuilding contracts.
As of July 28, 2026, the Company paid $97.2 million in installment payments related to its vessels under construction and VLCC joint venture. The table below summarizes the estimated remaining installment payments for the vessels under construction and VLCC joint venture (which also include actual scheduled payments made from July 1, 2026 through July 28, 2026) (1):
Number of vessels expected to be delivered
(excluding vessels in VLCC joint venture)In millions of U.S. dollars Amount (2) VLCCsLR2sMRs Q3 2026 - paid $9.3 ———Q3 2026 - to be paid 78.4 ——1Q4 2026 14.2 ———2027 257.6 —232028 264.9 2——2029 262.8 —4—2030 91.0 ——2 $978.2 266 (1) The installment payments are estimates only and are subject to change as construction progresses.
(2) Amounts include installment payments under shipbuilding contracts in addition to the Company's commitment to fund its minority investment in a joint venture consisting of eight VLCCs under construction.
Drydock and Off-Hire Update
Set forth below is a table summarizing the drydock activity that occurred during the second quarter of 2026 and the estimated expected payments to be made for the Company's drydocks through the end of 2027. This table also includes an estimate of off-hire days for these periods which includes (i) estimated off-hire days for drydocks, and (ii) estimated off-hire time for general repairs.
Number of vessels for drydock (3) Estimated
aggregate
drydock costs in
millions of USD
(1)Estimated
aggregate off-hire
days (both
drydock and
general repairs)
(2)LR2sMRsHandymax Q2 2026 - actual$4.188100Q3 2026 - estimated 10.1155400Q4 2026 - estimated 5.2116200FY 2027 - estimated 20.7495450 (1) These costs include estimated cash payments for drydocks. These amounts may include costs incurred for previous projects for which payments may not be due until subsequent quarters, or payments that are due in advance of the scheduled service and may be scheduled to occur in quarters prior to the actual drydocks. The timing of the payments set forth are estimates only and may vary as the timing of the related drydocks finalize.
(2) Represents the total estimated off-hire days during the period for both drydockings or general repairs, including vessels that commenced work in a previous period. The number of off-hire days set forth in this table are estimates only and actual off-hire days may vary.
(3) Represents the number of vessels scheduled to commence drydock. It does not include vessels that commenced work in prior periods but will be completed in a subsequent period. Additionally, the timing set forth in these tables may vary as drydock times are finalized.
Explanation of Variances on the Second Quarter of 2026 Financial Results Compared to the Second Quarter of 2025
For the three months ended June 30, 2026, the Company recorded net income of $387.5 million compared to net income of $73.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The following were the significant changes between the two periods:
TCE revenue, a Non-IFRS measure, is vessel revenues less voyage expenses (including bunkers and port charges). TCE revenue is included herein because it is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company's performance irrespective of changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot voyages, time charters, and pool charters), and it provides useful information to investors and management. The following table sets forth TCE revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2026, and 2025: For the three months ended June 30,In thousands of U.S. dollars 2026 2025 Vessel revenue $408,734 $230,225 Voyage expenses (16,934) (7,461) TCE revenue $391,800 $222,764 TCE revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2026 increased by $169.0 million to $391.8 million, from $222.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 despite the average number of vessels decreasing to 84.5 during the three months ended June 30, 2026 from 99.0 during the three months ended June 30, 2025. Overall, the average daily TCE revenue increased to $52,661 per vessel during the three months ended June 30, 2026, from $25,569 per vessel during the three months ended June 30, 2025. TCE revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2026 increased as compared to the same period in the previous year reflecting a significantly stronger product tanker market in the three months ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2025. The three months ended June 30, 2026 were impacted by the conflict in the Middle East. Initially the disruptions stemming from the conflict caused daily spot TCE rates to spike to record levels as exports through the Strait of Hormuz ground to a halt and barrels had to be sourced from more distant markets, causing the global fleet to reposition to accommodate new trading patterns. As the quarter progressed, these initial disruptions gave way to an environment marked by lower export volumes and a repositioned global fleet. Consequently, daily spot TCE rates trended down from record highs towards the end of the quarter. Nevertheless, longer voyage distances from these new trade routes mitigated the impact of lower export volumes through the Strait of Hormuz, and kept daily spot TCE rates elevated as compared to the same quarter in the previous year.
Vessel operating costs for the three months ended June 30, 2026 decreased by $3.9 million to $64.8 million, from $68.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 due to a decrease in the average number of vessels, resulting from the sale of 11 MRs and nine LR2s since June 30, 2025. Vessel operating costs increased to $8,394 per vessel per day for the three months ended June 30, 2026 from $7,630 per vessel per day for the three months ended June 30, 2025 primarily due to higher repairs and maintenance and spares and stores expenses on LR2 and MR vessels, as well as the timing of certain expenses. Additionally, the repositioning and new trade routes that emerged as a result of the conflict in the Middle East led to increased vessel operating expenses as supply chains recalibrated.Depreciation expense for the three months ended June 30, 2026 decreased by $9.1 million to $36.2 million, from $45.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. This decrease resulted from 25 vessels either being sold or classified as held for sale since June 30, 2025.General and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2026 increased by $16.9 million to $46.6 million, from $29.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 primarily due to an increase in compensation related costs.Financial expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2026 increased by $14.8 million to $36.1 million, from $21.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, as a result $20.2 million of debt extinguishment costs and write-offs of deferred financing fees associated with the repayment of $389.1 million of secured debt and the $12.8 million make-whole premium associated with the redemption of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 (compared to $1.8 million during the prior year period). Excluding the debt extinguishment costs and write-offs of deferred financing fees, our financial expense decreased by $3.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2025. While our average debt remained consistent at $950.4 million compared to $946.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively, our average cost of debt decreased due to the change in the composition of debt resulting from the issuance of the Convertible Notes and the repayment of our secured credit facilities. In addition, $1.3 million of interest was capitalized related to the installments paid on vessels under construction during the three months ended June 30, 2026.
Amortization of deferred financing fees was $1.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2026 and $1.8 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025.
Dividend income and fair value gain (loss) on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss, net for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was a gain of $9.3 million, consisting of a fair value gain of $7.5 million and $1.7 million of dividends related to our investment in DHT Holdings Inc., which was sold in the fourth quarter of 2025.Fair value gain on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss represents the change in the fair value of the embedded conversion derivative associated with our Convertible Notes since issuance. The embedded derivative is measured at fair value at each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss in accordance with IFRS.Other income and (expenses), net include $4.0 million of transaction costs related to the issuance of the Convertible Notes during the three months ended June 30, 2026. Under IFRS, transaction costs incurred as part of a convertible financial instrument are apportioned to the conversion feature and to the underlying debt host. The costs apportioned to the conversion feature, accounted for as a derivative liability, are expensed upon issuance. The costs apportioned to the underlying debt host are recorded as part of the financial liability and amortized over the term of the instrument. Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
(unaudited) For the three months ended June 30, For the six months ended June 30,In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share data 2026 2025 2026 2025 Revenue Vessel revenue$408,734 $230,225 $721,594 $444,209 Operating expenses Vessel operating costs (64,827) (68,736) (133,626) (139,339) Voyage expenses (16,934) (7,461) (26,773) (17,245) Depreciation (36,244) (45,336) (77,733) (90,007) General and administrative expenses (46,550) (29,614) (85,698) (58,126) Gain on sales of vessels 154,149 — 220,079 — Total operating expenses (10,406) (151,147) (103,751) (304,717)Operating income 398,328 79,078 617,843 139,492 Other (expenses) and income, net Financial expenses (36,101) (21,307) (48,329) (40,926) Financial income 14,884 4,691 22,977 9,214 Share of income from dual fuel tanker joint venture 681 757 1,437 1,808 Dividend income and fair value gain on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — 9,269 — 20,622 Fair value gain on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss 13,824 — 13,824 — Other income and (expenses), net (4,080) 1,020 (3,952) 1,512 Total other expense, net (10,792) (5,570) (14,043) (7,770)Net income$387,536 $73,508 $603,800 $131,722 Earnings per share Basic$8.47 $1.59 $13.00 $2.85 Diluted$7.37 $1.53 $11.76 $2.74 Basic weighted average shares outstanding 45,730,028 46,284,629 46,457,406 46,228,938 Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (1) 53,539,590 48,006,580 51,928,585 47,997,073 (1) The computation of diluted earnings per share for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, includes the effect of potentially dilutive unvested shares of restricted stock and the effect of the Convertible Notes under the if-converted method. The computation of diluted earnings per share for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, includes the effect of potentially dilutive unvested shares of restricted stock.
Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(unaudited)
As ofIn thousands of U.S. dollarsJune 30, 2026 December 31, 2025Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents$1,838,782 $751,955 Accounts receivable 244,600 180,801 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 10,827 10,072 Inventories 14,612 11,919 Assets held for sale 176,018 153,622 Total current assets 2,284,839 1,108,369 Non-current assets Vessels and drydock 2,195,327 2,741,440 Vessels under construction 90,208 — Other assets 56,560 59,834 Goodwill 8,197 8,197 Total non-current assets 2,350,292 2,809,471 Total assets$4,635,131 $3,917,840 Current liabilities Current portion of long-term debt$212,780 $— Lease liability - sale and leaseback vessels — 19,121 Accounts payable 38,903 34,029 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 77,941 65,609 Total current liabilities 329,624 118,759 Non-current liabilities Long-term debt 516,095 600,083 Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss 140,494 — Other long-term liabilities 9,285 — Total non-current liabilities 665,874 600,083 Total liabilities 995,498 718,842 Shareholders' equity Issued, authorized and fully paid-in share capital: Share capital 781 778 Additional paid-in capital 3,268,851 3,231,184 Treasury shares (1,622,127) (1,467,127)Retained earnings 1,992,128 1,434,163 Total shareholders' equity 3,639,633 3,198,998 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$4,635,131 $3,917,840 Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(unaudited) For the six months ended June 30,In thousands of U.S. dollars 2026 2025 Operating activities Net income$603,800 $131,722 Depreciation 77,733 90,007 Equity settled share based compensation expense 37,670 35,392 Amortization of deferred financing fees 2,731 3,601 Non-cash debt extinguishment costs 20,702 2,103 Net gain on sales of vessels (220,079) — Accretion of Convertible Notes due 2031 4,499 — Accretion of fair value measurement on debt assumed in business combinations 5 25 Fair value gain on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — (16,979)Fair value gain on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (13,824) — Share of income from dual fuel tanker joint venture (1,437) (1,808)Dividend from financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — (3,643) 511,800 240,420 Changes in assets and liabilities: Increase in inventories (2,694) (9,020)Increase in accounts receivable (56,748) (17,144)Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets (756) (1,053)Decrease / (increase) in other assets 3,450 (33)Increase in accounts payable and other liabilities 16,521 6,266 Increase / (decrease) in accrued expenses 11,926 (27,579) (28,301) (48,563)Net cash inflow from operating activities 483,499 191,857 Investing activities Net proceeds from sales of vessels 674,302 — Acquisition of vessels and payments for vessels under construction (89,397) — Investment in Ampera Inc. (10,000) — Distributions from dual fuel tanker joint venture 3,188 1,833 Purchases of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — (45,850)Proceeds from sale of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — 41,507 Dividend from financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — 3,643 Drydock and other vessel related payments (12,204) (48,383)Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities 565,889 (47,250)Financing activities Debt repayments (428,358) (153,695)Issuance of debt 50,000 200,000 Proceeds from issuance of Convertible Notes Due 2031 628,575 — Convertible Notes Due 2031 issuance costs associated with the debt host (11,445) — Debt issuance costs (500) (11,747)Dividends paid (45,833) (40,374)Repurchase of common stock (155,000) (309)Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities 37,439 (6,125)Increase in cash and cash equivalents 1,086,827 138,482 Cash and cash equivalents at January 1, 751,955 332,580 Cash and cash equivalents at June 30,$1,838,782 $471,062 Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Other financial and operating data for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025
(unaudited) For the three months ended
June 30, For the six months ended
June 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025Adjusted EBITDA(1) (in thousands of U.S. dollars except Fleet Data) $300,500 $144,508 $514,627 $268,211 Average Daily Results Fleet TCE per revenue day (2) $52,661 $25,569 $44,902 $24,779Bareboat charter hire rate per revenue day(2) $12,986 N/A $12,986 N/AVessel operating costs per day (3) $8,394 $7,630 $8,374 $7,776Average number of vessels 84.5 99.0 87.8 99.0 LR2 TCE per revenue day (2) $58,959 $32,674 $51,369 $31,573Vessel operating costs per day (3) $9,194 $8,129 $9,005 $8,465Average number of vessels 31.7 38.0 33.3 38.0 MR TCE per revenue day (2) $49,551 $20,681 $40,932 $20,765Bareboat charter hire rate per revenue day(2) $12,986 N/A $12,986 N/AVessel operating costs per day (3) $7,948 $7,410 $8,073 $7,396Average number of vessels 38.8 47.0 40.4 47.0 Handymax TCE per revenue day (2) $47,327 $22,595 $41,113 $20,460Vessel operating costs per day (3) $7,763 $7,017 $7,710 $7,181Average number of vessels 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 Capital Expenditures Drydock, scrubber, ballast water treatment system and other vessel related payments (in thousands of U.S. dollars) $4,076 $23,720 $12,204 $48,383 (1)See Non-IFRS Measures section below. (2)Freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry in terms of time charter equivalent per day (or TCE per day), which is calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from vessel revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of revenue days in the period. Revenue days are the number of days vessels are part of the fleet less the number of days vessels are off-hire for drydock and repairs. For bareboat chartered-out vessels, the charterers are responsible for the vessel operating costs.
(3)Vessel operating costs per day represent vessel operating costs divided by the number of operating days during the period. Operating days are the total number of available days in a period with respect to vessels that are owned, operating under a lease financing arrangement, or bareboat chartered-in, before deducting available days due to off-hire days and days in drydock. Operating days is a measurement that is only applicable to vessels that are owned, operating under a lease financing arrangement, or bareboat chartered-in, not time chartered-in vessels. Fleet list as of July 28, 2026
Vessel Name Year
Built DWT Ice
class Employment Vessel type Scrubber Owned 1STI Brixton 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A2STI Comandante 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A3STI Pimlico 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A4STI Hackney 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A5STI Acton 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A6STI Fulham 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A7STI Camden 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A8STI Battersea 2014 38,734 1A Time Charter (4) Handymax N/A9STI Wembley 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A10STI Finchley 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A11STI Clapham 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A12STI Poplar 2014 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A13STI Hammersmith 2015 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A14STI Rotherhithe 2015 38,734 1A SHTP (1) Handymax N/A15STI Duchessa 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR No16STI Meraux 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes17STI Virtus 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes18STI Dama 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes19STI St. Charles 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes20STI Mayfair 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes21STI Soho 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes22STI Memphis 2014 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes23STI Gramercy 2015 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes24STI Bronx 2015 49,990 — SMRP (2) (5) MR Yes25STI Pontiac 2015 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes26STI Queens 2015 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes27STI Notting Hill 2015 49,687 1B SMRP (2) (6) MR Yes28STI Westminster 2015 49,687 1B SMRP (2) (6) MR Yes29STI Galata 2017 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes30STI Bosphorus 2017 49,990 — Bareboat Charter (7) MR No31STI Leblon 2017 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes32STI La Boca 2017 49,990 — SMRP (2) MR Yes33STI San Telmo 2017 49,990 1B SMRP (2) MR No34STI Donald C Trauscht 2017 49,990 1B SMRP (2) MR No35STI Esles II 2018 49,990 1B SMRP (2) MR No36STI Jardins 2018 49,990 1B Time Charter (8) MR No37STI Magic 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes38STI Mystery 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes39STI Marvel 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes40STI Magnetic 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes41STI Millennia 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes42STI Magister 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes43STI Mythic 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes44STI Marshall 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes45STI Modest 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes46STI Maverick 2019 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes47STI Miracle 2020 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes48STI Mighty 2020 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes49STI Maximus 2020 50,000 — SMRP (2) MR Yes50STI Elysees 2014 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes51STI Orchard 2014 109,999 — Time Charter (9) LR2 Yes52STI Rose 2015 109,999 — Time Charter (10) LR2 Yes53STI Veneto 2015 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes54STI Alexis 2015 109,999 — Time Charter (11) LR2 Yes55STI Oxford 2015 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes56STI Connaught 2015 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes57STI Spiga 2015 109,999 — Time Charter (12) LR2 Yes58STI Lombard 2015 109,999 — Time Charter (13) LR2 Yes59STI Grace 2016 109,999 — Time Charter (14) LR2 Yes60STI Jermyn 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes61STI Sanctity 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes62STI Solace 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes63STI Stability 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes64STI Steadfast 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes65STI Supreme 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes66STI Symphony 2016 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes67STI Guard 2016 113,000 — Time Charter (15) LR2 Yes68STI Guide 2016 113,000 — Time Charter (16) LR2 Yes69STI Selatar 2017 109,999 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes70STI Rambla 2017 109,999 — Time Charter (17) LR2 Yes71STI Gauntlet 2017 113,000 — Time Charter (18) LR2 Yes72STI Gladiator 2017 113,000 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes73STI Gratitude 2017 113,000 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes74STI Lotus 2019 110,000 — SLR2P (3) LR2 Yes Total owned DWT 5,056,431 Newbuildings currently under construction Vessel Name Yard DWT Vessel type 75Hull YZJF2024-001 - TBN STI Moxie JNS 49,800 MR (19)
76Hull YZJF2024-002 JNS 49,800 MR (19)
77Hull YZJF2024-003 JNS 49,800 MR (19)
78Hull YZJF2024-004 JNS 49,800 MR (19)
79Hull P110K-102 DS 115,000 LR2 (20)
80Hull P110K-103 DS 115,000 LR2 (20)
81Hull P110K-104 DS 115,000 LR2 (20)
82Hull P110K-105 DS 115,000 LR2 (20)
83Hull 5540 HO 300,000 VLCC (21)
84Hull 5541 HO 300,000 VLCC (21)
85Hull YZJ2026-1869 JNY 50,000 MR (22)
86Hull YZJ2026-1870 JNY 50,000 MR (22)
87TBD HT 114,000 LR2 (23)
88TBD HT 114,000 LR2 (23)
Total newbuilding product tankers DWT1,587,200 Total Fleet DWT 6,643,631 (1)
This vessel operates in the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool, or SHTP. SHTP is operated by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (SCM). SHTP and SCM are related parties to the Company.(2)
This vessel operates in the Scorpio MR Pool, or SMRP. SMRP is operated by SCM. SMRP and SCM are related parties to the Company.(3)
This vessel operates in the Scorpio LR2 Pool, or SLR2P. SLR2P is operated by SCM. SLR2P and SCM are related parties to the Company.(4)
This vessel commenced a time charter in April 2025 for two years at a rate of $24,000 per day.(5)
This vessel is expected to commence a time charter in the fourth quarter of 2026 for three years at a rate of $23,900 per day.(6)
This vessel is expected to commence a time charter between September 1 and December 31, 2026, at the Company's discretion, for three years at a rate of $25,000 per day.(7)
This vessel commenced a bareboat charter-out arrangement in August 2025 at a bareboat rate of $13,150 per day. The vessel is chartered to a third-party joint venture which re-flagged the vessel to the United States in order for it to participate in the U.S. Government’s Tanker Security Program (TSP). The contract will remain in effect until the vessel reaches 20 years of age, which will occur in 2037, subject to annual renewal within the National Defense Authorization Act (“NDAA”).(8)
This vessel commenced a time charter in October 2024 for three years at a rate of $29,550 per day.(9)
This vessel commenced a time charter in August 2025 for five years at a rate of $28,350 per day.(10)
This vessel commenced a time charter in February 2026 for five years at a rate of $29,000 per day.(11)
This vessel commenced a time charter in January 2026 for five years at a rate of $29,000 per day.(12)
This vessel commenced a time charter with a related party in November 2025 for one year at a rate of $35,000 per day.(13)
This vessel commenced a time charter in March 2026 for five years at a rate of $33,000 per day.(14)
This vessel commenced a time charter in December 2022 for three years at an average rate of $37,500 per day. The daily rate is the average rate over the three-year period, which is payable during the first six months at $47,000 per day, the next 6 months are payable at $28,000 per day, and years two and three are payable at $37,500 per day. In November 2025, this time charter was extended for a period of one year at a rate of $36,000 per day commencing in December 2025.(15)
This vessel commenced a time charter in July 2022 for five years at a rate of $28,000 per day.(16)
This vessel commenced a time charter in July 2022 for three years at an average rate of $28,000 per day. In April 2025, the charterers exercised their option to extend the term of this agreement for an additional year at $31,000 per day commencing in July 2025. In April 2026, the charterers exercised their option to further extend the term of this agreement for an additional year at $33,000 per day commencing July 2026.(17)
This vessel commenced a time charter in March 2026 for eight years at a rate of $30,500 per day.(18)
This vessel commenced a time charter in November 2022 for three years at an average rate of $32,750 per day. In November 2025, this time charter was extended for a period of one year at a rate of $36,000 per day.(19)
These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at JNS (Jingjiang Nanyang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.). One vessel is expected to be delivered in the third quarter of 2026, and three vessels are expected to be delivered in the first and second quarters of 2027.(20)
These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at DS (Dalian Shipbuilding Industry Co. Ltd.). Two of the vessels are expected to be delivered in the third quarter of 2027, one is expected to be delivered in the third quarter of 2029 and one is expected to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2029.(21)
These newbuilding vessels are being constructed at HO (Hanwha Ocean Co. Ltd.). The vessels are expected to be delivered in the third and fourth quarters of 2028.(22)
These newbuilding vessels are both being constructed at JNY (Jiangsu New Yangzi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.) and are each expected to be delivered in the first quarter of 2030.(23)
These newbuilding vessels are both being constructed at HT (Jiangsu Hantong Ship Heavy Industry Co., Ltd) and deliveries are expected in the second and third quarters of 2029. Dividend Policy
The declaration and payment of dividends is subject at all times to the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. The timing and the amount of dividends, if any, depends on the Company's earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, fleet renewal and expansion, restrictions in loan agreements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors.
The Company's dividends paid during 2025 and 2026 were as follows:
Date paidDividend per common
shareMarch 2025$0.40
June 2025$0.40
August 2025$0.40
December 2025$0.42
March 2026$0.45
June 2026$0.45
On July 29, 2026, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.45 per common share, with a payment date of August 31, 2026 to all shareholders of record as of August 17, 2026 (the record date). As of July 28, 2026, there were 50,081,352 common shares of the Company issued and outstanding.
About Scorpio Tankers Inc.
Scorpio Tankers Inc. is a provider of marine transportation of petroleum products worldwide. Scorpio Tankers Inc. currently owns 74 product tankers (25 LR2 tankers, 35 MR tankers and 14 Handymax tankers) with an average age of 10.2 years. The Company has reached agreements or letters of intent for six MR newbuildings that are currently under construction with deliveries expected in 2026, 2027 and 2030, six LR2 newbuildings with deliveries expected in 2027 and 2029 and two VLCC newbuildings with deliveries expected in 2028. Additional information about the Company is available at the Company's website www.scorpiotankers.com. Information on the Company’s website does not constitute a part of and is not incorporated by reference into this press release.
Non-IFRS Measures
Reconciliation of IFRS Financial Information to Non-IFRS Financial Information
This press release describes time charter equivalent revenue, or TCE revenue, adjusted net income or loss, and adjusted EBITDA, which are not measures prepared in accordance with IFRS ("Non-IFRS" measures). The Non-IFRS measures are presented in this press release as we believe that they provide investors and other users of our financial statements, such as our lenders, with a means of evaluating and understanding how the Company's management evaluates the Company's operating performance. These Non-IFRS measures should not be considered in isolation from, as substitutes for, or superior to financial measures prepared in accordance with IFRS.
The Company believes that the presentation of TCE revenue, adjusted net income or loss with adjusted earnings or loss per share, basic and diluted, and adjusted EBITDA are useful to investors or other users of our financial statements, such as our lenders, because they facilitate the comparability and the evaluation of companies in the Company’s industry. In addition, the Company believes that TCE revenue, adjusted net income or loss with adjusted earnings or loss per share, basic and diluted, and adjusted EBITDA are useful in evaluating its operating performance compared to that of other companies in the Company’s industry. The Company’s definitions of TCE revenue, adjusted net income or loss with adjusted earnings or loss per share, basic and diluted, and adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as reported by other companies in the shipping industry or other industries.
TCE revenue, on a historical basis, is reconciled above in the section entitled "Explanation of Variances on the Second Quarter of 2026 Financial Results Compared to the Second Quarter of 2025". The Company has not provided a reconciliation of forward-looking TCE revenue because the most directly comparable IFRS measure on a forward-looking basis is not available to the Company without unreasonable effort.
Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income
For the three months ended June 30, 2026 Per share Per share In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share data Amount basic diluted Net income $387,536 $8.47 $7.37 Adjustments: Loss on extinguishment of debt and write-off of deferred financing fees 20,182 0.44 0.38 Gain on sales of vessels (154,149) (3.37) (2.88) Fair value gain on derivative liability (13,824) (0.30) (0.26) Transaction costs allocated to derivative liability 3,975 0.09 0.07 Adjusted net income $243,720 $5.33 $4.68 For the three months ended June 30, 2025 Per share Per share In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share data Amount basic diluted Net income $73,508 $1.59 $1.53 Adjustments: Loss on extinguishment of debt and write-off of deferred financing fees 1,839 $0.04 $0.04 Fair value gain on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (7,532) (0.16) (0.16) Adjusted net income $67,815 $1.47 $1.41 For the six months ended June 30, 2026 Per share Per share In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share data Amount basic diluted Net income $603,800 $13.00 $11.76 Adjustments: Loss on extinguishment of debt and write-off of deferred financing fees 20,706 0.45 0.40 Gain on sales of vessels (220,079) (4.74) (4.24) Fair value gain on derivative liability (13,824) (0.30) (0.27) Transaction costs allocated to derivative liability 3,975 0.09 0.08 Adjusted net income $394,578 $8.49 (1)$7.73 (1) Summation difference due to rounding
For the six months ended June 30, 2025 Per share Per share In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share data Amount basic diluted Net income $131,722 $2.85 $2.74 Adjustments: Loss on extinguishment of debt and write-off of deferred financing fees 2,103 0.05 0.04 Fair value loss on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (16,979) (0.37) (0.35) Adjusted net income $116,846 $2.53 $2.43 Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA(1)
For the three months ended
June 30, For the six months ended
June 30,In thousands of U.S. dollars 2026 2025 2026 2025 Net Income $387,536 $73,508 $603,800 $131,722 Financial expenses 36,101 21,307 48,329 40,926 Financial income (14,884) (4,691) (22,977) (9,214) Depreciation 36,244 45,336 77,733 90,007 Equity settled share based compensation expense 19,501 18,317 37,670 35,392 Gain on sales of vessels (154,149) — (220,079) — Dividend income and fair value gain on financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss — (9,269) — (20,622) Fair value gain on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (13,824) — (13,824) — Transaction costs allocated to derivative liability 3,975 — 3,975 — Adjusted EBITDA $300,500 $144,508 $514,627 $268,211 (1) Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by taking Net Income and adding back Financial Expenses (which include interest expense and amortization and write offs of deferred financing fees), Financial Income (which includes interest income), Depreciation, Equity settled share based compensation (which represents the amortization of restricted stock awards), dividend income, gains and losses on asset sales, fair value adjustments on assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and transaction costs allocated to the derivative liability arising from the Convertible Notes.
Forward-Looking Statements
Matters discussed in this press release may constitute forward‐looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward‐looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business. Forward‐looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts. The Company desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation. The words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "target," "project," "likely," "may," "will," "would," "could" and similar expressions identify forward‐looking statements.
The forward‐looking statements in this press release are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, data contained in the Company’s records and other data available from third parties. Although management believes that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond the Company’s control, there can be no assurance that the Company will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections. The Company undertakes no obligation, and specifically declines any obligation, except as required by law, to publicly update or revise any forward‐looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
In addition to these important factors, other important factors that, in the Company’s view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward‐looking statements include unforeseen liabilities, future capital expenditures, revenues, expenses, earnings, synergies, economic performance, indebtedness, financial condition, losses, future prospects, expansion and growth of the Company’s operations, risks relating to the integration of assets or operations of entities that it has or may in the future acquire and the possibility that the anticipated synergies and other benefits of such acquisitions may not be realized within expected timeframes or at all, the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with the Company, the strength of world economies and currencies, general market conditions, including fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values, changes in demand for tanker vessel capacity, changes in the Company’s operating expenses, including bunker prices, drydocking and insurance costs, the market for the Company’s vessels, availability of financing and refinancing, charter counterparty performance, ability to obtain financing and comply with covenants in such financing arrangements, changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities, the impact of the current and future sanctions that may impact the transportation of petroleum products, the ongoing military conflict in Iran which has had a significant direct and indirect impact on the trade of crude oil and refined petroleum products, potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events, potential liability from pending or future litigation, general domestic and international political conditions, which have and may continue to disrupt certain global shipping routes, vessel breakdowns and instances of off‐hires, and other factors. Please see the Company's filings with the SEC for a more complete discussion of certain of these and other risks and uncertainties.
Contact Information
Scorpio Tankers Inc.
James Doyle - Head of Corporate Development & Investor Relations
Tel: +1 203-900-0559
Email: [email protected]
Crocs ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby na rekordních 1,179 miliardy USD a poprvé překročil 1 miliardu USD u značky Crocs. Zároveň zvýšil celoroční výhled a navýšil program zpětného odkupu akcií o 1,5 miliardy USD na zhruba 2 miliardy USD.
Full-Year 2026 Outlook Raised On Both The Top- And Bottom-Line Crocs Brand Surpasses $1 Billion In Quarterly Revenue For The First Time Share Repurchase Authorization Increased By $1.5 Billion To Approximately $2 Billion , /PRNewswire/ -- Crocs, Inc. (NASDAQ: CROX), a world leader in innovative casual footwear for all, today announced its second quarter 2026 financial results.
"We are pleased to have delivered a stronger-than-expected second quarter, highlighted by record enterprise revenue, including the Crocs Brand surpassing $1 billion in quarterly revenue for the first time ever. Our results reflect broad consumer demand across both brands, healthy direct-to-consumer growth, and strong consumer response to new product innovation. Based on our strong first half performance, we are again raising our full-year top- and bottom-line guidance," said Andrew Rees, Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Rees continued, "Supported by our strong cash flow generation, we remain committed to balancing investment in our brands with disciplined capital allocation, including share repurchase and debt paydown. Reflecting our confidence in the business and future cash-flow generation, we have expanded our share repurchase authorization as we aim to further return meaningful value to shareholders."
Amounts referred to as "Adjusted" or "Non-GAAP" are Non-GAAP measures and include adjustments that are described under the heading "Reconciliation of GAAP Measures to Non-GAAP Measures." A reconciliation of these amounts to their GAAP counterparts is contained in the schedules below.
Second Quarter 2026 Operating Results (Compared to the Same Period Last Year)
Consolidated revenues were $1,179 million, an increase of 2.6%, or 2.0% on a constant currency basis. Direct-to-consumer ("DTC") revenues grew 12.0%, or 11.3% on a constant currency basis. Wholesale revenues decreased 7.2%, or 7.6% on a constant currency basis. Gross margin was 59.4% compared to 61.7%. Adjusted gross margin decreased 170 basis points to 60.0% compared to 61.7%. Selling, general, and administrative expenses ("SG&A") of $415 million decreased 63.5% from $1,136 million, and represented 35.2% of revenues compared to 98.9%. The decrease in SG&A is largely driven by noncash impairment charges related to the indefinite-lived HEYDUDE trademark and HEYDUDE Brand reporting unit goodwill of $430 million and $307 million, respectively, during the three months ended June 30, 2025. Adjusted SG&A increased 3.1% to $412 million, and represented 34.9% of revenues compared to 34.7%. Income from operations of $286 million compared to loss from operations of $428 million resulted in operating margin of 24.2% compared to operating margin loss of 37.2%. The prior year loss from operations is driven by asset impairments, as described above. Adjusted income from operations of $296 million decreased 4.5% from $309 million, resulting in adjusted operating margin of 25.1% compared to 26.9%. Diluted earnings per share of $4.13 compared to diluted loss per share of $8.82. The prior year loss per share is driven by asset impairments, as described above. Adjusted diluted earnings per share of $4.55 increased 7.6% from $4.23. During the quarter, we repaid $31 million of debt. We repurchased approximately 2.3 million shares for $251 million at the average share price of $106.87. At quarter-end, approximately $496 million of share repurchase authorization remained available for future repurchases. Second Quarter 2026 Brand Summary (Compared to the Same Period Last Year)
Crocs Brand: Revenues increased 4.3% to $1.0 billion, or 3.7% on a constant currency basis. Channel DTC revenues increased 12.9% to $559 million, or 12.0% on a constant currency basis. Wholesale revenues decreased 5.0% to $441 million, or 5.4% on a constant currency basis. Geography North America revenues increased 0.4% to $459 million, or 0.4% on a constant currency basis. International revenues increased 7.8% to $542 million, or 6.6% on a constant currency basis. HEYDUDE Brand: Revenues decreased 5.7% to $179 million, or 5.8% on a constant currency basis. Channel DTC revenues increased 7.2% to $96 million or 7.1% on a constant currency basis. Wholesale revenues decreased 17.2% to $83 million, or 17.4% on a constant currency basis. Balance Sheet and Cash Flow (June 30, 2026, as compared to June 30, 2025)
Cash and cash equivalents were $170 million compared to $201 million. Inventories were $389 million compared to $405 million. Total borrowings were $1.31 billion compared to $1.38 billion. Capital expenditures were $39 million compared to $32 million. Crocs, Inc. Upsizes Share Repurchase Authorization To $2.0 Billion
On July 27, 2026, the Board approved a $1.5 billion increase to our share repurchase authorization, after which approximately $2.0 billion remained available for future common stock repurchases.
Financial Outlook
Full Year 2026
For 2026, we expect:
Revenues to be up approximately 1% to 2% compared to full year 2025, up from our previous guidance of down 1% to up 1%, at currency rates as of July 27, 2026. Crocs Brand to be up approximately 2% to 3% compared to full year 2025, up from our previous guidance of flat to up 2%. HEYDUDE Brand to be down approximately 4% to 2% compared to full year 2025, up from our previous guidance of down 7% to 5%. Non-GAAP adjustments to be approximately $25 million primarily associated with our cost reduction initiatives. Adjusted operating margin to expand modestly from 22.3%. GAAP effective tax rate to be approximately 23% and adjusted effective tax rate to be approximately 18%. Adjusted diluted earnings per share to be in the range of $13.70 to $14.00, up from our previous guidance range of $13.20 to $13.75. Adjusted diluted earnings per share guidance does not assume any impact from potential future share repurchases. Capital expenditures of $70 million to $80 million. Third Quarter 2026
For the third quarter of 2026, we expect:
Revenues to be approximately flat compared to the third quarter of 2025, at currency rates as of July 27, 2026. Crocs Brand to be up approximately 1% compared to the third quarter of 2025. HEYDUDE Brand to be down approximately 3% to flat compared to the third quarter of 2025. Adjusted operating margin to be approximately 21.5%. Adjusted diluted earnings per share to be in the range of $3.20 to $3.30. Adjusted diluted earnings per share guidance does not assume any impact from potential future share repurchases. Conference Call Information
A conference call to discuss second quarter results is scheduled for today, Thursday, July 30, 2026, at 8:30 am ET. To receive conference call details, please register at the Investor Relations section of the Crocs website, investors.crocs.com. The webcast will also be available live and on replay through July 30, 2027, at this site.
About Crocs, Inc.:
Crocs, Inc. (Nasdaq: CROX), headquartered in Broomfield, Colorado, is a world leader in innovative casual footwear for all, combining comfort and style with a value that consumers know and love. The Company's brands include Crocs and HEYDUDE, and its products are sold in more than 85 countries through wholesale and direct-to-consumer channels. For more information on Crocs, Inc. visit investors.crocs.com. To learn more about our brands, visit www.crocs.com or www.heydude.com. Individuals can also visit https://investors.crocs.com/news-and-events/ and follow both Crocs and HEYDUDE on their social platforms.
Forward Looking Statements
This press release includes estimates, projections, and statements relating to our business plans, commitments, objectives, and expected operating results that are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
These statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our financial condition, brand and liquidity outlook, and expectations regarding our future financial results, share repurchases, our strategy, plans, objectives, expectations (financial or otherwise) and intentions, future financial results and growth potential, statements regarding future financial outlook and future profitability, cash flows, and brand strength, anticipated product portfolio and our ability to deliver sustained, highly profitable growth and create significant shareholder value. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, which may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include the factors described in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors" and our subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Readers are encouraged to review that section and all other disclosures appearing in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
All information in this document speaks only as of July 30, 2026. We do not undertake any obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of the receipt of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.
Category:Investors
CROCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
Revenues
$ 1,179,468
$ 1,149,373
$ 2,100,925
$ 2,086,706
Cost of sales
478,761
440,537
877,273
836,321
Gross profit
700,707
708,836
1,223,652
1,250,385
Selling, general and administrative expenses
415,029
1,136,352
737,130
1,454,927
Income (loss) from operations
285,678
(427,516)
486,522
(204,542)
Foreign currency (losses) gains, net
(2,302)
434
(3,927)
5,307
Interest income
583
371
918
704
Interest expense
(19,909)
(22,523)
(40,368)
(45,289)
Other (expense) income, net
(127)
627
(378)
152
Income (loss) before income taxes
263,923
(448,607)
442,767
(243,668)
Income tax expense
59,036
43,675
100,324
88,511
Net income (loss)
$ 204,887
$ (492,282)
$ 342,443
$ (332,179)
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic
$ 4.17
$ (8.82)
$ 6.89
$ (5.94)
Diluted
$ 4.13
$ (8.82)
$ 6.83
$ (5.94)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic
49,115
55,783
49,695
55,946
Diluted
49,628
55,783
50,164
55,946
CROCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except share and par value amounts)
June 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 170,276
$ 130,354
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $38,848 and $28,136, respectively
430,297
278,191
Inventories
389,212
368,687
Income taxes receivable
4,924
32,782
Other receivables
22,892
22,082
Prepaid expenses and other assets
67,005
53,787
Total current assets
1,084,606
885,883
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $239,780 and $209,873,
respectively
246,078
238,191
Intangible assets, net
1,317,707
1,324,680
Goodwill
404,643
404,689
Deferred tax assets, net
911,346
935,054
Restricted cash
3,555
3,557
Right-of-use assets
337,548
338,669
Other assets
50,796
44,027
Total assets
$ 4,356,279
$ 4,174,750
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 262,511
$ 266,090
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
306,066
300,959
Income taxes payable
69,308
47,308
Current operating lease liabilities
90,144
85,772
Total current liabilities
728,029
700,129
Deferred tax liabilities, net
861
882
Long-term income taxes payable
639,580
649,057
Long-term borrowings
1,307,658
1,230,885
Long-term operating lease liabilities
291,400
297,192
Other liabilities
4,077
3,322
Total liabilities
2,971,605
2,881,467
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 250.0 million shares authorized, 111.0 million
and 110.7 million issued, 48.1 million and 50.2 million outstanding, respectively
111
111
Treasury stock, at cost, 62.9 million and 60.5 million shares, respectively
(3,296,549)
(3,040,416)
Additional paid-in capital
921,457
896,605
Retained earnings
3,823,081
3,480,638
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(63,426)
(43,655)
Total stockholders' equity
1,384,674
1,293,283
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$ 4,356,279
$ 4,174,750
CROCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(in thousands)
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)
$ 342,443
$ (332,179)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
40,286
38,011
Operating lease cost
56,581
49,738
Share-based compensation
24,852
20,036
Asset impairments
3,301
738,115
Deferred taxes
(53)
13,956
Other non-cash items
8,531
8,428
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
(154,913)
(147,242)
Inventories
(22,832)
(49,824)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
(21,297)
(12,160)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
1,604
(26,467)
Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities
(56,764)
(49,821)
Income taxes
49,029
(32,026)
Cash provided by operating activities
270,768
218,565
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, equipment, and software
(38,729)
(31,946)
Cash used in investing activities
(38,729)
(31,946)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings
295,000
539,000
Repayments of borrowings
(223,000)
(514,000)
Repurchases of common stock, including excise tax
(256,157)
(194,137)
Repurchases of common stock for tax withholding
(3,238)
(4,104)
Cash used in financing activities
(187,395)
(173,241)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
(4,724)
7,125
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
39,920
20,503
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—beginning of period
133,911
183,678
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—end of period
$ 173,831
$ 204,181
CROCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP MEASURES TO NON-GAAP MEASURES
In addition to financial measures presented on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), we present "Non-GAAP gross profit," "Non-GAAP gross margin," "Non-GAAP gross margin by brand," "Non-GAAP selling, general, and administrative expenses," "Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues," "Non-GAAP income from operations," "Non-GAAP operating margin," "Non-GAAP income before income taxes," "Non-GAAP income tax expense," "Non-GAAP effective tax rate," "Non-GAAP net income," and "Non-GAAP basic and diluted net income per common share," which are non-GAAP financial measures. We also present future period guidance for "Non-GAAP operating margin," "Non-GAAP effective tax rate," "Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share," and "Free cash flow." We also present a long-term target for 'Net leverage.' Non-GAAP results exclude the impact of items that management believes affect the comparability or underlying business trends in our condensed consolidated financial statements in the periods presented.
We also present certain information related to our current period results of operations through "constant currency," which is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be viewed as a supplement to our results of operations and presentation of reportable segments under GAAP. Constant currency represents current period results that have been retranslated using exchange rates used in the prior year comparative period to enhance the visibility of the underlying business trends excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Management uses non-GAAP results to assist in comparing business trends from period to period on a consistent basis in communications with the board of directors, stockholders, analysts, and investors concerning our financial performance. We believe that these non-GAAP measures, in addition to corresponding GAAP measures, are useful to investors and other users of our condensed consolidated financial statements as an additional tool for evaluating operating performance and trends by providing meaningful information about operations compared to our peers by excluding the impacts of various differences. The calculation of our non-GAAP financial metrics may vary from company to company. As a result, our calculation of these metrics may not be comparable to similarly titled metrics used by other companies.
Management believes Non-GAAP gross profit, Non-GAAP gross margin, and Non-GAAP gross margin by brand are useful performance measures for investors because they provide investors with a means of comparing these measures between periods without the impact of certain expenses that we believe are not indicative of our routine cost of sales. Our routine cost of sales includes core product costs and distribution expenses primarily related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, and packaging product and transportation costs associated with delivering products from distribution centers. Costs not indicative of our routine cost of sales may or may not be recurring in nature and include costs to expand and transition to new distribution centers.
Management believes Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses and Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues are useful performance measures for investors because they provide a more meaningful comparison to prior periods and may be indicative of the level of such expenses to be incurred in future periods. These measures exclude the impact of certain expenses not related to our normal operations that are expected to be non-recurring in nature, such as impairment charges.
Non-GAAP income from operations and Non-GAAP operating margin reflect the impact of Non-GAAP gross profit and Non-GAAP selling, general, and administrative expenses, as discussed above. We believe these are useful performance measures for investors because they provide a basis to compare performance in the period to prior periods.
Non-GAAP income before income taxes reflects the impact of Non-GAAP income from operations, as discussed above. We believe this is a useful performance measure for investors because it provides a basis to compare performance in the period to prior periods.
Management believes Non-GAAP income tax expense is a useful performance measure for investors because it provides a basis to compare our tax rates to historical tax rates, and because the adjustment is necessary in order to calculate Non-GAAP net income.
Management believes Non-GAAP effective tax rate is a useful performance measure for investors because it provides an ongoing effective tax rate that they can use for historical comparisons and forecasting.
Management believes Non-GAAP net income is a useful performance measure for investors because it focuses on underlying operating results and trends and improves the comparability of our results to prior periods. This measure reflects the impact of Non-GAAP gross profit, Non-GAAP selling, general, and administrative expenses, and Non-GAAP income tax expense, as described above.
Management believes Non-GAAP basic and diluted net income per common share are useful performance measures for investors because they focus on underlying operating results and trends and improve the comparability of our results to prior periods. These measures reflect the impact of Non-GAAP gross profit, Non-GAAP selling, general, and administrative expenses, and Non-GAAP income tax expense, as described above.
Management believes Net leverage is a useful performance measure for investors because it provides a measure of our financial strength and liquidity.
Free cash flow is calculated as 'Cash provided by operating activities' less 'Purchases of property, equipment, and software.' Management believes free cash flow is useful for investors because it provides a clear measure of our ability to generate cash for discretionary uses such as funding growth opportunities, repurchasing shares, and reducing debt.
For the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, management believes it is helpful to evaluate our results excluding the impacts of various adjustments relating to special or non-recurring items. Investors should not consider these non-GAAP measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.
CROCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP MEASURES TO NON-GAAP MEASURES
(UNAUDITED)
Non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin reconciliation:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(in thousands)
GAAP revenues
$ 1,179,468
$ 1,149,373
$ 2,100,925
$ 2,086,706
GAAP gross profit
$ 700,707
$ 708,836
$ 1,223,652
$ 1,250,385
Distributor takeback costs (1)
4,356
—
4,356
—
Distribution centers (2)
2,355
—
3,733
—
Other
49
—
118
—
Total adjustments
6,760
—
8,207
—
Non-GAAP gross profit
$ 707,467
$ 708,836
$ 1,231,859
$ 1,250,385
GAAP gross margin
59.4 %
61.7 %
58.2 %
59.9 %
Non-GAAP gross margin
60.0 %
61.7 %
58.6 %
59.9 %
(1)
Relates to the takeback of a distributor in Malaysia.
(2)
Relates to the transition away from a third-party logistics provider for the HEYDUDE Brand, software transition costs at our Crocs Brand distribution center in Dayton, Ohio, and other distribution center related transition costs.
Non-GAAP gross margin reconciliation by brand:
Crocs Brand:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
GAAP Crocs Brand gross margin
62.6 %
64.1 %
61.2 %
62.6 %
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Distributor takeback costs (1)
0.4 %
— %
0.3 %
— %
Distribution centers (2)
0.1 %
— %
0.1 %
— %
Other
less than 0.1%
— %
less than 0.1%
— %
Non-GAAP Crocs Brand gross margin
63.1 %
64.1 %
61.6 %
62.6 %
(1)
Relates to the takeback of a distributor in Malaysia.
(2)
Relates to software transition costs at our Crocs Brand distribution center in Dayton, Ohio and other distribution center related transition costs.
HEYDUDE Brand:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
GAAP HEYDUDE Brand gross margin
43.1 %
50.2 %
43.5 %
48.5 %
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Distribution centers (1)
0.6 %
— %
0.6 %
— %
Non-GAAP HEYDUDE Brand gross margin
43.7 %
50.2 %
44.1 %
48.5 %
(1) Relates to the transition away from a third-party logistics provider.
Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative reconciliation:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(in thousands)
GAAP revenues
$ 1,179,468
$ 1,149,373
$ 2,100,925
$ 2,086,706
GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses
$ 415,029
$ 1,136,352
$ 737,130
$ 1,454,927
Impairment of indefinite-lived trademark (1)
—
(430,000)
—
(430,000)
Impairment of goodwill (2)
—
(307,000)
—
(307,000)
Charges incurred in connection with cost savings initiatives
(2,924)
—
(4,583)
—
Impairment of leasehold improvement assets (3)
—
—
(3,301)
—
Severance costs (4)
(310)
—
1,260
Other
38
—
38
—
Total adjustments
(3,196)
(737,000)
(6,586)
(737,000)
Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses (5)
$ 411,833
$ 399,352
$ 730,544
$ 717,927
GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues
35.2 %
98.9 %
35.1 %
69.7 %
Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues
34.9 %
34.7 %
34.8 %
34.4 %
(1)
Represents an impairment of the HEYDUDE indefinite-lived trademark.
(2)
Represents an impairment of the HEYDUDE Brand reporting unit goodwill.
(3)
Represents impairment charges for certain HEYDUDE leasehold improvement assets.
(4)
Represents operational workforce reduction charges incurred in connection with cost savings initiatives in the three months ended June 30, 2026. Additionally, the six months ended June 30, 2026, includes a change in estimate for severance costs recorded as of December 31, 2025.
(5)
Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses are presented gross of tax.
Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin reconciliation:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(in thousands)
GAAP revenues
$ 1,179,468
$ 1,149,373
$ 2,100,925
$ 2,086,706
GAAP income (loss) from operations
$ 285,678
$ (427,516)
$ 486,522
$ (204,542)
Non-GAAP gross profit adjustments (1)
6,760
—
8,207
—
Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses adjustments (2)
3,196
737,000
6,586
737,000
Non-GAAP income from operations
$ 295,634
$ 309,484
$ 501,315
$ 532,458
GAAP operating margin
24.2 %
(37.2) %
23.2 %
(9.8) %
Non-GAAP operating margin
25.1 %
26.9 %
23.9 %
25.5 %
(1)
See 'Non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin reconciliation' above for more details.
(2)
See 'Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues reconciliation' above for more details.
Non-GAAP income tax expense and effective tax rate reconciliation:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(in thousands)
GAAP income (loss) from operations
$ 285,678
$ (427,516)
$ 486,522
$ (204,542)
GAAP income (loss) before income taxes
263,923
(448,607)
442,767
(243,668)
Non-GAAP income from operations (1)
$ 295,634
$ 309,484
$ 501,315
$ 532,458
GAAP non-operating income (expense):
Foreign currency (losses) gains, net
(2,302)
434
(3,927)
5,307
Interest income
583
371
918
704
Interest expense
(19,909)
(22,523)
(40,368)
(45,289)
Other (expense) income, net
(127)
627
(378)
152
Non-GAAP income before income taxes
$ 273,879
$ 288,393
$ 457,560
$ 493,332
GAAP income tax expense
$ 59,036
$ 43,675
$ 100,324
$ 88,511
Tax effect of non-GAAP operating adjustments
2,273
29,942
2,406
29,942
Impact of intra-entity IP transactions (2)
(13,104)
(22,701)
(22,283)
(32,273)
Non-GAAP income tax expense
$ 48,205
$ 50,916
$ 80,447
$ 86,180
GAAP effective income tax rate
22.4 %
(9.7) %
22.7 %
(36.3) %
Non-GAAP effective income tax rate
17.6 %
17.7 %
17.6 %
17.5 %
(1)
See 'Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin reconciliation' above for more details.
(2)
In the fourth quarter of 2024, and previously in 2023, 2021, and 2020, we made changes to our international legal structure, including an intra-entity transaction related to certain intellectual property rights, primarily to align with current and future international operations. The transactions resulted in a step-up in the tax basis of intellectual property rights and correlated increases in foreign deferred tax assets based on the fair value of the transferred intellectual property rights. This adjustment represents the current period impact of these transactions.
Non-GAAP net income per share reconciliation:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
GAAP net income (loss)
$ 204,887
$ (492,282)
$ 342,443
$ (332,179)
Non-GAAP gross profit adjustments (1)
6,760
—
8,207
—
Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses adjustments (2)
3,196
737,000
6,586
737,000
Non-GAAP other income adjustment
—
—
—
(842)
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments (3)
10,831
(7,241)
19,877
2,331
Non-GAAP net income
$ 225,674
$ 237,477
$ 377,113
$ 406,310
Denominator:
GAAP weighted average common shares outstanding - basic
49,115
55,783
49,695
55,946
Plus: GAAP dilutive effect of stock options and unvested restricted stock units
513
—
469
—
GAAP weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
49,628
55,783
50,164
55,946
GAAP weighted average common shares outstanding - basic
55,783
55,946
Plus: dilutive effect of stock options and unvested restricted stock units
365
379
Non-GAAP weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
56,148
56,325
GAAP net income (loss) per common share:
Basic
$ 4.17
$ (8.82)
$ 6.89
$ (5.94)
Diluted
$ 4.13
$ (8.82)
$ 6.83
$ (5.94)
Non-GAAP net income per common share:
Basic
$ 4.59
$ 4.26
$ 7.59
$ 7.26
Diluted
$ 4.55
$ 4.23
$ 7.52
$ 7.21
(1)
See 'Non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin reconciliation' above for more information.
(2)
See 'Non-GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues reconciliation' above for more information.
(3)
See 'Non-GAAP income tax expense (benefit) and effective tax rate reconciliation' above for more information.
Free cash flow reconciliation:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(in thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities
$ 351,702
$ 285,800
$ 270,768
$ 218,565
Purchases of property, equipment, and software
(20,729)
(16,571)
(38,729)
(31,946)
Free cash flow
$ 330,973
$ 269,229
$ 232,039
$ 186,619
RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL GUIDANCE
Full Year 2026:
Approximately:
Non-GAAP operating margin reconciliation:
GAAP operating margin
>21.7%
Non-GAAP adjustments (1)
0.6 %
Non-GAAP operating margin
>22.3%
Non-GAAP effective tax rate reconciliation:
GAAP effective tax rate
23 %
Non-GAAP adjustments (2)
(5) %
Non-GAAP effective tax rate
18 %
Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share reconciliation:
GAAP diluted earnings per share
$12.47 to $12.77
Non-GAAP adjustments (1)(2)
$1.23
Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share
$13.70 to $14.00
(1)
During 2026, we expect to incur approximately $25 million of non-GAAP adjustments, primarily associated with our cost reduction initiatives. This estimate does not include the receipt of potential IEEPA tariff refunds, as we are not able to predict the timing quarter-by-quarter. We plan to recognize IEEPA tariff refunds when they are realized or considered realizable, in accordance with the gain contingency model.
(2)
In the fourth quarter of 2024, and previously in 2023, 2021, and 2020, we made changes to our international legal structure, including an intra-entity transaction related to certain intellectual property rights, primarily to align with current and future international operations. The transactions resulted in a step-up in the tax basis of intellectual property rights and correlated increases in foreign deferred tax assets based on the fair value of the transferred intellectual property rights. This adjustment represents the full year 2026 impact of these transactions.
Non-GAAP Financial Guidance
Our forward-looking guidance for consolidated "adjusted operating margin" and "adjusted diluted earnings per share" represents non-GAAP financial measures that excludes or otherwise has been adjusted for special items from our U.S. GAAP financial statements. We consider these items to be necessary adjustments for purposes of evaluating our ongoing business performance and are often considered non-recurring. Such adjustments are subjective and involve significant management judgment.
While we are able to estimate full year non-GAAP adjustments, we are unable to reconcile forward-looking adjusted measures to their nearest U.S. GAAP measure quarter-by-quarter because we are unable to predict the timing of these adjustments with a reasonable degree of certainty. By their very nature, special and other non-core items are difficult to anticipate with precision because they are generally associated with unexpected and unplanned events that impact our company and its financial results. Therefore, we are unable to provide a reconciliation of these measures for the guidance related to the third quarter of 2026 without unreasonable efforts.
CROCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
REVENUES BY SEGMENT, CHANNEL, AND GEOGRAPHY
(UNAUDITED)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
% Change
Constant Currency
% Change (1)
Favorable (Unfavorable)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Q2 2026-
2025
YTD
2026-
2025
Q2 2026-
2025
YTD
2026-
2025
($ in thousands)
Crocs Brand:
North America:
Wholesale
$ 152,549
$ 166,528
$ 290,946
$ 337,210
(8.4) %
(13.7) %
(8.4) %
(13.8) %
Direct-to-consumer
306,184
290,602
513,713
488,437
5.4 %
5.2 %
5.4 %
5.1 %
Total North America (2)
458,733
457,130
804,659
825,647
0.4 %
(2.5) %
0.4 %
(2.6) %
International:
Wholesale
288,950
298,151
596,375
604,274
(3.1) %
(1.3) %
(3.7) %
(3.8) %
Direct-to-consumer
252,754
204,309
366,819
291,278
23.7 %
25.9 %
21.6 %
22.3 %
Total International
541,704
502,460
963,194
895,552
7.8 %
7.6 %
6.6 %
4.8 %
Total Crocs Brand
$ 1,000,437
$ 959,590
$ 1,767,853
$ 1,721,199
4.3 %
2.7 %
3.7 %
1.2 %
Crocs Brand:
Wholesale
$ 441,499
$ 464,679
$ 887,321
$ 941,484
(5.0) %
(5.8) %
(5.4) %
(7.4) %
Direct-to-consumer
558,938
494,911
880,532
779,715
12.9 %
12.9 %
12.0 %
11.5 %
Total Crocs Brand
1,000,437
959,590
1,767,853
1,721,199
4.3 %
2.7 %
3.7 %
1.2 %
HEYDUDE Brand:
Wholesale
82,564
99,760
165,966
210,453
(17.2) %
(21.1) %
(17.4) %
(21.8) %
Direct-to-consumer
96,467
90,023
167,106
155,054
7.2 %
7.8 %
7.1 %
7.7 %
Total HEYDUDE Brand (3)
179,031
189,783
333,072
365,507
(5.7) %
(8.9) %
(5.8) %
(9.4) %
Total consolidated revenues
$ 1,179,468
$ 1,149,373
$ 2,100,925
$ 2,086,706
2.6 %
0.7 %
2.0 %
(0.6) %
(1)
Reflects year over year change as if the current period results were in constant currency, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. See 'Reconciliation of GAAP Measures to Non-GAAP Measures' above for more information.
(2)
North America includes the United States and Canada.
(3)
The vast majority of HEYDUDE Brand revenues are derived from North America.
WTW ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby o 9 % na 2,5 miliardy USD a upravený zředěný EPS vzrostl o 17 % na 3,35 USD. Firma zároveň oznámila plán Propel a navýšila zpětný odkup akcií o 1,5 miliardy USD.
Revenue1 increased 9% from prior year to $2.5 billion for the quarterOrganic Revenue growth of 5% for the quarter Diluted Earnings per Share was $2.43 for the quarter, down 27% over prior yearAdjusted Diluted Earnings per Share was $3.35 for the quarter, up 17% over prior yearOperating Margin was 14.8% for the quarter, down 150 basis points from prior yearAdjusted Operating Margin was 19.5% for the quarter, up 100 basis points from prior yearAnnounced Propel, WTW's AI Acceleration Plan, to further scale AI and automation across WTW, targeting approximately 30% Adjusted Operating Margin2 in 2028 while positioning the Company for future growthIncreased existing share repurchase authority by $1.5 billion LONDON, July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- WTW (NASDAQ: WTW) (the “Company”), a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company, today announced financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
“WTW delivered solid second quarter results, reflecting business momentum and disciplined execution,” said Carl Hess, WTW’s Chief Executive Officer. “This performance underscores the meaningful progress we've made embedding AI and automation across our business, enabling us to deliver higher-value client solutions and a more compelling colleague experience. Propel, WTW's AI Acceleration Plan announced today, builds on that foundation and is intended to further accelerate performance and enhance efficiency, creating value for shareholders and further strengthening WTW's differentiated position in the market. We remain confident in delivering on our full-year 2026 guidance and achieving our new 2028 margin target.”
Consolidated Results
As reported, USD millions, except %
Key MetricsQ2-26Q2-25Y/Y ChangeRevenue1$2,466$2,261Reported 9% | CC 8% | Organic 5%Income from Operations$364$368(1)%Operating Margin %14.8%16.3%(150) bpsAdjusted Operating Income$480$41915%Adjusted Operating Margin %19.5%18.5%100 bpsNet Income$231$332(30)%Adjusted Net Income$316$28511%Diluted EPS$2.43$3.32(27)%Adjusted Diluted EPS$3.35$2.8617% 1The revenue amounts included in this release are presented on a U.S. GAAP basis except where stated otherwise. The segment discussion is on an organic basis.2See “WTW Non-GAAP Measures” below with respect to forward-looking non-GAAP measures.
Revenue was $2.47 billion for the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 9% compared to $2.26 billion for the same period in the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, revenue increased 8%. On an organic basis, revenue increased 5%. See Supplemental Segment Information for additional detail on book-of-business settlements and interest income included in revenue.
Net Income for the second quarter of 2026 was $231 million compared to $332 million in the prior-year second quarter. Adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter was $529 million, or 21.5% of revenue, an increase of 13%, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $470 million, or 20.8% of revenue, in the prior-year second quarter. The U.S. GAAP tax rate for the second quarter was 19.8%, and the adjusted income tax rate for the second quarter used in calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share was 19.6%.
Cash Flow and Capital Allocation
Cash flows from operating activities were $474 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $326 million in the prior year. Free cash flow for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 was $360 million and $217 million, respectively, an increase of $143 million. The increase was primarily driven by operating margin expansion. During the quarter ended June 30, 2026, the Company repurchased 1,733,574 of its outstanding shares for $450 million.
Second Quarter 2026 Segment Highlights
Health, Wealth & Career (“HWC”)
As reported, USD millions, except %
Health, Wealth & CareerQ2-26Q2-25Y/Y ChangeTotal Revenue$1,270$1,180Reported 8% | CC 7% | Organic 4%Operating Income$306$2809%Operating Margin %24.1%23.8%30 bps
The HWC segment had revenue of $1.27 billion in the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 8% (7% increase constant currency and organic growth of 4%) from $1.18 billion in the prior year. Health delivered organic revenue growth with positive contributions from all regions. Wealth generated organic revenue growth supported by higher levels of retirement work across all regions. Career revenue was flat on an organic basis as increased levels of communications project work and broad-based pay work were offset by constrained revenue in the Middle East due to the ongoing conflict. Benefits Delivery & Outsourcing (BD&O) revenue increased organically as expanded project work, new client wins and regulatory driven work in Outsourcing were partially offset by lower commissions in Individual Marketplace.
Operating margin in the HWC segment increased 30 basis points from the prior-year second quarter to 24.1%. The increase was primarily driven by improved operating leverage and expense discipline.
Risk & Broking (“R&B”)
As reported, USD millions, except %
Risk & BrokingQ2-26Q2-25Y/Y ChangeTotal Revenue$1,164$1,047Reported 11% | CC 10% | Organic 7%Operating Income$258$22216%Operating Margin %22.2%21.2%100 bps
The R&B segment had revenue of $1.16 billion in the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 11% (10% increase constant currency and organic growth of 7%) from $1.05 billion in the prior year. Corporate Risk & Broking (CRB) had organic revenue growth driven by new business activity and strong client retention globally. Insurance Consulting and Technology (ICT) delivered organic revenue growth primarily from strong software sales in the Technology practice.
Operating margin in the R&B segment increased 100 basis points from the prior-year second quarter to 22.2%. The increase was primarily driven by operating leverage.
Share Repurchase Program
Today, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved an increase to the existing share repurchase authority in the amount of $1.5 billion. The $1.5 billion increase is in addition to the approximately $500 million remaining on the current open-ended repurchase authority. The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption or otherwise, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, based on many factors, including market and economic conditions, applicable legal requirements and other business considerations.
Propel
Concurrent with its second quarter results, WTW announced Propel to embed artificial intelligence and automation across the enterprise, expected to be completed by the end of 2028. Supported by the Company's ongoing investments in AI, data and technology, including the acquisition of Newfront, Propel is expected to enhance client service and create additional opportunities for growth as well as streamline core operating processes. WTW expects these efforts to accelerate performance and enhance efficiency, reinforcing WTW's strengths.
The Company expects to invest approximately $625 million of cash and incur approximately $25 million in non-cash charges to generate approximately $400 million in run-rate savings, delivering a cash-cost-to-achieve ratio of approximately 1.6 times. After reinvesting approximately $50 million to support growth, the Company expects to deliver approximately $350 million in net run-rate savings and approximately 30% adjusted operating margin in 2028. The Company’s full-year 2026 guidance remains unchanged. Please refer to the most recent supplemental slides in the Investor Relations section of the Company's website for further details.
Select 2026 Financial Considerations
Adjusted operating margin:
Continued annual margin expansion at the enterprise level driven by: ~100 basis points of annual margin expansion in R&BIncremental annual margin expansion in HWC
Segment organic revenue:
Expected to be a headwind on Adjusted Diluted EPS of ~$0.30The remaining equity investments in the interest in earnings of associates line are not expected to be material in 2026 Newfront acquisition:
Expected to be ~$0.10 dilutive to Adjusted EPS in 2026Expected 2026 post-close revenue of ~$250M and an adjusted EBITDA margin of ~26%Newfront’s Total Rewards business segment (~42%) will be included in HWC and Newfront’s Business Insurance business segment (~58%) will be included in R&B
Capital allocation:
Expect share repurchases of $1.0B or greater, subject to market conditions and potential capital allocation to organic and inorganic investment opportunities
Free cash flow:
Continual improvement in FCF margin primarily from operating margin expansion along with evolving our business mix
Foreign exchange:
Expect an incremental foreign currency tailwind on Adjusted Diluted EPS of ~$0.05 for the remainder of 2026, resulting in a ~$0.35 tailwind for the full year 2026 at today's rates The 2026 Financial Considerations above include Non-GAAP financial measures. We do not reconcile forward-looking Non-GAAP measures for reasons explained under "WTW Non-GAAP Measures" below.
Conference Call
The Company will host a conference call to discuss the financial results for the second quarter 2026, including an update on strategic priorities. It will be held on Thursday, July 30, 2026, beginning at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time. A live, listen-only webcast of the conference call will be available on WTW’s website. Analysts and institutional investors may participate in the conference call’s question-and-answer session by registering in advance here. An online replay will be available at investors.wtwco.com shortly after the call concludes.
About WTW
At WTW (NASDAQ: WTW), we provide data-driven, insight-led solutions in the areas of people, risk and capital. Leveraging the global view and local expertise of our colleagues serving 140 countries and markets, we help organizations sharpen their strategy, enhance organizational resilience, motivate their workforce and maximize performance. Working shoulder to shoulder with our clients, we uncover opportunities for sustainable success—and provide perspective that moves you. Learn more at www.wtwco.com.
WTW Non-GAAP Measures
In order to assist readers of our consolidated financial statements in understanding the core operating results that WTW’s management uses to evaluate the business and for financial planning, we present the following non-GAAP measures: (1) Constant Currency Change, (2) Organic Change, (3) Adjusted Operating Income/Margin, (4) Adjusted EBITDA/Margin, (5) Adjusted Net Income, (6) Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, (7) Adjusted Income Before Taxes, (8) Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate, (9) Free Cash Flow and (10) Free Cash Flow Margin.
We believe that those measures are relevant and provide pertinent information widely used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in our industry to provide a baseline for evaluating and comparing our operating performance, and in the case of free cash flow, our liquidity results.
Within the measures referred to as ‘adjusted’, we adjust for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. Some of these items may not be applicable for the current quarter, however they may be part of our full-year results. Additionally, we have historically adjusted for certain items which are not described below, but for which we may adjust in a future period when applicable. Items applicable to the quarter or full year results, or the comparable periods, include the following:
Transaction and integration expenses – Management believes it is appropriate to adjust for significant acquisition-related transaction and integration expenses including changes in significant estimated acquisition earnouts payable and acquisition-related compensation charges. We believe the adjustment is necessary to present how the Company is performing, both now and in the future when the incurrence of these costs will have concluded.Gains and losses on disposals of operations – Adjustment to remove the gains or losses resulting from disposed operations that have not been classified as discontinued operations.Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits – Adjustment to remove the recognition of net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (including pension settlements), other than service costs.
We evaluate our revenue on an as reported (U.S. GAAP), constant currency and organic basis. We believe presenting constant currency and organic information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our comparable results, consistent with how we evaluate our performance internally.
We consider Constant Currency Change, Organic Change, Adjusted Operating Income/Margin, Adjusted EBITDA/Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Income Before Taxes, Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate and Free Cash Flow to be important financial measures, which are used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating and liquidity results against our competitors. These non-GAAP measures are important in illustrating what our comparable operating and liquidity results would have been had we not incurred transaction-related and non-recurring items. Reconciliations of these measures are included in the accompanying tables with the following exception: The Company does not reconcile its forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures, due to variability and difficulty in making accurate forecasts and projections and/or certain information not being ascertainable or accessible; and because not all of the information, such as foreign currency impacts necessary for a quantitative reconciliation of these forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, is available to the Company without unreasonable efforts. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information. The Company provides non-GAAP financial measures that it believes will be achieved, however it cannot accurately predict all of the components of the adjusted calculations and the U.S. GAAP measures may be materially different than the non-GAAP measures.
Our non-GAAP measures and their accompanying definitions are presented as follows:
Constant Currency Change – Represents the year-over-year change in revenue excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. To calculate this impact, the prior-year local currency results are first translated using the current year monthly average exchange rates. The change is calculated by comparing the prior year revenue, translated at the current year monthly average exchange rates, to the current year as reported revenue, for the same period. We believe constant currency measures provide useful information to investors because they provide transparency to performance by excluding the effects that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have on period-over-period comparability given volatility in foreign currency exchange markets.
Organic Change – Excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as described above and the period-over-period impact of acquisitions and divestitures on current-year revenue. We believe that excluding transaction-related items from our U.S. GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information to our investors, and it is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been had we not included these transaction-related items, since the nature, size and number of these transaction-related items can vary from period to period.
Adjusted Operating Income/Margin – Income from operations adjusted for amortization, transaction and integration and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted operating income margin is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by revenue. We consider adjusted operating income/margin to be important financial measures, which are used internally to evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.
Adjusted EBITDA/Margin – Net Income adjusted for provision for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, transaction and integration, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by revenue. We consider adjusted EBITDA/margin to be important financial measures, which are used internally to evaluate and assess our core operations, to benchmark our operating results against our competitors and to evaluate and measure our performance-based compensation plans.
Adjusted Net Income – Net Income Attributable to WTW adjusted for amortization, transaction and integration, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results and the related tax effect of those adjustments and the tax effects of significant adjustments. This measure is used solely for the purpose of calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share.
Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share – Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares, diluted. Adjusted diluted earnings per share is used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.
Adjusted Income Before Taxes – Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates adjusted for amortization, transaction and integration, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted income before taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate.
Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate – Provision for income taxes adjusted for taxes on certain items of amortization, transaction and integration, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, the tax effects of significant adjustments and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results, divided by adjusted income before taxes. Adjusted income taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate. Management believes that the adjusted income tax rate presents a rate that is more closely aligned to the rate that we would incur if not for the reduction of pre-tax income for the adjusted items and the tax effects of significant adjustments, which are not core to our current and future operations.
Free Cash Flow – Cash flows from operating activities less cash used to purchase fixed assets and software. Management believes that free cash flow presents the core operating performance and cash-generating capabilities of our business operations.
Free Cash Flow Margin – Free Cash Flow as a percentage of revenue, which represents how much of revenue would be realized on a cash basis. We consider this measure to be a meaningful metric for tracking cash conversion on a year-over-year basis due to the non-cash nature of our pension income, which is included in our GAAP and Non-GAAP earnings metrics presented herein.
These non-GAAP measures are not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the information contained within our condensed consolidated financial statements.
WTW Forward-Looking Statements
We have included in this document ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by those laws. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations or certain considerations relating to our future results. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, that address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future, including such things as: our outlook; the potential impact of natural or man-made disasters like health pandemics and other world health crises; the impact of macroeconomic trends, including inflation, changes in interest rates, trade policies and other geopolitical risks; future capital expenditures; ongoing working capital efforts; future share repurchases; financial results (including our revenue, costs or margins) and the impact of changes to tax laws on our financial results; existing and evolving business strategies; our indebtedness; our ability to execute strategic transactions, including both acquisitions and dispositions, including our ability to receive adequate consideration or any earnout proceeds in return for any dispositions or integrate or manage acquired businesses (such as our recent acquisitions of Newfront Insurance Holdings, Inc. and Cushon) or effect internal reorganizations; demand for our services and competitive strengths; strategic goals; the benefits of new initiatives or investments in technology; growth of our business and operations; the sustained health of our product, service, transaction, client, and talent assessment and management pipelines; our ability to successfully manage ongoing leadership, organizational and technology changes, including investments in improving systems and processes; our ability to implement and realize anticipated benefits of any cost-savings or investment initiatives including our newly launched artificial intelligence acceleration plan (the ‘Plan’); our cybersecurity and privacy processes; our application of artificial intelligence technologies throughout our business and our ability to compete with artificial intelligence technologies offered by new or existing competitors; our ability to protect our intellectual property; our compliance with laws and regulations; risks associated with being an Irish-incorporated company; our recognition of future impairment charges; and plans and references to future successes, including our future financial and operating results, short-term and long-term financial goals, plans, objectives, expectations and intentions, including with respect to free cash flow generation, adjusted net income, adjusted operating margin and adjusted earnings per share, are forward-looking statements. Also, when we use words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘continues’, ‘seek’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘focus’, ‘probably’, or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking disclosure is speculative by its nature.
There are important risks, uncertainties, events and factors that could cause our actual results or performance to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements contained in this document, including the following: our ability to successfully establish, execute and achieve our global business strategy as it evolves; our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of our growth strategy, including inorganic growth through acquisitions; our ability to achieve our short-term and long-term financial goals, such as with respect to our cash flow generation, and the timing with respect to such achievement; the risks related to changes in general economic conditions, business and political conditions, changes in the financial markets, inflation, credit availability, increased interest rates, changes in trade policies, increased tariffs and retaliatory actions; the risks to our short-term and long-term financial goals from any of the risks or uncertainties set forth herein; the risks relating to the adverse impacts of macroeconomic trends, including those relating to changes in trade policies and tariffs, as well as political events, war, such as the Russia-Ukraine war and conflict in the Middle East, and other international disputes, terrorism, natural disasters, public health issues and other business interruptions on the global economy and capital markets, such as uncertainty in the global markets, inflation, changes in interest rates and recessionary trends, changes in spending by government agencies and contractors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and long-term goals; our ability to successfully hedge against fluctuations in foreign currency rates; the risks relating to the adverse impacts of natural or man-made disasters such as health pandemics and other world health crises on the demand for our products and services, our cash flows and our business operations; material interruptions to or loss of our information processing capabilities, or failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information technology resources and systems; the insufficiency of client data protection, potential breaches of information systems or insufficient safeguards against cybersecurity breaches or incidents; our ability to comply with complex and evolving regulations related to data privacy, cybersecurity and artificial intelligence; significant competition that we face and the potential for loss of market share and/or profitability; the impact of seasonality and differences in timing of renewals and non-recurring revenue increases from disposals and book-of-business sales; the risk of increased liability or new legal claims arising from our new and existing products and services, and expectations, intentions and outcomes relating to outstanding litigation; the risk of substantial negative outcomes on existing or potential future litigation or investigation matters; changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate, including, among other risks, the impacts of pending competition law and regulatory investigations; various claims, government inquiries or investigations or the potential for regulatory action; our ability to make divestitures or acquisitions, including our ability to integrate or manage acquired businesses or carve-out businesses to be disposed, as well as our ability to identify and successfully execute on opportunities for strategic collaboration; our ability to integrate direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions with our existing offerings and solutions; our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes, including as a result of our investments in improving systems and processes or other initiatives, and in connection with our acquisition and divestiture activities; the risks relating to the implementation of the Plan; disasters or business continuity problems; our ability to successfully enhance our billing, collection and other working capital efforts, and thereby increase our free cash flow; our ability to properly identify and manage conflicts of interest; reputational damage, including from association with third parties; reliance on third-party service providers and suppliers; risks relating to changes in our management structures and in senior leadership; the loss of key employees or a large number of employees and rehiring rates; our ability to maintain our corporate culture; doing business internationally, including the impact of global trade policies and retaliatory considerations as well as foreign currency exchange rates; compliance with extensive government regulation; the risk of sanctions imposed by governments, or changes to associated sanction regulations and related counter-sanctions; our ability to effectively apply technology, data and analytics solutions, including through the use of artificial intelligence, for internal operations, maintaining industry standards, meeting client preferences and gaining competitive advantage, among other things; changes and developments in the insurance industry or the U.S. healthcare system, including those related to Medicare, and any other changes and developments in legal, regulatory, economic, business or operational conditions that could impact our businesses; the inability to protect our intellectual property rights, or the potential infringement upon the intellectual property rights of others; fluctuations in our pension assets and liabilities and related changes in pension income, including as a result of, related to, or derived from movements in the interest rate environment, investment returns, inflation, or changes in other assumptions that are used to estimate our benefit obligations and their effect on adjusted earnings per share; our capital structure, including indebtedness amounts, the limitations imposed by the covenants in the documents governing such indebtedness and the maintenance of the financial and disclosure controls and procedures of each; our ability to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all; adverse changes in our credit ratings; the impact of recent or potential changes to applicable U.S. state, federal and/or foreign laws, rules and regulations, recent judicial decisions and case law developments, and any other relevant policy changes and legislative actions, including the ‘Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to title II of H. Con. Res. 14’ (‘H.R. 1’) signed into law on July 4, 2025, on our business, operations or results; the impact of recent or potential changes in state, federal, and/or foreign tax laws and regulations, including those that may impose additional excise taxes or impact our effective tax rate, including H.R. 1; U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. persons owning at least 10% of our shares; changes in accounting principles, estimates or assumptions; our recognition of future impairment charges; risks relating to or arising from environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) practices; fluctuation in revenue against our relatively fixed or higher-than-expected expenses; the risk that investment levels across our portfolio increase, which can amplify the impact of market downturns; the laws of Ireland being different from the laws of the U.S. and potentially affording less protections to the holders of our securities; and our holding company structure potentially preventing us from being able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts from our subsidiaries.
The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive and new factors may emerge from time to time that could also affect actual performance and results. For more information, please see Part I, Item 1A in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and our subsequent filings with the SEC. Copies are available online at http://www.sec.gov or www.wtwco.com.
Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of these assumptions, and therefore also the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions, could themselves prove to be inaccurate. Given the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included in this document, our inclusion of this information is not a representation or guarantee by us that our objectives and plans will be achieved.
Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we will not update these forward-looking statements unless the securities laws require us to do so. With regard to these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this document may not occur, and we caution you against unduly relying on these forward-looking statements.
WTW
Supplemental Segment Information
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)
REVENUE Components of Revenue Change(i) Less: Less: Three Months Ended
June 30, As Reported Currency Constant Currency Acquisitions/ Organic 2026 2025 % Change Impact Change Divestitures Change Health, Wealth & Career Revenue excluding interest income $1,263 $1,173 8% 1% 7% 3% 4%Interest income 7 7 Total 1,270 1,180 8% 1% 7% 3% 4% Risk & Broking Revenue excluding interest income $1,140 $1,024 11% 1% 10% 3% 7%Interest income 24 23 Total 1,164 1,047 11% 1% 10% 3% 7% Segment Revenue $2,434 $2,227 9% 1% 8% 3% 5%Corporate, reimbursable expenses and other 30 24 Interest income 2 10 Revenue $2,466 $2,261 9% 1% 8% 3% 5%(ii) Components of Revenue Change(i) Less: Less: Six Months Ended
June 30, As Reported Currency Constant Currency Acquisitions/ Organic 2026 2025 % Change Impact Change Divestitures Change Health, Wealth & Career Revenue excluding interest income $2,520 $2,331 8% 2% 6% 2% 3%Interest income 15 14 Total 2,535 2,345 8% 2% 6% 2% 3% Risk & Broking Revenue excluding interest income $2,231 $2,029 10% 4% 6% 2% 4%Interest income 49 45 Total 2,280 2,074 10% 4% 6% 2% 4% Segment Revenue $4,815 $4,419 9% 3% 6% 2% 4%Corporate, reimbursable expenses and other 54 45 Interest income 9 20 Revenue $4,878 $4,484 9% 3% 6% 2% 4%(ii) (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.
(ii) Interest income did not contribute to organic change for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026.
BOOK-OF-BUSINESS SETTLEMENTS AND INTEREST INCOME
Three Months Ended June 30, HWC R&B Corporate Total 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 Book-of-business settlements $1 $— $3 $3 $— $— $4 $3 Interest income 7 7 24 23 2 10 33 40 Total $8 $7 $27 $26 $2 $10 $37 $43 Six Months Ended June 30, HWC R&B Corporate Total 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 Book-of-business settlements $2 $2 $10 $3 $— $— $12 $5 Interest income 15 14 49 45 9 20 73 79 Total $17 $16 $59 $48 $9 $20 $85 $84
SEGMENT OPERATING INCOME (i)
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026 2025 Health, Wealth & Career $306 $280 Risk & Broking 258 222 Segment Operating Income $564 $502 Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026 2025 Health, Wealth & Career $652 $591 Risk & Broking 510 448 Segment Operating Income $1,162 $1,039 (i) Segment operating income excludes certain costs, including amortization of intangibles, transaction and integration expenses, and to the extent that the actual expense based upon which allocations are made differs from the forecast/budget amount, a reconciling item will be created between internally-allocated expenses and the actual expenses reported for U.S. GAAP purposes.
SEGMENT OPERATING MARGINS
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025Health, Wealth & Career 24.1% 23.8%Risk & Broking 22.2% 21.2% Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025Health, Wealth & Career 25.7% 25.2%Risk & Broking 22.4% 21.6%
RECONCILIATIONS OF SEGMENT OPERATING INCOME TO INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Segment Operating Income $564 $502 Amortization (55) (49)Transaction and integration expenses(i) (61) (2)Unallocated, net(ii) (84) (83)Income from Operations 364 368 Interest expense (78) (64)Other income, net 6 9 Income from operations before income taxes
and interest in earnings of associates $292 $313 Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Segment Operating Income $1,162 $1,039 Amortization (103) (97)Transaction and integration expenses(i) (102) (2)Unallocated, net(ii) (145) (140)Income from Operations 812 800 Interest expense (155) (129)Other income/(loss), net 11 (55)Income from operations before income taxes
and interest in earnings of associates $668 $616 (i) Primarily includes share-based compensation and other transaction-related costs attributable to our Newfront acquisition.
(ii) Includes certain costs, primarily related to corporate functions which are not directly related to the segments, and certain differences between budgeted expenses determined at the beginning of the year and actual expenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes.
WTW
Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
(Unaudited) RECONCILIATIONS OF NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WTW TO ADJUSTED DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Net income attributable to WTW $229 $331 Adjusted for certain items: Amortization 55 49 Transaction and integration expenses 61 2 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (8) (13)Tax effect on certain items listed above(i) (21) (10)Tax effect of significant adjustments — (74)Adjusted Net Income $316 $285 Weighted-average ordinary shares, diluted 94 100 Diluted Earnings Per Share $2.43 $3.32 Adjusted for certain items:(ii) Amortization 0.58 0.49 Transaction and integration expenses 0.65 0.02 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (0.08) (0.13)Tax effect on certain items listed above(i) (0.22) (0.10)Tax effect of significant adjustments — (0.74)Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share(ii) $3.35 $2.86 Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Net income attributable to WTW $526 $566 Adjusted for certain items: Amortization 103 97 Transaction and integration expenses 102 2 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (14) 62 Gain on disposal of operations — (14)Tax effect on certain items listed above(i) (44) (38)Tax effect of significant adjustments — (74)Adjusted Net Income $673 $601 Weighted-average ordinary shares, diluted 95 100 Diluted Earnings Per Share $5.53 $5.64 Adjusted for certain items:(ii) Amortization 1.08 0.97 Transaction and integration expenses 1.07 0.02 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (0.15) 0.62 Gain on disposal of operations — (0.14)Tax effect on certain items listed above(i) (0.46) (0.38)Tax effect of significant adjustments — (0.74)Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share(ii) $7.07 $5.99 (i) The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item.
(ii) Per share values and totals may differ due to rounding.
RECONCILIATIONS OF NET INCOME TO ADJUSTED EBITDA Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Net income $231 9.4%$332 14.7%Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes 57 (21) Interest expense 78 64 Depreciation 55 57 Amortization 55 49 Transaction and integration expenses 61 2 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (8) (13) Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin $529 21.5%$470 20.8% Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Net income $534 10.9%$571 12.7%Provision for income taxes 127 44 Interest expense 155 129 Depreciation 111 111 Amortization 103 97 Transaction and integration expenses 102 2 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (14) 62 Gain on disposal of operations — (14) Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin $1,118 22.9%$1,002 22.3% RECONCILIATIONS OF INCOME FROM OPERATIONS TO ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Income from operations and Operating margin $364 14.8%$368 16.3%Adjusted for certain items: Amortization 55 49 Transaction and integration expenses 61 2 Adjusted operating income and Adjusted operating income margin $480 19.5%$419 18.5% Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Income from operations and Operating margin $812 16.6%$800 17.8%Adjusted for certain items: Amortization 103 97 Transaction and integration expenses 102 2 Adjusted operating income and Adjusted operating income margin $1,017 20.8%$899 20.0% RECONCILIATIONS OF GAAP INCOME TAXES/TAX RATE TO ADJUSTED INCOME TAXES/TAX RATE Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates $292 $313 Adjusted for certain items: Amortization 55 49 Transaction and integration expenses 61 2 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (8) (13)Adjusted income before taxes $400 $351 Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes $57 $(21)Tax effect on certain items listed above(i) 21 10 Tax effect of significant adjustments — 74 Adjusted income taxes $78 $63 U.S. GAAP tax rate 19.8% (6.8)%Adjusted income tax rate 19.6% 18.0% Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates $668 $616 Adjusted for certain items: Amortization 103 97 Transaction and integration expenses 102 2 Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (14) 62 Gain on disposal of operations — (14)Adjusted income before taxes $859 $763 Provision for income taxes $127 $44 Tax effect on certain items listed above(i) 44 38 Tax effect of significant adjustments — 74 Adjusted income taxes $171 $156 U.S. GAAP tax rate 19.1% 7.1%Adjusted income tax rate 19.7% 20.5% (i) The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item.
RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES TO FREE CASH FLOW Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Cash flows from operating activities $474 $326 Less: Additions to fixed assets and software (114) (109)Free Cash Flow $360 $217 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
(Unaudited) Three Months Ended
June 30, Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Revenue $2,466 $2,261 $4,878 $4,484 Costs of providing services Salaries and benefits 1,551 1,449 2,985 2,773 Other operating expenses 380 336 765 701 Depreciation 55 57 111 111 Amortization 55 49 103 97 Transaction and integration expenses 61 2 102 2 Total costs of providing services 2,102 1,893 4,066 3,684 Income from operations 364 368 812 800 Interest expense (78) (64) (155) (129)Other income/(loss), net 6 9 11 (55) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES 292 313 668 616 (Provision for)/benefit from income taxes (57) 21 (127) (44) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES 235 334 541 572 Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax (4) (2) (7) (1) NET INCOME 231 332 534 571 Income attributable to non-controlling interests (2) (1) (8) (5) NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WTW $229 $331 $526 $566 EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share $2.43 $3.34 $5.55 $5.68 Diluted earnings per share $2.43 $3.32 $5.53 $5.64 Weighted-average ordinary shares, basic 94 99 95 100 Weighted-average ordinary shares, diluted 94 100 95 100 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)
(Unaudited) June 30, December 31, 2026 2025 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $1,627 $3,132 Fiduciary assets 11,846 10,445 Accounts receivable, net 2,603 2,702 Prepaid and other current assets 669 595 Total current assets 16,745 16,874 Fixed assets, net 675 695 Goodwill 9,735 8,938 Other intangible assets, net 1,444 1,141 Right-of-use assets 474 487 Pension benefits assets 558 529 Other non-current assets 928 866 Total non-current assets 13,814 12,656 TOTAL ASSETS $30,559 $29,530 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Fiduciary liabilities $11,846 $10,445 Deferred revenue and accrued expenses 1,766 2,087 Current debt 749 550 Current lease liabilities 117 125 Other current liabilities 767 797 Total current liabilities 15,245 14,004 Long-term debt 5,781 5,756 Liability for pension benefits 610 660 Provision for liabilities 359 340 Long-term lease liabilities 454 472 Other non-current liabilities 340 246 Total non-current liabilities 7,544 7,474 TOTAL LIABILITIES 22,789 21,478 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES EQUITY(i) Additional paid-in capital 11,236 11,106 Accumulated deficit (699) (296)Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (2,849) (2,834)Total WTW shareholders' equity 7,688 7,976 Non-controlling interests 82 76 Total Equity 7,770 8,052 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $30,559 $29,530 ______________
(i) Equity includes (a) Ordinary shares $0.000304635 nominal value; Authorized 1,510,003,775; Issued 93,003,869 (2026) and 95,079,835 (2025); Outstanding 93,003,869 (2026) and 95,079,835 (2025) and (b) Preference shares, $0.000115 nominal value; Authorized 1,000,000,000 and Issued none in 2026 and 2025.
WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited) Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES NET INCOME $534 $571 Adjustments to reconcile net income to total net cash from operating activities: Depreciation 111 111 Amortization 103 97 Non-cash lease expense 50 47 Net periodic cost of defined benefit pension plans 14 94 Provision for doubtful receivables from clients 10 7 Benefit from deferred income taxes (42) (70)Share-based compensation 109 68 Gain on disposal of operations — (14)Non-cash foreign exchange (gain)/loss (16) 30 Other, net 31 18 Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of subsidiaries: Accounts receivable 121 225 Other assets (97) (99)Other liabilities (475) (778)Provisions 21 19 Net cash from operating activities 474 326 CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Additions to fixed assets and software (114) (109)Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired (1,039) (14)Contributions to investments in associates (23) (8)Net proceeds from sale of operations — 836 Net purchases of held-to-maturity securities — (50)Net purchases of available-for-sale securities — (43)Net cash (used in)/from investing activities (1,176) 612 CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES Borrowing of other debt 775 — Debt issuance costs (4) — Repayments of debt (552) (2)Repurchase of shares (750) (700)Net proceeds from fiduciary funds held for clients 159 141 Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions (2) (15)Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares (57) (43)Dividends paid (178) (179)Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests (2) (2)Net cash used in financing activities (611) (800) (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED
CASH (1,313) 138 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (34) 207 CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF
PERIOD(i) 6,487 4,998 CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF PERIOD(i) $5,140 $5,343 ______________
(i) The amounts of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, their respective classification on the condensed consolidated balance sheets, as well as their respective portions of the increase or decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash for each of the periods presented have been included in the Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information section.
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
(In millions of U.S. dollars) Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash and cash equivalents $1,627 $1,963 Fiduciary funds (included in fiduciary assets) 3,513 3,380 Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $5,140 $5,343 Decrease in cash, cash equivalents and other restricted cash $(1,487) $(3)Increase in fiduciary funds 174 141 Total(i) $(1,313) $138 (i) Does not include the effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash.
GREENWICH, Conn., July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- XPO (NYSE: XPO) today announced its financial results for the second quarter 2026. The company reported diluted earnings per share of $1.36, compared with $0.89 for the same period in 2025, and adjusted diluted earnings per share of $1.70, compared with $1.05 for the same period in 2025.
Second Quarter 2026 Summary Results Three Months Ended June 30, Revenue Operating Income (Loss) (1)(in millions) 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change %North American Less-Than-Truckload Segment $1,428 $1,240 15.2% $285 $199 43.2%European Transportation Segment 927 841 10.2% (6) 11 NMCorporate - - 0.0% (9) (11) -18.2%Total $2,355 $2,080 13.2% $271 $198 36.9% Adjusted Operating Income (2) Adjusted EBITDA (1)(2)(in millions) 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change %North American Less-Than-Truckload Segment $287 $211 36.0% $390 $300 30.0%European Transportation Segment 21 15 40.0% 48 44 9.1%Corporate NA NA NA (4) (4) 0.0%Total $NA $NA NA $434 $340 27.6% Net Income (1) Diluted EPS (1)(in millions, except for per-share data) 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change %Total $162 $106 52.8% $1.36 $0.89 52.8% Diluted Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding Adjusted Diluted EPS (1)(2)(in millions, except for per-share data) 2026 2025 2026 2025 Change %Total 118 119 $1.70 $1.05 61.9% Amounts may not add due to rounding.NM - Not meaningfulNA - Not applicable(1) Includes gains from sales of real estate of $7 million ($9 million pre-tax) or $0.06 per diluted share in the second quarter of 2026. There were no gains from sales of real estate in the second quarter of 2025.(2) See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of the press release. Mario Harik, chairman and chief executive officer of XPO, said, “We accelerated our performance significantly in the second quarter, delivering 56% year-over-year growth in adjusted diluted EPS and 25% growth in adjusted EBITDA, excluding real estate gains.
“In North American LTL, we increased adjusted operating income by 36% year-over-year and expanded our adjusted operating ratio by 300 basis points to a record 79.9%, strongly outperforming seasonality. Both yield and revenue per shipment, excluding fuel, improved sequentially and year-over-year, while our profitable market share gains ramped volume growth through the quarter. Underpinning these achievements is our service quality for customers, as we delivered a company-best damage claims ratio below 0.2%. On the cost side, we continued to improve labor productivity above target by implementing new AI capabilities across the network, enhancing efficiency.”
Harik continued, “A consistently superior customer experience remains our foundation for value creation as we continue to grow the business and expand our margins. Our world-class service, combined with the investments we've made in our network, fleet and people are driving outperformance and accelerating free cash flow generation as freight demand strengthens.”
Second Quarter Highlights
For the second quarter 2026, the company generated revenue of $2.36 billion, compared with $2.08 billion for the same period in 2025.
Operating income was $271 million for the second quarter, compared with $198 million for the same period in 2025. Net income was $162 million for the second quarter, compared with $106 million for the same period in 2025. Diluted earnings per share was $1.36 for the second quarter, compared with $0.89 for the same period in 2025.
Adjusted net income, a non-GAAP financial measure, was $201 million for the second quarter, compared with $125 million for the same period in 2025. Adjusted diluted EPS, a non-GAAP financial measure, was $1.70 for the second quarter, compared with $1.05 for the same period in 2025.
Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”), a non-GAAP financial measure, was $434 million for the second quarter, compared with $340 million for the same period in 2025.
The company generated $308 million of cash flow from operating activities in the second quarter and ended the quarter with $298 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, after completing $101 million of net capital expenditures, $70 million of common stock repurchases and $70 million of term loan repayments.
Results by Business Segment
North American Less-Than-Truckload (LTL): The segment grew revenue to $1.43 billion for the second quarter 2026, compared with $1.24 billion for the same period in 2025. On a year-over-year basis, yield, excluding fuel, increased 4.4%, shipments per day increased 2.8%, and tonnage per day increased 1.0%.Operating income increased to $285 million for the second quarter, compared with $199 million for the same period in 2025. Adjusted operating income, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased to $287 million for the second quarter, compared with $211 million for the same period in 2025. Adjusted operating ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 79.9%, reflecting a year-over-year improvement of 300 basis points.
Adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter was $390 million, compared with $300 million for the same period in 2025. The increase in adjusted EBITDA reflects yield growth, higher tonnage per day, productivity improvements and higher fuel surcharge revenue, partially offset by higher fuel costs and wage inflation.
European Transportation: The segment grew revenue to $927 million for the second quarter 2026, compared with $841 million for the same period in 2025. Operating income was a loss of $6 million for the second quarter, compared with income of $11 million for the same period in 2025, due primarily to restructuring.Adjusted EBITDA was $48 million for the second quarter, compared with $44 million for the same period in 2025.
Corporate: The segment generated an operating loss of $9 million for the second quarter 2026, compared with a loss of $11 million for the same period in 2025.Adjusted EBITDA was a loss of $4 million for the second quarter, consistent with the same period in 2025.
Conference Call
The company will hold a conference call on Thursday, July 30, 2026, at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time. Participants can call toll-free (from US/Canada) 1-877-269-7756; international callers dial +1-201-689-7817. A live webcast of the conference will be available on the investor relations area of the company’s website, xpo.com/investors. The conference will be archived until August 29, 2026. To access the replay by phone, call toll-free (from US/Canada) 1-877-660-6853; international callers dial +1-201-612-7415. Use participant passcode 13761453.
About XPO
XPO, Inc. (NYSE: XPO) is a leader in asset-based less-than-truckload (LTL) freight transportation in North America. The company’s customer-focused organization efficiently moves 16 billion pounds of freight per year, enabled by its proprietary technology. XPO serves 55,000 customers with 586 locations and 38,000 employees in North America and Europe, and is headquartered in Greenwich, Conn., USA. Visit xpo.com for more information, and connect with XPO on LinkedIn, Facebook, X, Instagram and YouTube.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
As required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), we provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures contained in this press release to the most directly comparable measures under GAAP, which are set forth in the financial tables attached to this press release.
XPO’s non-GAAP financial measures in this press release include: adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) on a consolidated basis and for corporate; adjusted EBITDA margin on a consolidated basis; adjusted EBITDA, excluding gains on real estate transactions on a consolidated basis and for our North American Less-Than-Truckload segment; adjusted net income; adjusted diluted earnings per share (“adjusted diluted EPS”); adjusted diluted EPS, excluding gains on real estate transactions; adjusted operating income for our North American Less-Than-Truckload and European Transportation segments; and adjusted operating ratio for our North American Less-Than-Truckload segment.
We believe that the above adjusted financial measures facilitate analysis of our ongoing business operations because they exclude items that may not be reflective of, or are unrelated to, XPO and its business segments’ core operating performance, and may assist investors with comparisons to prior periods and assessing trends in our underlying businesses. Other companies may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently, and therefore our measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. These non-GAAP financial measures should only be used as supplemental measures of our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted EBITDA, excluding gains on real estate transactions, adjusted net income, adjusted diluted EPS, adjusted diluted EPS, excluding gains on real estate transactions, adjusted operating income and adjusted operating ratio include adjustments for transaction and integration costs, as well as restructuring costs and other adjustments as set forth in the attached tables. Transaction and integration adjustments are generally incremental costs that result from an actual or planned acquisition, divestiture or spin-off and may include transaction costs, consulting fees, stock-based compensation, retention awards, internal salaries and wages (to the extent the individuals are assigned full-time to integration and transformation activities) and certain costs related to integrating and converging IT systems. Restructuring costs primarily relate to severance costs associated with business optimization initiatives. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating and planning decisions and evaluating XPO’s and each business segment’s ongoing performance.
We believe that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin and adjusted EBITDA, excluding gains on real estate transactions improve comparability from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure (interest and financing expenses), asset base (depreciation and amortization), tax impacts and other adjustments as set out in the attached tables that management has determined are not reflective of core operating activities and thereby assist investors with assessing trends in our underlying businesses. We believe that adjusted net income, adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted diluted EPS, excluding gains on real estate transactions improve the comparability of our operating results from period to period by removing the impact of certain costs and gains that management has determined are not reflective of our core operating activities, including amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, transaction and integration costs, restructuring costs and other adjustments as set out in the attached tables. We believe that adjusted operating income and adjusted operating ratio improve the comparability of our operating results from period to period by removing the impact of certain transaction and integration costs and restructuring costs, as well as amortization expense and other adjustments as set out in the attached tables.
Forward-looking Statements
This release includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “will,” “expect,” “objective,” “projection,” “forecast,” “goal,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “effort,” “target,” “trajectory” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terms. These forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by us in light of our experience and our perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors we believe are appropriate in the circumstances.
These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to a material difference include the risks discussed in our filings with the SEC, and the following: the effects of business, economic, political, legal, and regulatory impacts or conflicts upon our operations; supply chain disruptions and shortages, strains on production or extraction of raw materials, cost inflation and labor and equipment shortages; our ability to align our investments in capital assets, including equipment, service centers, and warehouses to our customers’ demands; our ability to implement our cost and revenue initiatives and realize growth and expansion as a result of those initiatives; our ability to improve pricing growth; the effectiveness of our action plan, and other management actions, to improve our North American LTL business; our ability to continue insourcing linehaul in ways that enhance our network efficiency and productivity; the anticipated impact of a freight market recovery on our business; our ability to capture profitable share gains, facilitate yield growth, improve free cash flow, and improve margins during an upcycle; our ability to benefit from a sale, spin-off or other divestiture of one or more business units or to successfully integrate and realize anticipated synergies, cost savings and profit opportunities from acquired companies; goodwill impairment; issues related to compliance with data protection laws, competition laws, and intellectual property laws; fluctuations in currency exchange rates, fuel prices and fuel surcharges; our ability to develop and implement proprietary technology and suitable information technology systems that contribute to financial, operational, competitive and productivity improvements; the impact of potential cyber-attacks and information technology or data security breaches or failures; our ability to repurchase shares on favorable terms; our indebtedness; our ability to raise debt and equity capital; fluctuations in interest rates; seasonal fluctuations; our ability to maintain positive relationships with our network of third-party transportation providers; our ability to attract and retain management talent and key employees including qualified drivers; labor matters; litigation; and competition.
All forward-looking statements set forth in this release are qualified by these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to or effects on us or our business or operations. Forward-looking statements set forth in this release speak only as of the date hereof, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements except to the extent required by law.
XPO, Inc.Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income(Unaudited)(In millions, except per share data) Three Months Ended Six Months Ended June 30, June 30, 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change % Revenue$2,355 $2,080 13.2% $4,451 $4,034 10.3%Salaries, wages and employee benefits 929 871 6.7% 1,809 1,703 6.2%Purchased transportation 464 426 8.9% 887 826 7.4%Fuel, operating expenses and supplies 476 384 24.0% 899 777 15.7%Operating taxes and licenses 22 21 4.8% 43 40 7.5%Insurance and claims 40 40 0.0% 75 75 0.0%Gains on sales of property and equipment (7) (1) 600.0% (8) (3) 166.7%Depreciation and amortization expense 134 131 2.3% 265 254 4.3%Pre-Con-way acquisition environmental matter 1 - NM 1 - NMLegal matters (1) - (2) -100.0% - (13) -100.0%Transaction and integration costs 2 3 -33.3% 4 6 -33.3%Restructuring costs 22 8 175.0% 31 20 55.0%Operating income 271 198 36.9% 445 349 27.5%Other income (4) (2) 100.0% (7) (3) 133.3%Debt extinguishment loss 5 - NM 5 5 0.0%Interest expense 51 56 -8.9% 104 112 -7.1%Income before income tax provision 218 143 52.4% 342 234 46.2%Income tax provision 56 37 51.4% 79 59 33.9%Net income$162 $106 52.8% $263 $175 50.3% Earnings per share data (2) Basic earnings per share$1.38 $0.90 $2.24 $1.49 Diluted earnings per share$1.36 $0.89 $2.22 $1.47 Weighted-average common shares outstanding Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 117 118 117 118 Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding 118 119 119 119 Amounts may not add due to rounding.NM - Not meaningful.(1) Reflects the settlement of claims against certain truck manufacturers related to purchases by our European Transportation segment covering periods prior to 2015.(2) The sum of quarterly earnings per share may not equal year-to-date amounts due to differences in the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the respective periods. XPO, Inc.Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets(Unaudited)(In millions, except per share data) June 30, December 31, 2026 2025ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents$298 $310 Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $40 and $40, respectively 1,267 1,035 Other current assets 249 285 Total current assets 1,814 1,630 Long-term assets Property and equipment, net of $2,427 and $2,360 in accumulated depreciation, respectively 3,658 3,664 Operating lease assets 782 777 Goodwill 1,528 1,547 Identifiable intangible assets, net of $604 and $580 in accumulated amortization, respectively 280 311 Other long-term assets 270 265 Total long-term assets 6,518 6,564 Total assets$8,333 $8,194 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current liabilities Accounts payable$486 $455 Accrued expenses 823 760 Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt 159 60 Short-term operating lease liabilities 170 166 Other current liabilities 155 113 Total current liabilities 1,794 1,555 Long-term liabilities Long-term debt 3,047 3,253 Deferred tax liability 508 482 Employee benefit obligations 83 86 Long-term operating lease liabilities 612 611 Other long-term liabilities 328 345 Total long-term liabilities 4,577 4,778 Stockholders’ equity Common stock, $0.001 par value; 300 shares authorized; 117 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively - - Additional paid-in capital 1,005 1,160 Retained earnings 1,151 888 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (194) (187)Total equity 1,962 1,861 Total liabilities and equity$8,333 $8,194 Amounts may not add due to rounding. XPO, Inc.Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows(Unaudited)(In millions) Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Cash flows from operating activities Net income$263 $175 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities Depreciation and amortization 265 254 Stock compensation expense 30 31 Accretion of debt 5 5 Deferred tax expense 21 6 Gains on sales of property and equipment (8) (3) Other 18 14 Changes in assets and liabilities Accounts receivable (262) (124) Other assets 50 26 Accounts payable 29 (22) Accrued expenses and other liabilities 79 26 Net cash provided by operating activities 491 389 Cash flows from investing activities Payment for purchases of property and equipment (238) (395) Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 33 12 Payment for settlement of cross-currency swaps (3) - Net cash used in investing activities (208) (382)Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from issuance of debt 885 - Repayment of debt (985) - Repayment of finance leases and other debt (39) (36) Payment for debt issuance costs (1) (3) Repurchase of common stock (100) (10) Change in bank overdrafts 26 22 Payment for tax withholdings for restricted shares (88) (48) Other 3 2 Net cash used in financing activities (300) (74)Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 1 2 Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (16) (65)Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period 330 298 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period$314 $233 Amounts may not add due to rounding. North American Less-Than-Truckload SegmentSummary Financial Table(Unaudited)(In millions) Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change % Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge revenue)$1,114 1,057 5.4% $2,142 $2,051 4.4%Fuel surcharge revenue 314 183 71.6% 515 361 42.7%Revenue 1,428 1,240 15.2% 2,657 2,412 10.2%Salaries, wages and employee benefits 689 643 7.2% 1,331 1,259 5.7%Purchased transportation 40 32 25.0% 70 69 1.4%Fuel, operating expenses and supplies (1) 275 222 23.9% 511 454 12.6%Operating taxes and licenses 17 17 0.0% 33 33 0.0%Insurance and claims 25 25 0.0% 43 49 -12.2%(Gains) losses on sales of property and equipment (4) 2 NM (3) 2 NMDepreciation and amortization 100 96 4.2% 197 185 6.5%Restructuring costs 1 4 -75.0% 1 4 -75.0%Operating income 285 199 43.2% 474 357 32.8%Operating ratio (2) 80.0% 84.0% 82.2% 85.2% Amortization expense 9 9 18 18 Restructuring costs 1 4 1 4 Gains on real estate transactions (9) - (9) (2) Adjusted operating income (3)$287 211 36.0% $485 $377 28.6%Adjusted operating ratio (3) (4) 79.9% 82.9% 81.8% 84.4% Depreciation expense 91 87 179 167 Pension income 4 2 7 3 Gains on real estate transactions 9 - 9 2 Adjusted EBITDA (5)$390 300 30.0% $680 $550 23.6%Adjusted EBITDA margin (5) 27.3% 24.2% 25.6% 22.8% Gains on real estate transactions 9 - 9 2 Adjusted EBITDA, excluding gains on real estate transactions (3)$381 300 27.0% $671 $547 22.7% Amounts may not add due to rounding.NM - Not meaningful.(1) Fuel, operating expenses and supplies includes fuel-related taxes.(2) Operating ratio is calculated as (1 - (Operating income divided by Revenue)) using the underlying unrounded amounts.(3) See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of the press release.(4) Adjusted operating ratio is calculated as (1 - (Adjusted operating income divided by Revenue)) using the underlying unrounded amounts; adjusted operating margin is the inverse of adjusted operating ratio.(5) Adjusted EBITDA is used by our chief operating decision maker to evaluate segment profit (loss) in accordance with ASC 280. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Revenue using the underlying unrounded amounts. North American Less-Than-TruckloadSummary Data Table(Unaudited) Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change % Pounds per day (thousands) 68,463 67,813 1.0% 66,998 66,625 0.6% Shipments per day 52,229 50,782 2.8% 51,041 49,596 2.9% Average weight per shipment (in pounds) 1,311 1,335 -1.8% 1,313 1,343 -2.3% Revenue per shipment (including fuel surcharges)$429.98 384.13 11.9% $412.63 $384.20 7.4% Revenue per shipment (excluding fuel surcharges)$335.27 327.53 2.4% $332.60 $326.66 1.8% Gross revenue per hundredweight (including fuel surcharges) (1)$33.32 29.23 14.0% $32.00 $29.15 9.8% Gross revenue per hundredweight (excluding fuel surcharges) (1)$26.09 24.99 4.4% $25.91 $24.86 4.2% Average length of haul (in miles) 853.6 845.5 853.1 845.5 Total average load factor (2) 22,287 22,765 -2.1% 22,290 22,602 -1.4% Average age of tractor fleet (years) 4.0 3.7 Number of working days 63.5 63.5 126.0 126.5 (1) Gross revenue per hundredweight excludes the adjustment required for financial statement purposes in accordance with the company's revenue recognition policy.(2) Total average load factor equals freight pound miles divided by total linehaul miles.Note: Table excludes the company's trailer manufacturing operations. Percentages presented are calculated using the underlying unrounded amounts. European Transportation SegmentSummary Financial Table(Unaudited)(In millions) Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change % Revenue$927 841 10.2% $1,794 $1,622 10.6%Salaries, wages and employee benefits 235 224 4.9% 470 436 7.8%Purchased transportation 424 394 7.6% 817 757 7.9%Fuel, operating expenses and supplies (1) 201 163 23.3% 388 324 19.8%Operating taxes and licenses 5 4 25.0% 10 7 42.9%Insurance and claims 15 15 0.0% 32 26 23.1%Gains on sales of property and equipment (2) (3) -33.3% (5) (5) 0.0%Depreciation and amortization 33 34 -2.9% 66 67 -1.5%Legal matters (2) - (2) -100.0% - (13) -100.0%Transaction and integration costs 1 - NM 1 - NMRestructuring costs 21 1 2000.0% 27 12 125.0%Operating income (loss)$(6) 11 NM $(11) $12 NMAmortization expense 5 5 11 10 Legal matters (2) - (2) - (13) Transaction and integration costs 1 - 1 - Restructuring costs 21 1 27 12 Adjusted operating income (3)$21 15 40.0% $27 $20 35.0%Depreciation expense 27 29 55 56 Adjusted EBITDA (4)$48 44 9.1% $81 $76 6.6%Adjusted EBITDA margin (4) 5.2% 5.2% 4.5% 4.7% Amounts may not add due to rounding.NM - Not meaningful.(1) Fuel, operating expenses and supplies includes fuel-related taxes.(2) Reflects the settlement of claims against certain truck manufacturers related to purchases by our European Transportation segment covering periods prior to 2015.(3) See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of the press release.(4) Adjusted EBITDA is used by our chief operating decision maker to evaluate segment profit (loss) in accordance with ASC 280. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Revenue using the underlying unrounded amounts. CorporateSummary Financial Table(Unaudited)(In millions) Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change % Revenue$- $- 0.0% $- $- 0.0%Salaries, wages and employee benefits 4 4 0.0% 8 8 0.0%Depreciation and amortization 1 1 0.0% 2 2 0.0%Pre-Con-way acquisition environmental matter 1 - NM 1 - NMTransaction and integration costs 2 2 0.0% 3 6 -50.0%Restructuring costs 1 4 -75.0% 4 5 -20.0%Operating loss$(9) $(11) -18.2% $(18) $(20) -10.0%Depreciation and amortization 1 1 2 2 Pre-Con-way acquisition environmental matter 1 - 1 - Transaction and integration costs 2 2 3 6 Restructuring costs 1 4 4 5 Adjusted EBITDA (1)$(4) $(4) 0.0% $(8) $(8) 0.0% Amounts may not add due to rounding.NM - Not meaningful.(1) See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of the press release. XPO, Inc.Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures(Unaudited)(In millions) Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Change % 2026 2025 Change % Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA Net income$162 $106 52.8% $263 $175 50.3%Debt extinguishment loss 5 - 5 5 Interest expense 51 56 104 112 Income tax provision 56 37 79 59 Depreciation and amortization expense 134 131 265 254 Pre-Con-way acquisition environmental matter 1 - 1 - Legal matters (1) - (2) - (13) Transaction and integration costs 2 3 4 6 Restructuring costs 22 8 31 20 Adjusted EBITDA (2)$434 $340 27.6% $753 $618 21.8%Revenue$2,355 $2,080 13.2% $4,451 $4,034 10.3%Adjusted EBITDA margin (2) (3) 18.4% 16.3% 16.9% 15.3% Gains on real estate transactions 9 - 9 2 Adjusted EBITDA, excluding gains on real estate transactions (2)$425 $340 25.0% $744 $615 21.0% Amounts may not add due to rounding.(1) Reflects the settlement of claims against certain truck manufacturers related to purchases by our European Transportation segment covering periods prior to 2015.(2) See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of the press release.(3) Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Revenue using the underlying unrounded amounts. XPO, Inc.Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures (cont.)(Unaudited)(In millions, except per share data) Three Months Ended Six Months Ended June 30, June 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 Reconciliation of Net Income and Diluted Earnings Per Share to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share Net income (1)$162 $106 $263 $175 Debt extinguishment loss 5 - 5 5 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 15 15 29 29 Pre-Con-way acquisition environmental matter 1 - 1 - Legal matters (2) - (2) - (13) Transaction and integration costs 2 3 4 6 Restructuring costs 22 8 31 20 Income tax associated with the adjustments above (3) (5) (5) (8) (10) European legal entity reorganization (4) - - (3) 1 Other tax adjustments (2) - (2) - Adjusted net income (5)$201 $125 $322 $212 Adjusted diluted earnings per share (1)(5)$1.70 $1.05 $2.71 $1.78 Weighted-average common shares outstanding Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding 118 119 119 119 Amounts may not add due to rounding. (1) Includes gains from sales of real estate of $7 million ($9 million pre-tax) or $0.06 per diluted share in the second quarter of 2026. Excluding these gains, adjusted diluted earnings per share is $1.64. There were no gains from sales of real estate in the second quarter of 2025. Includes gains from sales of real estate of $7 million ($9 million pre-tax) or $0.06 per diluted share and $2 million ($2 million pre-tax) or $0.02 per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Excluding these gains, adjusted diluted earnings per share is $2.65 and $1.76 for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.(2) Reflects the settlement of claims against certain truck manufacturers related to purchases by our European Transportation segment covering periods prior to 2015. (3) This line item reflects the aggregate tax benefit of all non-tax related adjustments reflected in the table above. The detail by line item is as follows: Debt extinguishment loss$1 $- $1 $1 Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 2 2 5 5 Transaction and integration costs 1 1 1 1 Restructuring costs - 2 1 3 $5 $5 $8 $10 Amounts may not add due to rounding.The income tax rate applied to reconciling items is based on the GAAP annual effective tax rate, excluding discrete items, non-deductible compensation, losses for which no tax benefit can be recognized, and contribution- and margin-based taxes. (4) Reflects an adjustment recognized during the first quarters of 2026 and 2025 to the tax benefit recognized in the second quarter of 2024 related to a legal entity reorganization within our European Transportation business.(5) See the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section of the press release.
WRAP oznámila, že Stark Security nasadí platformu Wrap Reality napříč svými operacemi a programy výcviku důstojníků. Firma ji využije pro realistický trénink ozbrojených i neozbrojených pracovníků.
MIAMI, July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Wrap Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: WRAP) ("WRAP" or the "Company"), a global leader in Non-Lethal Response™ ("NLR") and public safety technology, today announced that Stark Security Inc. ("Stark"), a Chicago-based provider of protective services and investigations, has selected and will deploy Wrap Reality, WRAP's immersive virtual reality training platform, across its operations and officer training programs.
The deployment represents WRAP's continued expansion into the private security market, one of the nation's largest and fastest-growing public safety sectors. As organizations increasingly prioritize professional decision-making, de-escalation, and risk reduction, WRAP believes immersive, policy-driven training plays an important role in preparing personnel to safely and effectively manage encounters before force becomes necessary.
Serving clients across Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, Michigan, and Iowa, Stark has built its reputation on professionalism, preparedness, and responsible response. Those principles closely align with WRAP's commitment to equipping professionals with technologies and training that support better decision-making, reinforce organizational policy, and promote safer outcomes.
Through Wrap Reality, Stark will train both armed and unarmed officers in realistic scenarios that are designed to reinforce situational awareness, communication, proportional response, and organizational policy before personnel encounter these situations in the field. The Company also understands Stark intends to incorporate the platform into Stark Security Training Academy, extending immersive training opportunities to both new recruits and experienced security professionals.
The U.S. private security industry employs more than one million professionals and increasingly works alongside law enforcement in protecting commercial properties, healthcare facilities, educational institutions, residential communities, critical infrastructure, and public events. As expectations continue to rise from clients, insurers, regulators, and property owners, organizations are seeking modern training solutions that can improve consistency, reinforce policy, reduce operational risk, and demonstrate a commitment to responsible response.
WrapShield™ Brings Immersive Training to the Private Security Market
As the immersive training component of WrapShield, Wrap Reality combines virtual reality scenarios, instructor-led facilitation, and after-action review to help organizations strengthen judgment, communication, and adherence to organizational policy in realistic environments. Whether supporting law enforcement or private security organizations, Wrap Reality provides a scalable digital training capability that helps personnel consistently apply best practices before they encounter real-world situations.
WRAP believes technology alone is only part of improving safety outcomes. Better preparation, realistic training, and sound decision-making are equally important. By allowing personnel to repeatedly practice high-pressure scenarios in a controlled environment, Wrap Reality helps build the confidence, judgment, and professionalism needed when real-world incidents occur. As WRAP expands into the private security market, Wrap Reality serves as the digital training foundation of the broader WrapShield platform, helping organizations reinforce policy, improve readiness, and better prepare personnel for the moments that matter most.
"Every day, security professionals make decisions that can affect lives, families, and communities," said Scot Cohen, Chief Executive Officer of WRAP. "Stark Security shares our belief that preparation begins long before an incident occurs. Through Wrap Reality and the broader WrapShield platform, we're helping organizations strengthen judgment, reinforce policy, and improve readiness so personnel are better prepared when those critical moments arise."
"Our team is responsible for protecting people and property every day, often in unpredictable situations," said Brandon Sartor, Chief Executive Officer of Stark Security. "What drew us to WrapShield wasn't simply another piece of technology. It was a training philosophy centered on preparing our people to make better decisions under pressure. Wrap Reality allows our officers to experience challenging situations repeatedly so that communication, judgment, and professionalism become second nature when it matters most."
WRAP believes the private security market represents a significant long-term opportunity for immersive training and non-lethal technologies. That opportunity is reinforced by ATF Ruling 2026-2, which formally classifies the BolaWrap® 150 as an instrument of restraint rather than a firearm or weapon under federal law — a determination WRAP believes may broaden access to civilian and private-security channels previously complicated by weapons classification. Through partnerships with organizations like Stark Security, the Company continues expanding across adjacent public safety markets while advancing solutions that help professionals prepare more effectively, respond more confidently, and create safer outcomes for the people and communities they serve.
About WRAP Technologies, Inc.
WRAP Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: WRAP) is developing WrapShield™, an autonomous public safety platform intended to unify threat detection, classification, command-and-control, and non-lethal response in a single operating architecture. At the platform’s core is the principle that the technology layer between situational awareness and human force application should be trustworthy, accountable, and — wherever tactically appropriate — non-lethal. Building on the foundation of BolaWrap®, the Company’s flagship restraint tool deployed across more than 1,000 agencies in over 60 countries, WRAP is building an operating layer between perception and response.
About Stark Security Inc.
Stark Security Inc. is a Chicago-based provider of professional security and investigative services to businesses and individuals across the Midwest, with offices spanning Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, Michigan, and Iowa. Founded by a leader with over a decade in law enforcement and 27 years of corporate experience, the Company delivers armed and unarmed security officers, mobile patrol, personal protection, event security, and internal investigations, backed by a Special Response Team and 24/7 field supervision. Stark integrates modern surveillance, access control, and remote guarding technology with trained, certified personnel to protect commercial and residential clients. Through its affiliated Training Academy, Stark also credentials and develops security professionals, reinforcing a standard of honesty, integrity, and professionalism across every engagement.
Trademark Information
WRAP, the Wrap logo, BolaWrap®, Non-Lethal Response™, Wrap Reality™, Wrap Training Academy, and Non-Lethal Response™ are trademarks of WRAP Technologies, Inc., some of which are registered in the U.S. and abroad. All other trade names used herein are either trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective holders.
Cautionary Note on Forward-Looking Statements - Safe Harbor Statement
This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Words such as "expect," "anticipate," "should", "believe", "target", "project", "goals", "estimate", "potential", "predict", "may", "will", "could", "intend", and variations of these terms or the negative of these terms and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, among others, statements regarding the completion, capabilities, performance, timing, and commercial readiness of the Wraptor MX platform and the DFR-X system; development of the WrapShield™ platform; the structure, timing, and outcomes of the Early Adopter Program, including whether selected agencies place orders or generate revenue; the anticipated size, growth, and addressable opportunity of the non-lethal, public-safety and private security markets; and the expected effects of ATF Ruling 2026-2. These statements are based on current expectations and are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to WRAP’s ability to complete product development and achieve commercial readiness on expected timelines, the difference between a prototype and a commercially available product, the possibility that Early Adopter Program participation does not result in purchases, competition, supply-chain and manufacturing constraints, and changes in law, regulation, or agency policy. ATF Ruling 2026-2 addresses the classification of the BolaWrap® 150 only, and no assurance can be given that any similar classification will apply to Wraptor MX, the DFR-X system, or any other product. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those stated or implied in forward-looking statements due to a number of factors including other risk factors mentioned in the Company's most recent annual report on Form 10-K, subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this release and were based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections as well as the beliefs and assumptions of management. WRAP assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement except as required by applicable law.
Revenue Increased by 13%; Operating Profit Up 14%; Diluted EPS Grew 21%
Same-Store Sales Growth Improved Sequentially to 1%; OP Margin Expanded Year Over Year for the 9th Consecutive Quarter
Acquisition of the Pizza Hut Brand in Mainland China Expected to Close in August 2026
On Track to Return $1.5 Billion to Shareholders in 2026, ~10% of Current Market Capitalization
, /PRNewswire/ -- Yum China Holdings, Inc. (the "Company" or "Yum China") (NYSE: YUMC and HKEX: 9987) today reported unaudited results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
Second Quarter Highlights
Total system sales grew 6% year over year ("YoY"), excluding foreign currency translation ("F/X"). Same-store sales grew 1% YoY. Same-store transactions grew 5% YoY, the 14th consecutive quarter of growth. Total revenues increased 13% YoY to $3.1 billion, or a 6% increase excluding F/X. Opened 560 net new stores, a second-quarter record high and 67% higher than the openings in the same quarter last year, with 41% opened by franchisees. As of June 30, 2026, total store count reached 19,297, with 18% of stores operated by franchisees. Operating profit grew 14% YoY to $348 million, a second-quarter record high. Core operating profit grew 7% YoY. OP margin was 11.1%, an increase of 20 basis points YoY, the ninth consecutive quarter of OP margin expansion. Restaurant margin was 16.1%, flat YoY, primarily due to increased rider cost from a higher delivery mix, offset by streamlined operations. Diluted EPS increased 21% YoY to $0.70, or up 14% excluding F/X, and up 10% further excluding the impact(1) of the mark-to-market equity investments. Returned $402 million to shareholders through $301 million in share repurchases and $101 million in cash dividends. Delivery sales grew 26% YoY. Delivery contributed approximately 54% of total Company sales, up from 45% in the same quarter last year. Active Members of KFC or Pizza Hut, defined as those who transacted in the past 12 months, exceeded 270 million, representing a 6% YoY increase. CEO Comments
Joey Wat, CEO of Yum China, commented, "We delivered strong results in the second quarter. For the ninth consecutive quarter, we simultaneously grew system sales, operating profit and OP margin. While the operating environment remains dynamic, our topline growth continued to outperform the industry in Q2. Same-store sales growth improved sequentially to 1%, led by the 14th consecutive quarter of same-store transaction growth, while store openings continued to accelerate year over year across both company-owned and franchise stores. KFC delivered strong results, with 7% system sales growth and restaurant margin expansion. Pizza Hut's same-store sales returned to positive growth and net new openings nearly doubled from last year."
Wat continued, "Our menu innovations and breakthrough side-by-side modules are helping us broaden into new occasions and new customer segments. As we rapidly roll out KCOFFEE cafe, KPRO and car-side pickup services to more KFC locations, Pizza Hut has also built a Pizza Hut Burger Bar to drive incremental sales and profit. At the same time, our KFC Small Town and Pizza Hut WOW models are helping us deepen penetration in lower-tier cities. With our multiple growth drivers, we are confident in our ability to lead the catering industry and deliver on our full-year growth targets, even as we face tougher comparisons in the second half of the year following last year's delivery platform subsidies."
Wat concluded, "We are about to reach a major breakthrough by becoming the owner of the Pizza Hut brand in Mainland China, after operating the brand in the market for 36 years. In the near term, we expect the savings in license fees to support margin expansion, with Pizza Hut's restaurant margin approaching KFC's. More potential new stores are expected to meet our payback requirements of two to three years. Over the longer term, brand ownership will give us greater strategic flexibility to capture new opportunities and innovate more nimbly across our menu, store formats, new business modules and operations. We expect this to accelerate Pizza Hut's growth trajectory and generate sustainable long-term value for our shareholders."
(1) Refers to a 4 cents favorable F/X impact, and a lower mark-to-market loss of 2 cents in the second quarter of 2026, compared with a loss of 4 cents in the second quarter of 2025.
Key Financial Results
Second Quarter
First Half (Year to Date Ended 6/30)
%/ppts Change
%/ppts Change
2026
2025
Reported
Ex F/X
2026
2025
Reported
Ex F/X
System Sales Growth (2) (%)
6
4
NM
NM
5
3
NM
NM
Same-Store Sales Growth (2) (%)
1
1
NM
NM
1
Even
NM
NM
Operating Profit ($mn)
348
304
+14
+7
795
703
+13
+7
Adjusted Operating Profit (3) ($mn)
348
304
+14
+7
795
703
+13
+7
Core Operating Profit (3) (4) ($mn)
328
304
NM
+7
751
703
NM
+7
OP Margin (5) (%)
11.1
10.9
+0.2
+0.2
12.4
12.2
+0.2
+0.2
Core OP Margin (3) (6) (%)
11.1
10.9
NM
+0.2
12.4
12.2
NM
+0.2
Net Income ($mn)
244
215
+14
+6
553
507
+9
+3
Adjusted Net Income (3) ($mn)
244
215
+14
+6
553
507
+9
+3
Diluted Earnings
Per Common Share ($)
0.70
0.58
+21
+14
1.57
1.35
+16
+10
Adjusted Diluted Earnings
Per Common Share (3) ($)
0.70
0.58
+21
+14
1.57
1.35
+16
+10
(2) System sales and same-store sales percentages exclude the impact of F/X. Effective January 1, 2018, temporary store closures are normalized in the same-store sales calculation by excluding the period during which stores are temporarily closed.
(3) See "Reconciliation of Reported GAAP Results to Non-GAAP Measures" included in the accompanying tables of this release for further details.
(4) Core operating profit is defined as operating profit adjusted for special items, further excluding items affecting comparability and the impact of F/X. The Company uses core operating profit for the purposes of evaluating the performance of its core operations. Current period amounts are derived by translating results at the average exchange rates of the prior year period.
(5) OP margin refers to operating profit as a percentage of total revenues.
(6) Core OP margin refers to core operating profit as a percentage of total revenues excluding F/X.
Note: All comparisons are versus the same period a year ago.
Percentages may not recompute due to rounding.
NM refers to not meaningful.
Capital Returns to Shareholders
The Company is on track to return $1.5 billion each year from 2024 to 2026, which is annually around 10% of our market capitalization as of July 29, 2026. In the first half of 2026, the Company returned $718 million in capital to shareholders through $515 million in share repurchases and $203 million in cash dividends. The Board declared a cash dividend of $0.29 per share on Yum China's common stock, payable on September 17, 2026, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on August 27, 2026. Starting in 2027, the Company plans to return approximately 100% of annual free cash flow after subsidiaries' dividend payments to non-controlling interests. This is anticipated to translate into an average annual return of approximately $900 million to over $1 billion in 2027 and 2028, and to exceed $1 billion in 2028. KFC
Second Quarter
First Half (Year to Date Ended 6/30)
%/ppts Change
%/ppts Change
2026
2025
Reported
Ex F/X
2026
2025
Reported
Ex F/X
Restaurants
13,789
12,238
+13
NM
13,789
12,238
+13
NM
System Sales Growth (%)
7
5
NM
NM
6
4
NM
NM
Same-Store Sales Growth (%)
1
1
NM
NM
1
Even
NM
NM
Total Revenues ($mn)
2,338
2,096
+12
+5
4,791
4,342
+10
+4
Operating Profit ($mn)
332
292
+14
+7
749
678
+10
+5
Core Operating Profit ($mn)
313
292
NM
+7
709
678
NM
+5
OP Margin (%)
14.2
14.0
+0.2
+0.2
15.6
15.6
—
—
Restaurant Margin (%)
17.1
16.9
+0.2
+0.2
18.1
18.4
(0.3)
(0.3)
System sales for KFC grew 7% YoY, improving sequentially from 5% in the first quarter. Same-store sales increased 1% YoY, the fifth consecutive quarter of growth. Same-store transactions grew 4% YoY. Ticket average was 3% lower YoY, mainly due to incremental smaller orders from new customer segments and occasions, including KCOFFEE and KPRO. Delivery sales grew 26% YoY, contributing approximately 54% of KFC's Company sales, up from 45% in the same quarter last year. KFC opened 335 net new stores during the quarter, including 152 opened by franchisees, representing 45% of net new store openings. Total store count reached 13,789 as of June 30, 2026, with 17% of stores operated by franchisees. Operating profit increased 14% YoY to $332 million. Core operating profit increased 7% YoY. OP margin was 14.2%, an increase of 20 basis points YoY. Restaurant margin was 17.1%, an increase of 20 basis points YoY, primarily due to streamlined operations and favorable commodity prices, partially offset by the impact of increased rider cost resulting from higher delivery mix and value-for-money offerings. Pizza Hut
Second Quarter
First Half (Year to Date Ended 6/30)
%/ppts Change
%/ppts Change
2026
2025
Reported
Ex F/X
2026
2025
Reported
Ex F/X
Restaurants
4,549
3,864
+18
NM
4,549
3,864
+18
NM
System Sales Growth (%)
6
3
NM
NM
5
3
NM
NM
Same-Store Sales Growth (%)
1
2
NM
NM
Even
1
NM
NM
Total Revenues ($mn)
613
554
+11
+4
1,248
1,149
+9
+3
Operating Profit ($mn)
51
46
+11
+5
122
106
+15
+9
Core Operating Profit ($mn)
48
46
NM
+5
115
106
NM
+9
OP Margin (%)
8.3
8.3
—
+0.1
9.8
9.2
+0.6
+0.6
Restaurant Margin (%)
12.9
13.3
(0.4)
(0.4)
14.0
13.9
+0.1
+0.1
System sales for Pizza Hut grew 6% YoY, improving sequentially from 4% in the first quarter. Same-store sales growth returned to positive at 1%. Same-store transactions grew 13% YoY, marking the 14th consecutive quarter of growth, and more than offset the 11% decline in ticket average. In line with our mass-market strategy, ticket average moved closer to our target range, primarily driven by value-for-money offerings and incremental smaller orders such as those from solo diners. Delivery sales grew 26% YoY, contributing approximately 52% of Pizza Hut's Company sales, up from 43% in the same quarter last year. Pizza Hut opened 174 net new stores during the quarter, nearly double the net openings in the same quarter last year, including 70 opened by franchisees, representing 40% of net new store openings. Total store count reached 4,549 as of June 30, 2026, with 11% of stores operated by franchisees. Operating profit grew 11% YoY to $51 million. Core operating profit increased 5% YoY. OP margin was 8.3%, flat YoY. OP margin expanded by 60 bps YoY in the first half of the year. Restaurant margin was 12.9%, a decrease of 40 basis points YoY, primarily due to the impact of increased costs associated with higher delivery sales mix, value-for-money offerings and investment in Pizza Hut Burger Bar, partially offset by streamlined operations, automation and favorable commodity prices. Restaurant margin increased by 10 basis points YoY in the first half of the year. 2026 Outlook
The Company targets:
Total stores of over 20,000, or more than 1,900 net new stores. 40-50% franchise mix of net new stores for both KFC and Pizza Hut. Capital expenditures of approximately $600 million to $700 million. $1.5 billion capital return to shareholders. Other Update
The Company is on track to close the acquisition of the Pizza Hut brand in Mainland China in August and plans to secure an approximately $1.2 billion equivalent offshore bridge loan to finance the transaction. Note on Non-GAAP Measures
Reported GAAP results include items that are excluded from non-GAAP measures. See "Reconciliation of Reported GAAP Results to Non-GAAP Measures" and "Segment Results" within this release for non-GAAP reconciliation details.
Conference Call
Yum China's management will hold an earnings conference call at 7:00 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time on Thursday, July 30, 2026 (7:00 p.m. Beijing/Hong Kong Time on Thursday, July 30, 2026).
A live webcast of the call may be accessed at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/zubr6dix.
To join by phone, please register in advance through the link provided below. Upon registering, you will be provided with participant dial-in numbers and a unique access PIN.
A replay of the webcast will be available two hours after the event and will remain accessible until July 29, 2027. Earnings release and accompanying slides will be available at the Company's Investor Relations website http://ir.yumchina.com.
For important news and information regarding Yum China, including our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, visit Yum China's Investor Relations website at http://ir.yumchina.com. Yum China uses this website as a primary channel for disclosing key information to its investors, some of which may contain material and previously non-public information.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including statements under the section titled "2026 Outlook." We intend all forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and by the use of forward-looking words such as "expect," "expectation," "believe," "anticipate," "may," "could," "intend," "belief," "plan," "estimate," "target," "predict," "project," "likely," "will," "continue," "should," "forecast," "outlook," "commit" or similar terminology. These statements are based on current estimates and assumptions made by us in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors that we believe are appropriate and reasonable under the circumstances, but there can be no assurance that such estimates and assumptions will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding the future strategies, growth, business plans, investments, store openings, net new stores, franchise mix of net new stores, capital expenditures, capital returns, dividend and share repurchase plans, CAGR for system sales, operating profit and EPS, earnings, performance and returns, anticipated effects of population and macroeconomic trends, execution of the Company's RGM 3.0 strategy, the anticipated effects of our innovation, digital and delivery capabilities and investments on growth and beliefs regarding the long-term drivers of Yum China's business. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance and are inherently subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and could cause our actual results or events to differ materially from those indicated by those statements. We cannot assure you that any of our expectations, estimates or assumptions will be achieved. The forward-looking statements included in this press release are only made as of the date of this press release, and we disclaim any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement to reflect subsequent events or circumstances, except as required by law. Numerous factors could cause our actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements, including, without limitation: whether we are able to achieve development goals at the times and in the amounts currently anticipated, if at all, the success of our marketing campaigns and product innovation, our ability to maintain food safety and quality control systems, changes in public health conditions, our ability to control costs and expenses, including tax costs, as well as changes in political, economic, trade relations, regulatory conditions in China and the U.S., and those set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Our plan of capital returns to shareholders is based on current expectations, which may change based on market conditions, capital needs or otherwise. In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could affect the accuracy of any such forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty. You should consult our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including the information set forth under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q) for additional detail about factors that could affect our financial and other results.
About Yum China Holdings, Inc.
Yum China is the largest restaurant company in China with a mission to make every life taste beautiful. The Company operates over 19,000 restaurants under six brands across over 2,700 cities in China. KFC and Pizza Hut are the leading brands in the quick-service and casual dining restaurant spaces in China, respectively. In addition, Yum China has partnered with Lavazza to develop the Lavazza coffee concept in China. Little Sheep and Huang Ji Huang specialize in Chinese cuisine. Taco Bell offers innovative Mexican-inspired food. Yum China has a world-class, digitalized supply chain, which includes an extensive network of logistics centers nationwide and an in-house supply chain management system. Its strong digital capabilities and loyalty program enable the Company to reach customers faster and serve them better. Yum China is a Fortune 500 company with the vision to be the world's most innovative pioneer in the restaurant industry. For more information, please visit http://ir.yumchina.com.
Contacts
Investor Relations Contact:
Tel: +86 21 2407 7556
[email protected]
Media Contact:
Tel: +86 21 2407 3824
[email protected]
Yum China Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
(in US$ million, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
Year to Date Ended
% Change
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
Revenues
Company sales
$ 2,910
$ 2,613
11
$ 5,957
$ 5,414
10
Franchise fees and income
29
24
18
59
51
15
Revenues from transactions with franchisees
155
115
35
311
236
32
Other revenues
44
35
27
82
67
23
Total revenues
3,138
2,787
13
6,409
5,768
11
Costs and Expenses, Net
Company restaurants
Food and paper
918
810
(13)
1,881
1,684
(12)
Payroll and employee benefits
804
712
(13)
1,617
1,431
(13)
Occupancy and other operating expenses
719
669
(7)
1,437
1,357
(6)
Company restaurant expenses
2,441
2,191
(11)
4,935
4,472
(10)
General and administrative expenses
139
131
(7)
276
269
(3)
Franchise expenses
12
10
(24)
24
21
(18)
Expenses for transactions with franchisees
148
110
(35)
298
227
(31)
Other operating costs and expenses
38
30
(26)
69
59
(18)
Closures and impairment expenses, net
12
12
(7)
12
18
32
Other income, net
—
(1)
NM
—
(1)
NM
Total costs and expenses, net
2,790
2,483
(12)
5,614
5,065
(11)
Operating Profit
348
304
14
795
703
13
Interest income, net
12
25
(52)
28
51
(48)
Investment loss
(6)
(18)
65
(17)
(15)
(6)
Income Before Income Taxes and
Equity in Net Earnings (Losses) from
Equity Method Investments
354
311
14
806
739
9
Income tax provision
(92)
(80)
(14)
(215)
(199)
(8)
Equity in net earnings (losses) from
equity method investments
2
2
23
4
6
(15)
Net income – including noncontrolling interests
264
233
14
595
546
9
Net income – noncontrolling interests
20
18
(11)
42
39
(7)
Net Income – Yum China Holdings, Inc.
$ 244
$ 215
14
$ 553
$ 507
9
Effective tax rate
26.0 %
25.8 %
(0.2)
ppts.
26.6 %
26.9 %
0.3
ppts.
Basic Earnings Per Common Share
$ 0.70
$ 0.58
$ 1.58
$ 1.36
Weighted-average shares outstanding
(in millions)
348
373
350
374
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
$ 0.70
$ 0.58
$ 1.57
$ 1.35
Weighted-average shares outstanding
(in millions)
349
374
351
376
OP margin
11.1 %
10.9 %
0.2
ppts.
12.4 %
12.2 %
0.2
ppts.
Company sales
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
Food and paper
31.5
31.0
(0.5)
ppts.
31.6
31.1
(0.5)
ppts.
Payroll and employee benefits
27.6
27.2
(0.4)
ppts.
27.1
26.4
(0.7)
ppts.
Occupancy and other operating expenses
24.8
25.7
0.9
ppts.
24.1
25.1
1.0
ppts.
Restaurant margin
16.1 %
16.1 %
—
ppts.
17.2 %
17.4 %
(0.2)
ppts.
Percentages may not recompute due to rounding. NM refers to not meaningful.
Yum China Holdings, Inc.
KFC Operating Results
(in US$ million)
(unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
Year to Date Ended
% Change
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
Revenues
Company sales
$ 2,294
$ 2,059
11
$ 4,704
$ 4,267
10
Franchise fees and income
24
19
23
47
40
20
Revenues from transactions with franchisees
19
17
18
38
33
16
Other revenues
1
1
(5)
2
2
(4)
Total revenues
2,338
2,096
12
4,791
4,342
10
Costs and Expenses, Net
Company restaurants
Food and paper
710
631
(12)
1,456
1,316
(11)
Payroll and employee benefits
630
556
(13)
1,273
1,110
(15)
Occupancy and other operating expenses
563
523
(8)
1,123
1,055
(6)
Company restaurant expenses
1,903
1,710
(11)
3,852
3,481
(11)
General and administrative expenses
67
61
(9)
128
120
(6)
Franchise expenses
10
9
(22)
21
19
(18)
Expenses for transactions with franchisees
15
15
(3)
30
29
(4)
Other operating costs and expenses
1
1
53
1
2
58
Closures and impairment expenses, net
10
8
(30)
10
13
27
Total costs and expenses, net
2,006
1,804
(11)
4,042
3,664
(10)
Operating Profit
$ 332
$ 292
14
$ 749
$ 678
10
OP margin
14.2 %
14.0 %
0.2
ppts.
15.6 %
15.6 %
—
ppts.
Company sales
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
Food and paper
30.9
30.7
(0.2)
ppts.
31.0
30.9
(0.1)
ppts.
Payroll and employee benefits
27.5
27.0
(0.5)
ppts.
27.1
26.0
(1.1)
ppts.
Occupancy and other operating expenses
24.5
25.4
0.9
ppts.
23.8
24.7
0.9
ppts.
Restaurant margin
17.1 %
16.9 %
0.2
ppts.
18.1 %
18.4 %
(0.3)
ppts.
Percentages may not recompute due to rounding.
Yum China Holdings, Inc.
Pizza Hut Operating Results
(in US$ million)
(unaudited)
Quarter Ended
% Change
Year to Date Ended
% Change
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
Revenues
Company sales
$ 604
$ 545
11
$ 1,231
$ 1,129
9
Franchise fees and income
3
2
47
6
4
41
Revenues from transactions with franchisees
3
1
52
5
3
44
Other revenues
3
6
(41)
6
13
(51)
Total revenues
613
554
11
1,248
1,149
9
Costs and Expenses, Net
Company restaurants
Food and paper
204
177
(15)
417
363
(15)
Payroll and employee benefits
171
154
(11)
339
317
(7)
Occupancy and other operating expenses
151
141
(7)
303
292
(4)
Company restaurant expenses
526
472
(11)
1,059
972
(9)
General and administrative expenses
28
26
(11)
54
52
(6)
Franchise expenses
2
1
(43)
3
2
(37)
Expenses for transactions with franchisees
2
1
(37)
4
3
(25)
Other operating costs and expenses
3
5
41
5
11
53
Closures and impairment expenses, net
1
3
52
1
3
56
Total costs and expenses, net
562
508
(10)
1,126
1,043
(8)
Operating Profit
$ 51
$ 46
11
$ 122
$ 106
15
OP margin
8.3 %
8.3 %
—
ppts.
9.8 %
9.2 %
0.6
ppts.
Company sales
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
Food and paper
33.8
32.5
(1.3)
ppts.
33.9
32.1
(1.8)
ppts.
Payroll and employee benefits
28.3
28.3
—
ppts.
27.5
28.1
0.6
ppts.
Occupancy and other operating expenses
25.0
25.9
0.9
ppts.
24.6
25.9
1.3
ppts.
Restaurant margin
12.9 %
13.3 %
(0.4)
ppts.
14.0 %
13.9 %
0.1
ppts.
Percentages may not recompute due to rounding.
Yum China Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in US$ million)
6/30/2026
12/31/2025
(Unaudited)
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 485
$ 506
Short-term investments
901
878
Accounts receivable, net
115
95
Inventories, net
459
438
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
390
440
Total Current Assets
2,350
2,357
Property, plant and equipment, net
2,623
2,543
Operating lease right-of-use assets
2,114
2,189
Goodwill
2,021
1,963
Intangible assets, net
151
148
Long-term bank deposits and notes
688
678
Equity investments
382
387
Deferred income tax assets
168
156
Other assets
374
362
Total Assets
10,871
10,783
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
2,263
2,127
Short-term borrowings
66
30
Income taxes payable
107
89
Total Current Liabilities
2,436
2,246
Non-current operating lease liabilities
1,747
1,823
Non-current finance lease liabilities
50
51
Deferred income tax liabilities
418
406
Other liabilities
159
158
Total Liabilities
4,810
4,684
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
—
—
Equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 million shares authorized; 345 million shares
and 355 million shares issued at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively;
345 million shares and 354 million shares outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31,
2025, respectively.
3
4
Treasury stock
(13)
(28)
Additional paid-in capital
3,696
3,796
Retained earnings
1,696
1,764
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(25)
(157)
Total Yum China Holdings, Inc. Stockholders' Equity
5,357
5,379
Noncontrolling interests
704
720
Total Equity
6,061
6,099
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Equity
$ 10,871
$ 10,783
Yum China Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in US$ million)
(unaudited)
Year to Date Ended
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
Cash Flows – Operating Activities
Net income – including noncontrolling interests
$ 595
$ 546
Depreciation and amortization
237
219
Non-cash operating lease cost
211
199
Closures and impairment expenses
12
18
Investment loss
17
15
Equity in net (earnings) losses from equity method investments
(4)
(6)
Distributions of income received from equity method investments
8
9
Deferred income taxes
(9)
(3)
Share-based compensation expense
23
22
Changes in accounts receivable
(17)
(13)
Changes in inventories
(8)
52
Changes in prepaid expenses, other current assets and value-added tax assets
72
(8)
Changes in accounts payable and other current liabilities
39
(53)
Changes in income taxes payable
15
24
Changes in non-current operating lease liabilities
(187)
(200)
Other, net
(28)
43
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
976
864
Cash Flows – Investing Activities
Capital spending
(271)
(259)
Purchases of short-term investments, long-term bank deposits and notes
(3,777)
(3,924)
Maturities of short-term investments, long-term bank deposits and notes
3,781
3,905
Acquisition of equity investment
—
(14)
Other, net
2
2
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
(265)
(290)
Cash Flows – Financing Activities
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
65
—
Repayment of short-term borrowings
(30)
(129)
Repurchase of shares of common stock
(530)
(368)
Cash dividends paid on common stock
(203)
(180)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests
(32)
(25)
Other, net
(9)
(7)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
(739)
(709)
Effect of Exchange Rates on Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
7
4
Net Decrease in Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
(21)
(131)
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash - Beginning of Period
506
723
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash - End of Period
$ 485
$ 592
In this press release:
Certain performance metrics and non-GAAP measures are presented excluding the impact of foreign currency translation ("F/X"). These amounts are derived by translating current year results at prior year average exchange rates. We believe the elimination of the F/X impact provides better year-to-year comparability without the distortion of foreign currency fluctuations. System sales growth reflects the results of all restaurants regardless of ownership, including Company-owned and franchise restaurants that operate our restaurant concepts, except for non-Company-owned restaurants for which we do not receive a sales-based royalty. Sales of franchise restaurants typically generate ongoing franchise fees for the Company at an average rate of approximately 6% of system sales. Franchise restaurant sales are not included in Company sales in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income; however, the franchise fees are included in the Company's revenues. We believe system sales growth is useful to investors as a significant indicator of the overall strength of our business as it incorporates all of our revenue drivers, Company and franchise same-store sales as well as net unit growth. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company revised its definition of same-store sales growth to represent the estimated percentage change in sales of food of all restaurants in the Company system that have been open prior to the first day of our prior fiscal year, excluding the period during which stores are temporarily closed. We refer to these as our "base" stores. Previously, same-store sales growth represented the estimated percentage change in sales of all restaurants in the Company system that have been open for one year or more, including stores temporarily closed, and the base stores changed on a rolling basis from month to month. This revision was made to align with how management measures performance internally and focuses on trends of a more stable base of stores. Unit Count by Brand
KFC
12/31/2025
New Builds
Closures
Refranchised
6/30/2026
Company-owned
11,032
657
(181)
(8)
11,500
Franchisees
1,965
338
(22)
8
2,289
Total
12,997
995
(203)
—
13,789
Pizza Hut
12/31/2025
New Builds
Closures
6/30/2026
Company-owned
3,830
315
(109)
4,036
Franchisees
338
180
(5)
513
Total
4,168
495
(114)
4,549
Others
12/31/2025
New Builds
Closures
6/30/2026
Company-owned
198
61
(19)
240
Franchisees
738
95
(114)
719
Total
936
156
(133)
959
Reconciliation of Reported GAAP Results to Non-GAAP Measures
(in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
In addition to the results provided in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") in this press release, the Company provides the following non-GAAP measures:
Measures adjusted for Special Items, which include Adjusted Operating Profit, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Earnings Per Common Share ("EPS"), Adjusted Effective Tax Rate and Adjusted EBITDA; Company Restaurant Profit ("Restaurant profit") and Restaurant margin; Core Operating Profit and Core OP margin, which exclude Special Items, and further adjusted for Items Affecting Comparability and the impact of F/X; These non-GAAP measures are not intended to replace the presentation of our financial results in accordance with GAAP. Rather, the Company believes that the presentation of these non-GAAP measures provides additional information to investors to facilitate the comparison of past and present results, excluding those items that the Company does not believe are indicative of our core operations.
With respect to non-GAAP measures adjusted for Special Items, the Company excludes impact from Special Items for the purpose of evaluating performance internally and uses them as factors in determining compensation for certain employees. Special Items are not included in any of our segment results.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income including noncontrolling interests adjusted for equity in net earnings (losses) from equity method investments, income tax, interest income, net, investment gain or loss, depreciation and amortization, store impairment charges, and Special Items. Store impairment charges included as an adjustment item in Adjusted EBITDA primarily resulted from our semi-annual impairment evaluation of long-lived assets of individual restaurants, and additional impairment evaluation whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. If these restaurant-level assets were not impaired, depreciation of the assets would have been recorded and included in EBITDA. Therefore, store impairment charges were a non-cash item similar to depreciation and amortization of our long-lived assets of restaurants. The Company believes that investors and analysts may find it useful in measuring operating performance without regard to such non-cash items.
Restaurant Profit is defined as Company sales less expenses incurred directly by our Company-owned restaurants in generating Company sales, including cost of food and paper, restaurant-level payroll and employee benefits, rent, depreciation and amortization of restaurant-level assets, advertising expenses, and other operating expenses. Company restaurant margin percentage is defined as Restaurant profit divided by Company sales. We also use Restaurant profit and Restaurant margin for the purposes of internally evaluating the performance of our Company-owned restaurants and we believe they provide useful information to investors as to the profitability of our Company-owned restaurants.
Core Operating Profit is defined as Operating Profit adjusted for Special Items, and further excluding Items Affecting Comparability and the impact of F/X. We consider quantitative and qualitative factors in assessing whether to adjust for the impact of items that may be significant or that could affect an understanding of our ongoing financial and business performance or trends. Items such as charges, gains and accounting changes which are viewed by management as significantly impacting the current period or the comparable period, due to changes in policy or other external factors, or non-cash items pertaining to underlying activities that are different from or unrelated to our core operations, are generally considered "Items Affecting Comparability." Examples of Items Affecting Comparability include, but are not limited to: temporary relief from landlords and government agencies; VAT deductions due to tax policy changes; and amortization of reacquired franchise rights recognized upon acquisitions. We believe presenting Core Operating Profit provides additional information to further enhance comparability of our operating results and we use this measure for purposes of evaluating the performance of our core operations. Core OP margin is defined as Core Operating Profit divided by Total revenues, excluding the impact of F/X.
The following tables set forth the reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures to the non-GAAP financial measures. The reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Restaurant Profit and Core Operating Profit by segment is presented in Segment Results within this release.
Quarter Ended
Year to Date Ended
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
Reconciliation of Operating Profit to Adjusted Operating Profit
Operating Profit
$ 348
$ 304
$ 795
$ 703
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit
$ 348
$ 304
$ 795
$ 703
Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income
Net Income – Yum China Holdings, Inc.
$ 244
$ 215
$ 553
$ 507
Special Items, Net Income –Yum China Holdings, Inc.
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Net Income – Yum China Holdings, Inc.
$ 244
$ 215
$ 553
$ 507
Reconciliation of EPS to Adjusted EPS
Basic Earnings Per Common Share
$ 0.70
$ 0.58
$ 1.58
$ 1.36
Special Items, Basic Earnings Per Common Share
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Common Share
$ 0.70
$ 0.58
$ 1.58
$ 1.36
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
$ 0.70
$ 0.58
$ 1.57
$ 1.35
Special Items, Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
$ 0.70
$ 0.58
$ 1.57
$ 1.35
Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate to Adjusted Effective Tax Rate
Effective tax rate
26.0 %
25.8 %
26.6 %
26.9 %
Impact on effective tax rate as a result of Special Items
—
—
—
—
Adjusted effective tax rate
26.0 %
25.8 %
26.6 %
26.9 %
Net income, along with the reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA, is presented below:
Quarter Ended
Year to Date Ended
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
Net Income – Yum China Holdings, Inc.
$ 244
$ 215
$ 553
$ 507
Net income – noncontrolling interests
20
18
42
39
Equity in net (earnings) losses from equity method investments
(2)
(2)
(4)
(6)
Income tax provision
92
80
215
199
Interest income, net
(12)
(25)
(28)
(51)
Investment loss
6
18
17
15
Operating Profit
348
304
795
703
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit
348
304
795
703
Depreciation and amortization
120
110
237
219
Store impairment charges
14
13
18
19
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 482
$ 427
$ 1,050
$ 941
Operating Profit, along with the reconciliation to Core Operating Profit, is presented below:
Quarter ended
% Change
Year to Date Ended
% Change
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
6/30/2026
6/30/2025
B/(W)
Operating Profit
$ 348
$ 304
14
$ 795
$ 703
13
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit
$ 348
$ 304
14
$ 795
$ 703
13
Items Affecting Comparability
—
—
—
—
F/X impact
(20)
—
(44)
—
Core Operating Profit
$ 328
$ 304
7
$ 751
$ 703
7
Total revenues
3,138
2,787
13
6,409
5,768
11
F/X impact
(183)
—
(342)
—
Total revenues, excluding the impact of F/X
$ 2,955
$ 2,787
6
$ 6,067
$ 5,768
5
Core OP margin
11.1 %
10.9 %
0.2
ppts.
12.4 %
12.2 %
0.2
ppts.
Yum China Holdings, Inc.
Segment Results
(in US$ million)
(unaudited)
Quarter Ended 6/30/2026
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
Company sales
$ 2,294
$ 604
$ 12
$ —
$ —
$ 2,910
Franchise fees and income
24
3
2
—
—
29
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
19
3
25
108
—
155
Other revenues
1
3
235
25
(220)
44
Total revenues
$ 2,338
$ 613
$ 274
$ 133
$ (220)
$ 3,138
Company restaurant expenses
1,903
526
12
—
—
2,441
General and administrative expenses
67
28
8
36
—
139
Franchise expenses
10
2
—
—
—
12
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
15
2
23
108
—
148
Other operating costs and expenses
1
3
231
23
(220)
38
Closures and impairment expenses, net
10
1
1
—
—
12
Total costs and expenses, net
2,006
562
275
167
(220)
2,790
Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 332
$ 51
$ (1)
$ (34)
$ —
$ 348
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Restaurant Profit is as follows:
Quarter Ended 6/30/2026
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 332
$ 51
$ (1)
$ (34)
$ —
$ 348
Less:
Franchise fees and income
24
3
2
—
—
29
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
19
3
25
108
—
155
Other revenues
1
3
235
25
(220)
44
Add:
General and administrative expenses
67
28
8
36
—
139
Franchise expenses
10
2
—
—
—
12
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
15
2
23
108
—
148
Other operating costs and expenses
1
3
231
23
(220)
38
Closures and impairment expenses, net
10
1
1
—
—
12
Restaurant profit
$ 391
$ 78
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 469
Company sales
2,294
604
12
—
—
2,910
Restaurant margin
17.1 %
12.9 %
(2.3) %
N/A
N/A
16.1 %
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Core Operating Profit is as follows:
Quarter Ended 6/30/2026
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 332
$ 51
$ (1)
$ (34)
$ —
$ 348
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 332
$ 51
$ (1)
$ (34)
$ —
$ 348
Items Affecting Comparability
—
—
—
—
—
—
F/X impact
(19)
(3)
—
2
—
(20)
Core Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 313
$ 48
$ (1)
$ (32)
$ —
$ 328
Quarter Ended 6/30/2025
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
Company sales
$ 2,059
$ 545
$ 9
$ —
$ —
$ 2,613
Franchise fees and income
19
2
3
—
—
24
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
17
1
17
80
—
115
Other revenues
1
6
172
17
(161)
35
Total revenues
$ 2,096
$ 554
$ 201
$ 97
$ (161)
$ 2,787
Company restaurant expenses
1,710
472
9
—
—
2,191
General and administrative expenses
61
26
8
36
—
131
Franchise expenses
9
1
—
—
—
10
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
15
1
16
78
—
110
Other operating costs and expenses
1
5
168
17
(161)
30
Closures and impairment expenses, net
8
3
1
—
—
12
Other income, net
—
—
—
(1)
—
(1)
Total costs and expenses, net
1,804
508
202
130
(161)
2,483
Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 292
$ 46
$ (1)
$ (33)
$ —
$ 304
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Restaurant Profit is as follows:
Quarter Ended 6/30/2025
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 292
$ 46
$ (1)
$ (33)
$ —
$ 304
Less:
Franchise fees and income
19
2
3
—
—
24
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
17
1
17
80
—
115
Other revenues
1
6
172
17
(161)
35
Add:
General and administrative expenses
61
26
8
36
—
131
Franchise expenses
9
1
—
—
—
10
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
15
1
16
78
—
110
Other operating costs and expenses
1
5
168
17
(161)
30
Closures and impairment expenses, net
8
3
1
—
—
12
Other income, net
—
—
—
(1)
—
(1)
Restaurant profit
$ 349
$ 73
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 422
Company sales
2,059
545
9
—
—
2,613
Restaurant margin
16.9 %
13.3 %
(11.5) %
N/A
N/A
16.1 %
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Core Operating Profit is as follows:
Quarter Ended 6/30/2025
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 292
$ 46
$ (1)
$ (33)
$ —
$ 304
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 292
$ 46
$ (1)
$ (33)
$ —
$ 304
Items Affecting Comparability
—
—
—
—
—
—
F/X impact
—
—
—
—
—
—
Core Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 292
$ 46
$ (1)
$ (33)
$ —
$ 304
Year to Date Ended 6/30/2026
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
Company sales
$ 4,704
$ 1,231
$ 22
$ —
$ —
$ 5,957
Franchise fees and income
47
6
6
—
—
59
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
38
5
51
217
—
311
Other revenues
2
6
483
47
(456)
82
Total revenues
$ 4,791
$ 1,248
$ 562
$ 264
$ (456)
$ 6,409
Company restaurant expenses
3,852
1,059
25
—
(1)
4,935
General and administrative expenses
128
54
14
80
—
276
Franchise expenses
21
3
—
—
—
24
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
30
4
48
216
—
298
Other operating costs and expenses
1
5
474
44
(455)
69
Closures and impairment expenses, net
10
1
1
—
—
12
Total costs and expenses, net
4,042
1,126
562
340
(456)
5,614
Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 749
$ 122
$ —
$ (76)
$ —
$ 795
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Restaurant Profit is as follows:
Year to Date Ended 6/30/2026
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 749
$ 122
$ —
$ (76)
$ —
$ 795
Less:
Franchise fees and income
47
6
6
—
—
59
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
38
5
51
217
—
311
Other revenues
2
6
483
47
(456)
82
Add:
General and administrative expenses
128
54
14
80
—
276
Franchise expenses
21
3
—
—
—
24
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
30
4
48
216
—
298
Other operating costs and expenses
1
5
474
44
(455)
69
Closures and impairment expenses, net
10
1
1
—
—
12
Restaurant profit (loss)
$ 852
$ 172
$ (3)
$ —
$ 1
$ 1,022
Company sales
4,704
1,231
22
—
—
5,957
Restaurant margin
18.1 %
14.0 %
(8.2) %
N/A
N/A
17.2 %
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Core Operating Profit is as follows:
Year to Date Ended 6/30/2026
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 749
$ 122
$ —
$ (76)
$ —
$ 795
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 749
$ 122
$ —
$ (76)
$ —
$ 795
Items Affecting Comparability
—
—
—
—
—
—
F/X impact
(40)
(7)
—
3
—
(44)
Core Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 709
$ 115
$ —
$ (73)
$ —
$ 751
Year to Date Ended 6/30/2025
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
Company sales
$ 4,267
$ 1,129
$ 18
$ —
$ —
$ 5,414
Franchise fees and income
40
4
7
—
—
51
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
33
3
36
164
—
236
Other revenues
2
13
342
34
(324)
67
Total revenues
$ 4,342
$ 1,149
$ 403
$ 198
$ (324)
$ 5,768
Company restaurant expenses
3,481
972
20
—
(1)
4,472
General and administrative expenses
120
52
16
81
—
269
Franchise expenses
19
2
—
—
—
21
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
29
3
33
162
—
227
Other operating costs and expenses
2
11
335
34
(323)
59
Closures and impairment expenses, net
13
3
2
—
—
18
Other income, net
—
—
—
(1)
—
(1)
Total costs and expenses, net
3,664
1,043
406
276
(324)
5,065
Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 678
$ 106
$ (3)
$ (78)
$ —
$ 703
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Restaurant Profit is as follows:
Year to Date Ended 6/30/2025
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 678
$ 106
$ (3)
$ (78)
$ —
$ 703
Less:
Franchise fees and income
40
4
7
—
—
51
Revenues from transactions with franchisees(2)
33
3
36
164
—
236
Other revenues
2
13
342
34
(324)
67
Add:
General and administrative expenses
120
52
16
81
—
269
Franchise expenses
19
2
—
—
—
21
Expenses for transactions with franchisees(2)
29
3
33
162
—
227
Other operating costs and expenses
2
11
335
34
(323)
59
Closures and impairment expenses, net
13
3
2
—
—
18
Other income, net
—
—
—
(1)
—
(1)
Restaurant profit (loss)
$ 786
$ 157
$ (2)
$ —
$ 1
$ 942
Company sales
4,267
1,129
18
—
—
5,414
Restaurant margin
18.4 %
13.9 %
(16.0) %
N/A
N/A
17.4 %
Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Profit to Core Operating Profit is as follows:
Year to Date Ended 6/30/2025
KFC
Pizza Hut
All Other Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated(1)
Elimination
Total
GAAP Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 678
$ 106
$ (3)
$ (78)
$ —
$ 703
Special Items, Operating Profit
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adjusted Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 678
$ 106
$ (3)
$ (78)
$ —
$ 703
Items Affecting Comparability
—
—
—
—
—
—
F/X impact
—
—
—
—
—
—
Core Operating Profit (Loss)
$ 678
$ 106
$ (3)
$ (78)
$ —
$ 703
The above tables reconcile segment information, which is based on management responsibility, with our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
(1) Amounts have not been allocated to any segment for purpose of making operating decision or assessing financial performance as the transactions are deemed corporate revenues and expenses in nature.
(2) Primarily includes revenues and associated expenses of transactions with franchisees derived from the Company's central procurement model whereby the Company centrally purchases substantially all food and paper products from suppliers and then sells and delivers to KFC and Pizza Hut restaurants, including franchisees.
Raises full-year 2026 operating earnings guidance to $6.25 to $6.55 per share Supports affordability with up to $16 billion in expected cost offsets from load growth and $1.4 billion in expected customer savings from federal loan guarantees and grants Expands new load additions to 69 gigawatts (GW) through 2030 Secures approximately 13 GW of gas-fired turbine capacity; additional 10 GW under evaluation to meet growing demand , /PRNewswire/ -- American Electric Power (Nasdaq: AEP) today reported second-quarter 2026 GAAP earnings of $713 million or $1.31 per share, compared with GAAP earnings of $1,226 million or $2.29 per share in second-quarter 2025. Operating earnings for second-quarter 2026 were $742 million or $1.36 per share, compared with operating earnings of $766 million or $1.43 per share in second-quarter 2025. See the detailed GAAP to operating earnings reconciliation at the end of this press release.
AEP is raising its full-year 2026 operating earnings guidance to $6.25 to $6.55 per share from its previous guidance range of $6.15 to $6.45 per share to reflect strong performance through the first half of the year and expected results for the remainder of the year. The company also reaffirmed its annual operating earnings growth rate of 7% to 9% through 2030, with an expected operating earnings compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of greater than 9%, based on the 2025 guidance midpoint and supported by AEP's five-year, $78 billion capital plan. Additionally, AEP has line of sight to incremental capital investments of more than $10 billion, including the fuel cell project in Wyoming, the Piketon transmission opportunity in Ohio, and incremental generation in AEP's footprint.
"While I recognize our operating earnings are below last year at this stage due to the 2025 transmission minority interest sale and the timing of tax-related items, I am highly confident in our robust business performance – so much so that we are raising 2026 full-year guidance to $6.25 to $6.55 per share," said Bill Fehrman, AEP chairman, president and chief executive officer.
Affordability and Regulatory Progress
Affordability remains central to AEP's customer-focused growth strategy. As new large load customers come online, they can help spread the fixed costs across a broader customer base. AEP has identified up to $16 billion in expected cost offsets for residential customers in its vertically integrated utilities that are supported by fully executed take-or-pay electric service agreements.
As an additional affordability measure, AEP continues to utilize grants and low-cost loans from the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) to drive customer savings. Most recently, AEP Texas secured a DOE loan for up to $3.3 billion to support nearly 100 transmission projects, which is expected to save customers $685 million in interest costs over the life of the loan.
With this financing, AEP has now secured approximately $5 billion in DOE loans across its portfolio, supporting nearly $1 billion in projected customer savings through lower interest costs. Combined with almost $400 million in awarded DOE grants, this DOE funding is expected to deliver nearly $1.4 billion in estimated customer benefits over the life of the loans and grants.
AEP's operating companies continued to deliver productive regulatory outcomes during the second quarter. These included approval of a distribution base rate decrease for customers in Ohio, approval to add 1.3 GW of generation resources for Oklahoma customers, and completion of a $1.4 billion securitization that allowed Appalachian Power to file its lowest increase in a base rate request in Virginia in nearly 30 years. Virginia also approved a large load tariff in the second quarter, bringing the total number of AEP's states with approved large load tariffs to five, with three additional state filings pending approval.
"As electricity demand accelerates, we have seen firsthand how growth can lower costs and improve affordability for existing customers. That is why we have led efforts to implement large load tariffs and structure contracts to ensure growth helps pay for growth," said Fehrman. "By leveraging our industry-leading transmission network, securing the resources needed to support reliability and future demand, and working with our regulators and policymakers to drive down costs for customers, we expect to strengthen our communities and create long-term value for all of our stakeholders."
AEP continues to see robust customer demand across its system and is making investments that support reliability, affordability and long-term value for customers, communities and shareholders. The company added an incremental six GW of signed load agreements during the second quarter, primarily in Texas, bringing total contracted load growth through 2030 to 69 GW. The agreements include a diverse set of customers, including hyperscalers, data centers and industrials.
Generation Strategy Advances to Support Growing Customer Base
Significant new generation is required to meet customer energy needs, and AEP has been an early mover to secure the resources needed to serve growing demand reliably.
During the second quarter, AEP secured three additional GW of gas-fired turbine capacity, bringing its total secured capacity to approximately 13 GW for potential deployment through 2031. AEP is also evaluating opportunities to obtain up to 10 GW of additional turbine capacity through 2035. This proactive approach provides greater visibility and flexibility in AEP's generation planning and reinforces its ability to serve accelerating load growth across the footprint.
"AEP is demonstrating the value of our scale, industry expertise and disciplined focus on execution to benefit our customers," said Fehrman. "We are building partnerships and making strategic investments in generation and transmission that support reliability and affordability while helping customers and communities capture the benefits of generational energy demand growth."
AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER
Preliminary, unaudited results
Second Quarter Ended June 30
Year-to-Date Ended June 30
2025
2026
Variance
2025
2026
Variance
Revenue ($ in millions):
5,087
5,445
358
10,550
11,465
915
Earnings ($ in millions):
GAAP
1,226
713
(513)
2,026
1,587
(439)
Operating (non-GAAP)
766
742
(24)
1,589
1,633
44
EPS ($): (a)
GAAP
2.29
1.31
(0.98)
3.80
2.92
(0.88)
Operating (non-GAAP)
1.43
1.36
(0.07)
2.98
3.01
0.03
(a)
EPS is calculated using the weighted average basic common shares outstanding of 534 million and
544 million for the quarters ended June 30, 2025 and 2026, respectively
SUMMARY OF RESULTS BY SEGMENT
$ in millions, unaudited
GAAP Earnings
2Q 25
2Q 26
Variance
YTD 25
YTD 26
Variance
Vertically Integrated Utilities (a)
433
284
(149)
757
746
(11)
Transmission & Distribution Utilities (b)
224
222
(2)
389
459
70
AEP Transmission Holdco (c)
578
225
(353)
813
434
(379)
Generation & Marketing (d)
62
97
35
164
172
8
All Other
(71)
(115)
(44)
(97)
(224)
(127)
Total GAAP Earnings
1,226
713
(513)
2,026
1,587
(439)
Operating Earnings (non-GAAP)
2Q 25
2Q 26
Variance
YTD 25
YTD 26
Variance
Vertically Integrated Utilities (a)
297
302
5
647
766
119
Transmission & Distribution Utilities (b)
224
239
15
416
476
60
AEP Transmission Holdco (c)
224
225
1
459
434
(25)
Generation & Marketing (d)
92
91
(1)
168
181
13
All Other
(71)
(115)
(44)
(101)
(224)
(123)
Total Operating Earnings (non-GAAP)
766
742
(24)
1,589
1,633
44
A full reconciliation of GAAP earnings to operating earnings is included in tables at the end of this news release.
(a)
Includes AEP Generating Co., Appalachian Power, Indiana Michigan Power, Kentucky Power, Kingsport Power, Public Service Company of Oklahoma, Southwestern Electric Power Company and Wheeling Power
(b)
Includes AEP Ohio and AEP Texas
(c)
Includes transmission-only subsidiaries and transmission-only joint ventures
(d)
Includes marketing, risk management and retail activities in ERCOT, MISO, PJM and SPP, and competitive generation in PJM
EARNINGS GUIDANCE
AEP management raised its 2026 operating earnings guidance range to $6.25 to $6.55 per share. Operating earnings, which could differ from earnings reported in accordance with GAAP, exclude certain gains and losses and other specified items that management believes are not indicative of AEP's ongoing performance. AEP management is not able to forecast if any of these items will occur or any amounts that may be reported for future periods. Therefore, AEP is not able to provide a corresponding GAAP equivalent for earnings guidance at this time.
Reflecting certain items recorded through the second quarter, the estimated earnings per share on a GAAP basis would be $6.16 to $6.46 per share. See the table below for a full reconciliation of 2026 earnings guidance.
2026 EPS Guidance Reconciliation
Estimated GAAP EPS Guidance
$6.16
to
$6.46
Mark-to-Market Impact of Commodity
Hedging Activities
0.03
Impact of WVPSC Order
(0.07)
Pirkey Plant Partial Disallowance
0.06
Unified Tracker Mechanism Partial
Disallowance
0.04
Wholesale Customer Contract Agreements
0.04
Income Tax Effect of Adjustments
(0.01)
Operating EPS Guidance
$6.25
to
$6.55
WEBCAST
AEP's quarterly discussion with financial analysts and investors will be broadcast live over the internet at 9 a.m. Eastern today at http://www.aep.com/webcasts. The webcast will include audio of the discussion and visuals of charts and graphics referred to by AEP management. The charts and graphics will be available for download at http://www.aep.com/webcasts.
AEP reports its financial results in accordance with GAAP. AEP supplements its reporting of financial information with certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as operating earnings and operating earnings per share. The most comparable GAAP measure to operating earnings and operating earnings per share is GAAP earnings and GAAP earnings per share, respectively.
This information is intended to enhance an investor's overall understanding of period over period financial results and provide an indication of AEP's baseline operating performance by excluding items that are considered by management to be not directly related to the ongoing operations of the business. In addition, this information is among the primary indicators management uses as a basis for evaluating performance, allocating resources, setting incentive compensation targets and planning and forecasting of future periods. These non-GAAP financial measures are not a presentation defined under GAAP and may not be comparable to other companies' presentations. These non-GAAP measures should not be deemed more useful than, a substitute for, or an alternative to the most comparable GAAP measures.
ABOUT AEP
American Electric Power (Nasdaq: AEP) is committed to improving our customers' lives with reliable, affordable power. We plan to invest $78 billion from 2026 through 2030 to enhance service for customers and support the growing energy needs of our communities. Our nearly 18,000 employees operate and maintain the nation's largest electric transmission system with 40,000 line miles, along with more than 252,000 miles of distribution lines to deliver energy to 5.6 million customers in 11 states. AEP also is one of the nation's largest electricity producers with approximately 33,000 megawatts of diverse owned and contracted generating capacity. We are focused on safety and operational excellence, creating value for our stakeholders and bringing opportunity to our service territory through economic development and community engagement. Our family of companies includes AEP Ohio, AEP Texas, Appalachian Power (in Virginia, West Virginia and Tennessee), Indiana Michigan Power, Kentucky Power, Public Service Company of Oklahoma, and Southwestern Electric Power Company (in Arkansas, Louisiana, east Texas and the Texas Panhandle). AEP also owns AEP Energy, which provides innovative competitive energy solutions nationwide. AEP is headquartered in Columbus, Ohio. For more information, visit aep.com.
WEBSITE DISCLOSURE
AEP may use its website as a distribution channel for material company information. Financial and other important information regarding AEP is routinely posted on and accessible through AEP's website at https://www.aep.com/investors/. In addition, you may automatically receive email alerts and other information about AEP when you enroll your email address by visiting the "Email Alerts" section at https://www.aep.com/investors/.
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
This report made by the Registrants contains forward-looking statements, and for the Registrants other than Parent, this report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These matters are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Forward-looking statements in this document are presented as of the date of this document. Except to the extent required by applicable law, management undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement. Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements are: changes in economic conditions, electric market demand and demographic patterns in AEP's service territory; the economic impact of increased global conflicts and trade tensions, and the adoption or expansion of economic sanctions, tariffs, trade restrictions or changes in trade policy; inflationary or deflationary interest rate trends; new legislation or regulations adopted in the states in which we operate or federal legislation or regulations adopted that alters the regulatory framework or that prevents the timely recovery of costs and investments; volatility and instability in financial markets precipitated by disruptive events, including fiscal and monetary policy or uncertainty in the banking industry; particularly developments affecting the availability or cost of capital to finance new capital projects and refinance existing debt; the availability and cost of funds to finance working capital and capital needs, particularly (a) if expected sources of capital such as proceeds from the sale of tax credits and anticipated securitizations do not materialize or do not materialize at the level anticipated, and (b) during periods when the time lag between incurring costs and recovery is long and the costs are material; changing demand for electricity, including large load contractual commitments; the risks and uncertainties associated with wildfires, including damages caused by wildfires, the extent of each Registrant's liability in connection with wildfires, investigations and outcomes associated with legal proceedings, demands or similar actions, inability to recover wildfire costs through insurance or through rates and the impact on financial condition and the reputation of each Registrant; the impact of extreme weather conditions, natural disasters and catastrophic events such as storms, hurricanes, wildfires and drought conditions that pose significant risks including potential litigation and the inability to recover significant damages and restoration costs incurred; limitations or restrictions on the amounts and types of insurance available to cover losses that might arise in connection with natural disasters, wildfires or operations; the cost of fuel and its transportation, the creditworthiness and performance of parties who supply and transport fuel and the cost of storing and disposing of used fuel, including coal ash and SNF; the availability of fuel and necessary generation capacity and the performance of generation plants; the ability to recover fuel and other energy costs through regulated or competitive electric rates; the ability to plan for, develop, construct, acquire, or integrate a broad range of generation and energy storage resources, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, including obtaining necessary regulatory approvals, permits, and incentives for which the timing is dependent upon the priorities, requirements, processes and determinations of the local policy and regulatory authorities; complying with cost caps and other regulatory or contractual requirements; and recovering associated costs and earning an appropriate return while meeting reliability, affordability, environmental, and customer‑service obligations; the disruption of AEP's business operations due to impacts of economic or market conditions, costs of compliance with potential government regulations, electricity usage, supply chain issues, customers, service providers, vendors and suppliers caused by natural disasters or other events; construction and development risks associated with the completion of the 2026-2030 capital investment plan, including shortages or delays in labor, materials, equipment or parts; the impact of prolonged or recurring U.S. federal government shutdowns on AEP's operations, regulatory approvals and financial performance including potential volatility in the capital markets which may interrupt our access to capital; new legislation, litigation or government regulation, including changes to tax laws and regulations, oversight of nuclear generation, evolving environmental standards, energy commodity trading and new or modified requirements related to emissions of sulfur, nitrogen, mercury, carbon, soot or PM and other substances that could impact the continued operation, cost recovery and/or profitability of generation plants and related assets; the impact of tax legislation or associated Department of Treasury guidance, including potential changes to existing tax incentives, on capital plans, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows or credit ratings; the risks before, during and after generation of electricity associated with the fuels used or the by-products and wastes of such fuels, including coal ash and SNF; timing and resolution of pending and future rate cases, negotiations and other regulatory decisions, including rate or other recovery of new investments in generation, distribution and transmission service and environmental compliance; resolution of litigation or regulatory proceedings or investigations; the ability to efficiently manage and recover operation, maintenance and development project costs; prices and demand for power generated and sold in wholesale markets; changes in technology, including new, developing, alternative or distributed sources of generation and energy storage; the ability to recover through rates any remaining unrecovered investment in generation units that may be retired before the end of their previously projected useful lives; volatility and changes in markets for coal and other energy-related commodities, particularly changes in the price of natural gas; the impact of changing expectations and demands of customers, regulators, investors and stakeholders, including development, adoption, and use of AI by us, our customers and our third party vendors and evolving expectations related to sustainability; customer affordability considerations may impact regulatory recovery outcomes and future rate design; changes in utility regulation, policies, methodologies for evaluating and approving load interconnection, and the allocation of costs within RTOs including ERCOT, PJM and SPP and the impacts of potential market changes or our participation within those RTOs; changes in the creditworthiness of the counterparties with contractual arrangements, including participants in the energy trading market; actions of rating agencies, including changes in ratings impacting the cost of debt; the impact of geopolitical developments on global energy markets, including volatility in fuel supply and pricing, power-generation economics and customer demand patterns; the impact of volatility in the capital markets on the value of the investments held by the pension, OPEB and nuclear decommissioning trust funds and a captive insurance entity and the impact of such volatility on future funding requirements; accounting standards periodically issued by accounting standard-setting bodies; the ability to successfully defend against cybersecurity threats; other risks and unforeseen events, including wars and military conflicts, the effects of terrorism (including increased security costs), embargoes, labor strikes impacting material supply chains, global information technology disruptions and other catastrophic events; the ability to attract and retain the requisite work force and key personnel, including senior management.
American Electric Power
Financial Results for the Second Quarter of 2026
Reconciliation of GAAP to Operating Earnings (non-GAAP)
2026
Vertically
Integrated
Utilities
Transmission
& Distribution
Utilities
AEP
Transmission
Holdco
Generation
&
Marketing
Corporate
and Other
Total
EPS (a)
($ in millions, unaudited)
GAAP Earnings (Loss)
(b)
284
222
225
97
(115)
713
$ 1.31
Adjustments to GAAP Earnings
Mark-to-Market Impact of
Commodity Hedging Activities
(c)
—
—
—
(8)
—
(8)
(0.02)
Unified Tracker Mechanism Partial
Disallowance
(d)
—
22
—
—
—
22
0.04
Wholesale Customer Contract
Agreements
(e)
23
—
—
—
—
23
0.04
Income Tax Effect of Adjustments
(f)
(5)
(5)
—
2
—
(8)
(0.01)
Total Adjustments
18
17
—
(6)
—
29
$ 0.05
Operating Earnings (Loss) (non-GAAP)
302
239
225
91
(115)
742
$ 1.36
(a)
EPS is calculated using the weighted average basic common shares outstanding
(b)
Represents the earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders
(c)
Represents the mark‑to‑market impact of economic hedging activities which are excluded to align with the recognition of the underlying hedged exposures
(d)
Represents the estimated impact of the probable, partial disallowance of costs included in AEP Texas' Unified Tracker Mechanism filing
(e)
Represents probable liability related to SWEPCo's agreements with certain existing wholesale customers and current discussions with one remaining existing wholesale customer under generation supply contracts, which is expected to result in credits to these wholesale customers
(f)
Tax effect is calculated using the statutory tax rate unless otherwise noted
Financial Results for the Second Quarter of 2025
Reconciliation of GAAP to Operating Earnings (non-GAAP)
2025
Vertically
Integrated
Utilities
Transmission
& Distribution
Utilities
AEP
Transmission
Holdco
Generation
&
Marketing
Corporate
and Other
Total
EPS (a)
($ in millions, unaudited)
GAAP Earnings (Loss)
(b)
433
224
578
62
(71)
1,226
$ 2.29
Adjustments to GAAP Earnings
(c)
Mark-to-Market Impact of
Commodity Hedging Activities
(d)
(10)
—
—
30
—
20
0.04
FERC NOLC Order
(e)
(126)
—
(354)
—
—
(480)
(0.90)
Total Adjustments
(136)
—
(354)
30
—
(460)
(0.86)
Operating Earnings (Loss) (non-GAAP)
297
224
224
92
(71)
766
$ 1.43
(a)
EPS is calculated using the weighted average basic common shares outstanding
(b)
Represents the earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders
(c)
Excluding tax related adjustments, all items presented in the table are tax adjusted at the statutory rate unless otherwise noted
(d)
Represents the mark‑to‑market impact of economic hedging activities which are excluded to align with the recognition of the underlying hedged exposures
(e)
Represents the impact of the FERC NOLC Order for years 2021-2024
American Electric Power
Summary of Selected Sales Data
Regulated Connected Load
(Data based on preliminary, unaudited results)
Three Months Ended June 30
ENERGY & DELIVERY SUMMARY
2025
2026
Variance
(in millions of KWh)
Vertically Integrated Utilities
Retail:
Residential
6,372
6,443
1.1 %
Commercial
6,297
7,238
14.9 %
Industrial
8,595
8,584
(0.1) %
Miscellaneous
569
567
(0.4) %
Total Retail
21,833
22,832
4.6 %
Wholesale (a)
3,443
3,550
3.1 %
Total KWhs
25,276
26,382
4.4 %
Transmission & Distribution Utilities
Retail:
Residential
6,299
6,119
(2.9) %
Commercial
11,042
12,961
17.4 %
Industrial
7,048
8,104
15.0 %
Miscellaneous
172
171
(0.6) %
Total Retail (b)
24,561
27,355
11.4 %
Wholesale (c)
464
256
(44.8) %
Total KWhs
25,025
27,611
10.3 %
(a)
Includes off-system sales, municipalities and cooperatives, unit power and other wholesale customers
(b)
Represents energy delivered to distribution customers
(c)
Primarily Ohio's contractually obligated purchases of OVEC power sold to PJM
American Electric Power
Financial Results for Year-to-Date 2026
Reconciliation of GAAP to Operating Earnings (non-GAAP)
2026
Vertically
Integrated
Utilities
Transmission
& Distribution
Utilities
AEP
Transmission
Holdco
Generation
&
Marketing
Corporate
and Other
Total
EPS (a)
($ in millions, unaudited)
GAAP Earnings (Loss)
(b)
746
459
434
172
(224)
1,587
$ 2.92
Adjustments to GAAP Earnings
Mark-to-Market Impact of
Commodity Hedging Activities
(c)
7
—
—
11
—
18
0.03
Impact of WVPSC Order
(d)
(35)
—
—
—
—
(35)
(0.07)
Pirkey Plant Partial Disallowance
(e)
31
—
—
—
—
31
0.06
Unified Tracker Mechanism Partial
Disallowance
(f)
—
22
—
—
—
22
0.04
Wholesale Customer Contract
Agreements
(g)
23
—
—
—
—
23
0.04
Income Tax Effect of Adjustments
(h)
(6)
(5)
—
(2)
—
(13)
(0.01)
Total Adjustments
20
17
—
9
—
46
$ 0.09
Operating Earnings (Loss) (non-GAAP)
766
476
434
181
(224)
1,633
$ 3.01
(a)
EPS is calculated using the weighted average basic common shares outstanding
(b)
Represents the earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders
(c)
Represents the mark‑to‑market impact of economic hedging activities which are excluded to align with the recognition of the underlying hedged exposures
(d)
Represents the impact of the WVPSC order related to the 2024 Modified Rate Base Cost surcharge update filing
(e)
Represents the estimated impact of the probable, partial disallowance of the Pirkey Plant net book value in the 2025 Texas Base Rate Case
(f)
Represents the estimated impact of the probable, partial disallowance of costs included in AEP Texas' Unified Tracker Mechanism filing
(g)
Represents probable liability related to SWEPCo's agreements with certain existing wholesale customers and current discussions with one remaining existing wholesale customer under generation supply contracts, which is expected to result in credits to these wholesale customers
(h)
Tax effect is calculated using the statutory tax rate unless otherwise noted
Financial Results for Year-to-Date 2025
Reconciliation of GAAP to Operating Earnings (non-GAAP)
2025
Vertically
Integrated
Utilities
Transmission
& Distribution
Utilities
AEP
Transmission
Holdco
Generation
&
Marketing
Corporate
and Other
Total
EPS (a)
($ in millions, unaudited)
GAAP Earnings (Loss)
(b)
757
389
813
164
(97)
2,026
$ 3.80
Adjustments to GAAP Earnings
(c)
Mark-to-Market Impact of Commodity
Hedging Activities
(d)
16
—
—
(10)
—
6
0.01
Sale of AEP Onsite Partners
(e)
—
—
—
14
(4)
10
0.02
Impact of Ohio Legislation
(f)
—
27
—
—
—
27
0.05
FERC NOLC Order
(g)
(126)
—
(354)
—
—
(480)
(0.90)
Total Adjustments
(110)
27
(354)
4
(4)
(437)
$ (0.82)
Operating Earnings (Loss) (non-GAAP)
647
416
459
168
(101)
1,589
$ 2.98
(a)
EPS is calculated using the weighted average basic common shares outstanding
(b)
Represents the earnings (loss) attributed to common shareholders
(c)
Excluding tax related adjustments, all items presented in the table are tax adjusted at the statutory rate unless otherwise noted
(d)
Represents the mark‑to‑market impact of economic hedging activities which are excluded to align with the recognition of the underlying hedged exposures
(e)
Represents an adjustment to the estimated loss on the sale of AEP OnSite Partners as a result of the contractual working capital true-up
(f)
Represents the reduction in regulatory assets for OVEC-related purchased power costs as a result of approved legislation in Ohio
(g)
Represents the impact of the FERC NOLC Order for years 2021-2024
American Electric Power
Summary of Selected Sales Data
Regulated Connected Load
(Data based on preliminary, unaudited results)
Six Months Ended June 30
ENERGY & DELIVERY SUMMARY
2025
2026
Variance
(in millions of KWh)
Vertically Integrated Utilities
Retail:
Residential
15,776
15,316
(2.9) %
Commercial
12,193
14,065
15.4 %
Industrial
16,696
16,582
(0.7) %
Miscellaneous
1,102
1,101
(0.1) %
Total Retail
45,767
47,064
2.8 %
Wholesale (a)
8,234
7,095
(13.8) %
Total KWhs
54,001
54,159
0.3 %
Transmission & Distribution Utilities
Retail:
Residential
13,310
12,651
(5.0) %
Commercial
20,630
25,738
24.8 %
Industrial
13,804
14,976
8.5 %
Miscellaneous
344
337
(2.0) %
Total Retail (b)
48,088
53,702
11.7 %
Wholesale (c)
1,131
899
(20.5) %
Total KWhs
49,219
54,601
10.9 %
(a)
Includes off-system sales, municipalities and cooperatives, unit power and other wholesale customers
(b)
Represents energy delivered to distribution customers
(c)
Primarily Ohio's contractually obligated purchase of OVEC power sold to PJM
ANTIOCH, Tenn., July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- LKQ Corporation (Nasdaq: LKQ) today reported second quarter 2026 financial results and provided an updated outlook for 2026.
"Our second‑quarter performance reflected solid execution across our North America and Specialty segments. North America returned to positive organic growth for the first time in nine quarters, driven by record alternative-parts utilization of over 40%, moderating insurance premiums that were negative in May and June, and continued sequential improvement in repairable claims. Specialty also delivered growth despite a challenging end‑market environment and continued macro‑economic pressure on consumers. Europe fell short of expectations, with results affected by the ERP implementation in Germany. Outside of the ERP impact, the team delivered substantial cost reductions that largely offset the lower volumes we witnessed in the UK and Benelux regions. Overall, the fundamentals of our business are improving, and as market conditions continue to recover, we expect those operational gains to translate into stronger financial performance and profitability in the quarters ahead," commented Justin Jude, President and Chief Executive Officer.
Second Quarter 2026 Financial and Operating Results
Revenue for the second quarter of 2026 was $3.4 billion, a decrease of 3.0% compared to $3.5 billion for the second quarter of 2025. Total parts and services revenue decreased 3.6%, which included a 5.1% decrease in parts and services organic revenue, a 1.0% increase from foreign exchange rates year over year, and the net impact of acquisitions and divestitures, which increased revenue by 0.5%.
Net income2 was $134 million compared to $185 million for the same period of 2025. Diluted earnings per share2 was $0.52 compared to $0.72 for the same period of 2025.
On an adjusted basis, net income1,2 was $170 million compared to $218 million for the same period of 2025. Adjusted diluted earnings per share1,2 was $0.67 compared to $0.84 for the same period of 2025.
Strategic Initiatives
In December 2025, the Company announced that it had commenced a process to explore a potential sale of its Specialty segment, and in January 2026, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had initiated a comprehensive review of strategic alternatives, including a sale of the Company, to enhance shareholder value. Our Specialty segment is currently being evaluated as part of the broader strategic review process initiated in January.
The strategic review process remains active, and the Company continues to engage with multiple parties. The review has no deadline or definitive timetable and there can be no assurance the review will result in any transaction or other strategic outcome. The Company will provide updates on the process as appropriate.
Cash Flow and Balance Sheet
Cash flow from operations3 and free cash flow1,3 were $111 million and $60 million, respectively, for the second quarter of 2026. Cash flow from operations3 and free cash flow1,3 were $55 million and negative $36 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, the balance sheet reflected total debt of $4.0 billion and total leverage, as defined in our credit facility, was 2.8x EBITDA.
Returning Capital to Shareholders
During the second quarter of 2026, the Company invested $52 million to repurchase 1.9 million shares of its common stock and distributed $77 million in cash dividends. For the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company returned $207 million to its shareholders by investing $53 million to repurchase 1.9 million shares of its common stock and distributing $154 million in cash dividends. Since initiating the stock repurchase program in late October 2018, the Company has repurchased approximately 71 million shares of its common stock for a total of $3.0 billion through June 30, 2026. An aggregate balance of $1.5 billion remains for potential additional stock repurchases through October 25, 2026. On July 28, 2026, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.30 per share of common stock, payable on September 3, 2026, to stockholders of record at the close of business on August 20, 2026.
2026 Outlook
"Second-quarter results reflected improving trends in North America and resilient demand in Specialty, offset by a slower-than-expected recovery following the ERP implementation in Germany. North America remains on track against its full-year plan, and Specialty’s revenue performance has been consistent with our expectations. Our revised outlook reflects a more measured pace of recovery in Europe, while we maintain a disciplined focus on cost management, cash generation and capital allocation. The actions underway in Europe are focused on restoring service levels, aligning the cost structure with current demand and translating operational improvement into stronger financial performance," stated Rick Galloway, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
For 2026, management updated the outlook as set forth below:
2026 Previous Full Year Outlook2026 Updated Full Year OutlookOrganic revenue growth for parts and services(0.5%) to 1.5%(3.0%) to (1.0%)Diluted EPS2$2.16 to $2.46$1.78 to $2.08Adjusted diluted EPS1,2$2.90 to $3.20$2.60 to $2.90Operating cash flow3$900 to $1,100 million$825 to $1,025 millionFree cash flow1,3 $700 to $850 million$625 to $775 million
Our outlook for the full year 2026 is based on current conditions, recent trends and our expectations. Outlook includes estimated impacts from the U.S. and retaliatory tariffs in effect as of July 1, 2026 and assumes a global effective tax rate of 26.8% and foreign currency exchange rates near recent average levels, including $1.17, $1.35 and $0.72 for the euro, pound sterling and Canadian dollar, respectively, for the balance of the year. Changes in these conditions may impact our ability to achieve the estimates. Adjusted figures exclude (to the extent applicable) the impact of restructuring and transaction related expenses; amortization expense related to acquired intangibles; excess tax benefits and deficiencies from stock-based payments; losses on debt extinguishment; impairment charges; and gains and losses related to acquisitions or divestitures (including changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities).
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This release contains (and management’s presentation on the related investor conference call will refer to) non-GAAP financial measures within the meaning of Regulation G promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Included with this release are reconciliations of each non-GAAP financial measure with the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Conference Call Details
LKQ will host a conference call and webcast on July 30, 2026 at 8:00 a.m. Eastern Time (7:00 a.m. Central Time) with members of senior management to discuss the Company's results. To access the conference call, please dial (833) 461-5787. International access to the call may be obtained by dialing (626) 884-3620. The conference call will require you to enter conference ID: 434311175.
Webcast and Presentation Details
The audio webcast and accompanying slide presentation can be accessed at (www.lkqcorp.com) in the Investor Relations section.
An online replay of the audio webcast will be available on the Company's website and can be accessed through the Investor Relations section, investor.lkqcorp.com under “Events”. Please allow approximately two hours after the live presentation before attempting to access the replay.
About LKQ Corporation
LKQ Corporation (www.lkqcorp.com) is a leading provider of alternative and specialty parts to repair and accessorize automobiles and other vehicles. LKQ has operations in North America, Europe and Taiwan. LKQ offers its customers a broad range of OEM recycled and aftermarket parts, replacement systems, components, equipment, and services to repair and accessorize automobiles, trucks, and recreational and performance vehicles.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements and information in this press release and on the related conference call, including our outlook for 2026, as well as remarks by the Chief Executive Officer and other members of management, that are not historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are made pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of such Act.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our outlook, expectations, beliefs, hopes, intentions and strategies. These statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors including those identified below. All forward-looking statements are based on information available to us at the time the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual events or results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. The risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause actual events or results to differ from the events or results predicted or implied by our forward-looking statements include the factors set forth below, and other factors discussed in our filings with the SEC, including those disclosed under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 and in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. These reports are available at the Investor Relations section on our website (www.lkqcorp.com) and on the SEC's website (www.sec.gov).
These factors include the following (not necessarily in order of importance):
our operating results and financial condition have been and could continue to be adversely affected by the economic, political and social conditions in North America, Europe, Taiwan and other countries, as well as the economic health of vehicle owners and numbers and types of vehicles sold;we face competition from local, national, international, and internet-based vehicle products providers, and this competition could negatively affect our business;we rely upon insurance companies and our customers to promote the usage of alternative parts;intellectual property claims relating to aftermarket products could adversely affect our business;if the number of vehicles involved in accidents or being repaired declines, or the mix of the types of vehicles in the overall vehicle population changes, our business could suffer;fluctuations in the prices of commodities could adversely affect our financial results;an adverse change in our relationships with our suppliers, disruption to our supply of inventory, or the misconduct, performance failures or negligence of our third party vendors or service providers could increase our expenses, impede our ability to serve our customers, or expose us to liability;future public health emergencies could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, the nature and extent of which is highly uncertain;if we determine that our goodwill or other intangible assets have become impaired, we may incur significant charges to our pretax income;we could be subject to product liability claims and involved in product recalls;we may not be able to successfully acquire businesses or integrate acquisitions, and we may not be able to successfully divest certain businesses;we have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to obtain financing in the future and to react to changes in our business;our senior notes do not impose any limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or protect against certain other types of transactions, and we may incur certain additional indebtedness under our credit agreement and CAD Note;each of our credit agreement and CAD Note imposes operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities;we may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful;our future capital needs may require that we seek to refinance our debt or obtain additional debt or equity financing, events that could have a negative effect on our business;our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly;repayment of our indebtedness is dependent on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries;a downgrade in our credit rating would impact us;the amount and frequency of our share repurchases and dividend payments may fluctuate;existing or new laws and regulations, or changes to enforcement or interpretation of existing laws or regulations, may prohibit, restrict or burden the sale of aftermarket, recycled, refurbished or remanufactured products;we are subject to environmental regulations and incur costs relating to environmental matters;if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be negatively impacted, which could harm our operating results and investor perceptions of our company and as a result may have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock;we may be adversely affected by legal, regulatory or market responses to global climate change;our amended and restated bylaws provide that the courts in the State of Delaware are the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees;our effective tax rate could materially increase as a consequence of various factors, including U.S. and/or international tax legislation, applicable interpretations and administrative guidance, our mix of earnings by jurisdiction, and U.S. and foreign jurisdictional audits;if significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on products or materials we import or any related counter-measures are taken by countries to which we export products, our revenue and results of operations may be materially harmed;governmental agencies may refuse to grant or renew our operating licenses and permits;the costs of complying with the requirements of laws pertaining to data privacy and cybersecurity of personal information and the potential liability associated with the failure to comply with such laws could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations;our employees are important to successfully manage our business and achieve our objectives;we operate in foreign jurisdictions, which exposes us to foreign exchange and other risks;our business may be adversely affected by union activities and labor and employment laws;we rely on information technology and communication systems in critical areas of our operations and a disruption relating to such technology and systems, including cybersecurity threats, could harm our business;business interruptions in our distribution centers or other facilities may affect our operations, the function of our computer systems, and/or the availability and distribution of merchandise, which may affect our business;if we experience problems with our fleet of trucks and other vehicles, our business could be harmed;we may lose the right to operate at key locations;activist investors could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert management’s attention, and have an adverse effect on our business; andwe cannot assure you that our previously announced review of strategic alternatives will result in any transaction being consummated or any particular outcome being achieved, and speculation and uncertainty regarding the outcome of this review may adversely impact our business. Contact:
Joseph P. Boutross - Vice President, Investor Relations
LKQ Corporation
(312) 621-2793 [email protected]
(1) Non-GAAP measure. See the table accompanying this release that reconciles the actual or forecasted U.S. GAAP measure to the actual or forecasted adjusted measure, which is non-GAAP.
(2) References in this release to Net income and Diluted earnings per share, and the corresponding adjusted figures, reflect amounts from continuing operations attributable to LKQ stockholders.
(3) Cash flow from operations and free cash flow include both continuing and discontinued operations.
LKQ CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, with Supplementary Data
(In millions, except per share data)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 % of Revenue(1) % of Revenue(1) $ Change % ChangeRevenue$3,408 100.0 % $3,513 100.0 % $(105) (3.0)%Cost of goods sold 2,087 61.2 % 2,157 61.4 % (70) (3.3)%Gross margin 1,321 38.8 % 1,356 38.6 % (35) (2.6)%Selling, general and administrative expenses 990 29.0 % 958 27.3 % 32 3.3%Restructuring and transaction related expenses 14 0.4 % 8 0.2 % 6 75.0%Depreciation and amortization 92 2.7 % 91 2.6 % 1 1.1%Operating income 225 6.6 % 299 8.5 % (74) (24.7)%Other expense (income): Interest expense 55 1.6 % 58 1.7 % (3) (5.2)%Interest income and other income, net (10) (0.3)% (11) (0.3)% 1 (9.1)%Total other expense, net 45 1.3 % 47 1.4 % (2) (4.3)%Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes 180 5.3 % 252 7.1 % (72) (28.6)%Provision for income taxes 48 1.4 % 67 1.9 % (19) (28.4)%Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries (2) —% (1) — % (1) n/mIncome from continuing operations 134 3.9% 186 5.3 % (52) (28.0)%Net income from discontinued operations 2 0.1 % 7 0.2 % (5) (71.4)%Net income 136 4.0 % 193 5.5 % (57) (29.5)%Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — — % 1 — % (1) n/mNet income attributable to LKQ stockholders$136 4.0 % $192 5.5 % $(56) (29.2)% Basic earnings per share: Income from continuing operations$0.52 $0.72 $(0.20) (27.8)%Net income from discontinued operations 0.01 0.03 (0.02) (66.7)%Net income 0.53 0.75 (0.22) (29.3)%Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — — — — %Net income attributable to LKQ stockholders$0.53 $0.75 $(0.22) (29.3)% Diluted earnings per share: Income from continuing operations$0.52 $0.72 $(0.20) (27.8)%Net income from discontinued operations 0.01 0.03 (0.02) (66.7)%Net income 0.53 0.75 (0.22) (29.3)%Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — — — —%Net income attributable to LKQ stockholders$0.53 $0.75 $(0.22) (29.3)% Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic 254.6 258.1 (3.5) (1.4)%Diluted 254.7 258.3 (3.6) (1.4))%(1)The sum of the individual percentage of revenue components may not equal the total due to rounding. LKQ CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, with Supplementary Data
(In millions, except per share data)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 % of Revenue(1) % of Revenue(1) $ Change % ChangeRevenue$6,877 100.0 % $6,840 100.0 % $37 0.5 %Cost of goods sold 4,225 61.4 % 4,171 61.0 % 54 1.3 %Gross margin 2,652 38.6 % 2,669 39.0 % (17) (0.6)%Selling, general and administrative expenses 1,984 28.9 % 1,907 27.9 % 77 4.0 %Restructuring and transaction related expenses 47 0.7 % 19 0.3 % 28 n/mDepreciation and amortization 179 2.6 % 177 2.6 % 2 1.1 %Operating income 442 6.4 % 566 8.3 % (124) (21.9)%Other expense (income): Interest expense 108 1.6 % 115 1.7 % (7) (6.1)%Interest income and other income, net (13) (0.2)% (21) (0.3)% 8 (38.1)%Total other expense, net 95 1.4 % 94 1.4 % 1 1.1 %Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes 347 5.1 % 472 6.9 % (125) (26.5)%Provision for income taxes 92 1.3 % 128 1.9 % (36) (28.1)%Equity in losses (earnings) of unconsolidated subsidiaries 44 0.6 % — —% 44 n/mIncome from continuing operations 211 3.1 % 344 5.0 % (133) (38.7)%Net income from discontinued operations 4 0.1 % 18 0.3 % (14) (77.8)%Net income 215 3.1 % 362 5.3 % (147) (40.6)%Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — — % 1 — % (1) n/mNet income attributable to LKQ stockholders$215 3.1 % $361 5.3 % $(146) (40.4)% Basic earnings per share: Income from continuing operations$0.82 $1.33 $(0.51) (38.3)%Net income from discontinued operations 0.02 0.07 (0.05) (71.4)%Net income 0.84 1.40 (0.56) (40.0)%Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — — — — %Net income attributable to LKQ stockholders$0.84 $1.40 $(0.56) (40.0)% Diluted earnings per share: Income from continuing operations$0.82 $1.33 $(0.51) (38.3)%Net income from discontinued operations 0.02 0.07 (0.05) (71.4)%Net income 0.84 1.40 (0.56) (40.0)%Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — — — — %Net income attributable to LKQ stockholders$0.84 $1.40 $(0.56) (40.0 Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic 255.0 258.6 (3.6) (1.4)%Diluted 255.3 258.9 (3.6) (1.4)%(1)The sum of the individual percentage of revenue components may not equal the total due to rounding. LKQ CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except per share data)
June 30, 2026 December 31, 2025Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents$301 $319 Receivables, net of allowance for credit losses 1,399 1,204 Inventories 3,284 3,426 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 367 299 Total current assets 5,351 5,248 Property, plant and equipment, net 1,417 1,452 Operating lease assets, net 1,310 1,332 Goodwill 5,369 5,414 Other intangibles, net 1,040 1,072 Equity method investments 124 170 Other noncurrent assets 418 449 Total assets$15,029 $15,137 Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable$1,791 $2,108 Accrued expenses: Accrued payroll-related liabilities 192 190 Refund liability 127 122 Other accrued expenses 407 344 Current portion of operating lease liabilities 255 253 Current portion of long-term obligations 545 32 Other current liabilities 73 88 Total current liabilities 3,390 3,137 Long-term operating lease liabilities, excluding current portion 1,125 1,145 Long-term obligations, excluding current portion 3,388 3,631 Deferred income taxes 315 331 Other noncurrent liabilities 340 332 Commitments and contingencies Stockholders’ equity: Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000.0 shares authorized, 324.3 shares issued and 253.4 shares outstanding at June 30, 2026; 324.0 shares issued and 255.0 shares outstanding at December 31, 2025 3 3 Additional paid-in capital 1,593 1,581 Retained earnings 8,019 7,958 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (166) (57)Treasury stock, at cost; 70.9 shares at June 30, 2026 and 69.0 shares at December 31, 2025 (3,002) (2,948)Total Company stockholders’ equity 6,447 6,537 Noncontrolling interest 24 24 Total stockholders’ equity 6,471 6,561 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$15,029 $15,137 LKQ CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES(1): Net income$215 $362 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 202 205 Impairment on Mekonomen equity method investment 44 — Stock-based compensation expense 18 17 Other 13 (1)Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions: Receivables (270) (226)Inventories 107 20 Other assets (58) (14)Prepaid income taxes/income taxes payable (23) 32 Accounts payable (288) (65)Other liabilities 91 (36)Operating lease assets and liabilities 4 (1)Net cash provided by operating activities 55 293 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES(1): Purchases of property, plant and equipment (91) (107)Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (30) 2 Other investing activities, net 1 6 Net cash used in investing activities (120) (99)CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES(1): Borrowings under revolving credit facilities 855 682 Repayments under revolving credit facilities (566) (600)Repayments of other debt, net (11) (23)Dividends paid to LKQ stockholders (154) (156)Purchase of treasury stock (53) (79)Other financing activities, net (20) 7 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 51 (169)Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (10) 29 Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (24) 54 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of continuing operations, beginning of period(2) 332 239 Add: Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations, beginning of period — — Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of continuing and discontinued operations, beginning of period(2) 332 239 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of continuing and discontinued operations, end of period(2) 308 293 Less: Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations, end of period — — Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period(2)$308 $293 (1) Amounts presented contain results from both continuing and discontinued operations.
(2) For the periods ended June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, includes $7 million and $13 million of restricted cash included in Other noncurrent assets on the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively.
The following unaudited tables compare certain third party revenue categories:
Three Months Ended June 30, (In millions)2026
2025
$ Change % ChangeNorth America$1,371 $1,362 $9 0.5%Europe 1,447 1,601 (154) (9.6)%Specialty 487 464 23 5.0%Parts and services 3,305 3,427 (122) (3.6)%North America 95 80 15 20.5%Europe 8 6 2 37.7%Other 103 86 17 21.7%Total revenue$3,408 $3,513 $(105) (3.0)% Revenue changes by category for the three months ended June 30, 2026 vs. 2025:
Revenue Change Attributable to: Organic(1) Acquisition and Divestiture Foreign Exchange Total Change(2)North America0.5 % — % — % 0.5 %Europe(12.6)% 0.9 % 2.1 % (9.6)%Specialty4.5 % 0.6 % — % 5.0 %Parts and services(5.1)% 0.5 % 1.0 % (3.6)%North America20.5 % — % — % 20.5 %Europe24.4 % 10.4 % 3.0 % 37.7 %Other20.7 % 0.7 % 0.2 % 21.7 %Total revenue(4.4)% 0.5 % 1.0 % (3.0)% (1) We define organic revenue growth as total revenue growth from continuing operations excluding the effects of acquisitions and divestitures (i.e., revenue generated from the date of acquisition to the first anniversary of that acquisition, net of reduced revenue due to the disposal of businesses) and foreign currency movements (i.e., impact of translating revenue at different exchange rates). Organic revenue growth includes incremental sales from both existing and new (i.e., opened within the last twelve months) locations and is derived from expanding business with existing customers, securing new customers and offering additional products and services. We believe that organic revenue growth is a key performance indicator as this statistic measures our ability to serve and grow our customer base successfully.
(2) The sum of the individual revenue change components may not equal the total percentage change due to rounding.
The following unaudited tables compare certain third party revenue categories:
Six Months Ended June 30, (In millions)2026
2025
$ Change % ChangeNorth America$2,712 $2,698 $14 0.5 %Europe 3,060 3,116 (56) (1.8)%Specialty 895 857 38 4.4 %Parts and services 6,667 6,671 (4) (0.1)%North America 194 156 38 25.2 %Europe 16 13 3 23.3 %Other 210 169 41 25.0 %Total revenue$6,877 $6,840 $37 0.5 % Revenue changes by category for the six months ended June 30, 2026 vs. 2025:
Revenue Change Attributable to: Organic(1) Acquisition and Divestiture Foreign Exchange Total Change(2)North America0.1 % — % 0.4 % 0.5 %Europe(8.4)% 0.6 % 6.0 % (1.8)%Specialty4.0 % 0.3 % 0.2 % 4.4 %Parts and services(3.4)% 0.3 % 3.0 % (0.1)%North America25.0 % — % 0.1 % 25.2 %Europe2.2 % 12.7 % 8.4 % 23.3 %Other23.3 % 1.0 % 0.8 % 25.0 %Total revenue(2.7)% 0.4 % 2.9 % 0.5 % (1) We define organic revenue growth as total revenue growth from continuing operations excluding the effects of acquisitions and divestitures (i.e., revenue generated from the date of acquisition to the first anniversary of that acquisition, net of reduced revenue due to the disposal of businesses) and foreign currency movements (i.e., impact of translating revenue at different exchange rates). Organic revenue growth includes incremental sales from both existing and new (i.e., opened within the last twelve months) locations and is derived from expanding business with existing customers, securing new customers and offering additional products and services. We believe that organic revenue growth is a key performance indicator as this statistic measures our ability to serve and grow our customer base successfully.
(2) The sum of the individual revenue change components may not equal the total percentage change due to rounding.
The following unaudited table compares revenue and Segment EBITDA by reportable segment:
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2026 2025 (In millions) % of Revenue % of Revenue % of Revenue % of RevenueRevenue North America$1,466 $1,442 $2,906 $2,854 Europe 1,455 1,607 3,076 3,129 Specialty 488 465 897 859 Eliminations (1) (1) (2) (2) Total revenue$3,408 $3,513 $6,877 $6,840 Segment EBITDA North America$207 14.1 % $224 15.5 % $410 14.1 % $441 15.4 %Europe 109 7.5 % 151 9.4 % 235 7.6 % 292 9.3 %Specialty 33 6.7 % 39 8.5 % 51 5.7 % 60 7.0 %Total Segment EBITDA$349 10.2 % $414 11.8 % $696 10.1 % $793 11.6 % We have presented Segment EBITDA solely as a supplemental disclosure that offers investors, securities analysts and other interested parties useful information to evaluate our segment profit and loss and underlying trends in our ongoing operations. We calculate Segment EBITDA as Net Income excluding net income and loss attributable to noncontrolling interest; income and loss from discontinued operations; depreciation; amortization; interest; gains and losses on debt extinguishment; income tax expense; restructuring and transaction related expenses; change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities; other gains and losses related to acquisitions, equity method investments, or divestitures; equity in losses and earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries; equity investment fair value adjustments; impairment charges; and direct impacts of the Ukraine/Russia conflict. Our chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), who is our Chief Executive Officer, uses Segment EBITDA as the key measure of our segment profit or loss. The CODM uses Segment EBITDA to compare profitability among our segments and evaluate business strategies. This financial measure is included in the metrics used to determine incentive compensation for our senior management. We also consider Segment EBITDA to be a useful financial measure in evaluating our operating performance, as it provides investors, securities analysts and other interested parties with supplemental information regarding the underlying trends in our ongoing operations. Segment EBITDA includes revenue and expenses that are controllable by the segment. Corporate general and administrative expenses are allocated to the segments based on usage, with shared expenses apportioned based on the segment's percentage of consolidated revenue. Refer to the table on the following page for a reconciliation of net income to Segment EBITDA.
The following unaudited table reconciles Net Income to Segment EBITDA:
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,(In millions) 2026 2025 2026 2025 Net income$136 $193 $215 $362 Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — 1 — 1 Net income attributable to LKQ stockholders 136 192 215 361 Less: net income from discontinued operations 2 7 4 18 Net income from continuing operations attributable to LKQ stockholders 134 185 211 343 Adjustments: Depreciation and amortization 103 102 202 198 Interest expense, net of interest income 52 53 100 105 Provision for income taxes 48 67 92 128 Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries(1) (2) (1) 44 — Equity investment fair value adjustments — — — (1)Restructuring and transaction related expenses 14 8 47 19 Direct impacts of Ukraine/Russia conflict(2) — — — 1 Segment EBITDA$349 $414 $696 $793 Net income from continuing operations attributable to LKQ stockholders as a percentage of revenue 3.9 % 5.3 % 3.1 % 5.0 %Segment EBITDA as a percentage of revenue 10.2 % 11.8 % 10.1 % 11.6 % (1) Includes a $44 million other-than-temporary impairment recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2026 related to our equity method investment in Mekonomen.
(2) Adjustments include provisions for and subsequent adjustments to reserves for asset recoverability (primarily receivables and inventory).
We have presented Segment EBITDA solely as a supplemental disclosure that offers investors, securities analysts and other interested parties useful information to evaluate our segment profit and loss and underlying trends in our ongoing operations. See paragraph under the previous table (revenue and Segment EBITDA by reportable segment) for details on the calculation of Segment EBITDA.
Segment EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income, net income or net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In addition, not all companies that report Segment EBITDA information calculate Segment EBITDA in the same manner as we do and, accordingly, our calculation is not necessarily comparable to similarly-named measures of other companies and may not be an appropriate measure for performance relative to other companies.
The following unaudited table reconciles Net Income and Diluted Earnings per Share to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share, respectively:
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,(In millions, except per share data) 2026 2025 2026 2025 Net income$136 $193 $215 $362 Less: net income attributable to continuing noncontrolling interest — 1 — 1 Net income attributable to LKQ stockholders 136 192 215 361 Less: net income from discontinued operations 2 7 4 18 Net income from continuing operations attributable to LKQ stockholders 134 185 211 343 Adjustments: Amortization of acquired intangibles 35 36 68 71 Restructuring and transaction related expenses 14 8 47 19 Direct impacts of Ukraine/Russia conflict(1) — — — 1 Impairment on Mekonomen equity method investment — — 44 — Excess tax deficiency from stock-based payments — — 1 1 Tax effect of adjustments (13) (11) (30) (24)Adjusted net income(2)$170 $218 $341 $411 Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding 254.7 258.3 255.3 258.9 Diluted earnings per share: Reported(2)$0.52 $0.72 $0.82 $1.33 Adjusted(2)$0.67 $0.84 $1.33 $1.59 (1) Adjustments include provisions for and subsequent adjustments to reserves for asset recoverability (primarily receivables and inventory).
(2) Figures are for continuing operations attributable to LKQ stockholders.
We have presented Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share as we believe these measures are useful for evaluating the core operating performance of our continuing business across reporting periods and in analyzing our historical operating results. We define Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share as Net Income and Diluted Earnings per Share adjusted to eliminate the impact of net income and loss attributable to noncontrolling interest, income and loss from discontinued operations, restructuring and transaction related expenses, amortization expense related to all acquired intangible assets, gains and losses on debt extinguishment, changes in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, other gains and losses related to acquisitions, equity method investments, or divestitures, impairment charges, direct impacts of the Ukraine/Russia conflict, excess tax benefits and deficiencies from stock-based payments and any tax effect of these adjustments. The tax effect of these adjustments is calculated using the effective tax rate for the applicable period or for certain discrete items the specific tax expense or benefit for the adjustment. Given the variability and volatility of the amount of related transactions in a particular period, management believes that these costs are not core operating expenses and should be adjusted in our calculation of Adjusted Net Income. Our adjustment of the amortization of all acquisition-related intangible assets does not exclude the amortization of other assets, which represents expense that is directly attributable to ongoing operations. Management believes that the adjustment relating to amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets supplements the GAAP information with a measure that can be used to assess the comparability of operating performance. The acquired intangible assets were recorded as part of purchase accounting and contribute to revenue generation. Amortization of intangible assets that relate to past acquisitions will recur in future periods until such intangible assets have been fully amortized. Any future acquisitions may result in the amortization of additional intangible assets. These financial measures are used by management in its decision making and overall evaluation of our operating performance and are included in the metrics used to determine incentive compensation for our senior management. Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share should not be construed as alternatives to Net Income or Diluted Earnings per Share as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In addition, not all companies that report measures similar to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share calculate such measures in the same manner as we do and, accordingly, our calculations are not necessarily comparable to similarly-named measures of other companies and may not be appropriate measures for performance relative to other companies.
The following unaudited table reconciles Forecasted Net Income and Diluted Earnings per Share to Forecasted Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share, respectively:
Forecasted Fiscal Year 2026(In millions, except per share data)Minimum Outlook Maximum OutlookNet income(1)$453 $529 Adjustments: Amortization of acquired intangibles 134 134 Restructuring and transaction related expenses 90 90 Impairment on Mekonomen equity method investment 44 44 Other adjustments 1 1 Tax effect of adjustments (60) (60)Adjusted net income(1)$662 $738 Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding 254.6 254.6 Diluted earnings per share: Reported(1)$1.78 $2.08 Adjusted(1)$2.60 $2.90 (1) Actuals and outlook figures are for continuing operations attributable to LKQ stockholders.
We have presented forecasted Adjusted Net Income and forecasted Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share in our financial outlook. Refer to the discussion of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share for details on the calculation of these non-GAAP financial measures. In the calculation of forecasted Adjusted Net Income and forecasted Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share, we included estimates of net income, amortization of acquired intangibles for the full fiscal year 2026, restructuring expenses under approved plans, and the related tax effect; we included for all other components the amounts incurred through June 30, 2026.
The following unaudited table reconciles Forecasted Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Forecasted Free Cash Flow:
Forecasted Fiscal Year 2026(In millions)Minimum Outlook Maximum OutlookNet cash provided by operating activities$825 $1,025Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment 200 250Free cash flow$625 $775 We have presented forecasted free cash flow in our financial outlook. Refer to the paragraph on the following page for details on the calculation of free cash flow.
The following unaudited tables reconciles Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow:
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,(In millions)2026
2025
2026
2025
Net cash provided by operating activities$111 $296 $55 $293Less: purchases of property, plant and equipment 51 53 91 107Free cash flow(1)$60 $243 $(36) $186 (1) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, Self Service contributed approximately $15 million and $30 million, respectively, of free cash flow.
We have presented free cash flow solely as a supplemental disclosure that offers investors, securities analysts and other interested parties useful information to evaluate our liquidity. We calculate free cash flow as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, less purchases of property, plant and equipment. We believe free cash flow provides insight into our liquidity and provides useful information to management and investors concerning our cash flow available to meet future debt service obligations and working capital requirements, make strategic acquisitions, pay dividends and repurchase stock. We believe free cash flow is used by investors, securities analysts and other interested parties in evaluating the liquidity of other companies, many of which present free cash flow when reporting their results. This financial measure is included in the metrics used to determine incentive compensation for our senior management.
Free cash flow should not be construed as an alternative to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In addition, not all companies that report free cash flow information calculate this metric in the same manner as we do and, accordingly, our calculations are not necessarily comparable to similarly-named measures of other companies and may not be appropriate measures for performance relative to other companies.
Wesco International vykázala ve 2. čtvrtletí rekordní tržby 6,7 miliardy USD, meziročně o 13 %, a upravený zisk na akcii (EPS) 4,57 USD. Firma zároveň zvýšila celoroční výhled pro rok 2026.
Record second quarter reported net sales of $6.7 billion, up 13% YOY and up 10% sequentially Organic sales up 13% YOY Data center sales of $1.5 billion, up ~45% YOY Record total company backlog, up ~60% YOY Second quarter operating margin of 5.7%, up 20 basis points YOY; adjusted EBITDA margin of 7.3%, up 60 basis points YOY Second quarter diluted EPS of $4.23; record adjusted diluted EPS of $4.57, up 35% YOY Second quarter operating cash flow of $54 million; free cash flow of $32 million Raising 2026 outlook reflecting exceptional results in first half of the year and accelerating business momentum , /PRNewswire/ -- Wesco International (NYSE: WCC), a leading provider of business-to-business distribution, logistics services and supply chain solutions, announces its results for the second quarter of 2026.
"We delivered another exceptional quarter marked by continued market outperformance and accelerating business momentum. Sales, backlog, adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted earnings per share all increased versus the prior year and achieved records that exceeded our plan. Free cash flow generation was also positive and exceeded our expectations. We have now posted four consecutive quarters of double-digit sales growth fueled by data centers. Beyond our outsized growth in data centers, demand remained strong across the rest of our diversified portfolio and end markets as customers continue to invest in major infrastructure projects. Especially noteworthy, backlog was up approximately 60%, to a new record level, reflecting the benefits of the ongoing secular growth trends and the continued effectiveness of our One Wesco cross-selling strategy. We achieved a major milestone this quarter with a significant multi-year Grid Services award in our UBS business from a hyperscale data center customer. This win represents an important step in diversifying our UBS customer base and expanding our comprehensive data center offerings to include power solutions in addition to our extensive white space and gray space product and service offerings. As recently announced, we also strengthened our end-to-end capabilities and cooling solutions for data center customers through the acquisition of Singapore-based Newark Engineering," said John Engel, Chairman, President, and CEO.
Mr. Engel concluded, "We are very pleased with our second quarter results and continued positive business momentum as we enter the second half of the year. Our backlog growth was fueled by multi-year customer commitments demonstrating our transformation into a leading infrastructure solutions provider serving communications, security, electrical, utility and power markets. The power of our customer value proposition, global capabilities, and leading portfolio of products, services and solutions is clear as we continue to outperform the market. As a result, we are significantly raising our full-year 2026 outlook reflecting the favorable secular growth trends and our confidence in continued strong execution. As the market leader, and with positive momentum building, I'm bullish that Wesco will continue to outperform our markets and deliver superior value to our customers, suppliers, and shareholders in the second half of 2026 and beyond."
Key Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended June 30
Six Months Ended June 30
($ in millions except per share data)
2026
Reported
2025
Reported
Change vs prior
year quarter
2026
Reported
2025
Reported
Change vs prior
year
GAAP Results
Net sales
$6,665.1
$5,899.6
13.0 %
$12,745.2
$11,243.3
13.4 %
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
$1,022.7
$872.2
17.3 %
$1,970.3
$1,708.5
15.3 %
Operating profit
$382.2
$322.2
18.6 %
$675.7
$563.1
20.0 %
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$209.0
$189.2
10.5 %
$362.8
$293.2
23.7 %
Earnings per diluted share
$4.23
$3.83
10.4 %
$7.33
$5.92
23.8 %
Operating cash flow
$53.7
$107.8
(50.2) %
$275.1
$135.8
102.6 %
Effective tax rate
22.9 %
26.1 %
(320) basis points
22.5 %
25.0 %
(250) basis points
($ in millions except per share data)
2026
Adjusted
2025
Adjusted
Change vs prior
year quarter
2026
Adjusted
2025
Adjusted
Change vs prior
year
Non-GAAP Results
Organic sales growth
12.6 %
7.2 %
N/A
12.5 %
6.4 %
N/A
Gross profit
$1,456.0
$1,242.7
17.2 %
$2,747.8
$2,368.3
16.0 %
Gross margin
21.8 %
21.1 %
70 basis points
21.6 %
21.1 %
50 basis points
Adjusted selling, general, and administrative expenses
$999.5
$864.1
15.7 %
$1,929.6
$1,693.1
14.0 %
Adjusted EBITDA
$487.2
$394.2
23.6 %
$876.0
$704.9
24.3 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin
7.3 %
6.7 %
60 basis points
6.9 %
6.3 %
60 basis points
Adjusted net income attributable to common stockholders
$225.6
$167.5
34.7 %
$392.4
$277.2
41.6 %
Adjusted earnings per diluted share
$4.57
$3.39
34.8 %
$7.93
$5.60
41.6 %
Free cash flow
$32.3
$86.5
(62.7) %
$245.7
$95.9
156.2 %
Net Sales
On an organic basis, which removes differences in foreign exchange rates and the impact from the number of workdays, sales for the second quarter of 2026 grew by 12.6%. The increase in organic sales reflects volume growth in all three segments (CSS, EES and UBS), as well as a favorable impact from changes in price. Sequentially, net sales increased 9.6% and organic sales grew by 6.6%. We had record backlog at the end of the second quarter of 2026, up by approximately 60% compared to the end of the second quarter of 2025. For the first six months of 2026, organic sales grew by 12.5%. The increase in organic sales reflects volume growth in all three segments (CSS, EES and UBS), as well as a favorable impact from changes in price. Gross Profit and Gross Margin
The increase in gross margin for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 reflects improved gross margin in the EES and CSS segments, partially offset by a decline in the UBS segment. Selling, General, and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses
The increase in SG&A expenses for the second quarter of 2026 is primarily driven by an increase in commissions and incentives due to company performance, as well as higher salaries and benefits. SG&A expenses for the second quarter of 2026 include $23.2 million of digital transformation costs, compared to $8.1 million of digital transformation and restructuring costs for the second quarter of 2025. Adjusted for these costs, SG&A expenses were 15.0% and 14.6% of net sales for the second quarter of 2026 and 2025, respectively. The increase in SG&A expenses for the first six months of 2026 is primarily driven by an increase in commissions and incentives due to company performance, as well as higher salaries and benefits. SG&A expenses for the first six months of 2026 include $40.7 million of digital transformation costs, compared to $15.4 million of digital transformation and restructuring costs for the first six months of 2025. Adjusted for these costs, SG&A expenses were 15.1% of net sales for the first six months of 2026 and 2025. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
The increase in adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin for the the second quarter of 2026 primarily reflects higher sales and gross margin. Sequentially, adjusted EBITDA margin increased 90 basis points. The increase in adjusted EBITDA for the first six months of 2026 primarily reflects higher sales and gross margin. Effective Tax Rate
The lower effective tax rates for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 are largely driven by higher discrete income tax benefits relating to the exercise and vesting of stock-based awards as compared to the prior year periods. Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share
The increase in adjusted earnings per diluted share in the second quarter of 2026 reflects higher adjusted EBITDA, as described above. There was also an unfavorable $17.5 million increase in interest expense primarily driven by higher net term debt throughout the quarter compared to the prior year, as well as a $10.0 million non-cash loss on extinguishment from the redemption of the 2028 Notes, partially offset by lower borrowings and lower rates on the Receivables Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility. Additionally, the prior year period included the favorable impact of the June 2025 redemption of the Company's 10.625% Series A Fixed-Rate Reset Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), partially offset by $12.9 million of preferred stock dividends. The increase in adjusted earnings per diluted share in the first six months of 2026 reflects higher adjusted EBITDA, partially offset by a $27.9 million increase in interest expense primarily driven by higher net term debt throughout the first six months compared to the prior year, as well as a $10.0 million non-cash loss on extinguishment from the redemption of the 2028 Notes, partially offset by lower borrowings and lower rates on the Receivables Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility. Additionally, the prior year period included the favorable impact of the Series A Preferred Stock redemption, partially offset by $27.3 million of preferred stock dividends. Operating Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities for the second quarter of 2026 totaled $53.7 million compared to $107.8 million in the second quarter of 2025. The $54.1 million decrease is driven by a $182.8 million impact from changes in trade accounts receivable and a $155.3 million impact from changes in other current and noncurrent assets. The impact from trade accounts receivable was primarily due to sales growth in all three segments, as well as the timing of receipts from customers as compared to the prior year, and the impact from other current and noncurrent assets was primarily due to increases in supplier prepayments. These decreases were partially offset by a $129.9 million impact from changes in other current and noncurrent liabilities, driven by increases in deferred revenue. Additionally an increase in net income as adjusted for certain non-cash items also offset the decrease in operating cash flows. Net cash provided by operating activities for the first six months of 2026 totaled $275.1 million, compared to $135.8 million for the first six months of 2025. The $139.3 million increase is driven by a $170.4 million impact from changes in other current and noncurrent liabilities, primarily due to increases in deferred revenue. Accounts payable additionally contributed to the increase, with a $151.3 million impact driven by increased inventory purchases, as well as the timing of inventory purchases and payments to suppliers as compared to the prior year. An increase in net income as adjusted for certain non-cash items also contributed to the increase in operating cash flows. These increases were partially offset by a $209.8 million impact from changes in trade accounts receivable and a $168.1 million impact from changes in other current and noncurrent assets. The impact from trade accounts receivable was primarily due to sales growth in all three segments, as well as the timing of receipts from customers as compared to the prior year, and the impact from other current and noncurrent assets was primarily due to increases in supplier prepayments. Webcast and Teleconference Access
Wesco will conduct a webcast and teleconference to discuss the second quarter of 2026 earnings as described in this News Release on Thursday, July 30, 2026, at 10:00 a.m. E.T. The call will be broadcast live over the internet and can be accessed from the Investor Relations page of the Company's website at https://investors.wesco.com. The call will be archived on this internet site for seven days.
Wesco International (NYSE: WCC) builds, connects, powers and protects the world. Headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Wesco is a FORTUNE 500® company with approximately $24 billion in annual sales in 2025 and a leading provider of business-to-business distribution, logistics services and supply chain solutions. Wesco offers a best-in-class product and services portfolio of Electrical and Electronic Solutions, Communications and Security Solutions, and Utility and Broadband Solutions. The Company employs approximately 21,000 people, partners with the industry's premier suppliers, and serves thousands of customers around the world. With millions of products, end-to-end supply chain services, and significant digital capabilities, Wesco provides innovative solutions to meet customer needs across commercial and industrial businesses, technology companies, telecommunications providers, and utilities. Wesco operates more than 700 sites, including distribution centers, fulfillment centers, and sales offices in approximately 50 countries, providing a local presence for customers and a global network to serve multi-location businesses and global corporations.
Forward-Looking Statements
All statements made herein that are not historical facts should be considered as "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding business strategy, growth strategy, competitive strengths, productivity and profitability enhancement, competition, new product and service introductions, and liquidity and capital resources. Such statements can generally be identified by the use of words such as "anticipate," "plan," "believe," "estimate," "intend," "expect," "project," and similar words, phrases or expressions or future or conditional verbs such as "could," "may," "should," "will," and "would," although not all forward-looking statements contain such words. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and beliefs of Wesco's management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, Wesco's management, current market trends and market conditions and involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of Wesco's and Wesco's management's control, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on such statements.
Important factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those presented or implied in the forward-looking statements include, among others, the failure to achieve the anticipated benefits of, and other risks associated with, acquisitions, joint ventures, divestitures and other corporate transactions; the inability to successfully integrate acquired businesses; the impact of increased interest rates or borrowing costs; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; evolving impacts from tariffs or other trade tensions between the U.S. and other countries (including implementation of new tariffs and retaliatory measures); failure to adequately protect Wesco's intellectual property or successfully defend against infringement claims; the inability to successfully deploy new technologies, digital products and information systems or to otherwise adapt to emerging technologies in the marketplace, such as those incorporating artificial intelligence (AI); risks relating to our use or reliance on AI; failure to execute on our efforts and programs related to environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters; unanticipated expenditures or other adverse developments related to compliance with new or stricter government policies, laws or regulations, including those relating to data privacy, cybersecurity, competition, sustainability and environmental protection; the inability to successfully develop, manage or implement new technology initiatives or business strategies, including with respect to the expansion of e-commerce or AI capabilities and other digital solutions and digitalization initiatives; disruption of information technology systems or operations; natural disasters (including as a result of climate change), health epidemics, pandemics and other outbreaks; supply chain disruptions; geopolitical conflicts and issues, such as the ongoing Middle East and Russia/Ukraine conflicts; the impact of changing and expanding export controls, sanctions, and data localization rules; the failure to manage the increased risks and impacts of cyber incidents or data breaches; and exacerbation of key materials shortages, inflationary cost pressures, material cost increases, demand volatility, and logistics and capacity constraints, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. All such factors are difficult to predict and are beyond the Company's control. Additional factors that could cause results to differ materially from those described above can be found in Wesco's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and other periodic reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in millions, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Net sales
$ 6,665.1
$ 5,899.6
Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)
5,209.1
78.2 %
4,656.9
78.9 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
1,022.7
15.3 %
872.2
14.8 %
Depreciation and amortization
51.1
48.3
Income from operations
382.2
5.7 %
322.2
5.5 %
Interest expense, net
110.4
92.9
Other income, net
(0.2)
(7.3)
Income before income taxes
272.0
4.1 %
236.6
4.0 %
Provision for income taxes
62.4
61.8
Net income
209.6
3.1 %
174.8
3.0 %
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.6
0.3
Net income attributable to WESCO International, Inc.
209.0
3.1 %
174.5
3.0 %
Plus: Gain on redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
—
27.6
Less: Preferred stock dividends
—
12.9
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 209.0
3.1 %
$ 189.2
3.2 %
Earnings per diluted share attributable to common stockholders
$ 4.23
$ 3.83
Weighted-average common shares outstanding and common
share equivalents used in computing earnings per diluted
common share
49.4
49.4
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in millions, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Net sales
$ 12,745.2
$ 11,243.3
Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)
9,997.4
78.4 %
8,875.0
78.9 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
1,970.3
15.5 %
1,708.5
15.2 %
Depreciation and amortization
101.8
96.7
Income from operations
675.7
5.3 %
563.1
5.0 %
Interest expense, net
207.1
179.2
Other income, net
(0.6)
(7.1)
Income before income taxes
469.2
3.7 %
391.0
3.5 %
Provision for income taxes
105.5
97.9
Net income
363.7
2.9 %
293.1
2.6 %
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.9
0.2
Net income attributable to WESCO International, Inc.
362.8
2.8 %
292.9
2.6 %
Plus: Gain on redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
—
27.6
Less: Preferred stock dividends
—
27.3
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 362.8
2.8 %
$ 293.2
2.6 %
Earnings per diluted share attributable to common stockholders
$ 7.33
$ 5.92
Weighted-average common shares outstanding and common
share equivalents used in computing earnings per diluted
common share
49.5
49.5
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollar amounts in millions)
(Unaudited)
As of
June 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 808.9
$ 604.8
Trade accounts receivable, net
4,685.0
4,069.6
Inventories
4,418.0
4,008.8
Other current assets
834.6
773.0
Total current assets
10,746.5
9,456.2
Goodwill and intangible assets
5,036.0
5,112.6
Other assets
2,025.3
1,926.1
Total assets
$ 17,807.8
$ 16,494.9
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 3,740.3
$ 3,030.5
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt, net
25.0
25.0
Other current liabilities
1,373.7
1,241.3
Total current liabilities
5,139.0
4,296.8
Long-term debt, net
5,911.1
5,756.4
Other noncurrent liabilities
1,545.1
1,415.3
Total liabilities
12,595.2
11,468.5
Equity:
Total equity
5,212.6
5,026.4
Total liabilities and equity
$ 17,807.8
$ 16,494.9
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollar amounts in millions)
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
June 30,
2025
Operating activities:
Net income
$ 363.7
$ 293.1
Add back (deduct):
Depreciation and amortization
101.8
96.7
Change in trade receivables, net
(641.0)
(431.2)
Change in inventories
(432.4)
(403.1)
Change in accounts payable
726.0
574.7
Other, net
157.0
5.6
Net cash provided by operating activities
275.1
135.8
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures
(51.6)
(42.2)
Acquisition payments, net of cash acquired
—
(36.0)
Other, net
3.6
1.3
Net cash used in investing activities
(48.0)
(76.9)
Financing activities:
Debt borrowings, net(1)
152.0
605.0
Payments for taxes related to net-share settlement of equity awards
(48.1)
(18.4)
Repurchases of common stock
(39.9)
(50.0)
Redemption of preferred stock
—
(540.3)
Payment of common stock dividends
(48.8)
(44.2)
Payment of preferred stock dividends
—
(27.3)
Other, net
(37.1)
(33.1)
Net cash used in financing activities
(21.9)
(108.3)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(1.1)
13.8
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
204.1
(35.6)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
604.8
702.6
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$ 808.9
$ 667.0
(1)
The six months ended June 30, 2026 includes the issuance of the Company's $650 million aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2031 (the "2031 Notes") and $850 million aggregate principal amount of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2034 (the "2034 Notes" and, together with the 2031 Notes, the "2031 and 2034 Notes"). The proceeds from the issuance of the 2031 and 2034 Notes were used for the redemption of the Company's $1,325 million aggregate principal amount of 7.250% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 Notes") and to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The six months ended June 30, 2025 includes the issuance of the Company's $800 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior notes due 2033 (the "2033 Notes"). The Company used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2033 Notes to redeem all of the Company's outstanding 10.625% Series A Fixed-Rate Reset Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and all of the related depositary shares representing fractional interests in the Series A Preferred Stock, and to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
In addition to the results provided in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP") above, this earnings release includes certain non-GAAP financial measures. These financial measures include organic sales growth, gross profit, gross margin, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, financial leverage, free cash flow, adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, adjusted income from operations, adjusted operating margin, adjusted other non-operating (income) expense, adjusted provision for income taxes, adjusted income before income taxes, adjusted net income, adjusted net income attributable to WESCO International, Inc., adjusted net income attributable to common stockholders, and adjusted earnings per diluted share. The Company believes that these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors as they provide a better understanding of our financial condition and results of operations on a comparable basis. Additionally, certain non-GAAP measures either focus on or exclude items impacting comparability of results such as digital transformation costs, restructuring costs, cloud computing arrangement amortization, and the related income tax effects, allowing investors to more easily compare the Company's financial performance from period to period. Management does not use these non-GAAP financial measures for any purpose other than the reasons stated above.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Organic Sales Growth by Segment - Three Months Ended:
Three Months Ended
Growth/(Decline)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported
Sales
Acquisition
Foreign
Exchange
Workday
Organic
Sales
EES
$ 2,510.7
$ 2,257.8
11.2 %
— %
0.3 %
— %
10.9 %
CSS
2,681.2
2,265.2
18.4 %
— %
0.9 %
— %
17.5 %
UBS
1,473.2
1,376.6
7.0 %
— %
— %
— %
7.0 %
Total net sales
$ 6,665.1
$ 5,899.6
13.0 %
— %
0.4 %
— %
12.6 %
Organic Sales Growth by Segment - Six Months Ended:
Six Months Ended
Growth/(Decline)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Reported
Sales
Acquisition
Foreign
Exchange
Workday
Organic
Sales
EES
$ 4,754.9
$ 4,323.1
10.0 %
— %
0.9 %
— %
9.1 %
CSS
5,160.1
4,265.5
21.0 %
— %
1.3 %
— %
19.7 %
UBS
2,830.2
2,654.7
6.6 %
— %
0.2 %
— %
6.4 %
Total net sales
$ 12,745.2
$ 11,243.3
13.4 %
— %
0.9 %
— %
12.5 %
Organic Sales Growth by Segment - Sequential:
Three Months Ended
Growth/(Decline)
June 30, 2026
March 31, 2026
Reported
Sales
Acquisition
Foreign
Exchange
Workday
Organic
Sales
EES
$ 2,510.7
$ 2,244.2
11.9 %
— %
(0.3) %
3.2 %
9.0 %
CSS
2,681.2
2,478.9
8.2 %
— %
(0.1) %
3.2 %
5.1 %
UBS
1,473.2
1,357.0
8.6 %
— %
(0.1) %
3.2 %
5.5 %
Total net sales
$ 6,665.1
$ 6,080.1
9.6 %
— %
(0.2) %
3.2 %
6.6 %
Note: Organic sales growth is a non-GAAP financial measure of sales performance. Organic sales growth is calculated by deducting the percentage impact from acquisitions and divestitures for one year following the respective transaction, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and number of workdays from the reported percentage change in consolidated net sales. Workday impact represents the change in the number of operating days period-over-period after adjusting for weekends and public holidays in the United States; There was no change in the number of workdays in the second quarter of 2026 compared to the second quarter of 2025, or in the first six months of 2026 compared to the first six months of 2025. The second quarter of 2026 had two more workdays compared to the first quarter of 2026.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
Gross Profit:
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Net sales
$ 6,665.1
$ 5,899.6
$ 12,745.2
$ 11,243.3
Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)
5,209.1
4,656.9
9,997.4
8,875.0
Gross profit
$ 1,456.0
$ 1,242.7
$ 2,747.8
$ 2,368.3
Gross margin
21.8 %
21.1 %
21.6 %
21.1 %
Note: Gross profit is a financial measure commonly used in the distribution industry. Gross profit is calculated by deducting cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, from net sales. Gross margin is calculated by dividing gross profit by net sales.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Adjusted SG&A Expenses:
SG&A expenses
$ 1,022.7
$ 872.2
$ 1,970.3
$ 1,708.5
Digital transformation costs(1)
(23.2)
(7.6)
(40.7)
(13.8)
Restructuring costs(2)
—
(0.5)
—
(1.6)
Adjusted SG&A expenses
$ 999.5
$ 864.1
$ 1,929.6
$ 1,693.1
Percentage of net sales
15.0 %
14.6 %
15.1 %
15.1 %
Adjusted Income from Operations:
Income from operations
$ 382.2
$ 322.2
$ 675.7
$ 563.1
Digital transformation costs(1)
23.2
7.6
40.7
13.8
Restructuring costs(2)
—
0.5
—
1.6
Adjusted income from operations
$ 405.4
$ 330.3
$ 716.4
$ 578.5
Adjusted income from operations margin %
6.1 %
5.6 %
5.6 %
5.1 %
Adjusted Other Income, net:
Other income, net
$ (0.2)
$ (7.3)
$ (0.6)
$ (7.1)
Loss on termination of business arrangement(3)
—
—
—
(0.3)
Adjusted other income, net
$ (0.2)
$ (7.3)
$ (0.6)
$ (7.4)
Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes:
Provision for income taxes
$ 62.4
$ 61.8
$ 105.5
$ 97.9
Income tax effect of adjustments to income from
operations and other income, net(4)
6.6
2.2
11.1
4.1
Adjusted provision for income taxes
$ 69.0
$ 64.0
$ 116.6
$ 102.0
Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Common
Stockholders:
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 209.0
$ 189.2
$ 362.8
$ 293.2
Digital transformation costs(1)
23.2
7.6
40.7
13.8
Restructuring costs(2)
—
0.5
—
1.6
Loss on termination of business arrangement(3)
—
—
—
0.3
Income tax effect of adjustments to income from
operations and other income, net(4)
(6.6)
(2.2)
(11.1)
(4.1)
Gain on redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
—
(27.6)
—
(27.6)
Adjusted net income attributable to common
stockholders
$ 225.6
$ 167.5
$ 392.4
$ 277.2
(1)
Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(2)
Restructuring costs include severance costs incurred pursuant to an ongoing restructuring plan.
(3)
Loss on termination of business arrangement represents the loss recognized as a result of management's decision to terminate a business arrangement with a third party.
(4)
The adjustments to income from operations and other income, net have been tax effected at rates of 28.4% and 27.2% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, respectively, and 26.3% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share:
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Adjusted income from operations
$ 405.4
$ 330.3
$ 716.4
$ 578.5
Interest expense, net
110.4
92.9
207.1
179.2
Adjusted other income, net
(0.2)
(7.3)
(0.6)
(7.4)
Adjusted income before income taxes
295.2
244.7
509.9
406.7
Adjusted provision for income taxes
69.0
64.0
116.6
102.0
Adjusted net income
226.2
180.7
393.3
304.7
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.6
0.3
0.9
0.2
Adjusted net income attributable to WESCO International, Inc.
225.6
180.4
392.4
304.5
Preferred stock dividends
—
12.9
—
27.3
Adjusted net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 225.6
$ 167.5
$ 392.4
$ 277.2
Diluted shares
49.4
49.4
49.5
49.5
Adjusted earnings per diluted share
$ 4.57
$ 3.39
$ 7.93
$ 5.60
Note: For the three and six months ended June 30, 2026, SG&A expenses, income from operations, provision for income taxes, net income attributable to common stockholders and earnings per diluted share have been adjusted to exclude digital transformation costs and the related income tax effects. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, SG&A expenses, income from operations, the provision for income taxes, net income attributable to common stockholders and earnings per diluted share have been adjusted to exclude digital transformation costs, restructuring costs, and the related income tax effects, and the gain on redemption of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock. Other non-operating (income) expense, the provision for income taxes, net income attributable to common stockholders and earnings per diluted share for the six months ended June 30, 2025 were also adjusted to exclude the loss on termination of business arrangement and the related income tax effect. These non-GAAP financial measures provide a better understanding of our financial results on a comparable basis.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment:
EES
CSS
UBS
Corporate
Total
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 204.1
$ 232.2
$ 136.8
$ (364.1)
$ 209.0
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.2
0.6
—
(0.2)
0.6
Provision for income taxes(1)
—
—
—
62.4
62.4
Interest expense, net(1)
—
—
—
110.4
110.4
Depreciation and amortization
13.7
19.8
9.1
8.5
51.1
EBITDA
$ 218.0
$ 252.6
$ 145.9
$ (183.0)
$ 433.5
Other expense (income), net
12.6
18.7
—
(31.5)
(0.2)
Stock-based compensation expense
0.7
1.6
0.9
15.9
19.1
Digital transformation costs(2)
—
—
—
23.2
23.2
Cloud computing arrangement amortization(3)
—
—
—
11.6
11.6
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 231.3
$ 272.9
$ 146.8
$ (163.8)
$ 487.2
Adjusted EBITDA margin %
9.2 %
10.2 %
10.0 %
7.3 %
(1) The reportable segments do not incur income taxes and interest expense as these costs are centrally controlled through the Corporate tax and
treasury functions.
(2) Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(3) Cloud computing arrangement amortization consists of expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for capitalized
implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements to support our digital transformation initiatives.
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment:
EES
CSS
UBS
Corporate
Total
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 162.1
$ 162.1
$ 137.8
$ (272.8)
$ 189.2
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.1
0.6
—
(0.4)
0.3
Gain on redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
—
—
—
(27.6)
(27.6)
Preferred stock dividends
—
—
—
12.9
12.9
Provision for income taxes(1)
—
—
—
61.8
61.8
Interest expense, net(1)
—
—
—
92.9
92.9
Depreciation and amortization
12.4
19.1
7.6
9.2
48.3
EBITDA
$ 174.6
$ 181.8
$ 145.4
$ (124.0)
$ 377.8
Other expense (income), net
7.3
15.7
(2.2)
(28.1)
(7.3)
Stock-based compensation expense
1.0
1.4
0.5
5.5
8.4
Digital transformation costs(2)
—
—
—
7.6
7.6
Cloud computing arrangement amortization(3)
—
—
—
7.2
7.2
Restructuring costs(4)
—
—
—
0.5
0.5
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 182.9
$ 198.9
$ 143.7
$ (131.3)
$ 394.2
Adjusted EBITDA margin %
8.1 %
8.8 %
10.4 %
6.7 %
(1) The reportable segments do not incur income taxes and interest expense as these costs are centrally controlled through the corporate tax and
treasury functions.
(2) Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(3) Cloud computing arrangement amortization consists of expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for capitalized
implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements to support our digital transformation initiatives.
(4) Restructuring costs include severance costs incurred pursuant to an ongoing restructuring plan.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2026
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment:
EES
CSS
UBS
Corporate
Total
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 164.1
$ 188.3
$ 121.7
$ (320.3)
$ 153.8
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.1
0.4
—
(0.2)
0.3
Provision for income taxes(1)
—
—
—
43.1
43.1
Interest expense, net(1)
—
—
—
96.7
96.7
Depreciation and amortization
13.2
19.8
8.5
9.2
50.7
EBITDA
$ 177.4
$ 208.5
$ 130.2
$ (171.5)
$ 344.6
Other expense (income), net
6.8
13.1
(0.4)
(19.9)
(0.4)
Stock-based compensation expense
0.8
1.6
0.9
12.8
16.1
Digital transformation costs(2)
—
—
—
17.5
17.5
Cloud computing arrangement amortization(3)
—
—
—
11.0
11.0
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 185.0
$ 223.2
$ 130.7
$ (150.1)
$ 388.8
Adjusted EBITDA margin %
8.2 %
9.0 %
9.6 %
6.4 %
(1) The reportable segments do not incur income taxes and interest expense as these costs are centrally controlled through the Corporate tax and
treasury functions.
(2) Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(3) Cloud computing arrangement amortization consists of expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for capitalized
implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements to support our digital transformation initiatives.
Note: EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin % are non-GAAP financial measures that provide indicators of the Company's performance and its ability to meet debt service requirements. For the three months ended June 30, 2026 and March 31, 2026, adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization before other non-operating expenses (income), non-cash stock-based compensation expense, digital transformation costs, and cloud computing arrangement amortization. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization before other non-operating expenses (income), non-cash stock-based compensation expense, digital transformation costs, cloud computing arrangement amortization, and restructuring costs.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment:
EES
CSS
UBS
Corporate
Total
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 368.2
$ 420.5
$ 258.5
$ (684.4)
$ 362.8
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
0.3
1.1
—
(0.5)
0.9
Provision for income taxes(1)
—
—
—
105.5
105.5
Interest expense, net(1)
—
—
—
207.1
207.1
Depreciation and amortization
26.9
39.5
17.7
17.7
101.8
EBITDA
$ 395.4
$ 461.1
$ 276.2
$ (354.6)
$ 778.1
Other expense (income), net
19.4
31.8
(0.4)
(51.4)
(0.6)
Stock-based compensation expense
1.5
3.2
1.7
28.8
35.2
Digital transformation costs(2)
—
—
—
40.7
40.7
Cloud computing arrangement amortization(3)
—
—
—
22.6
22.6
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 416.3
$ 496.1
$ 277.5
$ (313.9)
$ 876.0
Adjusted EBITDA margin %
8.8 %
9.6 %
9.8 %
6.9 %
(1) The reportable segments do not incur income taxes and interest expense as these costs are centrally controlled through the Corporate tax and
treasury functions.
(2) Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(3) Cloud computing arrangement amortization consists of expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for capitalized
implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements to support our digital transformation initiatives.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment:
EES
CSS
UBS
Corporate
Total
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 287.2
$ 289.3
$ 268.1
$ (551.4)
$ 293.2
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
—
0.7
—
(0.5)
0.2
Gain on redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
—
—
—
(27.6)
(27.6)
Preferred stock dividends
—
—
—
27.3
27.3
Provision for income taxes(1)
—
—
—
97.9
97.9
Interest expense, net(1)
—
—
—
179.2
179.2
Depreciation and amortization
24.6
38.1
15.4
18.6
96.7
EBITDA
$ 311.8
$ 328.1
$ 283.5
$ (256.5)
$ 666.9
Other expense (income), net
11.7
26.6
(2.4)
(43.0)
(7.1)
Stock-based compensation expense
2.0
2.7
0.9
13.0
18.6
Digital transformation costs(2)
—
—
—
13.8
13.8
Cloud computing arrangement amortization(3)
—
—
—
11.1
11.1
Restructuring costs(4)
—
—
—
1.6
1.6
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 325.5
$ 357.4
$ 282.0
$ (260.0)
$ 704.9
Adjusted EBITDA margin %
7.5 %
8.4 %
10.6 %
6.3 %
(1) The reportable segments do not incur income taxes and interest expense as these costs are centrally controlled through the Corporate tax and
treasury functions.
(2) Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(3) Cloud computing arrangement amortization consists of expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for capitalized
implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements to support our digital transformation initiatives.
(4) Restructuring costs include severance costs incurred pursuant to an ongoing restructuring plan.
Note: Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin % are non-GAAP financial measures that provide indicators of the Company's performance and its ability to meet debt service requirements. For the six months ended June 30, 2026, adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization before other non-operating expenses (income), non-cash stock-based compensation expense, digital transformation costs, and cloud computing arrangement amortization. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization before other non-operating expenses (income), non-cash stock-based compensation expense, digital transformation costs, cloud computing arrangement amortization, and restructuring costs.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Twelve Months Ended
Financial Leverage:
June 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
Net income attributable to common stockholders
$ 715.5
$ 645.8
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
3.0
2.3
Gain on redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
(5.3)
(32.9)
Preferred stock dividends
—
27.3
Provision for income taxes
221.0
213.4
Interest expense, net
414.5
386.7
Depreciation and amortization
202.6
197.6
EBITDA
$ 1,551.3
$ 1,440.2
Other income, net
(3.1)
(9.6)
Stock-based compensation expense
57.1
40.5
Digital transformation costs(1)
62.1
35.2
Cloud computing arrangement amortization(2)
41.8
30.2
Restructuring costs(3)
(1.6)
—
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 1,707.6
$ 1,536.5
As of
June 30,
2026
December 31,
2025
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt, net
$ 25.0
$ 25.0
Long-term debt, net
5,911.1
5,756.4
Debt discount and debt issuance costs(4)
49.8
48.0
Total debt
5,985.9
5,829.4
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
808.9
604.8
Total debt, net of cash
$ 5,177.0
$ 5,224.6
Financial leverage ratio
3.0
3.4
(1)
Digital transformation costs include costs associated with certain digital transformation initiatives.
(2)
Cloud computing arrangement amortization consists of expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses for capitalized implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements to support our digital transformation initiatives.
(3)
Reduction to restructuring costs represents the reversal of certain severance costs previously incurred pursuant to an ongoing restructuring plan.
(4)
Debt is presented in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets net of debt discount and debt issuance costs.
Note: Financial leverage ratio is a non-GAAP measure of the use of debt. Financial leverage ratio is calculated by dividing total debt, excluding debt issuance costs, and debt discount, net of cash, by adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as the trailing twelve months earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as the trailing twelve months EBITDA before other non-operating expense (income), non-cash stock-based compensation expense, digital transformation costs, cloud computing arrangement amortization, and restructuring costs.
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
(in millions, except per share amounts and ratios)
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
Free Cash Flow:
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Cash flow provided by operations
$ 53.7
$ 107.8
$ 275.1
$ 135.8
Less: Capital expenditures
(28.2)
(21.8)
(51.6)
(42.2)
Add: Other adjustments
6.8
0.5
22.2
2.3
Free cash flow
$ 32.3
$ 86.5
$ 245.7
$ 95.9
Percentage of adjusted net income
14.3 %
47.9 %
62.5 %
31.5 %
Note: Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure of liquidity. Capital expenditures are deducted from operating cash flow to determine free cash flow. Free cash flow is available to fund investing and financing activities. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company paid for certain costs related to digital transformation and restructuring. Such expenditures have been added back to operating cash flow to determine free cash flow for such periods. Our calculation of free cash flow may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.
Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership ve 1. čtvrtletí nově koupila 676 653 akcií CenterPoint Energy za přibližně 29,204 milionu USD. CenterPoint zároveň oznámila EPS ve výši 0,40 USD za 2. čtvrtletí, nad odhadem analytiků 0,37 USD.
Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership bought a new position in CenterPoint Energy, Inc. (NYSE:CNP – Free Report) in the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The fund bought 676,653 shares of the utilities provider’s stock, valued at approximately $29,204,000. Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership owned about 0.10% of CenterPoint Energy as of its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of the company. Vanguard Group Inc. raised its position in shares of CenterPoint Energy by 0.9% during the 4th quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. now owns 82,381,128 shares of the utilities provider’s stock valued at $3,158,492,000 after acquiring an additional 719,803 shares in the last quarter. T. Rowe Price Investment Management Inc. raised its holdings in shares of CenterPoint Energy by 13.2% during the fourth quarter. T. Rowe Price Investment Management Inc. now owns 58,286,690 shares of the utilities provider’s stock worth $2,234,712,000 after purchasing an additional 6,794,535 shares during the period. Capital Research Global Investors lifted its position in shares of CenterPoint Energy by 1.1% in the 4th quarter. Capital Research Global Investors now owns 20,941,909 shares of the utilities provider’s stock worth $802,916,000 after buying an additional 235,346 shares during the last quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC boosted its stake in CenterPoint Energy by 1.0% in the fourth quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 17,023,720 shares of the utilities provider’s stock valued at $650,189,000 after acquiring an additional 166,305 shares during the period. Finally, Norges Bank acquired a new stake in shares of CenterPoint Energy during the 4th quarter worth approximately $343,925,000. Institutional investors own 91.77% of the company’s stock.
CenterPoint Energy News Roundup Here are the key news stories impacting CenterPoint Energy this week:
Positive Sentiment: CenterPoint reported second-quarter adjusted EPS of $0.40, above the $0.37 analyst consensus and up from $0.29 a year earlier. Revenue increased 10.7% year over year to $2.15 billion, also exceeding expectations, while GAAP earnings rose to $244 million, or $0.37 per share. Reuters earnings report Positive Sentiment: The utility increased its 10-year capital plan by $1.2 billion, supported by rising electricity demand in the Houston area and approximately 14 gigawatts of potential ERCOT “Batch Zero” projects. The spending could strengthen long-term rate-base growth, particularly from data-center demand. Capital plan and ERCOT projects Neutral Sentiment: CenterPoint reaffirmed its 2026 adjusted EPS guidance of $1.89 to $1.91. While this maintains the company’s outlook after the earnings beat, the midpoint is roughly in line with the $1.91 analyst consensus, providing limited near-term upside to estimates. CenterPoint quarterly results Negative Sentiment: The larger investment program increases financing, execution and regulatory exposure. A new risk disclosure also raised questions about the clarity of CenterPoint’s business exposure and regulatory risks, which may be weighing on investor sentiment. CenterPoint risk disclosure Wall Street Analyst Weigh In A number of research firms recently issued reports on CNP. Bank of America boosted their price objective on CenterPoint Energy from $42.00 to $44.00 and gave the company a “neutral” rating in a research report on Wednesday, April 15th. KeyCorp dropped their price objective on shares of CenterPoint Energy from $47.00 to $46.00 and set an “overweight” rating on the stock in a report on Thursday, July 23rd. Wolfe Research reiterated an “outperform” rating and set a $49.00 price target on shares of CenterPoint Energy in a research report on Wednesday. Morgan Stanley set a $40.00 price target on CenterPoint Energy in a research note on Wednesday, July 22nd. Finally, Wall Street Zen lowered CenterPoint Energy from a “hold” rating to a “sell” rating in a report on Saturday, April 25th. Nine investment analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating, seven have given a Hold rating and one has issued a Sell rating to the stock. According to data from MarketBeat, the company currently has an average rating of “Hold” and a consensus target price of $45.64.
View Our Latest Analysis on CNP
CenterPoint Energy Stock Down 2.7% CNP stock opened at $42.90 on Thursday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.95, a current ratio of 1.12 and a quick ratio of 1.04. The firm has a market capitalization of $28.06 billion, a P/E ratio of 25.23, a P/E/G ratio of 2.61 and a beta of 0.46. CenterPoint Energy, Inc. has a 52-week low of $36.60 and a 52-week high of $45.26. The company’s 50 day simple moving average is $43.25 and its 200-day simple moving average is $42.45.
CenterPoint Energy (NYSE:CNP – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Tuesday, July 28th. The utilities provider reported $0.40 EPS for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $0.37 by $0.03. CenterPoint Energy had a net margin of 11.61% and a return on equity of 11.10%. The firm had revenue of $2.15 billion during the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $2.12 billion. During the same quarter last year, the business posted $0.29 EPS. CenterPoint Energy has set its FY 2026 guidance at 1.890-1.910 EPS. As a group, equities research analysts anticipate that CenterPoint Energy, Inc. will post 1.91 EPS for the current year.
CenterPoint Energy Increases Dividend The firm also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, September 10th. Shareholders of record on Thursday, August 20th will be paid a dividend of $0.24 per share. This is a boost from CenterPoint Energy’s previous quarterly dividend of $0.23. The ex-dividend date of this dividend is Thursday, August 20th. This represents a $0.96 annualized dividend and a yield of 2.2%. CenterPoint Energy’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is presently 56.44%.
CenterPoint Energy Profile (Free Report)
CenterPoint Energy, Inc (NYSE: CNP) is a Houston-based regulated utility company that provides electric and natural gas delivery services and related infrastructure operations. The company’s principal activities center on the transmission and distribution of electricity in the greater Houston metropolitan area and the distribution of natural gas to customers across several states in the Midwest and South. As a vertically integrated utility, CenterPoint focuses on the reliable delivery of energy through owned and operated networks of lines, pipelines and associated facilities.
CenterPoint’s core businesses include regulated electric transmission and distribution services, regulated natural gas distribution, and the operation and maintenance of energy infrastructure.
See Also Five stocks we like better than CenterPoint Energy Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock
Receive News & Ratings for CenterPoint Energy Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for CenterPoint Energy and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEProcter & Gamble Company (The) $PG Shares Acquired by Arkadios Wealth Advisors
NEXT HEADLINE »Arkadios Wealth Advisors Has $26.82 Million Stake in Eli Lilly and Company $LLY
Virtu Financial ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila výnosy o 19 % na 1,19 miliardy USD a čistý zisk činil 284,9 milionu USD. Firma zároveň schválila čtvrtletní dividendu ve výši 0,24 USD na akcii.
NEW YORK, July 30, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Virtu Financial, Inc. (NYSE: VIRT), a leading provider of financial services and products that leverages cutting edge technology to deliver innovative, transparent trading solutions to its clients and liquidity to the global markets, today reported results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
Second Quarter 2026:
Net income of $284.9 million; Normalized Adjusted Net Income1 of $291.5 millionBasic and diluted earnings per share of $1.63; Normalized Adjusted EPS1 of $1.82Total revenues of $1,190.0 million; Trading income, net, of $856.7 million; Net income Margin of 23.9%2 Adjusted Net Trading Income1 of $717.9 million Adjusted EBITDA1 of $436.8 million; Adjusted EBITDA Margin1 of 60.8%
The Virtu Financial, Inc. Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.24 per share. This dividend is payable on September 15, 2026 to shareholders of record as of September 1, 2026.
Note 1: Non-GAAP financial measures. Please see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Items" for more information.
Note 2: Calculated by dividing Net income by Total revenue.
Financial Results
Second Quarter 2026:
Total revenues increased 19.0% to $1,190.0 million for this quarter, compared to $999.6 million for the same period in 2025. Trading income, net, increased 31.2% to $856.7 million for the quarter compared to $652.8 million for the same period in 2025. Net income totaled $284.9 million for this quarter, compared to net income of $293.0 million in the prior year quarter.
Basic and diluted earnings per share for this quarter were $1.63, compared to basic and diluted earnings per share of $1.65 for the same period in 2025.
Adjusted Net Trading Income increased 26.4% to $717.9 million for this quarter, compared to $567.7 million for the same period in 2025. Adjusted EBITDA increased 18.2% to $436.8 million for this quarter, compared to $369.4 million for the same period in 2025. Normalized Adjusted Net Income increased 19.4% to $291.5 million for this quarter, compared to $244.2 million for the same period in 2025.
Assuming all non-controlling interests had been exchanged for common stock, and the Company’s Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes was subject to corporation taxes, Normalized Adjusted EPS was $1.82 for this quarter, compared to $1.53 for the same period in 2025.
Operating Segment Information
The Company has two operating segments: Market Making and Execution Services; and one non-operating segment: Corporate.
Market Making principally consists of market making in the cash, futures and options markets across global equities, fixed income, currencies, cryptocurrencies, and commodities. As a market maker, the Company commits capital on a principal basis by offering to buy securities from, or sell securities to, broker dealers, banks and institutions.
Execution Services comprises agency-based trading and trading venues, offering execution services in global equities, options, futures and fixed income on behalf of institutions, banks and broker dealers. The Company also provides proprietary technology and infrastructure, workflow technology, and trading analytics services to select third parties. The segment also includes the results of the Company's capital markets business, in which the Company acts as an agent for issuers in connection with at-the-market offerings and buyback programs.
Corporate contains the Company's investments, principally in strategic trading-related opportunities, and maintains corporate overhead expenses.
The following tables show the trading income, net, total revenues and Adjusted Net Trading Income by segment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.
Total revenues by segment
(in thousands, unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Market Making Execution Services Corporate Total Market Making Execution Services Corporate TotalTrading income, net $849,402 $7,289 $— $856,691 $647,344 $5,452 $— $652,796Commissions, net and technology services 15,944 163,601 — 179,545 14,414 139,445 — 153,859Interest and dividends income 143,322 2,564 — 145,886 125,893 2,513 — 128,406Other, net 506 7 7,318 7,831 (1,058) 67,078 (1,508) 64,512Total Revenues $1,009,174 $173,461 $7,318 $1,189,953 $786,593 $214,488 $(1,508) $999,573 Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Market Making Execution Services Corporate Total Market Making Execution Services Corporate TotalTrading income, net $1,631,821 $14,016 $— $1,645,837 $1,229,966 $12,813 $— $1,242,779Commissions, net and technology services 24,619 341,551 — 366,170 31,726 273,440 — 305,166Interest and dividends income 268,384 5,020 — 273,404 232,331 5,128 — 237,459Other, net 47 5 (183) (131) (16,258) 64,115 4,181 52,038Total Revenues $1,924,871 $360,592 $(183) $2,285,280 $1,477,765 $355,496 $4,181 $1,837,442 Reconciliation of trading income, net to Adjusted Net Trading Income by operating segment
(in thousands, unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Three Months Ended June 30, 2025 Market Making Execution Services Corporate Total Market Making Execution Services Corporate TotalTrading income, net $849,402 $7,289 $— $856,691 $647,344 $5,452 $— $652,796 Commissions, net and technology services 15,944 163,601 — 179,545 14,414 139,445 — 153,859 Interest and dividends income 143,322 2,564 — 145,886 125,893 2,513 — 128,406 Brokerage, exchange, clearance fees and payments for order flow, net (225,815) (33,171) — (258,986) (172,311) (29,814) — (202,125)Interest and dividends expense (202,982) (2,284) — (205,266) (163,871) (1,342) — (165,213)Adjusted Net Trading Income $579,871 $137,999 $— $717,870 $451,469 $116,254 $— $567,723 Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 Market Making Execution Services Corporate Total Market Making Execution Services Corporate TotalTrading income, net $1,631,821 $14,016 $— $1,645,837 $1,229,966 $12,813 $— $1,242,779 Commissions, net and technology services 24,619 341,551 — 366,170 31,726 273,440 — 305,166 Interest and dividends income 268,384 5,020 — 273,404 232,331 5,128 — 237,459 Brokerage, exchange, clearance fees and payments for order flow, net (328,573) (69,241) — (397,814) (366,614) (57,386) — (424,000)Interest and dividends expense (379,323) (3,870) — (383,193) (293,922) (2,619) — (296,541)Adjusted Net Trading Income $1,216,928 $287,476 $— $1,504,404 $833,487 $231,376 $— $1,064,863 Financial Condition
As of June 30, 2026, Virtu had $1,133.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, and total long-term debt outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of $2,051.1 million.
Earnings Conference Call Information
Virtu Financial will host a conference call to review its second quarter 2026 financial performance today, July 30th, 2026, at 7:00 a.m. ET. Members of the public may listen to the conference call through an audio webcast through the Investor Relations section of the firm’s website ir.virtu.com/investor-relations.
Website Information
We routinely post important information for investors on the Investor Relations section of our website, ir.virtu.com/investor-relations and also from time to time may use social media channels, including our X account (x.com/virtufinancial) and our LinkedIn account (linkedin.com/company/virtu-financial), as an additional means of disclosing public information to investors, the media and others interested in us. It is possible that certain information we post on our website and on social media could be deemed to be material information, and we encourage investors, the media and others interested in us to review the business and financial information we post on our website and on the social media channels identified above, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website and our social media channels is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this document.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Other Items
To supplement our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), we use the following non-GAAP measures of financial performance:
“Adjusted Net Trading Income”, which is the amount of revenue we generate from our market making activities, or trading income, net, plus commissions, net and technology services, plus interest and dividends income and expense, net, less direct costs associated with those revenues, including brokerage, exchange, clearance fees and payments for order flow, net. Management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Although we use Adjusted Net Trading Income as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted Net Trading Income is limited because it does not include certain material costs that are necessary to operate our business. Our presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by revenues or expenses that are not directly associated with our core business activities.
“EBITDA”, which measures our operating performance by adjusting Net Income to exclude Financing interest expense on long-term borrowings, Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing, prepayment, and commitment fees, Depreciation and amortization, Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software, and Income tax expense, and “Adjusted EBITDA”, which measures our operating performance by further adjusting EBITDA to exclude severance, transaction advisory fees and expenses, termination of office leases, charges related to share-based compensation and other expenses, which includes reserves for legal matters, and Other, net, which includes gains and losses from strategic investments and the sales of businesses.
“Normalized Adjusted Net Income”, “Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes”, “Normalized provision for income taxes”, and “Normalized Adjusted EPS”, which we calculate by adjusting Net Income to exclude certain items, and other non-cash items, assuming that all vested and unvested Virtu Financial Units have been exchanged for Class A Common Stock, and applying an effective tax rate, which was approximately 24%.
Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes, and Normalized Adjusted EPS are non-GAAP financial measures used by management in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions. Additional information provided regarding the breakdown of Total Adjusted Net Trading Income by category is also a non-GAAP financial measure but is not used by the Company in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures or similar non-GAAP measures are used by research analysts, investment bankers and lenders to assess our operating performance. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes and Normalized Adjusted EPS provide useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because they assist both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes and Normalized Adjusted EPS provide indicators of general economic performance that are not affected by fluctuations in certain costs or other items. Accordingly, management believes that these measurements are useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, our credit agreement contains tests based on metrics similar to Adjusted EBITDA. Other companies may define Adjusted Net Trading Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes and Normalized Adjusted EPS differently, and as a result our measures of Adjusted Net Trading Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes and Normalized Adjusted EPS may not be directly comparable to those of other companies. Although we use these non-GAAP financial measures as financial measures to assess the performance of our business, such use is limited because they do not include certain material costs necessary to operate our business.
Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes, Normalized Adjusted Net Income and Normalized Adjusted EPS should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, Net Income in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes and Normalized Adjusted EPS should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Adjusted Net Trading Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes, Normalized Adjusted EPS and our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
they do not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payment on our debt;although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect any cash requirement for such replacements or improvements;they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; andthey do not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us. Because of these limitations, Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes, Normalized Adjusted Net Income and Normalized Adjusted EPS are not intended as alternatives to Net Income as indicators of our operating performance and should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes, Normalized Adjusted Net Income and Normalized Adjusted EPS along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. These U.S. GAAP measurements include Net Income, cash flows from operations and cash flow data. See below a reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) Three Months Ended
June 30, Six Months Ended
June 30,(in thousands, except share and per share data) 2026 2025 2026 2025 Revenues: Trading income, net $856,691 $652,796 $1,645,837 $1,242,779 Interest and dividends income 145,886 128,406 273,404 237,459 Commissions, net and technology services 179,545 153,859 366,170 305,166 Other, net 7,831 64,512 (131) 52,038 Total revenues 1,189,953 999,573 2,285,280 1,837,442 Operating Expenses: Brokerage, exchange, clearance fees and payments for order flow, net 258,986 202,125 397,814 424,000 Communication and data processing 69,712 61,435 136,587 121,238 Employee compensation and payroll taxes 216,683 136,181 425,038 255,537 Interest and dividends expense 205,266 165,213 383,193 296,541 Operations and administrative 29,445 25,895 58,518 48,031 Depreciation and amortization 18,383 15,618 34,812 31,550 Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software 11,783 11,783 23,566 23,566 Termination of office leases 837 11 821 21 Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing, prepayment and commitment fees 1,474 1,682 3,130 3,363 Transaction advisory fees and expenses — 59 — 397 Financing interest expense on long-term borrowings 34,827 32,551 69,672 62,442 Total operating expenses 847,396 652,553 1,533,151 1,266,686 Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest 342,557 347,020 752,129 570,756 Provision for income taxes 57,628 54,044 120,604 88,145 Net income $284,929 $292,976 $631,525 $482,611 Noncontrolling interest (134,030) (141,789) (298,317) (231,743) Net income available for common stockholders $150,899 $151,187 $333,208 $250,868 Earnings per share: Basic $1.63 $1.65 $3.62 $2.74 Diluted $1.63 $1.65 $3.62 $2.73 Weighted average common shares outstanding Basic 87,603,606 85,490,121 86,852,837 85,585,040 Diluted 87,603,606 85,530,426 86,852,837 85,794,619 Comprehensive income: Net income $284,929 $292,976 $631,525 $482,611 Other comprehensive income Foreign exchange translation adjustment, net of taxes (1,480) 12,539 (4,900) 17,279 Net change in unrealized cash flow hedges gain (loss), net of taxes — 1,098 — (1,012)Comprehensive income $283,449 $306,613 $626,625 $498,878 Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest (133,411) (147,639) (296,242) (238,714)Comprehensive income available for common stockholders $150,038 $158,974 $330,383 $260,164 Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Reconciliation to Non-GAAP Operating Data (Unaudited) The following tables reconcile Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to arrive at Adjusted Net Trading Income, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and selected Operating Margins. Three Months Ended
June 30, Six Months Ended
June 30,(in thousands, except percentages) 2026 2025 2026 2025 Reconciliation of Trading income, net to Adjusted Net Trading Income Trading income, net $856,691 $652,796 $1,645,837 $1,242,779 Commissions, net and technology services 179,545 153,859 366,170 305,166 Interest and dividends income 145,886 128,406 273,404 237,459 Brokerage, exchange, clearance fees and payments for order flow, net (258,986) (202,125) (397,814) (424,000)Interest and dividends expense (205,266) (165,213) (383,193) (296,541)Adjusted Net Trading Income $717,870 $567,723 $1,504,404 $1,064,863 Reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Net income 284,929 292,976 631,525 482,611 Financing interest expense on long-term borrowings 34,827 32,551 69,672 62,442 Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing, prepayment and commitment fees 1,474 1,682 3,130 3,363 Depreciation and amortization 18,383 15,618 34,812 31,550 Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software 11,783 11,783 23,566 23,566 Provision for income taxes 57,628 54,044 120,604 88,145 EBITDA $409,024 $408,654 $883,309 $691,677 Severance 1,386 3,178 3,920 5,357 Transaction advisory fees and expenses — 59 — 397 Termination of office leases 837 11 821 21 Gain on sale of RFQ-hub — (66,988) — (66,988)Other (7,831) 1,964 1,480 14,465 Share based compensation 33,362 22,571 67,821 44,459 Adjusted EBITDA $436,778 $369,449 $957,351 $689,388 Selected Operating Margins GAAP Net income Margin (1) 23.9% 29.3% 27.6% 26.3%Non-GAAP Net income Margin (2) 39.7% 51.6% 42.0% 45.3%EBITDA Margin (3) 57.0% 72.0% 58.7% 65.0%Adjusted EBITDA Margin (4) 60.8% 65.1% 63.6% 64.7% 1 Calculated by dividing Net income by Total revenue.
2 Calculated by dividing Net income by Adjusted Net Trading Income.
3 Calculated by dividing EBITDA by Adjusted Net Trading Income.
4 Calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by Adjusted Net Trading Income.
Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Reconciliation to Non-GAAP Operating Data (Unaudited)
(Continued) The following tables reconcile Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to arrive at Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes, Normalized provision for income taxes, Normalized Adjusted Net Income and Normalized Adjusted EPS. Three Months Ended
June 30, Six Months Ended
June 30,(in thousands, except share and per share data) 2026 2025 2026
2025 Reconciliation of Net Income to Normalized Adjusted Net Income Net income $284,929 $292,976 $631,525 $482,611 Provision for income taxes 57,628 54,044 120,604 88,145 Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest $342,557 $347,020 $752,129 $570,756 Amortization of purchased intangibles and acquired capitalized software 11,783 11,783 23,566 23,566 Debt issue cost related to debt refinancing, prepayment and commitment fees 1,474 1,682 3,130 3,363 Severance 1,386 3,178 3,920 5,357 Transaction advisory fees and expenses — 59 — 397 Termination of office leases 837 11 821 21 Gain on sale of RFQ-hub — (66,988) — (66,988)Other (7,831) 1,964 1,480 14,465 Share based compensation 33,362 22,571 67,821 44,459 Normalized Adjusted Net Income before income taxes $383,568 $321,280 $852,867 $595,396 Normalized provision for income taxes (1) 92,056 77,107 204,688 142,894 Normalized Adjusted Net Income $291,512 $244,173 $648,179 $452,502 Weighted Average Adjusted shares outstanding (2) 159,860,687 159,952,792 159,700,858 160,133,364 Normalized Adjusted EPS $1.82 $1.53 $4.06 $2.83 (1) Reflects U.S. federal, state, and local income tax rate applicable to corporations of approximately 24% for all periods presented.(2) Assumes that (1) holders of all vested and unvested non-vesting Virtu Financial Units (together with corresponding shares of the Company's Class C common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”)) have exercised their right to exchange such Virtu Financial Units for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, (2) holders of all Virtu Financial Units (together with corresponding shares of the Company's Class D common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class D Common Stock”)) have exercised their right to exchange such Virtu Financial Units for shares of the Company's Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) on a one-for-one basis, and subsequently exercised their right to convert the shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. Includes additional shares from the dilutive impact of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards outstanding under the Second Amended and Restated 2015 Management Incentive Plan during the three and six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. Virtu Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited) (in thousands, except share data) June 30,
2026 December 31,
2025 Assets Cash and cash equivalents $1,069,254 $1,061,697 Cash and securities segregated under regulations and other 63,759 64,744 Securities borrowed 3,774,108 3,191,138 Securities purchased under agreements to resell 1,857,034 988,929 Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations 3,207,464 1,896,405 Receivables from customers 309,953 161,561 Trading assets, at fair value 14,886,249 10,551,557 Property, equipment and capitalized software, net 118,632 96,378 Operating lease right-of-use assets 206,388 213,707 Goodwill 1,148,926 1,148,926 Intangibles (net of accumulated amortization) 131,365 154,931 Deferred taxes 84,267 92,422 Other assets 619,723 528,341 Total assets 27,477,122 20,150,736 Liabilities and equity Liabilities Short-term borrowings, net 353,941 12,382 Securities loaned 4,089,659 3,477,831 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 2,620,126 1,405,639 Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations 1,036,371 998,276 Payables to customers 226,743 43,103 Trading liabilities, at fair value 13,569,647 9,105,263 Tax receivable agreement obligations 173,090 181,855 Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities 803,454 652,352 Operating lease liabilities 253,198 261,169 Long-term borrowings, net 2,025,883 2,039,463 Total liabilities 25,152,112 18,177,333 Total equity 2,325,010 1,973,403 Total liabilities and equity $27,477,122 $20,150,736 As of June 30, 2026Ownership of Virtu Financial LLC Interests: Interests %Virtu Financial, Inc. - Class A Common Stock and Restricted Stock Units 92,955,915 58.1%Non-controlling Interests (Virtu Financial LLC) 66,899,549 41.9%Total Virtu Financial LLC Interests 159,855,464 100.0% About Virtu Financial, Inc.
Virtu is a leading provider of financial services and products that leverages cutting-edge technology to deliver liquidity to the global markets and innovative, transparent trading solutions to its clients. Leveraging its global market making expertise and infrastructure, Virtu provides a robust product suite including offerings in execution, liquidity sourcing, analytics and broker-neutral, multi-dealer platforms in workflow technology. Virtu’s product offerings allow clients to trade on hundreds of venues across 50+ countries and in multiple asset classes, including global equities, ETFs, foreign exchange, futures, fixed income, cryptocurrency and myriad other commodities. In addition, Virtu’s integrated, multi-asset analytics platform provides a range of pre-, intra-, and post-trade services, data products and compliance tools that clients rely upon to invest, trade and manage risk across global markets.
This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements regarding Virtu Financial, Inc.’s (“Virtu’s”, the “Company’s” or “our”) business that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by which, such performance or results will be achieved. The Company assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, and if the Company does update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that the Company will make additional updates with respect thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time and/or management’s good faith belief with respect to future events, and is subject to risks and uncertainties, some or all of which are not predictable or within Virtu’s control, that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements. Those risks and uncertainties include, without limitation: fluctuations in trading volume and volatilities in the markets in which we operate; the ability of our trading counterparties, clients, and various clearing houses to perform their obligations to us; the performance and reliability of our customized trading platform; the risk of material trading losses from our market making activities; swings in valuations in securities or other instruments in which we hold positions; increasing competition and consolidation in our industry; the risk that cash flow from our operations and other available sources of liquidity will not be sufficient to fund our various ongoing obligations, including operating expenses, short-term funding requirements, margin requirements, capital expenditures, debt service and dividend payments; regulatory and legal uncertainties and other potential changes associated with our industry, particularly in light of increased attention from media, regulators and lawmakers to market structure and related issues including but not limited to the retail trading environment, wholesale market making and off exchange trading more generally and payment for order flow arrangements; potential adverse results from legal or regulatory proceedings; our ability to remain technologically competitive and to ensure that the technology we utilize is not vulnerable to security risks, hacking and cyber-attacks; risks associated with third party software and technology infrastructure. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in forward-looking statements, see Virtu’s Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including but not limited to Virtu’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.
Amundi v 1. čtvrtletí navýšila podíl v Cadence Design Systems o 3,8 % na 2 060 334 akcií v hodnotě 572,49 mil. USD. Cadence zároveň oznámila EPS 2,11 USD a tržby 1,58 mld. USD, obojí nad odhady.
Amundi increased its holdings in shares of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ:CDNS – Free Report) by 3.8% in the first quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The fund owned 2,060,334 shares of the software maker’s stock after buying an additional 75,492 shares during the period. Amundi owned 0.75% of Cadence Design Systems worth $572,488,000 at the end of the most recent quarter.
Several other large investors have also bought and sold shares of the business. Vanguard Group Inc. grew its position in shares of Cadence Design Systems by 1.1% during the 4th quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. now owns 27,231,070 shares of the software maker’s stock worth $8,511,888,000 after buying an additional 307,753 shares during the period. State Street Corp grew its holdings in Cadence Design Systems by 1.1% during the fourth quarter. State Street Corp now owns 12,603,368 shares of the software maker’s stock valued at $3,939,561,000 after purchasing an additional 135,206 shares during the period. Geode Capital Management LLC grew its holdings in Cadence Design Systems by 1.2% during the fourth quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 7,627,272 shares of the software maker’s stock valued at $2,378,707,000 after purchasing an additional 92,152 shares during the period. Norges Bank bought a new stake in Cadence Design Systems in the fourth quarter valued at approximately $1,352,922,000. Finally, Van ECK Associates Corp increased its stake in Cadence Design Systems by 11.9% in the fourth quarter. Van ECK Associates Corp now owns 3,534,180 shares of the software maker’s stock valued at $1,104,714,000 after purchasing an additional 376,654 shares in the last quarter. 84.85% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Cadence Design Systems Price Performance Shares of NASDAQ CDNS opened at $333.30 on Thursday. The company has a fifty day moving average price of $373.55 and a 200 day moving average price of $329.91. The firm has a market cap of $91.93 billion, a PE ratio of 66.26, a PEG ratio of 4.07 and a beta of 1.15. The company has a current ratio of 1.74, a quick ratio of 1.32 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.36. Cadence Design Systems, Inc. has a 1-year low of $262.75 and a 1-year high of $416.69.
Cadence Design Systems (NASDAQ:CDNS – Get Free Report) last released its quarterly earnings results on Monday, July 27th. The software maker reported $2.11 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $2.05 by $0.06. The firm had revenue of $1.58 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $1.58 billion. Cadence Design Systems had a return on equity of 27.98% and a net margin of 23.60%.The company’s revenue for the quarter was up 24.2% on a year-over-year basis. During the same quarter last year, the business posted $1.65 EPS. Cadence Design Systems has set its FY 2026 guidance at 8.050-8.150 EPS and its Q3 2026 guidance at 2.010-2.070 EPS. Research analysts predict that Cadence Design Systems, Inc. will post 6.25 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.
Insiders Place Their Bets In other news, VP Paul Scannell sold 7,081 shares of Cadence Design Systems stock in a transaction that occurred on Monday, June 1st. The shares were sold at an average price of $393.91, for a total value of $2,789,276.71. Following the sale, the vice president directly owned 32,181 shares in the company, valued at $12,676,417.71. This trade represents a 18.04% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, Director Ita M. Brennan sold 180 shares of the business’s stock in a transaction on Wednesday, June 10th. The stock was sold at an average price of $387.45, for a total transaction of $69,741.00. Following the completion of the sale, the director directly owned 8,004 shares in the company, valued at approximately $3,101,149.80. This represents a 2.20% decrease in their position. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Insiders have sold 157,057 shares of company stock worth $60,272,277 in the last 90 days. Company insiders own 0.49% of the company’s stock.
Key Stories Impacting Cadence Design Systems Here are the key news stories impacting Cadence Design Systems this week:
Positive Sentiment: Cadence reported second-quarter adjusted earnings of $2.11 per share, above the $2.05 consensus estimate, while revenue reached approximately $1.58 billion, up 24.2% year over year and broadly in line with expectations. Cadence Q2 Earnings Top Estimates, 2026 Revenue Outlook Raised Positive Sentiment: Management raised its 2026 outlook, including full-year adjusted EPS guidance of $8.05 to $8.15, and indicated roughly 19% revenue growth. A record $8.1 billion backlog provides visibility into future results. Cadence signals 19 percent 2026 revenue growth Positive Sentiment: Demand for Cadence’s electronic-design automation tools is broadening as customers develop AI and “agentic AI” systems, increasing usage of core design software and supporting growth across the company’s portfolio. Cadence rises after Q2 beat Positive Sentiment: Several analysts raised their price targets to $420, including Bank of America, Rosenblatt Securities and Robert W. Baird, while maintaining positive ratings. Needham reaffirmed its buy rating. Analyst price-target changes Neutral Sentiment: Piper Sandler raised its target to $349 but retained a neutral rating, suggesting more limited near-term upside than other analysts. Piper Sandler rating update Negative Sentiment: Despite the strong fundamentals, CDNS trades at a high valuation—about 66 times earnings and a PEG ratio near 4—leaving the stock vulnerable to profit-taking or a “sell-the-news” reaction after its results and rally. Its shares are also below the 50-day moving average, indicating continued near-term technical pressure. Analyst Ratings Changes A number of equities analysts have recently weighed in on CDNS shares. Oppenheimer reissued a “market perform” rating and set a $300.00 price target on shares of Cadence Design Systems in a research report on Tuesday. Bank of America upped their price objective on shares of Cadence Design Systems from $400.00 to $420.00 and gave the company a “buy” rating in a research report on Tuesday. Needham & Company LLC reaffirmed a “buy” rating and set a $400.00 price objective on shares of Cadence Design Systems in a research note on Tuesday. Wells Fargo & Company lifted their target price on Cadence Design Systems from $400.00 to $425.00 and gave the stock an “overweight” rating in a report on Tuesday, May 26th. Finally, Stifel Nicolaus lifted their target price on Cadence Design Systems from $395.00 to $432.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a report on Tuesday, June 9th. Thirteen investment analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and three have issued a Hold rating to the company. According to data from MarketBeat, the stock presently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average target price of $405.69.
Check Out Our Latest Report on Cadence Design Systems
About Cadence Design Systems (Free Report)
Cadence Design Systems, Inc (NASDAQ: CDNS) is a global provider of electronic design automation (EDA) software, hardware and intellectual property used to design and verify advanced semiconductor chips, systems-on-chip (SoCs), printed circuit boards (PCBs) and packaging. Headquartered in San Jose, California and founded in 1988, Cadence serves semiconductor companies, original equipment manufacturers and system designers across the globe, helping customers accelerate design cycles and manage the complexity of modern integrated systems.
The company’s offerings span software tools for digital, custom/analog and mixed-signal design, verification and signoff, as well as solutions for system-level modeling, thermal and signal integrity analysis, and PCB and package design.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than Cadence Design Systems Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock
Receive News & Ratings for Cadence Design Systems Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Cadence Design Systems and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEAmundi Boosts Position in Enbridge Inc $ENB
NEXT HEADLINE »Digital Realty Trust (NYSE:DLR) Price Target Raised to $221.00 at Cantor Fitzgerald
Monster Beverage (NASDAQ:MNST – Get Free Report) is projected to post its Q2 2026 results after the market closes on Thursday, August 6th. Analysts expect the company to announce earnings of $0.5810 per share and revenue of $2.4289 billion for the quarter. Parties may visit the the company’s upcoming Q2 2026 earning results page for the latest details on the call scheduled for Thursday, August 6, 2026 at 5:00 PM ET.
Monster Beverage (NASDAQ:MNST – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings results on Friday, May 8th. The company reported $0.58 earnings per share for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $0.53 by $0.05. Monster Beverage had a return on equity of 26.86% and a net margin of 23.11%.The company had revenue of $2.32 billion during the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $2.16 billion. During the same quarter in the prior year, the company earned $0.47 EPS. The firm’s quarterly revenue was up 22.6% compared to the same quarter last year. On average, analysts expect Monster Beverage to post $2 EPS for the current fiscal year and $3 EPS for the next fiscal year.
Monster Beverage Trading Down 0.5% Monster Beverage stock opened at $97.23 on Thursday. The firm has a 50 day simple moving average of $93.37 and a 200 day simple moving average of $83.99. Monster Beverage has a 1-year low of $58.09 and a 1-year high of $100.34. The firm has a market capitalization of $95.09 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 46.97, a P/E/G ratio of 3.18 and a beta of 0.53.
Shares of Monster Beverage are going to split on the morning of Tuesday, August 11th. The 2-1 split was announced on Wednesday, July 8th. The newly created shares will be payable to shareholders after the market closes on Monday, August 10th.
Monster Beverage announced that its Board of Directors has initiated a share repurchase program on Friday, May 15th that permits the company to repurchase $500.00 million in outstanding shares. This repurchase authorization permits the company to purchase up to 0.6% of its shares through open market purchases. Shares repurchase programs are usually an indication that the company’s management believes its stock is undervalued.
Analysts Set New Price Targets A number of equities research analysts recently issued reports on MNST shares. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft downgraded Monster Beverage from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating and increased their price objective for the stock from $94.00 to $98.00 in a research report on Monday, July 20th. Sanford C. Bernstein initiated coverage on shares of Monster Beverage in a research note on Friday, June 12th. They issued a “market perform” rating and a $95.00 price objective for the company. TD Cowen increased their target price on Monster Beverage from $90.00 to $95.00 and gave the company a “hold” rating in a report on Wednesday, July 8th. Weiss Ratings lowered shares of Monster Beverage from a “buy (b)” rating to a “buy (b-)” rating in a report on Thursday, July 23rd. Finally, Wells Fargo & Company boosted their target price on Monster Beverage from $97.00 to $105.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a research note on Wednesday, July 8th. Thirteen investment analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and nine have issued a Hold rating to the stock. According to MarketBeat.com, the company presently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus target price of $94.65.
Get Our Latest Analysis on Monster Beverage
Insider Buying and Selling In other Monster Beverage news, Director Mark J. Hall sold 54,000 shares of the stock in a transaction on Thursday, May 14th. The stock was sold at an average price of $85.81, for a total transaction of $4,633,740.00. Following the sale, the director directly owned 299,246 shares in the company, valued at approximately $25,678,299.26. This trade represents a 15.29% decrease in their position. The sale was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which is accessible through this hyperlink. Also, CEO Guy Carling sold 19,000 shares of the stock in a transaction on Wednesday, June 10th. The shares were sold at an average price of $90.90, for a total value of $1,727,100.00. Following the sale, the chief executive officer directly owned 21,863 shares in the company, valued at $1,987,346.70. This trade represents a 46.50% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. Insiders sold 178,700 shares of company stock worth $15,457,562 in the last 90 days. 8.10% of the stock is owned by company insiders.
Institutional Investors Weigh In On Monster Beverage Several institutional investors and hedge funds have recently added to or reduced their stakes in the stock. Newbridge Financial Services Group Inc. boosted its stake in shares of Monster Beverage by 1,338.7% in the 2nd quarter. Newbridge Financial Services Group Inc. now owns 446 shares of the company’s stock worth $28,000 after buying an additional 415 shares during the last quarter. Kemnay Advisory Services Inc. purchased a new stake in shares of Monster Beverage in the fourth quarter worth $35,000. Miller Capital Partners Inc. purchased a new stake in Monster Beverage in the 4th quarter worth $36,000. Prosperity Bancshares Inc purchased a new stake in shares of Monster Beverage during the fourth quarter worth about $39,000. Finally, Triumph Capital Management purchased a new stake in Monster Beverage during the 3rd quarter valued at approximately $36,000. Hedge funds and other institutional investors own 72.36% of the company’s stock.
About Monster Beverage (Get Free Report)
Monster Beverage Corporation (NASDAQ: MNST) is an American beverage company best known for its Monster Energy brand of energy drinks. The company’s product portfolio centers on carbonated energy beverages and a range of complementary ready-to-drink offerings, including energy coffees, hydration beverages and other flavored functional drinks. Monster markets multiple sub-brands and flavor variants to address different consumer segments and consumption occasions.
Originally organized around the Hansen’s Natural line of juices and sodas, the company pivoted toward the energy drink category and formally adopted the Monster Beverage name in the early 2010s to reflect its strategic focus.
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than Monster Beverage Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock
Receive News & Ratings for Monster Beverage Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Monster Beverage and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEAssetmark Inc. Decreases Stake in iShares International Equity Factor ETF $INTF
NEXT HEADLINE »BCE (BCE) Expected to Announce Earnings on Thursday
Hershey ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby o 6,6 % na 2,787 mld. USD a čistý zisk vyskočil na 457,7 mil. USD. Zároveň zúžil celoroční výhled růstu tržeb i zisku.
, /PRNewswire/ -- The Hershey Company (NYSE: HSY) today announced net sales and earnings for the second quarter ended June 28, 2026 and updated its 2026 sales and earnings outlook.
"We delivered a strong first half, with reported net sales up 8.7%, organic net sales up 5.8% and meaningful earnings recovery. We enter the second half with momentum, compelling growth plans, and increased investment behind our brands, merchandising, and innovation. With cost visibility and operating flexibility, we are well positioned to navigate dynamic markets and deliver on our full-year financial commitments," said Kirk Tanner, The Hershey Company President and Chief Executive Officer.
Second-Quarter 2026 Financial Results Summary1
Consolidated net sales of $2,787.3 million, an increase of 6.6%. Organic, constant currency net sales increased 3.6%. Reported net income of $457.7 million, or $2.26 per share-diluted, an increase of 629.0%. Adjusted earnings per share-diluted of $1.90, an increase of 57.0%. Six Months Ended 2026 Financial Results Summary2
Consolidated net sales of $5,891.5 million, an increase of 8.7%. Organic, constant currency net sales increased 5.8%. Reported net income of $892.8 million, or $4.39 per share-diluted, an increase of 211.3%. Adjusted earnings per share-diluted of $4.25, an increase of 28.4%. 1 All comparisons for the second quarter of 2026 are with respect to the second quarter ended June 29, 2025
2 All comparisons for the six months ended 2026 are with respect to the six months ended June 29, 2025
2026 Full-Year Financial Outlook
The Company is narrowing its net sales growth, organic net sales growth, reported earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share outlook for the year. This outlook does not include potential future tariff rebates.
2026 Full-Year Outlook
Prior Guidance
Current Guidance
Net sales growth*
4% to 5%
4.5% to 5%
Organic net sales growth
2.5% to 3.5%
3% to 3.5%
Reported earnings per share growth
79% to 89%
82% to 89%
Adjusted earnings per share growth
30% to 35%
32.5% to 35%
*Reflects an approximately 150 basis point benefit from the 2025 acquisition of LesserEvil
The Company also expects:
A reported and adjusted effective tax rate in the range of approximately 25% to 27%; Other expense, which primarily reflects periodic benefit costs relating to pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, of approximately $10 million; Interest expense of approximately $200 million to $210 million; Capital expenditures in the range of approximately $425 million to $475 million; and Advancing Agility & Automation Initiative savings of approximately $100 million. Below is a reconciliation of current projected 2026 and full-year 2025 earnings per share-diluted calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to non-GAAP adjusted earnings per share-diluted:
2026 (Projected)
2025
Reported EPS – Diluted
$7.89 - $8.17
$4.34
Derivative Mark-to-Market Losses
—
$2.08
Business Realignment Activities
0.30 - 0.35
$0.29
Acquisition and Integration-Related Activities
0.18 - 0.25
$0.20
Long-Lived Asset Impairment Charges
—
$0.03
Tax Effect of All Adjustments Reflected Above
$(0.13)
$(0.63)
Adjusted EPS – Diluted
$8.36 - $8.52
$6.31
Adjusted 2026 projected earnings per share-diluted, as presented above, does not include the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses on our commodity derivative contracts that are reflected within corporate unallocated expense in segment results until the related inventory is sold since we are not able to forecast the impact of the market changes.
Second-Quarter 2026 Components of Net Sales Growth
A reconciliation between reported net sales growth rates and organic, constant currency net sales growth rates, along with the contribution from net price realization and volume, is provided below:
Three Months Ended June 28, 2026
Percentage
Change as
Reported
Impact of
Foreign
Currency
Exchange
Percentage
Change on
Constant
Currency
Basis
Impact of
Acquisition
Percentage
Change on
Organic
Constant
Currency
Basis
Organic
Price
(Rounded)*
Organic
Volume/Mix
(Rounded)*
North America Confectionery
4.2 %
— %
4.2 %
— %
4.2 %
14 %
(10) %
North America Salty Snacks
22.9 %
— %
22.9 %
22.3 %
0.6 %
(3) %
4 %
International
5.7 %
3.6 %
2.1 %
— %
2.1 %
10 %
(8) %
Total Company
6.6 %
0.3 %
6.3 %
2.7 %
3.6 %
12 %
(8) %
*Percentage changes may not compute directly as shown due to rounding of amounts presented above.
Six Months Ended June 28, 2026
Percentage
Change as
Reported
Impact of
Foreign
Currency
Exchange
Percentage
Change on
Constant
Currency
Basis
Impact of
Acquisition
Percentage
Change on
Organic
Constant
Currency
Basis
Organic
Price
(Rounded)*
Organic
Volume/Mix
(Rounded)*
North America Confectionery
6.3 %
0.1 %
6.2 %
— %
6.2 %
13 %
(7) %
North America Salty Snacks
24.4 %
— %
24.4 %
21.4 %
3.0 %
(1) %
4 %
International
11.1 %
5.3 %
5.8 %
— %
5.8 %
11 %
(5) %
Total Company
8.7 %
0.6 %
8.1 %
2.3 %
5.8 %
11 %
(5) %
*Percentage changes may not compute directly as shown due to rounding of amounts presented above.
The Company presents certain percentage changes in net sales on a constant currency basis, which excludes the impact of foreign currency exchange. To present this information for historical periods, current period net sales for entities reporting in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the average monthly exchange rates in effect during the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year, rather than at the actual average monthly exchange rates in effect during the current period of the current fiscal year. As a result, the foreign currency impact is equal to the current year results in local currencies multiplied by the change in the average foreign currency exchange rate between the current fiscal period and the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.
Second-Quarter 2026 Consolidated Results
Consolidated net sales increased 6.6% to $2,787.3 million in the second quarter of 2026. Organic, constant currency net sales increased 3.6%, driven by net price realization of approximately 12 points. Volume declined approximately 8 points primarily reflecting elasticity impacts in North America Confectionery and International, partially offset by growth in North America Salty Snacks. The impact of the LesserEvil acquisition was a 2.7 point benefit, while the foreign exchange benefit was 0.3 points in the second quarter.
Reported gross margin was 45.3% in the second quarter of 2026, compared to 30.5% in the second quarter of 2025, an increase of 1,480 basis points. The reported gross margin increase was driven by net price realization, derivative mark-to-market gains, lower net commodity costs, and productivity program savings, which more than offset higher logistic expenses and unfavorable mix. Adjusted gross margin was 41.6% in the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 350 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2025, driven by net price realization, lower net commodity costs, and productivity program savings, which more than offset higher logistic expenses and unfavorable mix.
Selling, marketing and administrative expenses increased 2.9% in the second quarter of 2026 versus the second quarter of 2025. Selling, marketing and administrative expenses, excluding advertising and related consumer marketing, increased 6.0% versus the second quarter of 2025, driven by higher capability and technology investments, partially offset by lower incentive compensation. Advertising and related consumer marketing expenses decreased 3.3% in the second quarter of 2026 versus the same period last year, primarily due to efficiencies and timing of non-working media investment in North America Confectionery.
Second quarter 2026 reported operating profit was $642.6 million, an increase of 233.3% versus the second quarter of 2025, resulting in a reported operating profit margin of 23.1%, an increase of 1,570 basis points versus the prior year period. Adjusted operating profit of $563.5 million increased 37.3% versus the second quarter of 2025. Adjusted operating profit margin of 20.2% increased 450 basis points versus the second quarter of 2025. The reported operating profit margin increase reflects favorable derivative mark-to-market gains. Reported and adjusted operating profit margin increases reflect net price realization, lower net commodity costs, and productivity program savings which more than offset higher logistic expenses and capability and technology investments.
The reported effective tax rate in the second quarter of 2026 was 22.2%, a decrease of 3,570 basis points versus the second quarter of 2025. The reported effective tax rate decrease was driven by the impact of commodity hedges on foreign rate differentials and a one-time increase in tax reserves in the prior year period. The adjusted effective tax rate was 24.2%, a decrease of 860 basis points versus the second quarter of 2025. The adjusted effective tax rate for the second quarter of 2026 reflects a one-time increase in tax reserves in the prior year period.
The Company's second-quarter 2026 results, as prepared in accordance with GAAP, included items negatively impacting comparability of $79.1 million, or $0.36 per share-diluted. For the second quarter of 2025, items positively impacting comparability totaled $217.7 million, or $0.90 per share-diluted.
The following table presents a summary of items impacting comparability in each of the second quarter and six-months ended 2026 and 2025 periods (see Appendix I for additional information):
Pre-Tax (millions)
Earnings Per Share-Diluted
Three Months Ended
Three Months Ended
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
Derivative Mark-to-Market (Gains) Losses
$ (102.9)
$ 200.7
$ (0.52)
$ 0.98
Business Realignment Activities
8.4
15.1
0.04
0.07
Acquisition and Integration-Related Activities
15.4
1.9
0.08
0.01
Tax Effect of All Adjustments Reflected Above
—
—
0.04
(0.16)
$ (79.1)
$ 217.7
$ (0.36)
$ 0.90
Totals may not compute directly as shown due to rounding of amounts presented above.
Pre-Tax (millions)
Earnings Per Share-Diluted
Six Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
Derivative Mark-to-Market (Gains) Losses
$ (72.7)
$ 412.2
$ (0.37)
$ 2.04
Business Realignment Activities
21.7
41.0
0.11
0.20
Acquisition and Integration-Related Activities
17.7
3.5
0.09
0.02
Tax Effect of All Adjustments Reflected Above
—
—
0.03
(0.36)
$ (33.3)
$ 456.6
$ (0.14)
$ 1.90
Totals may not compute directly as shown due to rounding of amounts presented above.
The following are comments about segment performance for the second quarter of 2026 versus the prior year period. See the schedule of supplementary information within this press release for additional information on segment net sales and profit.
North America Confectionery
Hershey's North America Confectionery segment net sales were $2,173.6 million in the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 4.2% versus the same period last year. Organic, constant currency net sales increased 4.2%, driven by approximately 14 points of net price realization. Volume declined approximately 10 points reflecting price elasticity and normal quarter-to-quarter shipment variability, partially offset by retailer inventory replenishment.
Hershey's U.S. candy, mint and gum (CMG) retail takeaway for the 12-week period ended July 19, 20263 in the multi-outlet plus convenience store channels (MULO+ w/ Convenience) increased 3.7%. For this period, Hershey's CMG share declined compared to the prior year due to increased competitive innovation.
The North America Confectionery segment reported segment income of $705.8 million in the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 40.1% versus the prior year period, resulting in a segment margin of 32.5% in the quarter, an increase of 830 basis points. The segment income and segment margin increases were driven by net price realization, lower net commodity costs, and supply chain productivity and transformation program savings, partially offset by higher logistic expenses.
3 The 12-week period ending July 19, 2026 excludes the impact of the Easter shift.
North America Salty Snacks
Hershey's North America Salty Snacks segment net sales were $387.8 million in the second quarter of 2026, an increase of 22.9% versus the same period last year. The acquisition of LesserEvil contributed approximately 22 percentage points to segment growth in the second quarter of 2026. Organic, constant currency net sales increased 0.6%. Volume increased approximately 4 points, below expectations, as strong innovation and velocity gains were partly offset by execution challenges on multipacks and Dot's pretzels. Net price realization was an approximate 3 point headwind due to higher trade investment behind new item launches.
Hershey's U.S. salty snacks retail takeaway for the 12-week period ended June 28, 2026 in MULO+ w/ Convenience, excluding LesserEvil, increased 6.5% versus the prior year period. This led to further gains in salty snack market share. Organic, constant currency net sales trailed retail takeaway due to supply limitations and the planned reduction of sales to private label customers.
North America Salty Snacks segment income was $62.6 million in the second quarter of 2026, a decrease of 5.9% versus the second quarter of 2025, driven by higher logistic costs, lower net price realization, increased consumer marketing investments, and unfavorable mix, which more than offset benefits from supply chain productivity and higher volume. This resulted in a segment margin of 16.1%, a decrease of 500 basis points versus the prior year period.
International
Second quarter 2026 net sales for Hershey's International segment increased 5.7% versus the same period last year to $225.9 million. Organic, constant currency net sales increased 2.1%. Price realization was approximately 10 points, driven by strategic pricing actions across key markets. Volume decreased approximately 8%, reflecting the impact of price elasticity and the depletion of inventory shipped in the first quarter of 2026 to mitigate geopolitical risk, partially offset by stronger-than-planned demand in Brazil and the UK.
International segment loss was $5.1 million in the second quarter of 2026, a decrease of $24.9 million versus the prior year period driven by increased raw material and manufacturing costs and higher advertising investment, partially offset by net price realization and supply chain productivity and transformation program savings. This resulted in a segment margin of (2.3)%, a decrease of 1,160 basis points versus the prior year period.
Unallocated Corporate Expense
Hershey's unallocated corporate expense in the second quarter of 2026 was $199.7 million, an increase of $20.1 million, or 11.2%, versus the same period of 2025. The year-over-year increase was primarily driven by continued investments in capabilities and technology which more than offset reduced incentive compensation.
Live Webcast
At approximately 7:00 a.m. (Eastern time) today, Hershey will post a pre-recorded management discussion of its second-quarter 2026 results and business update to its website at www.thehersheycompany.com/investors. In addition, at 8:30 a.m. (Eastern time) today, the Company will host a live question and answer session with investors and financial analysts. Details to access this call are available on the Company's website.
Note: In this release, for the second quarter of 2026, Hershey references income measures that are not in accordance with GAAP because they exclude certain items impacting comparability, including gains and losses associated with mark-to-market commodity derivatives, business realignment activities and acquisition and integration-related activities. The Company refers to these income measures as "adjusted" or "non-GAAP" financial measures throughout this release. These non-GAAP financial measures are used in evaluating results of operations for internal purposes and are not intended to replace the presentation of financial results in accordance with GAAP. Rather, the Company believes exclusion of such items provides additional information to investors to facilitate the comparison of past and present operations. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures referenced in this release to their nearest comparable GAAP financial measures as presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income is provided below.
Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Consolidated results
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
In thousands except per share data
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
Reported gross profit
$ 1,263,308
$ 796,273
$ 2,486,039
$ 1,740,540
Derivative mark-to-market (gains) losses
(102,907)
200,727
(72,723)
412,181
Non-GAAP gross profit
$ 1,160,401
$ 997,000
$ 2,413,316
$ 2,152,721
Reported operating profit
$ 642,641
$ 192,811
$ 1,283,334
$ 562,032
Derivative mark-to-market losses
(102,907)
200,727
(72,723)
412,181
Business realignment activities
8,362
15,139
21,718
40,992
Acquisition and integration-related activities
15,419
1,880
17,680
3,465
Non-GAAP operating profit
$ 563,515
$ 410,557
$ 1,250,009
$ 1,018,670
Reported provision for income taxes
$ 130,615
$ 86,393
$ 288,205
$ 185,844
Derivative mark-to-market (gains) losses*
(13,230)
29,754
(15,047)
60,885
Business realignment activities*
2,135
3,808
5,443
9,986
Acquisition and integration-related activities*
3,746
448
4,295
826
Non-GAAP provision for income taxes
$ 123,266
$ 120,403
$ 282,896
$ 257,541
Reported net income
$ 457,665
$ 62,719
$ 892,770
$ 286,922
Derivative mark-to-market (gains) losses
(89,677)
170,974
(57,677)
351,297
Business realignment activities
6,227
11,330
16,276
31,005
Acquisition and integration-related activities
11,673
1,432
13,385
2,639
Non-GAAP net income
$ 385,888
$ 246,455
$ 864,754
$ 671,863
Reported EPS - Diluted
$ 2.26
$ 0.31
$ 4.39
$ 1.41
Derivative mark-to-market (gains) losses
(0.52)
0.98
(0.37)
2.04
Business realignment activities
0.04
0.07
0.11
0.20
Acquisition and integration-related activities
0.08
0.01
0.09
0.02
Tax effect of all adjustments reflected above**
0.04
(0.16)
0.03
(0.36)
Non-GAAP EPS - Diluted
$ 1.90
$ 1.21
$ 4.25
$ 3.31
* The tax effect for each adjustment is determined by calculating the tax impact of the adjustment on the Company's quarterly effective tax rate, unless the nature of the item and/or the tax jurisdiction in which the item has been recorded requires application of a specific tax rate or tax treatment, in which case the tax effect of such item is estimated by applying such specific tax rate or tax treatment.
** Adjustments reported above are reported on a pre-tax basis before the tax effect described in the reconciliation above for non-GAAP provision for income taxes.
In the assessment of our results, we review and discuss the following financial metrics that are derived from the reported and non-GAAP financial measures presented above:
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
As reported gross margin
45.3 %
30.5 %
42.2 %
32.1 %
Non-GAAP gross margin (1)
41.6 %
38.1 %
41.0 %
39.7 %
As reported operating profit margin
23.1 %
7.4 %
21.8 %
10.4 %
Non-GAAP operating profit margin (2)
20.2 %
15.7 %
21.2 %
18.8 %
As reported effective tax rate
22.2 %
57.9 %
24.4 %
39.3 %
Non-GAAP effective tax rate (3)
24.2 %
32.8 %
24.7 %
27.7 %
(1)
Calculated as non-GAAP gross profit as a percentage of net sales for each period presented.
(2)
Calculated as non-GAAP operating profit as a percentage of net sales for each period presented.
(3)
Calculated as non-GAAP provision for income taxes as a percentage of non-GAAP income before taxes (calculated as non-GAAP operating profit minus non-GAAP interest expense, net plus or minus non-GAAP other (income) expense, net).
Appendix I
Details of the charges included in GAAP results, as summarized in the press release (above), are as follows:
Derivative mark-to-market (gains) losses: The mark-to-market (gains) losses on commodity derivatives are recorded as unallocated and excluded from adjusted results until such time as the related inventory is sold, at which time the corresponding (gains) losses are reclassified from unallocated to segment income. Since we often purchase commodity contracts to price inventory requirements in future years, we make this adjustment to facilitate the year-over-year comparison of cost of sales on a basis that matches the derivative gains and losses with the underlying economic exposure being hedged for the period.
Business realignment activities: We periodically undertake restructuring and cost reduction activities as part of ongoing efforts to enhance long-term profitability. During the first quarter of 2024, we commenced the Advancing Agility & Automation Initiative to improve supply chain and manufacturing-related spend, optimize selling, general and administrative expenses, leverage new technology and business models to further simplify and automate processes, and generate long-term savings. During the three- and six-months ended 2026 and 2025, business realignment charges related primarily to severance and employee benefit costs, as well as other third-party costs related to this program.
Acquisition and integration-related activities: During the three- and six-months ended 2026, we incurred costs related to the integration of the acquisition of LesserEvil, LLC into our North America Salty Snacks segment, as well as costs related to the integration of the Sour Strips brand from Actual Candy, LLC into our North America Confectionery segment, including contingent consideration remeasurement adjustments. During the three- and six-months ended 2025, we incurred costs related to the acquisition of the Sour Strips brand from Actual Candy, LLC into our North America Confectionery segment.
Tax effect of all adjustments: This line item reflects the aggregate tax effect of all pre-tax adjustments reflected in the preceding line items of the applicable table. The tax effect for each adjustment is determined by calculating the tax impact of the adjustment on the Company's effective tax rate for the period presented, unless the nature of the item and/or the tax jurisdiction in which the item has been recorded requires application of a specific tax rate or tax treatment, in which case the tax effect of such item is estimated by applying such specific tax rate or tax treatment.
Safe Harbor Statement
This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including but not limited to our 2026 Full-year Financial Outlook and other statements regarding our business outlook and financial performance. Many of these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "continue," "estimate," "expect," "forecast," "future," "intend," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "strategy," "target" and similar terms, and future or conditional tense verbs like "could," "may," "might," "should," "will" and "would," among others. These statements are made based upon current expectations that are subject to risk and uncertainty. Because actual results may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements, you should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements when deciding whether to buy, sell or hold the Company's securities. Factors that could cause results to differ materially include, but are not limited to: disruptions or inefficiencies in our supply chain due to the loss or disruption of essential manufacturing or supply elements or other factors; issues, concerns or regulatory changes related to the quality and safety of our products, ingredients or packaging, human and workplace rights, and other environmental, social or governance matters; changes in raw material and other costs, along with the availability of adequate supplies of raw materials and the Company's ability to successfully hedge against volatility in raw material pricing; the Company's ability to successfully execute business continuity plans to address changes in consumer preferences and the broader economic and operating environment; selling price increases, including volume declines associated with pricing elasticity; market demand for our new and existing products; increased marketplace competition; failure to successfully execute and integrate acquisitions, divestitures and joint ventures; changes in governmental laws, regulations and policies, including taxes and tariffs; political, economic, and/or financial market conditions, including with respect to inflation, rising interest rates, slower growth or recession, evolving priorities of the U.S. administration, and other events beyond our control such as the impacts on the business arising from international conflicts and geopolitical tensions; risks and uncertainties related to our international operations; disruptions, failures or security breaches of our information technology infrastructure and that of our customers and partners (including our suppliers); our ability to hire, engage and retain a talented global workforce, our ability to realize expected cost savings and operating efficiencies associated with strategic initiatives or restructuring programs; complications with the design, implementation or usage of our new enterprise resource planning system, including the ability to support post-implementation efforts and maintain enhancements, new features or modifications; and such other matters as discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 and in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. The Company undertakes no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Company's expectations.
The Hershey Company
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the periods ended June 28, 2026 and June 29, 2025
(unaudited) (in thousands except percentages and per share amounts)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
Net sales
$ 2,787,306
$ 2,614,718
$ 5,891,473
$ 5,420,137
Cost of sales
1,523,998
1,818,445
3,405,434
3,679,597
Gross profit
1,263,308
796,273
2,486,039
1,740,540
Selling, marketing and administrative expense
620,552
603,207
1,196,592
1,161,879
Business realignment costs
115
255
6,113
16,629
Operating profit
642,641
192,811
1,283,334
562,032
Interest expense, net
49,963
46,035
99,781
90,657
Other (income) expense, net
4,398
(2,336)
2,578
(1,391)
Income before income taxes
588,280
149,112
1,180,975
472,766
Provision for income taxes
130,615
86,393
288,205
185,844
Net income
$ 457,665
$ 62,719
$ 892,770
$ 286,922
Net income per share
- Basic
- Common
$ 2.32
$ 0.32
$ 4.52
$ 1.45
- Diluted
- Common
$ 2.26
$ 0.31
$ 4.39
$ 1.41
- Basic
- Class B
$ 2.11
$ 0.29
$ 4.10
$ 1.31
Shares outstanding
- Basic
- Common
147,573
148,247
148,001
148,175
- Diluted
- Common
202,745
203,188
203,249
203,168
- Basic
- Class B
54,614
54,614
54,614
54,614
Key margins:
Gross margin
45.3 %
30.5 %
42.2 %
32.1 %
Operating profit margin
23.1 %
7.4 %
21.8 %
10.4 %
Net margin
16.4 %
2.4 %
15.2 %
5.3 %
The Hershey Company
Supplementary Information – Segment Results
for the periods ended June 28, 2026 and June 29, 2025
(unaudited) (in thousands except percentages)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
% Change
June 28, 2026
June 29, 2025
% Change
Net sales:
North America Confectionery
$ 2,173,570
$ 2,085,468
4.2 %
$ 4,663,488
$ 4,385,608
6.3 %
North America Salty Snacks
387,845
315,519
22.9 %
737,915
593,317
24.4 %
International
225,891
213,731
5.7 %
490,070
441,212
11.1 %
Total
$ 2,787,306
$ 2,614,718
6.6 %
$ 5,891,473
$ 5,420,137
8.7 %
Segment income (loss):
North America Confectionery
$ 705,785
$ 503,929
40.1 %
$ 1,498,163
$ 1,200,303
24.8 %
North America Salty Snacks
62,578
66,480
(5.9) %
96,880
108,333
(10.6) %
International
(5,145)
19,795
(126.0) %
10,114
48,521
(79.2) %
Total segment income
763,218
590,204
29.3 %
1,605,157
1,357,157
18.3 %
Unallocated corporate expense (1)
199,703
179,647
11.2 %
355,148
338,487
4.9 %
Unallocated mark-to-market (gains) losses on commodity derivatives (2)
(102,907)
200,727
(151.3) %
(72,723)
412,181
(117.6) %
Costs associated with business realignment initiatives
8,362
15,139
(44.8) %
21,718
40,992
(47.0) %
Acquisition and integration-related activities
15,419
1,880
NM
17,680
3,465
NM
Operating profit
642,641
192,811
233.3 %
1,283,334
562,032
128.3 %
Interest expense, net
49,963
46,035
8.5 %
99,781
90,657
10.1 %
Other (income) expense, net
4,398
(2,336)
NM
2,578
(1,391)
NM
Income before income taxes
$ 588,280
$ 149,112
294.5 %
$ 1,180,975
$ 472,766
149.8 %
(1) Includes centrally-managed (a) corporate functional costs relating to legal, treasury, finance and human resources, (b) expenses associated with the oversight and administration of our global operations, including warehousing, distribution and manufacturing, information systems and global shared services, (c) non-cash stock-based compensation expense and (d) other gains or losses that are not integral to segment performance.
(2) Net (gains) losses on mark-to-market valuation of commodity derivative positions recognized in unallocated derivative losses (gains).
Fifth Third Bancorp increased its stake in ArcBest Corporation (NASDAQ:ARCB – Free Report) by 2,994.7% during the first quarter, according to its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The firm owned 5,230 shares of the transportation company’s stock after purchasing an additional 5,061 shares during the quarter. Fifth Third Bancorp’s holdings in ArcBest were worth $514,000 at the end of the most recent quarter.
Other institutional investors and hedge funds have also bought and sold shares of the company. Kestra Advisory Services LLC grew its stake in shares of ArcBest by 11.8% during the 1st quarter. Kestra Advisory Services LLC now owns 7,202 shares of the transportation company’s stock worth $708,000 after acquiring an additional 760 shares during the period. Elevation Point Wealth Partners LLC purchased a new stake in ArcBest during the first quarter valued at about $215,000. Strs Ohio boosted its position in ArcBest by 38.9% during the first quarter. Strs Ohio now owns 10,000 shares of the transportation company’s stock worth $984,000 after purchasing an additional 2,800 shares during the period. Inspire Investing LLC boosted its position in ArcBest by 281.2% during the first quarter. Inspire Investing LLC now owns 23,903 shares of the transportation company’s stock worth $2,351,000 after purchasing an additional 17,633 shares during the period. Finally, Pictet Asset Management Holding SA increased its stake in shares of ArcBest by 17.4% in the first quarter. Pictet Asset Management Holding SA now owns 4,367 shares of the transportation company’s stock worth $430,000 after purchasing an additional 648 shares in the last quarter. 99.27% of the stock is owned by institutional investors.
ArcBest Trading Down 5.3% Shares of ARCB stock opened at $141.49 on Thursday. The business has a 50-day moving average price of $148.16 and a two-hundred day moving average price of $119.03. ArcBest Corporation has a 12-month low of $59.43 and a 12-month high of $176.69. The company has a quick ratio of 0.93, a current ratio of 0.93 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.10. The firm has a market cap of $3.15 billion, a P/E ratio of 58.23, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 0.53 and a beta of 1.57.
ArcBest (NASDAQ:ARCB – Get Free Report) last announced its quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, July 29th. The transportation company reported $2.38 EPS for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $2.26 by $0.12. The firm had revenue of $1.18 billion for the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $1.17 billion. ArcBest had a return on equity of 6.15% and a net margin of 1.38%.The company’s revenue was up 15.9% on a year-over-year basis. During the same period in the prior year, the company earned $1.36 EPS. Equities analysts anticipate that ArcBest Corporation will post 6.62 EPS for the current fiscal year.
ArcBest Announces Dividend The firm also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Friday, August 21st. Shareholders of record on Friday, August 7th will be paid a dividend of $0.12 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend is Friday, August 7th. This represents a $0.48 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 0.3%. ArcBest’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is 19.75%.
Wall Street Analyst Weigh In Several research firms recently commented on ARCB. Truist Financial raised their price objective on shares of ArcBest from $145.00 to $165.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a report on Wednesday, July 15th. Citigroup started coverage on shares of ArcBest in a report on Wednesday, July 15th. They set a “market outperform” rating on the stock. JPMorgan Chase & Co. increased their target price on ArcBest from $117.00 to $147.00 and gave the stock a “neutral” rating in a research report on Monday, June 8th. Stifel Nicolaus raised their price target on ArcBest from $134.00 to $176.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a report on Tuesday, July 21st. Finally, Wells Fargo & Company lifted their target price on ArcBest from $130.00 to $150.00 and gave the company an “equal weight” rating in a report on Friday, June 5th. Two investment analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, seven have given a Buy rating and six have assigned a Hold rating to the company’s stock. According to MarketBeat.com, the company presently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average target price of $155.62.
View Our Latest Stock Analysis on ArcBest
Key Stories Impacting ArcBest Here are the key news stories impacting ArcBest this week:
Positive Sentiment: ArcBest reported second-quarter adjusted earnings of $2.38 per share, above analyst estimates of roughly $2.26-$2.30 and well ahead of $1.36 a year earlier. Revenue rose 15.9% year over year to approximately $1.18 billion, slightly exceeding or matching consensus expectations. ArcBest quarterly earnings report Positive Sentiment: The company expects its restructuring program to produce approximately $40 million in annualized cost savings once it reaches a full run rate by the first quarter of 2027. Those savings could support margins and earnings if freight demand remains stable. ArcBest restructuring cost savings Neutral Sentiment: Analysts and financial coverage highlighted the strong year-over-year earnings improvement and revenue growth, while noting that the quarter’s key operating metrics were broadly in line with expectations. Investors will likely focus on freight volumes, pricing and execution of the restructuring plan. ARCB versus JBHT valuation comparison Negative Sentiment: ArcBest reported a second-quarter loss on a GAAP basis, primarily because of restructuring costs. The company’s 1.38% net margin and 6.15% return on equity also underscore the limited current profitability, which may have outweighed the adjusted EPS beat. ArcBest reports second-quarter loss Negative Sentiment: The earnings release followed a substantial 2026 rally, raising the bar for results. With the stock trading at a relatively elevated earnings multiple, investors may be taking profits and demanding clearer evidence that restructuring savings will translate into sustained margin expansion. About ArcBest (Free Report)
ArcBest Corporation (NASDAQ: ARCB) is a transportation and logistics company that offers comprehensive freight and supply chain solutions across North America. Founded in 1923 as Arkansas Best Freight System, the company has evolved into a diversified service provider with both asset-based and asset-light operations. Its core businesses include less-than-truckload (LTL) shipping through ABF Freight, expedited full-truckload services via Panther Premium Logistics, and a range of logistics and supply chain management services under its ArcBest Integrated Logistics division.
The company’s asset-based operations also encompass FleetNet America, a provider of emergency roadside assistance and maintenance services for heavy-duty vehicles.
See Also Five stocks we like better than ArcBest Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding ARCB? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for ArcBest Corporation (NASDAQ:ARCB – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for ArcBest Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for ArcBest and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEEvertec, Inc. $EVTC Shares Purchased by Fifth Third Bancorp
NEXT HEADLINE »First Mid Bancshares, Inc. $FMBH Shares Acquired by Fifth Third Bancorp
Anson Funds Management LP v 1. čtvrtletí koupila nový podíl v DoorDash: 8 750 akcií za zhruba 1,314 milionu USD. Institucionální investoři nyní drží 90,64 % akcií.
Anson Funds Management LP purchased a new stake in DoorDash, Inc. (NASDAQ:DASH – Free Report) during the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The firm purchased 8,750 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $1,314,000.
Several other institutional investors and hedge funds also recently modified their holdings of DASH. Brighton Jones LLC grew its holdings in shares of DoorDash by 24.0% during the fourth quarter. Brighton Jones LLC now owns 9,336 shares of the company’s stock worth $1,566,000 after buying an additional 1,807 shares in the last quarter. Integrated Wealth Concepts LLC lifted its stake in DoorDash by 21.5% in the 1st quarter. Integrated Wealth Concepts LLC now owns 1,715 shares of the company’s stock valued at $314,000 after acquiring an additional 303 shares in the last quarter. Empowered Funds LLC lifted its stake in DoorDash by 3.6% in the 1st quarter. Empowered Funds LLC now owns 8,130 shares of the company’s stock valued at $1,486,000 after acquiring an additional 285 shares in the last quarter. Sivia Capital Partners LLC boosted its position in DoorDash by 92.9% during the 2nd quarter. Sivia Capital Partners LLC now owns 4,255 shares of the company’s stock worth $1,049,000 after acquiring an additional 2,049 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Baird Financial Group Inc. acquired a new position in DoorDash during the 2nd quarter worth approximately $222,000. 90.64% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades Several research analysts recently commented on the stock. Citigroup restated a “market outperform” rating on shares of DoorDash in a report on Monday, June 22nd. KeyCorp lowered their price target on shares of DoorDash from $280.00 to $275.00 and set an “overweight” rating on the stock in a research note on Tuesday, July 14th. TD Cowen reissued a “buy” rating on shares of DoorDash in a research report on Wednesday, July 15th. UBS Group increased their price objective on shares of DoorDash from $206.00 to $214.00 and gave the stock a “neutral” rating in a research note on Thursday, May 7th. Finally, Moffett Nathanson set a $276.00 price objective on DoorDash in a report on Wednesday, April 15th. One equities research analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, twenty-four have assigned a Buy rating, nine have given a Hold rating and one has issued a Sell rating to the company’s stock. According to MarketBeat, the stock presently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus price target of $252.89.
Get Our Latest Research Report on DASH
More DoorDash News Here are the key news stories impacting DoorDash this week:
Positive Sentiment: DoorDash launched DoorDash Air after receiving Federal Aviation Administration Part 135 air-carrier certification. The approval allows the company to conduct commercial drone deliveries in the U.S. and represents a significant regulatory and operational milestone. DoorDash launches in-house drone delivery program after FAA certification Positive Sentiment: The company plans to develop its own aircraft and an end-to-end aerial delivery network that will eventually operate through the DoorDash app. If scaled successfully, drones could reduce reliance on gig-economy labor for certain short- and mid-range orders, potentially improving delivery economics and margins. DoorDash is building its own drone delivery business Positive Sentiment: DoorDash’s internally developed drone service could expand beyond restaurant orders into retail, pharmaceuticals and other time-sensitive, higher-value deliveries. The company already works with Wing and Flytrex, so the in-house program adds another avenue for autonomous-delivery growth. DoorDash is launching a competing drone delivery service Neutral Sentiment: Analysts expect a decline in earnings in DoorDash’s upcoming report, with the company lacking two key indicators typically associated with an earnings beat. This could increase volatility ahead of results. Analysts Estimate DoorDash to Report a Decline in Earnings Negative Sentiment: The drone initiative will require substantial upfront investment in aircraft, infrastructure and regulatory compliance. Those costs could weigh on near-term free cash flow before delivery density is high enough to generate meaningful operating leverage. With DASH trading at a high earnings multiple, investors may demand clear evidence that the program can produce stronger profitability. DoorDash Stock Performance Shares of NASDAQ DASH opened at $193.53 on Thursday. The company has a current ratio of 1.43, a quick ratio of 1.43 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.27. DoorDash, Inc. has a 12 month low of $143.30 and a 12 month high of $285.50. The stock has a 50 day moving average of $174.13 and a 200-day moving average of $174.90. The company has a market capitalization of $84.32 billion, a P/E ratio of 92.16 and a beta of 1.78.
DoorDash (NASDAQ:DASH – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, May 6th. The company reported $0.42 earnings per share for the quarter, beating analysts’ consensus estimates of $0.36 by $0.06. The business had revenue of $4.04 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $4.15 billion. DoorDash had a return on equity of 9.58% and a net margin of 6.29%.The firm’s revenue for the quarter was up 33.1% on a year-over-year basis. During the same quarter in the prior year, the business earned $0.44 EPS. As a group, equities research analysts predict that DoorDash, Inc. will post 2.39 EPS for the current year.
Insider Buying and Selling at DoorDash In other DoorDash news, Director Andy Fang sold 5,000 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Wednesday, June 24th. The shares were sold at an average price of $180.00, for a total transaction of $900,000.00. The sale was disclosed in a filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available through the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, Director Stanley Tang sold 23,125 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, July 2nd. The stock was sold at an average price of $191.19, for a total transaction of $4,421,268.75. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Insiders have sold a total of 74,927 shares of company stock worth $13,241,532 in the last ninety days. Insiders own 5.83% of the company’s stock.
About DoorDash (Free Report)
DoorDash, Inc operates a technology-driven logistics and food-delivery marketplace that connects consumers, merchants and independent delivery contractors. The company’s core service enables customers to order from local restaurants and retailers through its app and website while DoorDash handles last-mile fulfillment via its network of drivers, known as “Dashers.” Over time the platform has broadened beyond restaurant deliveries to include groceries, convenience items and retail deliveries, positioning DoorDash as a broader on-demand logistics provider for consumer goods.
In addition to its marketplace, DoorDash offers a suite of products and services for consumers and businesses.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than DoorDash Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding DASH? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for DoorDash, Inc. (NASDAQ:DASH – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for DoorDash Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for DoorDash and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEArkadios Wealth Advisors Has $59.98 Million Stock Position in JPMorgan Chase & Co. $JPM
NEXT HEADLINE »Amundi Buys 1,301,547 Shares of U.S. Bancorp $USB
Společnost Group 1 Automotive podepsala definitivní dohodu o koupi 10 dealerství Hennessy v Atlantě za zhruba 1,3 miliardy USD. Transakce má přidat asi 1,7 miliardy USD k ročním tržbám a po uzavření okamžitě zvýšit EPS.
Expected to Add Approximately $1.7 Billion in Annualized Revenues and Be Immediately Accretive to EPS Upon Closing
, /PRNewswire/ -- Group 1 Automotive (NYSE: GPI) ("Group 1" or the "Company"), a Fortune 250 automotive retailer with 251 dealerships located in the U.S. and U.K., today announced it has signed a definitive agreement to acquire the dealership assets and real estate of Hennessy Automobile Companies ("Hennessy"), significantly expanding the Company's presence in the Atlanta metropolitan market.
"Our cluster strategy has long focused on premium brands in attractive growth markets with high-revenue rooftops where we can leverage scale and expand margins," said Daryl Kenningham, President and Chief Executive Officer of Group 1 Automotive. "Building on a strategy we have executed successfully across our largest markets, including Houston and Boston, this acquisition significantly expands our presence in the growing Atlanta market and creates new opportunities to enhance operational efficiency and deliver attractive, long-term returns. The Hennessy family has a tremendous reputation in Atlanta. We feel privileged to purchase this world class business. We thank the Hennessy family for trusting Group 1 with the transaction."
The transaction includes 10 dealerships, a brand portfolio that contains key luxury and import brands, including Lexus, Jaguar/Land Rover and Porsche, and facilities containing 500 service bays staffed by approximately 280 technicians. It is expected to generate approximately $1.7 billion in annualized revenue and be immediately accretive to the Company's earnings per share upon closing.
This transaction, together with the recent acquisitions of Stone Mountain Honda and Stone Mountain Toyota, will expand Group 1's Atlanta presence from three to 15 dealerships, making the city the Company's second largest market based on revenue and its ninth market in the U.S. with five or more stores.
Atlanta is a robust automotive market with strong fundamentals. The city is the sixth largest MSA1 and seventh largest DMA2 in the U.S., as well as the fastest-growing MSA and largest luxury vehicle market in the Southeast, with 21% luxury vehicle market share3. The city's real GDP growth outpaced the national average growth rate by over 50% from 2014 to 20234 and the average household income within Hennessy's markets specifically is approximately $150,000 per year5.
"For 62 years, our family company has been a cornerstone of the Atlanta automotive community, excelling in vehicle sales, servicing and leasing," said Peter Hennessy. "Under Group 1's stewardship, I know this strong legacy and deep commitment to Atlanta will continue. Group 1 shares our customer-focused philosophy, which will remain the foundation as they move our dealerships into the future."
The Hennessy acquisition is valued at approximately $1.3 billion inclusive of blue sky, real estate and operating assets. Group 1 plans to finance the transaction with new debt, backstopped by a bridge commitment.
The transaction is expected to close by year-end 2026, subject to regulatory approvals, OEM approvals and customary closing conditions.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is acting as exclusive financial advisor, and Hill Ward Henderson and Vinson & Elkins LLP are serving as legal advisors, to Group 1. Kerrigan Advisors is acting as transaction advisor, and Holland and Knight is acting as legal advisor, to Hennessy Automobile Companies.
For additional information about this transaction, please see the Form 8-K that will be filed in connection with this transaction.
ABOUT GROUP 1 AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
Group 1 owns and operates 251 automotive dealerships, 312 franchises, and 32 collision centers in the United States and the United Kingdom that offer 37 brands of automobiles. Through its dealerships and omni-channel platform, the Company sells new and used cars and light trucks; arranges related vehicle financing; sells service contracts; provides automotive maintenance and repair services; and sells vehicle parts.
Group 1 discloses additional information about the Company, its business, and its results of operations at www.group1corp.com, www.group1auto.com, www.group1collision.com, www.acceleride.com, and www.facebook.com/group1auto.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This press release contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which are statements related to future, not past, events and are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. In this context, the forward-looking statements often include statements regarding our strategic investments, goals, plans, projections and guidance regarding our financial position, results of operations and business strategy, including the financial and other benefits of anticipated or recently completed acquisitions or dispositions, including the pending acquisition of Hennessy (the "Hennessy Acquisition"), the timing and financing thereof and our ability to achieve the intended operational, financial and strategic benefits therefrom. These forward-looking statements often contain words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "should," "foresee," "may" or "will" and similar expressions. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we anticipate. Any such forward-looking statements are not assurances of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the statements. These risks and uncertainties include, among other things, (a) general economic and business conditions, (b) the impacts of sustained levels of inflation, including reduced affordability of automobiles for consumers, (c) developments in U.S. and global trade policy, including the imposition by the U.S. of significant tariffs on the import of automobiles and certain materials used in our parts and services business and the resulting consequences (including, but not limited to, retaliatory tariffs by non-U.S. nations, supply chain disruptions, vehicle and part cost increases and demand decreases, and potential recessions in the U.S. and U.K.), and the passage of the "One Big Beautiful Bill," including the associated impact on tax deductions in the domestic car industry and the elimination of certain clean energy tax credits, which could impact incentives for electric vehicle production and sales, (d) the level of manufacturer incentives, (e) our ability to comply with extensive laws, regulations and policies applicable to our operations, including BEV mandates in the U.K., and their impact on new vehicle demand, (f) our ability to obtain an inventory of desirable new and used vehicles (including as a result of changes in the international trade environment), (g) our relationship with our automobile manufacturers and the willingness of manufacturers to approve future acquisitions, (h) our cost of financing and the availability of credit for consumers, (i) our ability to complete acquisitions and dispositions, including the pending Hennessy Acquisition, on a timely basis, if at all and the risks associated therewith, (j) our ability to successfully integrate recent and future acquisitions, including the Hennessy Acquisition, and realize the expected benefits from consummated acquisitions, (k) foreign exchange controls and currency fluctuations, (l) the armed conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, (m) our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to operate, and (n) a material failure in or breach of our vendors' information technology systems and other cybersecurity incidents. For additional information regarding known material factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our projected results, please see our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Investor contacts:
David Helderman
Senior Manager, Investor Relations
Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
[email protected]
Media contacts:
Pete DeLongchamps
Senior Vice President, Manufacturer Relations, Financial Services and Corporate Development
Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
[email protected]
Kimberly Barta
Head of Marketing and Communications
Group 1 Automotive, Inc.
[email protected]
SiteOne Landscape Supply ve 2Q zvýšila čisté tržby o 5 % na zhruba 1,53 mld. USD a upravenou EBITDA také o 5 % na 237,2 mil. USD. Firma potvrdila celoroční výhled upravené EBITDA v rozmezí 425 až 455 mil. USD.
The Selloff In SiteOne Landscape Supply Is Overextended SiteOne Landscape Supply NYSE: SITE reported second-quarter 2026 net sales growth of 5% and adjusted EBITDA growth of 5%, as pricing, acquisitions and commercial initiatives helped offset softer demand in key end markets.
Get SITE alerts:
Net sales rose to approximately $1.53 billion from $1.46 billion a year earlier. Organic daily sales increased 1%, reflecting a 3% pricing contribution that more than offset a roughly 2% decline in organic volume. Acquisitions completed in 2025 and 2026 added about $49 million, or 3%, to quarterly sales growth.
SiteOne Landscape Supply Company Breaks To New HighsNet income attributable to SiteOne increased 8% to $139.3 million, while adjusted EBITDA rose to $237.2 million from $226.7 million. Adjusted EBITDA margin was unchanged at 15.5%.
Soft Demand Weighs on Volumes Chairman and CEO Doug Black said the company delivered solid results despite difficult market conditions, citing weakness in new residential construction and repair and upgrade activity. SiteOne expects new residential landscaping demand, which represents 20% of sales, to decline by high single digits for the full year. Repair and upgrade demand, representing 30% of sales, is expected to fall by mid-single digits.
SiteOne Landscape Supply Grows To New High Black said new residential construction was particularly weak in Sun Belt markets including California, Arizona and Texas, while conditions were stronger in the Midwest. He also described repair and upgrade weakness as broad-based, with hardscapes and lighting serving as indicators of softer remodeling activity.
“We believe that the ongoing energy volatility, higher interest rates, weak consumer confidence, and increased macroeconomic uncertainty are collectively having a negative effect” on new residential construction and repair and upgrade markets, Black said.
Maintenance demand, which accounts for 36% of sales, has remained relatively steady, though the company said higher fertilizer prices temporarily reduced volumes among customers operating under fixed budgets. New commercial construction, representing 14% of sales, is expected to remain flat in 2026, according to management.
Margins Improve as Pricing and Private Brands Gain Gross profit increased 6% to approximately $565 million, and gross margin expanded 50 basis points to 36.9%. The company attributed the improvement to price realization, growth in private-brand products and sales gains among small customers.
Pro-Trade private-brand sales increased nearly 50% year over year during the quarter. Black said sales of the company’s Pro-Trade, Solstice and Portfolio private brands collectively grew 40%. SiteOne also reported that digital sales through siteone.com rose more than 50% year to date, while regular active users increased about 40%.
Organic daily sales of agronomic products increased 5%, supported by 4% pricing and 1% volume growth. Landscaping product sales were flat organically, with 3% pricing offset by weaker demand in residential construction and repair and upgrade categories.
Pricing was positive across most categories, though grass seed and PVC pipe prices declined 9% and 4%, respectively, during the quarter. Chief Financial Officer Eric Elema said grass seed price increases took effect in July and are expected to provide a low- to mid-single-digit pricing benefit in the second half. PVC price increases implemented in the second quarter are also expected to contribute in the back half.
Selling, general and administrative expenses rose to approximately $371 million. SG&A as a percentage of sales increased 30 basis points to 24.2%, driven by modest organic growth, healthcare costs and fuel inflation. Acquisitions accounted for about half of the year-over-year increase in SG&A, Elema said.
The company said fuel surcharges implemented near the end of the first quarter helped offset higher delivery costs. Black said increased fuel costs added approximately 15 basis points to SG&A as a percentage of sales, with an offsetting benefit to gross margin.
Capital Returns and Acquisition Activity SiteOne repurchased approximately 797,000 shares for about $94 million during the second quarter at an average price of $117.63 per share. After the quarter ended, it repurchased another 101,000 shares for approximately $10 million. Through July, year-to-date repurchases totaled 1.053 million shares for about $124 million.
The company ended the quarter with net debt of approximately $556 million and net debt to trailing 12-month adjusted EBITDA of 1.3 times. Available liquidity totaled roughly $530 million, including $87 million in cash and $443 million of borrowing capacity under its asset-based lending facility. During the quarter, SiteOne amended the facility and extended its maturity to April 2031.
SiteOne completed two acquisitions earlier this year representing approximately $110 million in trailing 12-month sales, including Reinders, a Midwest supplier of irrigation, agronomics and lighting products. The company did not close an acquisition during the second quarter but said its pipeline remains active and it expects additional deals during the remainder of 2026.
Management said Reinders’ integration is on track, with initial purchasing, product and system synergies underway. Full systems integration is expected in early 2027, while distribution, logistics and branch optimization opportunities are expected to create benefits over multiple years.
2026 Outlook Maintained SiteOne expects full-year organic daily sales growth to range from flat to up 1%, supported by anticipated pricing growth of about 3%. The company expects gross margin to exceed 2025 levels and SG&A as a percentage of sales to be approximately flat for the full year as cost actions and operational initiatives offset fuel and other inflation.
Management expects adjusted EBITDA margin expansion despite the softer volume environment. SiteOne reaffirmed its full-year adjusted EBITDA outlook of $425 million to $455 million, excluding contributions from unannounced acquisitions. The forecast includes an expected $4 million to $5 million negative impact from the extra week in fiscal 2026, which falls during the company’s seasonally slow December period.
Black said the company has opened six greenfield locations so far in 2026 and remains on pace to pursue roughly five to 10 annually, while being selective in weaker local markets. He also said SiteOne’s branch consolidation efforts have retained more than its targeted 80% of sales transferred to nearby locations.
About SiteOne Landscape Supply (NYSE:SITE)SiteOne Landscape Supply is a leading distributor of landscape supplies and irrigation equipment in North America. The company serves a broad range of customers, including independent landscapers, lawn and garden retailers, municipalities and other commercial landscape professionals. Its product portfolio spans irrigation and lighting controls, pipes and fittings, fertilizers and soils, lighting fixtures, hardscapes, outdoor lighting systems and related installation accessories.
In addition to core product lines, SiteOne offers agronomic services designed to optimize turf and plant health, as well as online tools and training resources to help customers plan, specify and manage projects more efficiently.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in SiteOne Landscape Supply Right Now?Before you consider SiteOne Landscape Supply, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and SiteOne Landscape Supply wasn't on the list.
While SiteOne Landscape Supply currently has a Hold rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Enter your email address and we’ll send you MarketBeat’s list of ten stocks set to soar in Summer 2026, despite the threat of tariffs and what's happening in Iran. These ten stocks are incredibly resilient and are likely to thrive in any economic environment.
SpaceX od IPO ztratila téměř polovinu hodnoty a Jim Cramer varuje velké kupce, aby počkali na výsledky hospodaření a vypršení lock-upu. První čtvrtletní výsledky zveřejní 4. srpna, o dva dny později se může začít obchodovat asi 911,5 milionu omezených akcií.
SpaceX stock NASDAQ:SPCX has lost almost half its value since reaching a high of $225.64 on June 16, turning the excitement surrounding the listing into a lesson about valuation and share supply.
The stock closed Wednesday at $112.55, around 17% below its $135 IPO price and 50.2% beneath the peak.
More than $1 trillion in market value has disappeared despite progress in Starship testing and demand for launch and Starlink services.
Jim Cramer remains optimistic about SpaceX’s long-term prospects, but he believes investors planning a large purchase should wait until after the company reports earnings and the first insider lock-up expires.
SpaceX will publish its first quarterly results as a public company on August 4. Two days later, roughly 911.5 million restricted shares are expected to become eligible for trading.
IPO lock-ups prevent founders, employees and early investors from selling their holdings.
Their expiration does not guarantee that every eligible share will be sold, but it increases the available supply and can pressure prices when demand is already fragile.
Cramer said investors could “maybe buy a little” before the event, according to CNBC, but urged anyone considering a major position to wait.
His concern is that an encouraging earnings report may struggle to offset the prospect of more stock entering the market.
SpaceX used a staggered lock-up structure rather than a conventional single 180-day restriction.
Further portions will become tradable over the following months, keeping the supply overhang alive beyond August.
That makes Cramer’s argument about timing rather than the company’s direction.
Strong results could spark a rebound, but disappointing financial details combined with insider selling could push the shares closer to $100.
Morgan Stanley analyst Adam Jonas maintained an Overweight rating and a $300 target.
Barron’s reported that he values SpaceX’s established launch and broadband operations at about $136 a share.
Jonas argued that a price near $100 would effectively assign no value to the company’s artificial-intelligence operations.
That could create an opportunity if SpaceX turns its computing infrastructure, xAI relationship and proposed orbital data centres into durable revenue.
Raymond James analyst Brian Gesuale has taken an even more aggressive position, assigning a Strong Buy rating and an $800 target.
The Financial Times reported that the forecast assumes SpaceX becomes a foundational platform spanning launch, satellite communications, national security and AI infrastructure.
The bearish case is that SpaceX still carries a valuation supported heavily by future businesses.
Starlink must produce durable margins, Starship must achieve reliable reusability and AI investments must generate enough revenue to justify enormous capital needs.
CFRA Research analyst Keith Snyder initiated coverage with a Sell rating and a $115 target.
Business Insider reported that Snyder admired the company’s vision but believed its financial disclosures did not yet justify the valuation.
HSBC analyst Nicolas Cote-Colisson also started coverage with a Hold rating and a $115 target, reflecting confidence in SpaceX’s launch leadership but caution over its broader ambitions.
The August 4 report must provide evidence on cash burn, Starlink economics, capital expenditure and the timeline for emerging AI projects.
Absolute Gestao de Investimentos Ltda. bought a new stake in Meta Platforms, Inc. (NASDAQ:META – Free Report) during the first quarter, according to its most recent disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The institutional investor bought 3,500 shares of the social networking company’s stock, valued at approximately $2,002,000.
Several other institutional investors and hedge funds also recently made changes to their positions in the business. RHL Group LLC bought a new stake in shares of Meta Platforms in the 4th quarter worth about $28,000. Strategic Wealth Advisors LLC bought a new stake in Meta Platforms in the fourth quarter valued at about $29,000. Safe Harbor Fiduciary LLC acquired a new stake in Meta Platforms during the fourth quarter valued at approximately $42,000. Bayban lifted its holdings in Meta Platforms by 100.0% during the 1st quarter. Bayban now owns 70 shares of the social networking company’s stock worth $40,000 after buying an additional 35 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Key Capital Management INC bought a new position in Meta Platforms during the 4th quarter worth approximately $48,000. 79.91% of the stock is currently owned by hedge funds and other institutional investors.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades A number of research analysts have recently issued reports on META shares. Rothschild & Co Redburn raised their price target on shares of Meta Platforms from $900.00 to $1,000.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a research report on Tuesday, July 21st. Piper Sandler initiated coverage on shares of Meta Platforms in a research report on Tuesday, June 2nd. They set an “overweight” rating for the company. Royal Bank Of Canada reiterated an “outperform” rating and set a $810.00 price objective on shares of Meta Platforms in a research note on Monday, June 1st. The Goldman Sachs Group cut shares of Meta Platforms from a “buy” rating to a “sell” rating in a report on Tuesday, June 2nd. Finally, Wall Street Zen downgraded Meta Platforms from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a research note on Saturday, May 16th. Five analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, thirty-four have given a Buy rating, eight have given a Hold rating and one has given a Sell rating to the company. According to MarketBeat, the stock presently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average price target of $835.64.
Read Our Latest Stock Report on META
Insiders Place Their Bets In other Meta Platforms news, insider Curtis J. Mahoney sold 2,079 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Wednesday, May 27th. The shares were sold at an average price of $609.92, for a total value of $1,268,023.68. Following the transaction, the insider owned 1,118 shares in the company, valued at approximately $681,890.56. This represents a 65.03% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available through the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, CFO Susan J. Li sold 9,195 shares of the stock in a transaction on Monday, May 18th. The stock was sold at an average price of $607.84, for a total value of $5,589,088.80. Following the sale, the chief financial officer owned 13,186 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $8,014,978.24. This represents a 41.08% decrease in their ownership of the stock. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. The sale was made to cover tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of equity awards. Insiders have sold 39,325 shares of company stock worth $23,979,087 over the last quarter. Company insiders own 13.53% of the company’s stock.
Meta Platforms Trading Down 1.3% Shares of Meta Platforms stock opened at $585.61 on Thursday. The business has a fifty day simple moving average of $603.59 and a 200-day simple moving average of $624.24. Meta Platforms, Inc. has a fifty-two week low of $520.26 and a fifty-two week high of $796.25. The firm has a market cap of $1.48 trillion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 21.29, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 0.99 and a beta of 1.25. The company has a quick ratio of 2.35, a current ratio of 2.35 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.24.
Meta Platforms (NASDAQ:META – Get Free Report) last issued its earnings results on Wednesday, July 29th. The social networking company reported $6.18 earnings per share for the quarter, missing analysts’ consensus estimates of $7.19 by ($1.01). The business had revenue of $60.80 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $60.22 billion. Meta Platforms had a return on equity of 36.93% and a net margin of 32.84%.The company’s quarterly revenue was up 28.0% on a year-over-year basis. During the same quarter in the previous year, the business posted $7.14 earnings per share. On average, equities analysts forecast that Meta Platforms, Inc. will post 29.4 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Meta Platforms Announces Dividend The firm also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Thursday, June 25th. Shareholders of record on Monday, June 15th were paid a dividend of $0.525 per share. This represents a $2.10 annualized dividend and a yield of 0.4%. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Monday, June 15th. Meta Platforms’s payout ratio is 7.63%.
More Meta Platforms News Here are the key news stories impacting Meta Platforms this week:
Positive Sentiment: Second-quarter revenue rose 28% year over year to $60.8 billion, exceeding the $60.2 billion consensus estimate. Advertising revenue increased 27%, ad impressions grew 14%, and average price per ad rose 12%, indicating that Meta’s core advertising business remains robust. Meta stock sinks as Q2 earnings disappoint on multiple fronts Positive Sentiment: Meta said Reality Labs lost more than $4.6 billion, but the loss was narrower than analysts expected. The company also continues pursuing enterprise AI, including business agents for customer service and other workplace functions. Meta’s Reality Labs lost over $4.6 billion in second quarter Positive Sentiment: A $14 billion El Paso data-center venture with BlackRock will help Meta secure approximately one gigawatt of AI capacity while sharing financing and balance-sheet risk. The structure could reduce the immediate burden of Meta’s infrastructure buildout, although Meta remains the facility’s primary tenant. Meta, BlackRock partner on $14 billion El Paso data center Positive Sentiment: Some analysts remain bullish: Guggenheim reaffirmed a Buy rating with an $800 price target, while a Seeking Alpha analysis cited a normalized operating margin of roughly 36.8% after excluding legal and severance charges. Meta Platforms Q2: The Market Sells, I Buy The Dip Neutral Sentiment: Meta forecast third-quarter revenue of $61 billion to $64 billion, broadly around but slightly below the $63.2 billion consensus midpoint. No EPS outlook was provided in the reported guidance. Zuckerberg also promoted open AI development and opposed restrictions on Chinese AI models, positions that may support innovation but could attract regulatory scrutiny. Zuckerberg says Meta’s enterprise AI opportunity extends beyond agents Negative Sentiment: Second-quarter EPS fell to $6.18, missing estimates near $7.1–$7.2 and declining from $7.14 a year earlier. Results were pressured by approximately $2.4 billion of legal costs and $1.2 billion of severance expenses. Meta misses profit expectations, sticks to massive AI spending Negative Sentiment: Meta plans to spend approximately $130 billion to $145 billion on AI and data-center infrastructure this year, with the minimum raised by $5 billion. Investors fear the spending will compress margins and free cash flow before a direct AI revenue stream is proven. Meta shares tumble as AI spending stuns Wall Street Negative Sentiment: COO Javier Olivan sold shares under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 plan, reducing his holdings in two transactions. Because the sales were scheduled, they are a limited bearish signal but may reinforce investor caution. SEC insider transaction filing Meta Platforms Company Profile (Free Report)
Meta Platforms, Inc (NASDAQ: META), formerly Facebook, Inc, is a global technology company best known for building social networking services and immersive computing platforms. Founded in 2004 and headquartered in Menlo Park, California, the company operates a family of consumer-facing products and services that connect users, creators and businesses. In October 2021 the company rebranded as Meta to reflect an expanded strategic focus on augmented and virtual reality technologies alongside its social media businesses.
Meta’s core consumer products include Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp and Messenger, which enable social networking, messaging, content sharing and community building across mobile and desktop devices.
Featured Articles Five stocks we like better than Meta Platforms Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding META? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Meta Platforms, Inc. (NASDAQ:META – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Meta Platforms Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Meta Platforms and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEADAR1 Capital Management LLC Makes New Investment in Prelude Therapeutics Incorporated $PRLD
NEXT HEADLINE »Centene Q2 Earnings Call Highlights
Calamos Wealth Management v 1. čtvrtletí zvýšila podíl v Microsoft o 6,5 % na 292 289 akcií v hodnotě 108,2 milionu USD. Microsoft zároveň oznámil zisk na akcii 4,74 USD a tržby 90,01 miliardy USD, obojí nad odhady.
Calamos Wealth Management LLC lifted its holdings in shares of Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report) by 6.5% in the 1st quarter, according to its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The firm owned 292,289 shares of the software giant’s stock after acquiring an additional 17,752 shares during the quarter. Microsoft makes up about 3.7% of Calamos Wealth Management LLC’s portfolio, making the stock its 6th biggest holding. Calamos Wealth Management LLC’s holdings in Microsoft were worth $108,197,000 at the end of the most recent quarter.
A number of other institutional investors have also made changes to their positions in MSFT. Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC lifted its stake in shares of Microsoft by 51.3% during the 2nd quarter. Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC now owns 59 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $29,000 after buying an additional 20 shares during the last quarter. Bernzott Capital Advisors acquired a new position in Microsoft in the 4th quarter valued at about $34,000. Timmons Wealth Management LLC acquired a new position in Microsoft in the 4th quarter valued at about $36,000. Fairway Wealth LLC raised its holdings in Microsoft by 287.0% in the 4th quarter. Fairway Wealth LLC now owns 89 shares of the software giant’s stock valued at $43,000 after acquiring an additional 66 shares during the period. Finally, LSV Asset Management bought a new position in Microsoft in the 4th quarter valued at about $44,000. 71.13% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Microsoft Stock Performance Shares of NASDAQ:MSFT opened at $390.54 on Thursday. Microsoft Corporation has a 12-month low of $349.20 and a 12-month high of $555.45. The company’s 50 day moving average price is $396.43 and its two-hundred day moving average price is $405.74. The firm has a market cap of $2.90 trillion, a PE ratio of 23.25, a PEG ratio of 1.20 and a beta of 1.13. The company has a quick ratio of 1.27, a current ratio of 1.28 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.08.
Microsoft (NASDAQ:MSFT – Get Free Report) last released its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, July 29th. The software giant reported $4.74 earnings per share for the quarter, beating analysts’ consensus estimates of $4.24 by $0.50. The company had revenue of $90.01 billion during the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $87.62 billion. Microsoft had a net margin of 39.34% and a return on equity of 31.94%. The firm’s quarterly revenue was up 17.7% on a year-over-year basis. During the same period in the previous year, the business earned $3.65 earnings per share. Equities research analysts predict that Microsoft Corporation will post 16.7 earnings per share for the current year.
Microsoft Announces Dividend The business also recently disclosed a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, September 10th. Shareholders of record on Thursday, August 20th will be issued a $0.91 dividend. The ex-dividend date of this dividend is Thursday, August 20th. This represents a $3.64 annualized dividend and a yield of 0.9%. Microsoft’s payout ratio is currently 21.67%.
Insider Buying and Selling at Microsoft In other news, EVP Amy Coleman sold 1,262 shares of the stock in a transaction on Thursday, May 14th. The stock was sold at an average price of $411.34, for a total transaction of $519,111.08. Following the sale, the executive vice president directly owned 46,003 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $18,922,874.02. This represents a 2.67% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which can be accessed through this hyperlink. Also, EVP Takeshi Numoto sold 4,500 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction on Wednesday, June 10th. The stock was sold at an average price of $402.84, for a total value of $1,812,780.00. Following the completion of the transaction, the executive vice president owned 47,468 shares in the company, valued at $19,122,009.12. The trade was a 8.66% decrease in their position. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. Insiders sold 23,762 shares of company stock valued at $10,508,361 in the last three months. Corporate insiders own 0.03% of the company’s stock.
Analyst Ratings Changes MSFT has been the subject of a number of research analyst reports. CLSA restated an “outperform” rating on shares of Microsoft in a report on Thursday. Scotiabank upgraded Microsoft from an “outperform” rating to an “outperform” rating in a research note on Monday, July 6th. Wolfe Research dropped their price target on Microsoft from $570.00 to $525.00 and set an “outperform” rating for the company in a report on Monday, July 6th. Citigroup restated a “market outperform” rating on shares of Microsoft in a research note on Tuesday. Finally, Citizens Jmp reaffirmed a “market outperform” rating and issued a $550.00 price objective on shares of Microsoft in a report on Tuesday. Forty-two analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and six have given a Hold rating to the company. Based on data from MarketBeat, the company currently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average target price of $554.73.
Get Our Latest Report on MSFT
Key Stories Impacting Microsoft Here are the key news stories impacting Microsoft this week:
Positive Sentiment: Microsoft reported fiscal Q4 revenue of approximately $90.0 billion, up 18% year over year and above the $87.6 billion consensus estimate. Adjusted earnings of $4.74 per share also exceeded expectations of $4.21, marking the company’s 14th consecutive “double beat.” Microsoft Q4 Earnings and Revenues Top Estimates Positive Sentiment: Azure revenue grew 43%, exceeding analysts’ expectations of roughly 40%, and the cloud platform surpassed $100 billion in annual revenue. The results eased concerns that Microsoft’s AI infrastructure investments may be outpacing customer demand. Microsoft Tops Quarterly Cloud Growth Estimates Positive Sentiment: Microsoft said Microsoft 365 Copilot reached 30 million paid seats, providing evidence of growing monetization for its AI products. The company also recorded a $3.2 billion gain from its Anthropic investment, although returns from its OpenAI investment were more mixed. Azure Crosses $100 Billion in Annual Revenue Positive Sentiment: Microsoft maintained its AI capital-expenditure outlook rather than following Alphabet’s recent increase. Investors viewed the spending discipline as supportive of margins and free cash flow, while first-quarter fiscal 2027 revenue guidance of $89.9 billion to $91.0 billion was slightly above consensus. Microsoft Keeps Capex Forecast Unchanged Neutral Sentiment: Investors had positioned for an unusually large post-earnings move, with options implying roughly a 6% to 7% swing. This elevated volatility reflects the importance of Microsoft’s results to the broader AI investment theme. Negative Sentiment: Microsoft faces a U.K. regulatory investigation into whether customers were misled about Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscription pricing. The probe creates potential reputational and compliance risks, though its near-term financial impact is unclear. UK Regulator Investigates Microsoft Over 365 Subscriptions Negative Sentiment: Disney’s decision to replace GitHub Copilot with OpenAI’s Codex highlights intensifying competition in AI coding tools. Multiple shareholder lawsuits concerning alleged Copilot and Azure disclosures also remain an overhang. Microsoft Profile (Free Report)
Microsoft Corporation is a global technology company headquartered in Redmond, Washington. Founded in 1975 by Bill Gates and Paul Allen, Microsoft develops, licenses and supports a broad range of software products, services and devices for consumers, enterprises and governments worldwide. Its operations span personal computing, productivity software, cloud infrastructure, enterprise applications, developer tools and gaming.
Microsoft’s product portfolio includes the Windows operating system and the Microsoft 365 suite of productivity and collaboration tools (Office apps, Outlook, Teams).
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than Microsoft Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding MSFT? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Microsoft Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Microsoft and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEAshton Thomas Securities LLC Purchases New Position in Aon plc $AON
NEXT HEADLINE »Fifth Third Bancorp Makes New Investment in Douglas Dynamics, Inc. $PLOW
Fortress Financial Solutions LLC trimmed its position in shares of Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report) by 49.8% in the first quarter, according to its most recent 13F filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The firm owned 2,441 shares of the software giant’s stock after selling 2,423 shares during the period. Microsoft accounts for approximately 0.9% of Fortress Financial Solutions LLC’s holdings, making the stock its 26th biggest position. Fortress Financial Solutions LLC’s holdings in Microsoft were worth $904,000 at the end of the most recent quarter.
Other institutional investors and hedge funds have also recently bought and sold shares of the company. Avantax Planning Partners Inc. increased its stake in shares of Microsoft by 24.4% in the first quarter. Avantax Planning Partners Inc. now owns 51,692 shares of the software giant’s stock valued at $19,135,000 after purchasing an additional 10,139 shares during the period. Canal Insurance CO boosted its position in shares of Microsoft by 9.5% during the first quarter. Canal Insurance CO now owns 57,500 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $21,285,000 after buying an additional 5,000 shares during the period. Riverpoint Wealth Management Holdings LLC boosted its position in shares of Microsoft by 0.5% during the first quarter. Riverpoint Wealth Management Holdings LLC now owns 5,543 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $2,052,000 after buying an additional 26 shares during the period. Nicholson Wealth Management Group LLC grew its holdings in Microsoft by 3.1% in the 1st quarter. Nicholson Wealth Management Group LLC now owns 7,691 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $2,847,000 after buying an additional 234 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Summit Wealth Group LLC grew its holdings in Microsoft by 10.8% in the 1st quarter. Summit Wealth Group LLC now owns 7,452 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $2,758,000 after buying an additional 728 shares in the last quarter. Institutional investors own 71.13% of the company’s stock.
Microsoft Stock Down 0.7% Shares of MSFT stock opened at $390.54 on Thursday. Microsoft Corporation has a 1 year low of $349.20 and a 1 year high of $555.45. The stock has a market cap of $2.90 trillion, a PE ratio of 23.25, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.20 and a beta of 1.13. The business’s fifty day moving average is $396.43 and its 200-day moving average is $405.74. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.08, a quick ratio of 1.27 and a current ratio of 1.28.
Microsoft (NASDAQ:MSFT – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, July 29th. The software giant reported $4.74 EPS for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $4.24 by $0.50. The company had revenue of $90.01 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $87.62 billion. Microsoft had a return on equity of 31.94% and a net margin of 39.34%.The company’s quarterly revenue was up 17.7% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same quarter in the previous year, the business earned $3.65 EPS. Equities analysts expect that Microsoft Corporation will post 16.7 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.
Microsoft Announces Dividend The firm also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, September 10th. Shareholders of record on Thursday, August 20th will be given a $0.91 dividend. The ex-dividend date is Thursday, August 20th. This represents a $3.64 annualized dividend and a yield of 0.9%. Microsoft’s payout ratio is 21.67%.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades MSFT has been the topic of several recent analyst reports. Tigress Financial lifted their target price on Microsoft from $595.00 to $680.00 and gave the company a “buy” rating in a research note on Wednesday, May 6th. Guggenheim reissued a “buy” rating and issued a $586.00 price target on shares of Microsoft in a research note on Monday. Argus lowered their price target on Microsoft from $620.00 to $510.00 and set a “buy” rating on the stock in a report on Friday, July 10th. Sanford C. Bernstein restated an “outperform” rating and set a $646.00 price objective on shares of Microsoft in a research note on Wednesday, July 22nd. Finally, Morgan Stanley started coverage on shares of Microsoft in a report on Tuesday, July 21st. They issued an “overweight” rating and a $600.00 price objective for the company. Forty-two research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and six have assigned a Hold rating to the company’s stock. According to data from MarketBeat.com, the company currently has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average target price of $554.73.
Check Out Our Latest Report on Microsoft
Insiders Place Their Bets In other news, EVP Amy Coleman sold 1,262 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction dated Thursday, May 14th. The shares were sold at an average price of $411.34, for a total transaction of $519,111.08. Following the completion of the transaction, the executive vice president owned 46,003 shares in the company, valued at approximately $18,922,874.02. This trade represents a 2.67% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which is accessible through this link. Also, CEO Judson Althoff sold 15,500 shares of Microsoft stock in a transaction that occurred on Monday, June 1st. The stock was sold at an average price of $460.99, for a total transaction of $7,145,345.00. Following the completion of the transaction, the chief executive officer directly owned 110,477 shares in the company, valued at $50,928,792.23. This represents a 12.30% decrease in their position. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. Over the last three months, insiders have sold 23,762 shares of company stock worth $10,508,361. 0.03% of the stock is owned by corporate insiders.
Microsoft News Roundup Here are the key news stories impacting Microsoft this week:
Positive Sentiment: Microsoft reported fiscal Q4 revenue of approximately $90.0 billion, up 18% year over year and above the $87.6 billion consensus estimate. Adjusted earnings of $4.74 per share also exceeded expectations of $4.21, marking the company’s 14th consecutive “double beat.” Microsoft Q4 Earnings and Revenues Top Estimates Positive Sentiment: Azure revenue grew 43%, exceeding analysts’ expectations of roughly 40%, and the cloud platform surpassed $100 billion in annual revenue. The results eased concerns that Microsoft’s AI infrastructure investments may be outpacing customer demand. Microsoft Tops Quarterly Cloud Growth Estimates Positive Sentiment: Microsoft said Microsoft 365 Copilot reached 30 million paid seats, providing evidence of growing monetization for its AI products. The company also recorded a $3.2 billion gain from its Anthropic investment, although returns from its OpenAI investment were more mixed. Azure Crosses $100 Billion in Annual Revenue Positive Sentiment: Microsoft maintained its AI capital-expenditure outlook rather than following Alphabet’s recent increase. Investors viewed the spending discipline as supportive of margins and free cash flow, while first-quarter fiscal 2027 revenue guidance of $89.9 billion to $91.0 billion was slightly above consensus. Microsoft Keeps Capex Forecast Unchanged Neutral Sentiment: Investors had positioned for an unusually large post-earnings move, with options implying roughly a 6% to 7% swing. This elevated volatility reflects the importance of Microsoft’s results to the broader AI investment theme. Negative Sentiment: Microsoft faces a U.K. regulatory investigation into whether customers were misled about Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscription pricing. The probe creates potential reputational and compliance risks, though its near-term financial impact is unclear. UK Regulator Investigates Microsoft Over 365 Subscriptions Negative Sentiment: Disney’s decision to replace GitHub Copilot with OpenAI’s Codex highlights intensifying competition in AI coding tools. Multiple shareholder lawsuits concerning alleged Copilot and Azure disclosures also remain an overhang. Microsoft Profile (Free Report)
Microsoft Corporation is a global technology company headquartered in Redmond, Washington. Founded in 1975 by Bill Gates and Paul Allen, Microsoft develops, licenses and supports a broad range of software products, services and devices for consumers, enterprises and governments worldwide. Its operations span personal computing, productivity software, cloud infrastructure, enterprise applications, developer tools and gaming.
Microsoft’s product portfolio includes the Windows operating system and the Microsoft 365 suite of productivity and collaboration tools (Office apps, Outlook, Teams).
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than Microsoft Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock
Receive News & Ratings for Microsoft Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Microsoft and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEFifth Third Bancorp Makes New Investment in Douglas Dynamics, Inc. $PLOW
NEXT HEADLINE »Bank of New York Mellon Corp Sells 13,275 Shares of Q2 Holdings, Inc. $QTWO
Cogent Strategic Wealth LLC increased its stake in shares of Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report) by 139.6% during the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent 13F filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 2,892 shares of the software giant’s stock after buying an additional 1,685 shares during the period. Microsoft accounts for approximately 1.1% of Cogent Strategic Wealth LLC’s holdings, making the stock its 22nd biggest holding. Cogent Strategic Wealth LLC’s holdings in Microsoft were worth $1,071,000 as of its most recent SEC filing.
Other hedge funds have also recently added to or reduced their stakes in the company. Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC lifted its stake in shares of Microsoft by 51.3% during the second quarter. Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC now owns 59 shares of the software giant’s stock valued at $29,000 after acquiring an additional 20 shares during the period. Bernzott Capital Advisors acquired a new stake in Microsoft in the fourth quarter worth about $34,000. Timmons Wealth Management LLC acquired a new stake in Microsoft in the fourth quarter worth about $36,000. Fairway Wealth LLC raised its holdings in Microsoft by 287.0% during the 4th quarter. Fairway Wealth LLC now owns 89 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $43,000 after purchasing an additional 66 shares during the last quarter. Finally, LSV Asset Management bought a new stake in Microsoft during the 4th quarter worth about $44,000. Institutional investors own 71.13% of the company’s stock.
Key Headlines Impacting Microsoft Here are the key news stories impacting Microsoft this week:
Positive Sentiment: Microsoft reported fiscal Q4 revenue of approximately $90.0 billion, up 18% year over year and above the $87.6 billion consensus estimate. Adjusted earnings of $4.74 per share also exceeded expectations of $4.21, marking the company’s 14th consecutive “double beat.” Microsoft Q4 Earnings and Revenues Top Estimates Positive Sentiment: Azure revenue grew 43%, exceeding analysts’ expectations of roughly 40%, and the cloud platform surpassed $100 billion in annual revenue. The results eased concerns that Microsoft’s AI infrastructure investments may be outpacing customer demand. Microsoft Tops Quarterly Cloud Growth Estimates Positive Sentiment: Microsoft said Microsoft 365 Copilot reached 30 million paid seats, providing evidence of growing monetization for its AI products. The company also recorded a $3.2 billion gain from its Anthropic investment, although returns from its OpenAI investment were more mixed. Azure Crosses $100 Billion in Annual Revenue Positive Sentiment: Microsoft maintained its AI capital-expenditure outlook rather than following Alphabet’s recent increase. Investors viewed the spending discipline as supportive of margins and free cash flow, while first-quarter fiscal 2027 revenue guidance of $89.9 billion to $91.0 billion was slightly above consensus. Microsoft Keeps Capex Forecast Unchanged Neutral Sentiment: Investors had positioned for an unusually large post-earnings move, with options implying roughly a 6% to 7% swing. This elevated volatility reflects the importance of Microsoft’s results to the broader AI investment theme. Negative Sentiment: Microsoft faces a U.K. regulatory investigation into whether customers were misled about Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscription pricing. The probe creates potential reputational and compliance risks, though its near-term financial impact is unclear. UK Regulator Investigates Microsoft Over 365 Subscriptions Negative Sentiment: Disney’s decision to replace GitHub Copilot with OpenAI’s Codex highlights intensifying competition in AI coding tools. Multiple shareholder lawsuits concerning alleged Copilot and Azure disclosures also remain an overhang. Microsoft Price Performance Shares of MSFT stock opened at $390.54 on Thursday. The company has a quick ratio of 1.27, a current ratio of 1.28 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.08. Microsoft Corporation has a 12-month low of $349.20 and a 12-month high of $555.45. The firm has a fifty day moving average of $396.43 and a 200-day moving average of $405.74. The firm has a market capitalization of $2.90 trillion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 23.25, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.20 and a beta of 1.13.
Microsoft (NASDAQ:MSFT – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, July 29th. The software giant reported $4.74 EPS for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $4.24 by $0.50. The business had revenue of $90.01 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $87.62 billion. Microsoft had a return on equity of 31.94% and a net margin of 39.34%.The firm’s revenue was up 17.7% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same quarter last year, the business posted $3.65 EPS. On average, equities research analysts forecast that Microsoft Corporation will post 16.7 earnings per share for the current year.
Microsoft Announces Dividend The firm also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, September 10th. Stockholders of record on Thursday, August 20th will be given a dividend of $0.91 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend is Thursday, August 20th. This represents a $3.64 dividend on an annualized basis and a dividend yield of 0.9%. Microsoft’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is currently 21.67%.
Insider Transactions at Microsoft In related news, EVP Amy Coleman sold 1,262 shares of the stock in a transaction that occurred on Thursday, May 14th. The stock was sold at an average price of $411.34, for a total transaction of $519,111.08. Following the completion of the sale, the executive vice president directly owned 46,003 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $18,922,874.02. This represents a 2.67% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which can be accessed through this link. Also, CEO Judson Althoff sold 15,500 shares of the stock in a transaction that occurred on Monday, June 1st. The stock was sold at an average price of $460.99, for a total value of $7,145,345.00. Following the sale, the chief executive officer directly owned 110,477 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $50,928,792.23. The trade was a 12.30% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. Insiders have sold a total of 23,762 shares of company stock valued at $10,508,361 over the last 90 days. 0.03% of the stock is owned by company insiders.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades MSFT has been the subject of a number of recent research reports. CLSA reissued an “outperform” rating on shares of Microsoft in a research note on Thursday. Truist Financial reaffirmed a “buy” rating and issued a $575.00 price objective on shares of Microsoft in a research note on Wednesday, July 22nd. Scotiabank upgraded shares of Microsoft from an “outperform” rating to an “outperform” rating in a research report on Monday, July 6th. Wells Fargo & Company cut their price target on Microsoft from $650.00 to $625.00 and set an “overweight” rating on the stock in a research note on Wednesday, July 15th. Finally, UBS Group cut their price target on Microsoft from $510.00 to $480.00 and set a “buy” rating on the stock in a research note on Monday. Forty-two investment analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and six have issued a Hold rating to the company. According to MarketBeat, the company currently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average target price of $554.73.
Check Out Our Latest Report on MSFT
Microsoft Profile (Free Report)
Microsoft Corporation is a global technology company headquartered in Redmond, Washington. Founded in 1975 by Bill Gates and Paul Allen, Microsoft develops, licenses and supports a broad range of software products, services and devices for consumers, enterprises and governments worldwide. Its operations span personal computing, productivity software, cloud infrastructure, enterprise applications, developer tools and gaming.
Microsoft’s product portfolio includes the Windows operating system and the Microsoft 365 suite of productivity and collaboration tools (Office apps, Outlook, Teams).
Read More Five stocks we like better than Microsoft Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding MSFT? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Microsoft Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Microsoft and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEBank of New York Mellon Corp Has $19.29 Million Holdings in NBT Bancorp Inc. $NBTB
NEXT HEADLINE »Ashton Thomas Securities LLC Has $1.75 Million Position in Palo Alto Networks, Inc. $PANW
Canal Insurance Co. v 1. čtvrtletí zvýšila podíl v Microsoftu o 9,5 % na 57 500 akcií. Microsoft tak tvoří 4,6 % jejího portfolia a je třetí největší pozicí.
Canal Insurance CO raised its holdings in shares of Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report) by 9.5% during the first quarter, according to the company in its most recent disclosure with the Securities & Exchange Commission. The firm owned 57,500 shares of the software giant’s stock after acquiring an additional 5,000 shares during the quarter. Microsoft makes up about 4.6% of Canal Insurance CO’s investment portfolio, making the stock its 3rd biggest position. Canal Insurance CO’s holdings in Microsoft were worth $21,285,000 at the end of the most recent quarter.
Several other large investors have also made changes to their positions in the business. Norges Bank bought a new position in Microsoft in the 4th quarter worth approximately $50,664,631,000. Auto Owners Insurance Co raised its position in shares of Microsoft by 56,160.8% during the fourth quarter. Auto Owners Insurance Co now owns 60,116,384 shares of the software giant’s stock valued at $29,073,486,000 after buying an additional 60,009,531 shares during the last quarter. Nuveen LLC bought a new stake in shares of Microsoft during the first quarter valued at approximately $18,733,827,000. UBS AM A Distinct Business Unit of UBS Asset Management Americas LLC lifted its holdings in shares of Microsoft by 500.0% in the third quarter. UBS AM A Distinct Business Unit of UBS Asset Management Americas LLC now owns 59,543,261 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $30,840,432,000 after buying an additional 49,618,571 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Laurel Wealth Advisors LLC lifted its holdings in shares of Microsoft by 49,640.3% in the second quarter. Laurel Wealth Advisors LLC now owns 29,967,038 shares of the software giant’s stock worth $14,905,904,000 after buying an additional 29,906,791 shares in the last quarter. 71.13% of the stock is currently owned by hedge funds and other institutional investors.
Microsoft News Summary Here are the key news stories impacting Microsoft this week:
Positive Sentiment: Microsoft reported fiscal Q4 revenue of approximately $90.0 billion, up 18% year over year and above the $87.6 billion consensus estimate. Adjusted earnings of $4.74 per share also exceeded expectations of $4.21, marking the company’s 14th consecutive “double beat.” Microsoft Q4 Earnings and Revenues Top Estimates Positive Sentiment: Azure revenue grew 43%, exceeding analysts’ expectations of roughly 40%, and the cloud platform surpassed $100 billion in annual revenue. The results eased concerns that Microsoft’s AI infrastructure investments may be outpacing customer demand. Microsoft Tops Quarterly Cloud Growth Estimates Positive Sentiment: Microsoft said Microsoft 365 Copilot reached 30 million paid seats, providing evidence of growing monetization for its AI products. The company also recorded a $3.2 billion gain from its Anthropic investment, although returns from its OpenAI investment were more mixed. Azure Crosses $100 Billion in Annual Revenue Positive Sentiment: Microsoft maintained its AI capital-expenditure outlook rather than following Alphabet’s recent increase. Investors viewed the spending discipline as supportive of margins and free cash flow, while first-quarter fiscal 2027 revenue guidance of $89.9 billion to $91.0 billion was slightly above consensus. Microsoft Keeps Capex Forecast Unchanged Neutral Sentiment: Investors had positioned for an unusually large post-earnings move, with options implying roughly a 6% to 7% swing. This elevated volatility reflects the importance of Microsoft’s results to the broader AI investment theme. Negative Sentiment: Microsoft faces a U.K. regulatory investigation into whether customers were misled about Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscription pricing. The probe creates potential reputational and compliance risks, though its near-term financial impact is unclear. UK Regulator Investigates Microsoft Over 365 Subscriptions Negative Sentiment: Disney’s decision to replace GitHub Copilot with OpenAI’s Codex highlights intensifying competition in AI coding tools. Multiple shareholder lawsuits concerning alleged Copilot and Azure disclosures also remain an overhang. Microsoft Stock Down 0.7% Shares of NASDAQ MSFT opened at $390.54 on Thursday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.08, a current ratio of 1.28 and a quick ratio of 1.27. The company has a market cap of $2.90 trillion, a P/E ratio of 23.25, a PEG ratio of 1.20 and a beta of 1.13. Microsoft Corporation has a 1 year low of $349.20 and a 1 year high of $555.45. The firm has a 50-day simple moving average of $396.43 and a two-hundred day simple moving average of $405.74.
Microsoft (NASDAQ:MSFT – Get Free Report) last released its earnings results on Wednesday, July 29th. The software giant reported $4.74 EPS for the quarter, beating analysts’ consensus estimates of $4.24 by $0.50. Microsoft had a return on equity of 31.94% and a net margin of 39.34%.The firm had revenue of $90.01 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $87.62 billion. During the same quarter in the prior year, the firm posted $3.65 earnings per share. The company’s quarterly revenue was up 17.7% on a year-over-year basis. Research analysts anticipate that Microsoft Corporation will post 16.7 earnings per share for the current year.
Microsoft Dividend Announcement The firm also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, September 10th. Shareholders of record on Thursday, August 20th will be paid a $0.91 dividend. The ex-dividend date is Thursday, August 20th. This represents a $3.64 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 0.9%. Microsoft’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is presently 21.67%.
Insider Transactions at Microsoft In other news, EVP Takeshi Numoto sold 4,500 shares of the business’s stock in a transaction on Wednesday, June 10th. The shares were sold at an average price of $402.84, for a total transaction of $1,812,780.00. Following the completion of the sale, the executive vice president directly owned 47,468 shares of the company’s stock, valued at approximately $19,122,009.12. The trade was a 8.66% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The sale was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which can be accessed through this link. Also, EVP Amy Coleman sold 1,262 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Thursday, May 14th. The stock was sold at an average price of $411.34, for a total transaction of $519,111.08. Following the completion of the transaction, the executive vice president owned 46,003 shares in the company, valued at approximately $18,922,874.02. The trade was a 2.67% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. Over the last ninety days, insiders sold 23,762 shares of company stock worth $10,508,361. 0.03% of the stock is currently owned by insiders.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades Several equities analysts recently weighed in on MSFT shares. Mizuho cut their target price on shares of Microsoft from $515.00 to $490.00 and set an “outperform” rating for the company in a research note on Wednesday, July 15th. Raymond James Financial cut shares of Microsoft from a “market perform” rating to a “market perform” rating in a research note on Tuesday, May 5th. Piper Sandler reissued an “overweight” rating on shares of Microsoft in a report on Tuesday. New Street Research cut their price objective on Microsoft from $675.00 to $600.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a research report on Thursday, April 30th. Finally, Oppenheimer reaffirmed an “outperform” rating and issued a $515.00 target price on shares of Microsoft in a report on Wednesday, July 22nd. Forty-two research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and six have given a Hold rating to the company. According to MarketBeat.com, the stock has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average price target of $554.73.
Read Our Latest Stock Report on Microsoft
About Microsoft (Free Report)
Microsoft Corporation is a global technology company headquartered in Redmond, Washington. Founded in 1975 by Bill Gates and Paul Allen, Microsoft develops, licenses and supports a broad range of software products, services and devices for consumers, enterprises and governments worldwide. Its operations span personal computing, productivity software, cloud infrastructure, enterprise applications, developer tools and gaming.
Microsoft’s product portfolio includes the Windows operating system and the Microsoft 365 suite of productivity and collaboration tools (Office apps, Outlook, Teams).
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than Microsoft Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding MSFT? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ:MSFT – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Microsoft Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Microsoft and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
Microsoft ve čtvrtletí překonal odhady tržeb a Azure rostl o 43 %, což poslalo akcie v prodlouženém obchodování o 8 % výše. Meta naopak zklamala výhledem tržeb a její akcie klesly o 8,5 %.
Microsoft shares jumped in premarket trading while Meta tanked as investors gave differing verdicts on the two tech giants' earnings.
Shares of Microsoft were last 8% higher while Meta was down 8.5%.
On Wednesday, Microsoft posted fiscal fourth-quarter revenue that beat analyst estimates and reported 43% growth at its key Azure cloud business, which was also ahead of market expectations.
The company said that it now has over 30 million paid seats for Microsoft 365 Copilot, its AI work assistant, up from more than 20 million as of April, in further signs that parts of its AI investments are paying off.
"Microsoft's strong revenue performance, combined with accelerating Copilot adoption, signals that its $190 billion data‑center buildout is beginning to deliver returns," Tracy Woo, principal analyst at Forrester, said in a note on Wednesday.
Microsoft's stock popped even as the company reiterated its 2026 capital expenditure forecast and signaled a potential spending expansion in its 2027 fiscal year at a time when the market is jittery over the cost of AI.
The stock rose 8% higher in extended trading on Wednesday and is down around 24% this year.
Microsoft and Meta shares this year.
It was a different story for Meta. The social media giant missed investor expectations on earnings and its revenue guidance for the current quarter.
Meta said it expects revenue this quarter of between $61 billion and $64 billion, or $62.5 billion at the middle of the range. Analysts were expecting guidance of $63.15 billion, according to LSEG.
At the same time, Meta's free cash flow plunged 91% year-on-year to $784 million as it continues to spend on AI investments.
Meta's shares slid in extended trading on Wednesday and are down around 16% this year.
Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg said the company is "getting a lot of offers for compute at a significant premium" over what the company paid for it. This would be a change of direction for Meta if it begins leasing out its excess computing capacity to third parties. However, there were very few details on what this business could look like.
At the same time, Zuckerberg acknowledged that the company will need to keep compute resources for itself to develop new products.
"Right now, the narrative from Mark Zuckerberg is a little light on detail and relying on what could be done in the future," Ben Barringer, head of technology research at Quilter Cheviot, said in a note on Thursday.
"Meta still has a crucial role to play in the AI world, but it is still finding its way somewhat and that is why we see both costs and revenues looking a little volatile."
— CNBC's Jonathan Vanian contributed to this report.
Ashton Thomas Securities LLC purchased a new position in Visa Inc. (NYSE:V – Free Report) in the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The firm purchased 29,767 shares of the credit-card processor’s stock, valued at approximately $8,998,000. Visa makes up approximately 1.1% of Ashton Thomas Securities LLC’s portfolio, making the stock its 18th biggest position.
Several other institutional investors have also added to or reduced their stakes in V. Vanguard Group Inc. raised its holdings in shares of Visa by 0.7% in the fourth quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. now owns 160,975,832 shares of the credit-card processor’s stock worth $56,455,834,000 after buying an additional 1,054,343 shares during the last quarter. State Street Corp increased its position in shares of Visa by 0.8% in the 4th quarter. State Street Corp now owns 82,798,151 shares of the credit-card processor’s stock valued at $29,038,140,000 after acquiring an additional 626,821 shares during the period. Geode Capital Management LLC increased its position in shares of Visa by 0.9% in the 4th quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 44,042,586 shares of the credit-card processor’s stock valued at $15,411,395,000 after acquiring an additional 388,996 shares during the period. Price T Rowe Associates Inc. MD raised its stake in Visa by 1.8% in the 4th quarter. Price T Rowe Associates Inc. MD now owns 41,092,294 shares of the credit-card processor’s stock worth $14,411,480,000 after acquiring an additional 716,218 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Bank of America Corp DE raised its stake in Visa by 1.7% in the 4th quarter. Bank of America Corp DE now owns 23,835,336 shares of the credit-card processor’s stock worth $8,359,291,000 after acquiring an additional 398,459 shares during the last quarter. Institutional investors and hedge funds own 82.15% of the company’s stock.
More Visa News Here are the key news stories impacting Visa this week:
Positive Sentiment: Results exceeded expectations: Visa reported adjusted earnings of $3.32 per share versus the $3.23 consensus and revenue of $11.63 billion, up 14.4% year over year. Payments volume surpassed $4 trillion, while cross-border activity, processed transactions and resilient consumer spending supported double-digit growth. Visa Q3 Earnings Beat Estimates on Cross-Border Volume Strength Positive Sentiment: Analysts raised price targets: JPMorgan increased its target to $450, Baird to $420, BMO to $405 and Cantor Fitzgerald maintained an overweight rating with a $410 target. The revisions reflect confidence in Visa’s fundamentals and continued payment growth. Visa Analyst Forecasts Positive Sentiment: Growth initiatives remain active: Management highlighted AI-enabled commerce, stablecoin settlement, Visa Direct, commercial payments and value-added services as longer-term growth opportunities. The launch of X Money with a Visa-branded debit card could provide additional network activity. Visa Outlines Stablecoin Strategy Positive Sentiment: Shareholder return: Visa declared a quarterly dividend of $0.67 per share, payable September 1 to shareholders of record August 11. Visa Dividend Announcement Neutral Sentiment: Workforce restructuring: Visa plans to eliminate approximately 2,600 jobs, or 7% of its workforce, mainly in technology and product operations. The cuts may reduce costs and fund AI, stablecoin and B2B investments, but also signal a significant organizational transition. Visa Slashes Thousands of Jobs Negative Sentiment: Margin and valuation concerns: Shares faced pressure after the earnings release as investors focused on higher operating expenses and potential margin compression. Some analysts also view Visa’s premium valuation—roughly 26 times forward earnings—as limiting near-term upside. Visa Stock and Margin Concerns Negative Sentiment: Market backdrop: A sharp oil-price increase tied to escalating U.S.-Iran tensions and uncertainty ahead of the Federal Reserve’s rate decision pressured major equity indexes, creating a broader headwind for Visa’s stock. Analysts Set New Price Targets A number of equities research analysts recently commented on the company. Royal Bank Of Canada reaffirmed an “outperform” rating and set a $412.00 target price (up from $395.00) on shares of Visa in a report on Wednesday. Weiss Ratings upgraded shares of Visa from a “hold (c+)” rating to a “buy (b-)” rating in a report on Monday, July 6th. BNP Paribas Exane raised shares of Visa to a “strong-buy” rating in a research report on Tuesday, July 21st. Robert W. Baird lifted their price objective on shares of Visa from $412.00 to $420.00 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a research note on Wednesday. Finally, Piper Sandler reaffirmed an “overweight” rating and issued a $430.00 price objective (up from $394.00) on shares of Visa in a report on Wednesday. Eight research analysts have rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating and twenty-three have given a Buy rating to the company’s stock. According to MarketBeat, the stock has a consensus rating of “Buy” and an average price target of $411.00.
Read Our Latest Stock Report on Visa
Visa Stock Up 0.8% Shares of V opened at $369.69 on Thursday. The company has a current ratio of 1.09, a quick ratio of 1.09 and a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.64. Visa Inc. has a 12 month low of $293.89 and a 12 month high of $373.97. The stock’s 50 day moving average is $339.67 and its two-hundred day moving average is $325.38. The firm has a market cap of $663.14 billion, a P/E ratio of 31.44, a PEG ratio of 1.95 and a beta of 0.75.
Visa (NYSE:V – Get Free Report) last announced its earnings results on Tuesday, July 28th. The credit-card processor reported $3.32 earnings per share for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $3.23 by $0.09. The business had revenue of $11.63 billion during the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $11.40 billion. Visa had a return on equity of 66.68% and a net margin of 50.78%.The business’s quarterly revenue was up 14.4% on a year-over-year basis. During the same period in the prior year, the company posted $2.98 EPS. Analysts predict that Visa Inc. will post 13.12 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.
Visa Dividend Announcement The business also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Tuesday, September 1st. Stockholders of record on Tuesday, August 11th will be paid a dividend of $0.67 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend is Tuesday, August 11th. This represents a $2.68 dividend on an annualized basis and a dividend yield of 0.7%. Visa’s payout ratio is currently 23.34%.
Visa announced that its Board of Directors has approved a share buyback plan on Tuesday, April 28th that allows the company to repurchase $20.00 billion in shares. This repurchase authorization allows the credit-card processor to repurchase up to 3.6% of its stock through open market purchases. Stock repurchase plans are typically a sign that the company’s leadership believes its shares are undervalued.
Insider Buying and Selling In related news, CEO Ryan Mcinerney sold 20,970 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Monday, June 29th. The shares were sold at an average price of $340.25, for a total transaction of $7,135,042.50. Following the completion of the transaction, the chief executive officer owned 15,174 shares in the company, valued at $5,162,953.50. This represents a 58.02% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, CFO Chris Suh sold 10,639 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction dated Tuesday, May 12th. The shares were sold at an average price of $324.81, for a total transaction of $3,455,653.59. Following the completion of the transaction, the chief financial officer directly owned 9,872 shares in the company, valued at $3,206,524.32. This represents a 51.87% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The SEC filing for this sale provides additional information. Insiders sold a total of 44,126 shares of company stock worth $14,928,871 in the last 90 days. Insiders own 0.12% of the company’s stock.
Visa Company Profile (Free Report)
Visa Inc is a global payments technology company that facilitates electronic funds transfers and digital commerce by connecting consumers, merchants, financial institutions and governments. The firm operates one of the world’s largest payment networks, providing processing, authorization, clearing and settlement services for credit, debit and prepaid card transactions. Visa’s network-based model enables partner banks and other issuers to offer branded payment products while Visa focuses on the infrastructure, standards and technologies that move money securely and efficiently around the world.
Visa’s product and service portfolio includes card-based payment products for consumers and businesses, real-time push-payment capabilities, tokenization and authentication services, fraud and risk-management tools, data analytics and APIs for fintech and merchant integration.
Read More Five stocks we like better than Visa Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding V? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for Visa Inc. (NYSE:V – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Visa Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Visa and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
Arkadios Wealth Advisors increased its stake in shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE:JPM) by 5.9% during the first quarter, according to the company in its most recent filing with the SEC. The fund owned 203,911 shares of the financial services provider’s stock after acquiring an additional 11,372 shares during the period. JPMorgan Chase & Co. accounts for about 1.0% of Arkadios Wealth Advisors’ holdings, making the stock its 8th largest position. Arkadios Wealth Advisors’ holdings in JPMorgan Chase & Co. were worth $59,982,000 as of its most recent filing with the SEC.
A number of other institutional investors have also made changes to their positions in the stock. Brighton Jones LLC grew its position in JPMorgan Chase & Co. by 11.0% in the 4th quarter. Brighton Jones LLC now owns 48,732 shares of the financial services provider’s stock worth $11,682,000 after purchasing an additional 4,841 shares during the last quarter. Acorns Advisers LLC raised its stake in shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. by 6.9% in the first quarter. Acorns Advisers LLC now owns 1,547 shares of the financial services provider’s stock valued at $379,000 after purchasing an additional 100 shares in the last quarter. Ignite Planners LLC raised its stake in shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. by 0.7% in the second quarter. Ignite Planners LLC now owns 10,934 shares of the financial services provider’s stock valued at $3,185,000 after purchasing an additional 78 shares in the last quarter. Jump Financial LLC bought a new position in JPMorgan Chase & Co. in the second quarter worth $1,475,000. Finally, Betterment LLC lifted its position in JPMorgan Chase & Co. by 27.5% in the second quarter. Betterment LLC now owns 1,970 shares of the financial services provider’s stock worth $571,000 after purchasing an additional 425 shares during the period. 71.55% of the stock is owned by institutional investors.
Analyst Upgrades and Downgrades A number of research analysts have commented on the stock. Daiwa Securities Group cut their price target on shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. from $340.00 to $328.00 and set an “outperform” rating for the company in a research note on Tuesday, April 7th. The Goldman Sachs Group reiterated a “buy” rating and issued a $418.00 price objective on shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. in a research note on Tuesday, July 14th. Evercore reissued an “outperform” rating and issued a $360.00 target price on shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. in a report on Monday, July 6th. Bank of America raised their target price on JPMorgan Chase & Co. from $408.00 to $420.00 and gave the stock a “buy” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. Finally, UBS Group upped their price target on JPMorgan Chase & Co. from $375.00 to $384.00 and gave the company a “buy” rating in a research report on Tuesday, July 7th. One research analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, sixteen have given a Buy rating and eleven have assigned a Hold rating to the company. Based on data from MarketBeat, JPMorgan Chase & Co. presently has a consensus rating of “Moderate Buy” and a consensus price target of $358.67.
Get Our Latest Stock Report on JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Key Stories Impacting JPMorgan Chase & Co. Here are the key news stories impacting JPMorgan Chase & Co. this week:
Positive Sentiment: Large capital-return program supports the stock. JPMorgan plans to increase its dividend by 10% and authorized a new $50 billion share-repurchase program, supported by record earnings, excess capital and a resilient balance sheet. JPMorgan’s Robust Capital Position Fuels Higher Shareholder Returns Positive Sentiment: Analyst earnings expectations moved higher. Erste Group raised its FY2027 EPS forecast for JPMorgan to $24.86 from $24.00, above the current full-year consensus estimate of $23.97. The upgrade follows JPMorgan’s strong quarterly results, including $6.14 in EPS and $58.02 billion in revenue. JPMorgan EPS Estimate Increase Neutral Sentiment: Recent gains were interrupted. Reports noted that JPMorgan ended a six-session winning streak, suggesting some profit-taking after the stock approached its one-year high. This appears to reflect near-term positioning rather than a deterioration in the bank’s operating results. JPMorgan Snaps Six Straight Sessions of Gains Negative Sentiment: Dimon’s caution is weighing on sentiment. The CEO said he would not currently buy U.S. stocks or long-duration Treasurys because markets may be underpricing geopolitical and economic risks. His warning reinforces concerns that investors have become too comfortable despite elevated valuations. Jamie Dimon Says Market Risks Are Bigger Than Other People Think Negative Sentiment: AI-financing risks are pressuring bank stocks. JPMorgan and other major banks have funded the rapid AI infrastructure buildout, raising concerns about potential credit losses or weaker returns if AI-related valuations and investment plans falter. Worries About AI Drag Bank Stocks Lower JPMorgan Chase & Co. Stock Performance JPM stock opened at $345.49 on Thursday. The company has a 50 day moving average price of $326.95 and a 200 day moving average price of $311.44. The stock has a market capitalization of $925.74 billion, a PE ratio of 14.80, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.49 and a beta of 0.99. JPMorgan Chase & Co. has a fifty-two week low of $279.10 and a fifty-two week high of $359.30. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.30, a current ratio of 0.85 and a quick ratio of 0.86.
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE:JPM – Get Free Report) last announced its quarterly earnings data on Tuesday, July 14th. The financial services provider reported $6.14 EPS for the quarter, topping analysts’ consensus estimates of $5.59 by $0.55. JPMorgan Chase & Co. had a return on equity of 18.23% and a net margin of 21.86%.The firm had revenue of $58.02 billion during the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $50.72 billion. During the same period last year, the company earned $4.96 earnings per share. The company’s revenue was up 27.7% on a year-over-year basis. Analysts forecast that JPMorgan Chase & Co. will post 23.97 EPS for the current year.
JPMorgan Chase & Co. Dividend Announcement The firm also recently declared a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Friday, July 31st. Stockholders of record on Monday, July 6th will be given a dividend of $1.50 per share. The ex-dividend date is Monday, July 6th. This represents a $6.00 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 1.7%. JPMorgan Chase & Co.’s payout ratio is currently 25.71%.
Insider Buying and Selling In related news, COO Jennifer Piepszak sold 4,919 shares of the business’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Tuesday, May 5th. The shares were sold at an average price of $309.42, for a total transaction of $1,522,036.98. Following the completion of the sale, the chief operating officer directly owned 85,082 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $26,326,072.44. The trade was a 5.47% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the SEC, which is available at this link. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Also, CFO Jeremy Barnum sold 3,022 shares of the stock in a transaction that occurred on Tuesday, May 5th. The shares were sold at an average price of $309.41, for a total transaction of $935,037.02. Following the completion of the transaction, the chief financial officer owned 32,438 shares in the company, valued at $10,036,641.58. This represents a 8.52% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The disclosure for this sale is available in the SEC filing. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Insiders sold a total of 18,876 shares of company stock valued at $5,907,051 over the last ninety days. Insiders own 0.41% of the company’s stock.
About JPMorgan Chase & Co. (Free Report)
JPMorgan Chase & Co (NYSE: JPM) is a diversified global financial services firm headquartered in New York City. The company provides a wide range of banking and financial products and services to consumers, small businesses, corporations, governments and institutional investors worldwide. Its operations span retail banking, commercial lending, investment banking, asset management, payments and card services, and treasury and securities services.
The firm’s principal business activities are organized across several core lines: Consumer & Community Banking, which offers deposit accounts, mortgages, auto loans, credit cards and branch and digital banking under the Chase brand; Corporate & Investment Banking, which provides capital markets, advisory, underwriting, trading and risk management services; Commercial Banking, delivering lending, treasury and capital solutions to middle-market and corporate clients; and Asset & Wealth Management, which offers investment management, private banking and retirement services to institutions and high-net-worth individuals.
Featured Articles Five stocks we like better than JPMorgan Chase & Co. Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Want to see what other hedge funds are holding JPM? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE:JPM – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for JPMorgan Chase & Co. Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for JPMorgan Chase & Co. and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
POSCO vykázalo ve 2. čtvrtletí vyšší zisk: provozní zisk stoupl mezikvartálně o 16 % na 819 mld. KRW a poprvé dosáhla čtvrtletního provozního zisku i argentinská lithiová divize.
POSCO NYSE: PKX Holdings reported higher second-quarter earnings as profit improved across its steel, rechargeable battery materials and energy businesses, while its Argentina lithium operation posted its first quarterly operating profit.
The company recorded consolidated revenue of KRW 19.3 trillion in the second quarter of 2026, up KRW 1.4 trillion from the prior quarter. Operating profit rose 16% sequentially to KRW 819 billion, while quarterly EBITDA totaled KRW 1.9 trillion. Capital expenditures were KRW 2 trillion during the quarter and KRW 3.7 trillion for the first half.
Get POSCO alerts:
Seung-Jun Kim, head of Finance and IR at POSCO Holdings, said the results were achieved despite energy-supply risks associated with the Middle East conflict and continued weakness in the Korean won. He said profit increased from the prior quarter in each of the company’s major steel, rechargeable battery materials and energy segments.
Steel Profit Recovery Expected to Continue POSCO’s steel business increased profit by KRW 58 billion from the prior quarter. The company said rising logistics and energy costs, exchange-rate movements and raw-material volatility created headwinds, but higher production and sales volumes, along with partial price increases, supported a recovery.
POSCO, the company’s steelmaking affiliate, reported separate operating profit of KRW 270 billion, up KRW 60 billion sequentially. Management expects steel performance to improve further in the third quarter as increased production offsets fixed costs and the company pursues higher sales volumes and prices.
Roh Sung-rae, chief of the Marketing Office, said the company expects to take a gradual approach to price adjustments in the second half. In automotive steel, POSCO is negotiating under formula-based pricing and plans to phase in the effects of oil-price movements and other volatility. In shipbuilding, where demand remains strong, the company plans to continue reflecting cost variables in prices. Home-appliance steel pricing remains more conservative as production shifts toward Southeast Asia, he said.
On European trade conditions, the company said Europe accounts for roughly 10% to 15% of POSCO’s total exports, depending on the year. POSCO said it is working through government discussions to minimize the impact of quota reductions and plans to focus on higher-margin products in Europe. It also said it would shift volumes to other markets if necessary.
The company completed its 2.5 million-ton electric arc furnace, or EAF, in Gwangyang in June. During the early operating period, it plans to blend molten iron from blast furnaces and the EAF to make general-purpose steel, while continuing development work on higher-grade products, including automotive and electrical steel. POSCO said the facility is intended to help address European carbon-border and environmental regulations.
Management said the EAF’s cost is included in its second-half business outlook. The company is testing supplies of carbon-reduced steel with global original equipment manufacturers and energy companies, and expects that a premium market for such products can help offset higher costs. It said profitability should improve as utilization rises and production of higher-grade products expands.
Lithium Business Reaches Milestones The rechargeable battery materials business returned to an operating surplus for the first time in nine quarters, reporting operating profit of KRW 41 billion. POSCO Argentina recorded operating profit of KRW 11 billion, its first quarterly profit since incorporation, as sales volume climbed 160% from the first quarter and revenue rose 290%.
POSCO expects a temporary slowdown in Argentina during the third quarter because winter conditions in the Southern Hemisphere reduce pond evaporation and the company is replacing LP dryer equipment. Plant 1 is expected to resume full operation in the fourth quarter, when sales of certified products are also expected to begin. Management said uncertified products may be sold at about a 10% discount, making certification an important potential driver of profitability.
Plant 2 in Argentina is in its initial operating stage and is scheduled for full commissioning in October. The company said Plant 1 should be able to offset initial ramp-up costs at Plant 2 in the fourth quarter and potentially exceed its second-quarter performance.
POSCO Pilbara Lithium Solution increased revenue to KRW 102 billion and reduced its operating loss to about KRW 1 billion. However, management said its margins remain sensitive to the price spread between spodumene and lithium hydroxide, which is currently unfavorable. The company said it will monitor market conditions and respond as needed.
POSCO is also evaluating further lithium expansion. Management said it plans to conduct a pre-feasibility study for Argentina phases three and four by the end of 2026 and expects a final investment decision by the end of 2027. Those phases would target lithium carbonate production rather than lithium hydroxide.
Infrastructure, Restructuring and Safety POSCO International delivered its highest quarterly and first-half operating profit, with profit up 22% from the prior quarter. Higher selling prices and favorable foreign exchange in Myanmar gas fields, expansion of the Senex gas field, and newly acquired Indonesian palm production supported the results.
POSCO E&C reported operating profit of KRW 44 billion for the second quarter and KRW 97 billion for the first half, recovering from a KRW 452 billion temporary loss last year.
The company said 12 restructuring projects completed during the first half generated KRW 475.4 billion in additional cash. These actions included divestments of Chinese steel operations, including POSCO-CSPC, QPSS and the FCS processing center. POSCO Holdings expects restructuring initiatives to generate KRW 3.5 trillion in free cash flow by 2028.
Management also addressed a fatality at construction affiliate POSCO E&C in June. The company said it is strengthening safety management and, with safety adviser dss+, is assessing safety risks across 33 group affiliates. It plans to identify risks and corrective action plans by October.
About POSCO (NYSE:PKX)POSCO NYSE: PKX is a South Korea–based integrated steel producer founded in 1968 as Pohang Iron and Steel Company. Headquartered in Pohang, the company grew rapidly as part of South Korea's industrialization program and developed large, integrated steelworks—most notably in Pohang and Gwangyang—that helped establish POSCO among the world's largest steelmakers. It is structured as a diversified industrial group with steelmaking at its core and a range of downstream and trading businesses.
The company's primary activities include ironmaking and steelmaking, producing a wide array of steel products such as hot-rolled and cold-rolled sheets, coated steels, plates, stainless and special steels, long products (bars and wire rods), and seamless pipes.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in POSCO Right Now?Before you consider POSCO, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and POSCO wasn't on the list.
While POSCO currently has a Hold rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Looking to profit from the electric vehicle mega-trend? Click the link to see our list of which EV stocks show the most long-term potential.
Stellantis se ve druhém čtvrtletí vrátila k čistému zisku 293 milionů eur a tržby jí stouply o 13 procent na 43,5 miliardy eur. Tahounem zůstala Severní Amerika, zatímco Evropa dál zaostává.
Automobilová skupina Stellantis ve druhém čtvrtletí potvrdila postupné zotavování po loňském mimořádně náročném roce, když se vrátila k čistému zisku a zvýšila tržby o více než desetinu. Hlavním motorem obratu zůstává severoamerický trh, kde automobilka výrazně posílila prodeje i výnosy, zatímco evropské aktivity nadále čelí slabší poptávce a nutnosti restrukturalizace.
Evropsko-americká automobilová skupina Stellantis se ve druhém čtvrtletí vrátila k zisku. Čistý zisk za duben až červen činil 293 milionů eur (7,1 miliardy Kč) po ztrátě 1,9 miliardy eur ve stejném období předchozího roku. Hospodaření podpořil hlavně důležitý severoamerický trh, v Evropě je stále podnikání slabé. Vyplývá to z dnešní tiskové zprávy společnosti.
Tržby se zvýšily o 13 procent na 43,5 miliardy eur, přičemž v Severní Americe o 32 procent. V Evropě tržby stagnovaly. Provozní zisk stoupl trojnásobně na 773 milionů eur. Analytici dotazovaní agenturou Reuters však očekávali zisk až 914 milionů eur.
Stellantis ve druhém čtvrtletí pokračovala ve zlepšování výsledků, k čemuž výrazně přispěl severoamerický trh a pozitivní vývoj i v dalších regionech, uvedl generální ředitel Antonio Filosa. Dodal, že automobilka zlepšila hlavní finanční ukazatele, zejména tržby a provozní zisk. Filosa loni převzal vedení s cílem obnovit finanční kondici automobilky po ztrátovém roce 2025 a v květnu představil pětiletý ozdravný plán. Ten počítá s investicemi 60 miliard eur, zaměřením na Severní Ameriku a snížením výrobních kapacit v Evropě.
Stellantis vznikla začátkem roku 2021 spojením italsko-americké automobilové skupiny Fiat Chrysler Automobiles (FCA) a francouzského konkurenta PSA. Skupina zahrnuje 14 značek, včetně značek Fiat, Opel, Citroën, Peugeot, Alfa Romeo, Jeep a Ram.
Stellantis loni vykázal rekordní ztrátu 22,3 miliardy eur, kterou způsobily náklady spojené s odklonem od dosavadní strategie v oblasti elektromobilů. Automobilka přehodnotila své plány kvůli slabší než očekávané poptávce po elektromobilech v Evropě a zrušení podpory jejich nákupu ve Spojených státech.
BMW ve druhém čtvrtletí čelilo výraznému zhoršení hospodaření, když zisk před zdaněním meziročně klesl o 35 %. Hlavním problémem zůstává čínský trh, kde se prodeje automobilky propadly téměř o třetinu pod tlakem domácích výrobců a měnících se spotřebitelských preferencí. Vedení upozorňuje na náročné podmínky v automobilovém průmyslu a připravuje další opatření ke zvýšení efektivity, včetně plánovaného snižování počtu zaměstnanců v Německu.
Zisk před zdaněním německého výrobce luxusních aut BMW ve druhém čtvrtletí klesl o 35 procent na 1,7 miliardy eur (41,1 miliardy Kč). Výsledky negativně ovlivnil prudký propad prodeje v Číně a pokles spotřebitelské důvěry na Blízkém východě. Výnosy klesly o 7,9 procenta na 31,3 miliard eur. Oznámila to společnost v dnešní tiskové zprávě.
V segmentu osobních automobilů se provozní zisk propadl o více než 60 procent na 629 milionů eur. Provozní zisk v segmentu finančních služeb stoupl o 9,5 procenta na 647 milionů eur. BMW tak ve druhém čtvrtletí vydělala více na financování a leasingu vozů než na jejich výrobě, což je pro automobilku nezvyklá situace.
Největší problémy má BMW v Číně. Největší automobilový trh světa, který byl dříve pro mnichovskou automobilku spolehlivým zdrojem vysokých zisků, se nyní stal slabým místem. Prodeje na čínském trhu výrazně klesají a zároveň tam sílí konkurence domácích automobilek. Ve druhém čtvrtletí se prodej BMW v Číně propadl téměř o třetinu. Již v červnu automobilka snížila výhled zisku na letošní rok, zejména kvůli horším výsledkům v Číně.
"Automobilový průmysl čelí rychle se stupňujícím výzvám - intenzivní globální konkurence, rostoucí regionální regulační požadavky a dopady geopolitických konfliktů budou v nadcházejících letech utvářet náš obchodní model," uvedl generální ředitel Milan Nedeljković s tím, že je důležité udržet firmu efektivní a schopnou rychle reagovat na změny. Finanční ředitel Walter Mertl dodal, že konkurence na globálním automobilovém trhu se zostřila a je potřeba snížit náklady.
Společnost však potvrdila celoroční výhled na celý letošní rok. Ten předpokládá provozní marži v segmentu osobních automobilů v rozmezí jeden až tři procenta. Ve druhém čtvrtletí se marže snížila na 2,3 procenta z 5,4 procenta loni.
BMW se dlouhou dobu vypořádávala s krizí o něco lépe než zbývající velké německé automobilové koncerny - Volkswagen a Mercedes-Benz. Nyní se situace mění a rychlý obrat zatím není na dohled. Hospodářské výsledky ve druhé polovině roku negativně ovlivní náklady na plánovanou restrukturalizaci a ani podmínky na globálním automobilovém trhu nejsou natolik příznivé, aby bylo možné očekávat rychlé zotavení, varovala agentura DPA.
Přední světové agentury s odvoláním na své zdroje ve středu informovaly, že BMW plánuje do konce roku 2027 zrušit v Německu 8000 pracovních míst. Snižování počtu zaměstnanců se má uskutečnit formou programu dobrovolného odchodu. Po celém světě má BMW zhruba 154.000 zaměstnanců, z toho v Německu 84.000.
Shares of CoStar Group, Inc. (NASDAQ:CSGP – Get Free Report) hit a new 52-week low on Wednesday after JPMorgan Chase & Co. lowered their price target on the stock from $58.00 to $52.00. JPMorgan Chase & Co. currently has an overweight rating on the stock. CoStar Group traded as low as $26.39 and last traded at $27.4810, with a volume of 182581 shares trading hands. The stock had previously closed at $30.33.
Other equities research analysts have also issued reports about the stock. BTIG Research reduced their target price on shares of CoStar Group from $55.00 to $42.00 and set a “buy” rating on the stock in a report on Wednesday. The Goldman Sachs Group restated a “buy” rating and issued a $40.00 price target on shares of CoStar Group in a research note on Wednesday. Wells Fargo & Company set a $26.00 price objective on CoStar Group and gave the stock an “underweight” rating in a research report on Wednesday, June 24th. Royal Bank Of Canada set a $34.00 price objective on CoStar Group and gave the company a “sector perform” rating in a research note on Monday, July 13th. Finally, Stephens decreased their target price on CoStar Group from $50.00 to $42.00 and set an “overweight” rating for the company in a report on Monday, May 4th. Nine analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating, nine have given a Hold rating and two have issued a Sell rating to the company’s stock. According to data from MarketBeat, CoStar Group currently has an average rating of “Hold” and an average target price of $41.61.
Read Our Latest Stock Analysis on CoStar Group
Insiders Place Their Bets In other news, CEO Andrew C. Florance purchased 71,430 shares of the firm’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Friday, May 1st. The stock was bought at an average price of $35.20 per share, for a total transaction of $2,514,336.00. Following the completion of the purchase, the chief executive officer directly owned 1,722,865 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $60,644,848. The trade was a 4.33% increase in their ownership of the stock. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the SEC, which can be accessed through this link. 1.18% of the stock is currently owned by company insiders.
Key CoStar Group News Here are the key news stories impacting CoStar Group this week:
Positive Sentiment: CoStar reported second-quarter adjusted earnings of $0.32 per share, above the $0.29 consensus estimate, while revenue increased 18.4% year over year to $925 million. Net income rose sharply, adjusted EBITDA more than doubled, and the residential segment became profitable, signaling improving operating leverage. CoStar Group Q2 2026 Results Positive Sentiment: Full-year 2026 EPS guidance of $1.32 to $1.39 is above the roughly $1.29 analyst consensus, which may support the longer-term investment case despite near-term concerns. Net new bookings also rose 3% sequentially to $69 million. Positive Sentiment: JPMorgan, BTIG and Needham maintained bullish ratings, although each lowered its price target. Their revised targets still imply substantial upside from recent trading levels, suggesting analysts view the selloff as excessive relative to CoStar’s growth prospects. Neutral Sentiment: Apartments.com reported that U.S. apartment rents were essentially flat in July, rising 0.03% to a national average of $1,747. The eighth consecutive monthly increase is modestly encouraging for CoStar’s residential marketplace, but the limited growth indicates a muted near-term housing backdrop. Apartments.com July 2026 Rent Growth Report Negative Sentiment: Third-quarter revenue guidance of $935 million to $945 million and EPS guidance of $0.31 to $0.34 are below consensus expectations of $970.1 million and $0.36, respectively. The outlook raises concerns about slower growth and contributed to the negative reaction following earnings. Negative Sentiment: Several firms reduced their targets, including JPMorgan to $52, BTIG to $42, Needham to $40, Citizens JMP to $35 and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods to $29. The cuts reflect lower near-term estimates and reinforce investor concerns about CoStar’s high valuation and execution risk. Institutional Investors Weigh In On CoStar Group A number of hedge funds and other institutional investors have recently modified their holdings of the company. Reflection Asset Management acquired a new position in shares of CoStar Group during the fourth quarter worth $27,000. Lloyd Advisory Services LLC. acquired a new stake in CoStar Group in the fourth quarter valued at $29,000. DV Equities LLC purchased a new stake in CoStar Group during the 4th quarter worth about $40,000. IFP Advisors Inc lifted its holdings in CoStar Group by 329.4% during the 4th quarter. IFP Advisors Inc now owns 614 shares of the technology company’s stock worth $41,000 after buying an additional 471 shares during the last quarter. Finally, Caitong International Asset Management Co. Ltd boosted its position in shares of CoStar Group by 25,650.0% during the 3rd quarter. Caitong International Asset Management Co. Ltd now owns 515 shares of the technology company’s stock worth $43,000 after acquiring an additional 513 shares in the last quarter. 96.60% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
CoStar Group Trading Down 1.6% The firm has a market capitalization of $12.18 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 157.01, a PEG ratio of 0.78 and a beta of 0.74. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.13, a quick ratio of 2.20 and a current ratio of 2.20. The company has a 50-day moving average price of $30.74 and a 200-day moving average price of $40.42.
CoStar Group (NASDAQ:CSGP – Get Free Report) last issued its earnings results on Tuesday, July 28th. The technology company reported $0.32 earnings per share for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $0.29 by $0.03. The business had revenue of $925.00 million for the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $928.81 million. CoStar Group had a return on equity of 3.70% and a net margin of 2.08%.The business’s quarterly revenue was up 18.4% on a year-over-year basis. During the same quarter last year, the company earned $0.17 EPS. CoStar Group has set its Q3 2026 guidance at 0.310-0.340 EPS and its FY 2026 guidance at 1.320-1.390 EPS. As a group, research analysts forecast that CoStar Group, Inc. will post 1.03 EPS for the current fiscal year.
About CoStar Group (Get Free Report)
CoStar Group, Inc is a provider of information, analytics and online marketplaces for the commercial real estate industry. The company gathers property-level data, builds market analytics and supplies research tools used by brokers, owners, lenders, investors and other real estate professionals to evaluate markets, track inventory and manage listings. CoStar’s offerings are delivered primarily through subscription-based platforms that combine proprietary databases, mapping and workflow applications to support decision-making across the property life cycle.
In addition to its core CoStar research service, the company operates prominent online listing and marketing platforms that connect buyers, sellers, tenants and brokers.
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than CoStar Group Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Receive News & Ratings for CoStar Group Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for CoStar Group and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEFirst Busey (NASDAQ:BUSE) Reaches New 12-Month High After Earnings Beat
NEXT HEADLINE »Zurn Elkay Water Solutions Cor (NYSE:ZWS) Hits New 12-Month High on Better-Than-Expected Earnings
Insperity zveřejnila výsledky za 2. čtvrtletí 2026 a vedení se zaměřilo na obnovu marží a návrat růstu počtu worksite employees. Firma zároveň poskytne výhled pro 3. čtvrtletí a celý rok 2026.
Insperity, Inc. (NSP) Q2 2026 Earnings Call July 29, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
James Allison - Executive VP of Finance, CFO & Treasurer
Paul Sarvadi - Co-Founder, Chairman & CEO
Conference Call Participants
Andrew Nicholas - William Blair & Company L.L.C., Research Division
Tobey Sommer - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Mark Marcon - Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, Research Division
Jeff Martin - ROTH Capital Partners, LLC, Research Division
Brendan Biles - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good afternoon. My name is John, and I will be your conference operator today. I would like to welcome everyone to the Insperity Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note, this conference is being recorded.
At this time, I would like to introduce today's speakers. Joining us are Paul Sarvadi, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; and Jim Allison, Executive Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.
At this time, I'd like to turn the call over to Jim Allison. Mr. Allison, please go ahead.
James Allison
Executive VP of Finance, CFO & Treasurer
Thank you. We appreciate you joining us today. Let me begin by outlining our plan for this afternoon's call. First, I'm going to discuss the details behind our second quarter 2026 financial results. Paul will then comment on the progress of our margin recovery plan and our game plan to regain worksite employee growth momentum. I will return to provide financial guidance for the third quarter and full year 2026. We will then end the call with a question-and-answer session.
Before we begin, I would like to remind you that Paul or I may make forward-looking statements during today's call, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. In addition, some of our discussion may include non-GAAP financial measures.
Principal Financial Group po zvýšení cílové ceny od Bank of America na 104 USD dosáhla nového 52týdenního maxima 114,95 USD. Bank of America ale ponechala doporučení underperform.
Principal Financial Group, Inc. (NASDAQ:PFG – Get Free Report)’s stock price hit a new 52-week high on Wednesday after Bank of America raised their price target on the stock from $94.00 to $104.00. Bank of America currently has an underperform rating on the stock. Principal Financial Group traded as high as $114.95 and last traded at $114.35, with a volume of 76030 shares changing hands. The stock had previously closed at $114.09.
PFG has been the topic of a number of other research reports. JPMorgan Chase & Co. upped their price target on shares of Principal Financial Group from $101.00 to $106.00 and gave the stock a “neutral” rating in a research note on Tuesday, July 21st. Barclays raised their price objective on shares of Principal Financial Group from $87.00 to $92.00 and gave the company an “underweight” rating in a research note on Tuesday, July 7th. Evercore set a $108.00 target price on shares of Principal Financial Group in a report on Monday, April 27th. UBS Group upped their target price on shares of Principal Financial Group from $92.00 to $94.00 and gave the stock a “neutral” rating in a research note on Thursday, April 9th. Finally, Atlantic Securities set a $94.00 price target on shares of Principal Financial Group in a report on Wednesday, July 15th. Three analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating, seven have assigned a Hold rating and three have given a Sell rating to the stock. According to data from MarketBeat.com, Principal Financial Group currently has an average rating of “Hold” and a consensus target price of $105.75.
Get Our Latest Research Report on PFG
Insider Activity at Principal Financial Group In related news, insider Wee Yee Cheong sold 7,534 shares of the stock in a transaction on Thursday, May 21st. The stock was sold at an average price of $103.16, for a total transaction of $777,207.44. Following the sale, the insider directly owned 66,443 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $6,854,259.88. This trade represents a 10.18% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the SEC, which is available at the SEC website. Insiders sold 19,928 shares of company stock worth $2,038,004 over the last 90 days. Company insiders own 1.13% of the company’s stock.
Trending Headlines about Principal Financial Group Here are the key news stories impacting Principal Financial Group this week:
Positive Sentiment: Q2 earnings beat expectations. Principal Financial reported adjusted earnings of $2.50 per share, above the $2.33 consensus estimate and up from $2.16 a year earlier. Stronger underwriting revenue, higher total revenue and margin expansion supported the results, although revenue of $3.99 billion was below the $4.11 billion estimate. PFG Q2 Earnings Beat on Solid Underwriting, Revenues Rise Year Over Year Positive Sentiment: Management highlighted strong earnings growth. The Q2 earnings call and presentation emphasized operating momentum and solid underwriting performance, which may reinforce confidence in PFG’s earnings outlook. Principal Financial Group Q2 2026 Earnings Call Highlights Principal Financial Group 2026 Q2 Results Earnings Call Presentation Positive Sentiment: Quarterly dividend increased. PFG declared a quarterly dividend of $0.84 per share, up 2.4% from $0.82, with an indicated yield of approximately 2.9%. The dividend is payable September 25 to shareholders of record September 3. Principal Financial Group Dividend Announcement Neutral Sentiment: The earnings-call transcript provides additional details on management’s outlook, operating results and capital priorities, but does not introduce a separate major catalyst beyond the reported quarterly results. Principal Financial Group Q2 2026 Earnings Call Transcript Negative Sentiment: Bank of America remains bearish. The firm raised its price target from $94 to $104 but retained an “underperform” rating, leaving its target below PFG’s recent trading level. This signals concern that the stock’s strong run has outpaced its expected upside. Institutional Trading of Principal Financial Group A number of institutional investors have recently made changes to their positions in PFG. DV Equities LLC purchased a new position in shares of Principal Financial Group during the fourth quarter valued at approximately $25,000. Thurston Springer Miller Herd & Titak Inc. bought a new position in Principal Financial Group during the fourth quarter valued at approximately $26,000. Hilton Head Capital Partners LLC purchased a new stake in Principal Financial Group in the fourth quarter worth approximately $26,000. Valley Wealth Managers Inc. purchased a new stake in Principal Financial Group in the first quarter worth approximately $27,000. Finally, MBM Wealth Consultants LLC bought a new stake in Principal Financial Group in the 1st quarter worth approximately $28,000. Hedge funds and other institutional investors own 75.08% of the company’s stock.
Principal Financial Group Stock Performance The firm has a market cap of $24.45 billion, a P/E ratio of 16.08, a P/E/G ratio of 1.09 and a beta of 0.88. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 0.36, a quick ratio of 0.27 and a current ratio of 0.24. The business’s 50-day simple moving average is $108.78 and its 200 day simple moving average is $98.88.
Principal Financial Group (NASDAQ:PFG – Get Free Report) last released its quarterly earnings results on Monday, July 27th. The company reported $2.50 earnings per share for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $2.33 by $0.17. The firm had revenue of $3.99 billion for the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $4.11 billion. Principal Financial Group had a return on equity of 16.49% and a net margin of 9.93%.During the same period in the prior year, the firm earned $2.16 EPS. As a group, equities analysts predict that Principal Financial Group, Inc. will post 9.49 earnings per share for the current year.
Principal Financial Group Increases Dividend The company also recently disclosed a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Friday, September 25th. Investors of record on Thursday, September 3rd will be given a dividend of $0.84 per share. This represents a $3.36 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 3.0%. This is a boost from Principal Financial Group’s previous quarterly dividend of $0.82. The ex-dividend date is Thursday, September 3rd. Principal Financial Group’s dividend payout ratio (DPR) is currently 46.92%.
About Principal Financial Group (Get Free Report)
Principal Financial Group (NASDAQ: PFG) is a global financial services company headquartered in Des Moines, Iowa, that provides a range of retirement, investment and insurance solutions to individuals, employers and institutional clients. The firm’s business is organized around retirement services, asset management, and insurance products designed to help clients plan, invest for, and protect income over the long term.
Principal’s product and service offerings include retirement plan recordkeeping and administration for employer-sponsored plans, individual and group retirement annuities, life and disability insurance, employee benefits solutions, and wealth management services.
Recommended Stories Five stocks we like better than Principal Financial Group Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Receive News & Ratings for Principal Financial Group Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Principal Financial Group and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEChefs’ Warehouse (NASDAQ:CHEF) Sets New 12-Month High Following Better-Than-Expected Earnings
NEXT HEADLINE »Venture (VEMLF) Projected to Announce Earnings on Thursday
Strategic Education po oznámení dividendy dosáhla nového 52týdenního maxima na 87,86 USD. Čtvrtletní dividenda činí 0,60 USD na akcii a bude vyplacena 14. září.
Strategic Education Inc. (NASDAQ:STRA – Get Free Report) reached a new 52-week high during mid-day trading on Thursday following a dividend announcement from the company. The company traded as high as $87.86 and last traded at $87.62, with a volume of 724567 shares trading hands. The stock had previously closed at $81.39.
The newly announced dividend which will be paid on Monday, September 14th. Shareholders of record on Friday, September 4th will be paid a dividend of $0.60 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend is Friday, September 4th. This represents a $2.40 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 2.7%. Strategic Education’s payout ratio is 42.40%.
Analysts Set New Price Targets Several research firms have weighed in on STRA. Barrington Research set a $105.00 target price on shares of Strategic Education in a report on Wednesday. Zacks Research downgraded shares of Strategic Education from a “strong-buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a report on Tuesday, June 2nd. Weiss Ratings reaffirmed a “hold (c)” rating on shares of Strategic Education in a research report on Friday, July 17th. BMO Capital Markets upped their price objective on Strategic Education from $86.00 to $91.00 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a report on Monday, July 6th. Finally, Wall Street Zen lowered Strategic Education from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a research report on Wednesday, June 24th. Two equities research analysts have rated the stock with a Buy rating and three have issued a Hold rating to the company. According to data from MarketBeat, Strategic Education presently has an average rating of “Hold” and a consensus price target of $92.00.
View Our Latest Stock Report on STRA
Strategic Education Price Performance The stock has a 50 day moving average price of $78.81 and a two-hundred day moving average price of $80.15. The firm has a market capitalization of $1.98 billion, a price-to-earnings ratio of 15.48, a PEG ratio of 0.75 and a beta of 0.50.
Strategic Education (NASDAQ:STRA – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Wednesday, July 29th. The health services provider reported $1.76 earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter, missing the consensus estimate of $1.80 by ($0.04). Strategic Education had a net margin of 10.21% and a return on equity of 8.78%. The firm had revenue of $321.60 million during the quarter, compared to analysts’ expectations of $327.55 million. During the same quarter in the prior year, the firm posted $1.54 EPS. Strategic Education’s quarterly revenue was up 4.9% compared to the same quarter last year. As a group, research analysts expect that Strategic Education Inc. will post 7.2 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.
Key Stories Impacting Strategic Education Here are the key news stories impacting Strategic Education this week:
Positive Sentiment: Strategic Education reported second-quarter revenue of $337.3 million, up 4.9% year over year. Growth was driven by the Education Technology Services segment, higher U.S. higher-education revenue per student and favorable foreign-exchange effects. Strategic Education Reports Second Quarter 2026 Results Positive Sentiment: Quarterly earnings rose to $1.76 per share from $1.54 a year earlier, while the board declared a $0.60-per-share quarterly dividend, equivalent to $2.40 annually and an indicated yield of approximately 2.7%. The dividend is payable September 14 to shareholders of record September 4. Strategic Education Dividend and Earnings Information Neutral Sentiment: The second-quarter earnings call focused on the company’s operating performance and segment-level growth, providing investors with additional context on the results and outlook. Strategic Education Q2 2026 Earnings Call Transcript Negative Sentiment: Adjusted earnings of $1.76 per share fell short of analyst estimates near $1.79-$1.80, and some reports cited revenue below consensus expectations. The earnings miss may limit upside despite the year-over-year improvement. Strategic Education Q2 Earnings Lag Estimates Insider Transactions at Strategic Education In other Strategic Education news, insider Christa Hokenson sold 2,000 shares of the business’s stock in a transaction dated Thursday, June 4th. The shares were sold at an average price of $80.00, for a total transaction of $160,000.00. Following the sale, the insider directly owned 65,195 shares in the company, valued at $5,215,600. This represents a 2.98% decrease in their ownership of the stock. The sale was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at the SEC website. The transaction was executed under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. 3.60% of the stock is owned by company insiders.
Hedge Funds Weigh In On Strategic Education Institutional investors and hedge funds have recently made changes to their positions in the stock. Bank of Montreal Can increased its position in shares of Strategic Education by 62,355.4% in the 4th quarter. Bank of Montreal Can now owns 1,467,702 shares of the health services provider’s stock valued at $117,710,000 after purchasing an additional 1,465,352 shares during the last quarter. AQR Capital Management LLC lifted its position in shares of Strategic Education by 188.6% during the 2nd quarter. AQR Capital Management LLC now owns 245,296 shares of the health services provider’s stock worth $20,882,000 after purchasing an additional 160,303 shares during the last quarter. Millennium Management LLC grew its stake in shares of Strategic Education by 115.4% during the third quarter. Millennium Management LLC now owns 216,117 shares of the health services provider’s stock worth $18,588,000 after purchasing an additional 115,801 shares in the last quarter. Cubist Systematic Strategies LLC acquired a new position in shares of Strategic Education during the second quarter worth $9,615,000. Finally, Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership increased its holdings in Strategic Education by 30.6% in the first quarter. Arrowstreet Capital Limited Partnership now owns 454,509 shares of the health services provider’s stock valued at $37,706,000 after buying an additional 106,487 shares during the last quarter. 93.27% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
About Strategic Education (Get Free Report)
Strategic Education, Inc is a publicly traded higher education services holding company headquartered in Herndon, Virginia. Through its primary operating subsidiaries, Strayer University and Capella University, the company delivers degree programs and professional development opportunities to working adults. Its offerings span undergraduate and graduate degrees, certificates, continuing education, and workforce training in fields such as business, technology, health services, education, and public administration.
Strayer University, with a network of physical campuses across the United States complemented by an online platform, provides associate’s through doctoral degrees designed to accommodate non-traditional students.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Strategic Education Why SK hynix Could Be the Best AI Chip Stock to Buy Now Seagate Technology Stock Surges as Earnings Beat Silences AI Doubters Alphabet Is Down 18% From Its High After a Stellar Quarter—Overdone, or More Downside Ahead? Why Bloom Energy May Be the Most Important AI Infrastructure Stock Receive News & Ratings for Strategic Education Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Strategic Education and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEDHL Group (OTCMKTS:DHLGY) Upgraded at Zacks Research
NEXT HEADLINE »Gibson Energy (TSE:GEI) Sets New 52-Week High Following Analyst Upgrade
Bausch + Lomb Corporation (BLCO) Q2 2026 Earnings Call July 29, 2026 8:00 AM EDT
Company Participants
George Gadkowski - VP & Head of Investor Relations & Business Insights
Brenton L. Saunders - CEO & Chairman
Osama Eldessouky - Executive VP & CFO
Luc Bonnefoy - President of Surgical
Yehia Hashad - Executive VP of Research & Development and Chief Medical officer
Conference Call Participants
Patrick Wood
Young Li - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Lei Huang - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division
Douglas Miehm - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division
Thomas Stephan - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good morning, and welcome to Bausch + Lomb's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note this event is being recorded.
I would now like to turn the conference over to George Gadkowski, Vice President of Investor Relations and Business Insights. Please go ahead.
George Gadkowski
VP & Head of Investor Relations & Business Insights
Thank you. Good morning, everyone, and welcome to our second quarter 2026 financial results conference call. Participating on today's call are Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Brent Saunders; Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Sam Eldessouky; and President of Surgical, Mr. Luc Bonnefoy. In addition to this live webcast, a copy of today's slide presentation and a replay of this conference call will be available on our website under the Investor Relations section.
Before we begin, I would like to remind you that our presentation today contains forward-looking information. We would ask that you take a moment to read the forward-looking legend at the beginning of our presentation as it contains important information.
This presentation contains non-GAAP financial measures and ratios. For more information about these measures and ratios, please refer to Slide 1 of the presentation. Non-GAAP reconciliations can be found in the appendix to the presentation posted on our
ProPetro ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila výnosy na 306 milionů USD, ale čistá ztráta se prohloubila na 8 milionů USD. Firma zároveň snížila celoroční kapitálové výdaje na 525 až 595 milionů USD.
The Energy Trade Is Bigger Than Oil Prices: 3 Stocks to Buy and 2 to SellProPetro NYSE: PUMP reported second-quarter 2026 revenue of $306 million, up 13% from the prior quarter, while its net loss widened to $8 million, or $0.07 per diluted share, from a $4 million loss in the first quarter. Adjusted EBITDA rose 23% sequentially to $45 million, equal to 15% of revenue.
Get ProPetro alerts:
Chief Executive Officer Sam Sledge said the company’s underlying completions business remained resilient and generated free cash flow despite operational disruptions during the quarter. Those headwinds included severe June weather in the Permian Basin, costs associated with increasing the active frac fleet count from 11 to 12, and unexpected downtime on a temporary customer project outside the Permian.
“Standing up a new fleet requires upfront maintenance and deployment costs before the full earnings benefit is realized,” Sledge said. The temporarily relocated fleet has since returned to the Permian Basin.
Completions outlook and fleet expansion ProPetro said it plans to activate a 13th frac fleet, which is expected to begin contributing near the end of the third quarter. Sledge said the fleet will serve a new blue-chip exploration and production customer and represents an addition beyond the company’s expectations entering the year.
President and Chief Operating Officer Adam Muñoz said redeploying a fleet generally takes roughly 60 to 90 days. Sledge said ProPetro does not currently intend to add a 14th fleet, citing higher redevelopment costs, the need for portfolio optimization, and a need for further pricing gains and customer contract demand before making such an investment.
Management said it sees a tighter market for completion services in the Permian. Sledge said the basin is operating at roughly a mid-70s active frac-fleet count and that raising the count above the mid-80s would require meaningful investment in new growth capacity rather than replacement equipment. He said there are very few readily available fleets in the market.
The company expects pricing and recontracting opportunities as contracts on much of its active horsepower come up for renewal in the next six to nine months. Management said a significant share of those fleets use next-generation natural gas-burning equipment, which it said remains in strong demand amid the spread between diesel and natural gas prices.
Sledge also said customer planning activity has increased, with some larger public operators bringing forward requests for proposals for 2027 work. He said ProPetro intends to maintain a mix of dedicated contracts and operational flexibility rather than placing all capacity under long-term commitments.
PROPWR adds contracted capacity ProPetro’s PROPWR power-generation business increased contracted capacity to approximately 350 megawatts, up from about 240 megawatts at the time of the company’s prior earnings call. The increase included about 110 megawatts across two projects: one for a leading integrated upstream operator in the Permian and another for an industrial customer.
The company is also in advanced contract negotiations for more than 100 megawatts of additional oil-and-gas-related power capacity. Management said contracts in oil and gas and industrial applications tend to have shorter initial terms than data-center arrangements but offer attractive pricing and returns.
Travis Simmering, president of PROPWR, said one newly contracted Permian microgrid project is close to 100 megawatts and is designed primarily for production-related power needs rather than hydraulic fracturing. He said the company sees additional opportunities with large upstream operators and midstream companies in areas without grid connectivity.
While oil and gas and industrial projects are contributing to near-term earnings, management said it still expects most future PROPWR capacity to serve data centers. The company has a 60-megawatt data-center project operating live and meeting performance obligations, according to Sledge. Simmering said the project began operating ahead of schedule after the company met its targeted deployment timeline.
PROPWR generated positive EBITDA in each of the final two months of the second quarter, management said. The company expects the business to contribute increasingly meaningful earnings in the second half of 2026 and into 2027 as more assets are deployed.
Management said its data-center pipeline includes several hundred megawatts in advanced negotiations, though it acknowledged that long-term agreements can take time because they involve substantial capital commitments, project scheduling, and risk-allocation discussions. Sledge said most data-center contract discussions begin at terms of 10 years, with many extending beyond that period.
Capital spending, liquidity and financing Cash flow from operating activities totaled $66 million in the second quarter, compared with $3 million in the prior quarter. Chief Financial Officer Caleb Weatherl attributed the improvement to higher adjusted EBITDA and working-capital benefits. Working capital provided roughly $20 million of cash in the second quarter, compared with a $32 million use of cash in the first quarter.
Capital expenditures paid totaled $61 million, while capital expenditures incurred were $71 million. Of the incurred total, approximately $24 million supported the completions business and $47 million supported PROPWR equipment orders.
ProPetro lowered its full-year 2026 capital expenditure guidance to $525 million to $595 million from a prior range of $540 million to $610 million. The company now expects completions capital spending of $125 million to $145 million, down from $140 million to $160 million, primarily because one planned buyout of a FORCE electric fleet has shifted into early 2027.
PROPWR capital expenditures are still expected to total approximately $400 million to $450 million in 2026. The company maintained its expected PROPWR equipment cost of roughly $1.4 million to $1.5 million per megawatt, including balance-of-plant costs. ProPetro expects to complete one electric-fleet buyout late in 2026, about three in 2027, and one in 2028. As of June 30, ProPetro held $784 million in cash and cash equivalents, including proceeds from its May issuance of $690 million in convertible senior notes. Total liquidity was $905 million, including $121 million of unused borrowing capacity under its asset-based lending facility. Borrowings under the company’s Caterpillar Financial Services financing agreement stood at $130 million, and that facility was recently expanded to $167 million.
Sledge said ProPetro has raised approximately $1.5 billion over the past 18 months to support PROPWR’s expansion and does not see a near- to medium-term funding need, though management will continue to assess capital-raising opportunities.
About ProPetro (NYSE:PUMP)ProPetro Holding Corp is a publicly traded oilfield services company that specializes in hydraulic fracturing and well completion solutions for exploration and production operators. Headquartered in Midland, Texas, the company delivers a comprehensive suite of pressure pumping services designed to optimize reservoir stimulation and enhance hydrocarbon recovery. Its integrated approach encompasses well design, proppant selection, fluid systems and pressure management to support clients' development targets across unconventional plays.
The company's core offerings include high-pressure fracturing, coiled tubing, cementing, acidizing and flowback services, all supported by in-house logistics and digital monitoring tools.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Should You Invest $1,000 in ProPetro Right Now?Before you consider ProPetro, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and ProPetro wasn't on the list.
While ProPetro currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Enter your email address and we’ll send you MarketBeat’s list of ten stocks set to soar in Summer 2026, despite the threat of tariffs and what's happening in Iran. These ten stocks are incredibly resilient and are likely to thrive in any economic environment.